Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1767/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business & Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health & Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1767/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:51:58 GMT Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:51:58 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1767/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1767/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1767/ thebookvoice.com no Ilene Waters bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1767/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business & Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health & Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430095 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Girls with ADHD: How They Feel and Why They Do What They Do Author: Patricia O. Quinn MD, Ellen B. Littman PhD, Kathleen G. Nadeau PhD Narrator: Carly Robins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Understanding Girls with ADHD does not shy away from key areas of controversy. How, for example, can a family know whether it's ADHD or another set of problems that's the primary issue? How does one deal with the potential use of medication, which is plagued by bad press and abundant myths but which can, as part of a multi-faceted treatment plan, provide great benefit if the right dose is found and if the doctor works with the family to monitor positive effects and side effects carefully? What about longterm risk for eating pathology, substance abuse, and other difficult areas of impairment of salience for girls? How can girls and their families break through the thicket of negative expectations and sometimes-toxic family interactions to pave the way for a different set of outcomes? Always sensitive, and without hesitation in providing an authoritative tone, this book will empower girls and their families in ways that are sorely needed. Its emphasis on gender-specific manifestations of ADHD and its inclusion of practical means of attacking the executive-function deficits that plague girls and women with ADHD will ensure its continued status as core guidebook. Patricia O. Quinn MD, Ellen B. Littman PhD, Kathleen G. Nadeau PhD Tue, 30 Jun 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430095 thebookvoice.com 10:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Girls with ADHD: How They Feel and Why They Do What They Do Author: Patricia O. Quinn MD, Ellen B. Littman PhD, Kathleen G. Nadeau PhD Narrator: Carly Robins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Understanding Girls with ADHD does not shy away from key areas of controversy. How, for example, can a family know whether it's ADHD or another set of problems that's the primary issue? How does one deal with the potential use of medication, which is plagued by bad press and abundant myths but which can, as part of a multi-faceted treatment plan, provide great benefit if the right dose is found and if the doctor works with the family to monitor positive effects and side effects carefully? What about longterm risk for eating pathology, substance abuse, and other difficult areas of impairment of salience for girls? How can girls and their families break through the thicket of negative expectations and sometimes-toxic family interactions to pave the way for a different set of outcomes? Always sensitive, and without hesitation in providing an authoritative tone, this book will empower girls and their families in ways that are sorely needed. Its emphasis on gender-specific manifestations of ADHD and its inclusion of practical means of attacking the executive-function deficits that plague girls and women with ADHD will ensure its continued status as core guidebook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Girls with ADHD: How They Feel and Why They Do What They Do Author: Patricia O. Quinn MD, Ellen B. Littman PhD, Kathleen G. Nadeau PhD Narrator: Carly Robins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Understanding Girls with ADHD does not shy away from key areas of controversy. How, for example, can a family know whether it's ADHD or another set of problems that's the primary issue? How does one deal with the potential use of medication, which is plagued by bad press and abundant myths but which can, as part of a multi-faceted treatment plan, provide great benefit if the right dose is found and if the doctor works with the family to monitor positive effects and side effects carefully? What about longterm risk for eating pathology, substance abuse, and other difficult areas of impairment of salience for girls? How can girls and their families break through the thicket of negative expectations and sometimes-toxic family interactions to pave the way for a different set of outcomes? Always sensitive, and without hesitation in providing an authoritative tone, this book will empower girls and their families in ways that are sorely needed. Its emphasis on gender-specific manifestations of ADHD and its inclusion of practical means of attacking the executive-function deficits that plague girls and women with ADHD will ensure its continued status as core guidebook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429986 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vagus Nerve: Learn How to Reduce Inflammation, Prevent Chronic Illness and Overcome Anxiety, Stress and Depression, Activating and Stimulating The Most Important Nerve in Your Body Author: Stephen Supran Narrator: Albie Robles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: You Are About To Discover How To Unlock The Secret Healing Powers Of The Longest And Most Complex Nerve In Your Body, The Vagus Nerve, To Heal From Chronic Inflammation, Stress, Anxiety, Depression And Much More! Wandering from the base of the brain then branching through your lungs, heart, digestive tract and all the way to your abdomen, the vagus nerve is the longest and most powerful of the cranial nerves in your body, making it the most important nerve you never knew you had. It works as some sort of ‘superhighway’ that carries all manner of information to and from the organs and organ systems connected in its complex network. And it is the reason why your stomach curdles when you feel threatened, why your heart races, your lungs slow down and the reason why your body generally slows down. So if anything disrupts the flow of information in this ‘superhighway’, you can bet that there will be all manner of problems. These problems manifest in the form of anxiety, chronic inflammation, stress, unusual heart rate, pain in the ear, digestive problems, difficulty speaking or loss of voice, abdominal pain, bloating, abnormal blood pressure, nausea, vomiting and much more! So if you’ve been experiencing these problems (symptoms) and have tried all manner of solutions to deal with the symptoms without any lasting effects, you need to consider the possibility that the problem lies with your vagus nerve and work on fixing the problem from its root. And this audiobook will teach you just that! Perhaps you're wondering… What makes the Vagus Nerve so special? Which are the main organs that it comes into contact with? What are the health problems associated with a dysfunctional Vagus Nerve? And what can you do to improve the functioning of the vagus nerve to deal with all the associated problems? If you have any of these questions and any other related questions, this audiobook is for You! Stephen Supran Wed, 08 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429986 thebookvoice.com 3:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vagus Nerve: Learn How to Reduce Inflammation, Prevent Chronic Illness and Overcome Anxiety, Stress and Depression, Activating and Stimulating The Most Important Nerve in Your Body Author: Stephen Supran Narrator: Albie Robles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: You Are About To Discover How To Unlock The Secret Healing Powers Of The Longest And Most Complex Nerve In Your Body, The Vagus Nerve, To Heal From Chronic Inflammation, Stress, Anxiety, Depression And Much More! Wandering from the base of the brain then branching through your lungs, heart, digestive tract and all the way to your abdomen, the vagus nerve is the longest and most powerful of the cranial nerves in your body, making it the most important nerve you never knew you had. It works as some sort of ‘superhighway’ that carries all manner of information to and from the organs and organ systems connected in its complex network. And it is the reason why your stomach curdles when you feel threatened, why your heart races, your lungs slow down and the reason why your body generally slows down. So if anything disrupts the flow of information in this ‘superhighway’, you can bet that there will be all manner of problems. These problems manifest in the form of anxiety, chronic inflammation, stress, unusual heart rate, pain in the ear, digestive problems, difficulty speaking or loss of voice, abdominal pain, bloating, abnormal blood pressure, nausea, vomiting and much more! So if you’ve been experiencing these problems (symptoms) and have tried all manner of solutions to deal with the symptoms without any lasting effects, you need to consider the possibility that the problem lies with your vagus nerve and work on fixing the problem from its root. And this audiobook will teach you just that! Perhaps you're wondering… What makes the Vagus Nerve so special? Which are the main organs that it comes into contact with? What are the health problems associated with a dysfunctional Vagus Nerve? And what can you do to improve the functioning of the vagus nerve to deal with all the associated problems? If you have any of these questions and any other related questions, this audiobook is for You! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vagus Nerve: Learn How to Reduce Inflammation, Prevent Chronic Illness and Overcome Anxiety, Stress and Depression, Activating and Stimulating The Most Important Nerve in Your Body Author: Stephen Supran Narrator: Albie Robles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: You Are About To Discover How To Unlock The Secret Healing Powers Of The Longest And Most Complex Nerve In Your Body, The Vagus Nerve, To Heal From Chronic Inflammation, Stress, Anxiety, Depression And Much More! Wandering from the base of the brain then branching through your lungs, heart, digestive tract and all the way to your abdomen, the vagus nerve is the longest and most powerful of the cranial nerves in your body, making it the most important nerve you never knew you had. It works as some sort of ‘superhighway’ that carries all manner of information to and from the organs and organ systems connected in its complex network. And it is the reason why your stomach curdles when you feel threatened, why your heart races, your lungs slow down and the reason why your body generally slows down. So if anything disrupts the flow of information in this ‘superhighway’, you can bet that there will be all manner of problems. These problems manifest in the form of anxiety, chronic inflammation, stress, unusual heart rate, pain in the ear, digestive problems, difficulty speaking or loss of voice, abdominal pain, bloating, abnormal blood pressure, nausea, vomiting and much more! So if you’ve been experiencing these problems (symptoms) and have tried all manner of solutions to deal with the symptoms without any lasting effects, you need to consider the possibility that the problem lies with your vagus nerve and work on fixing the problem from its root. And this audiobook will teach you just that! Perhaps you're wondering… What makes the Vagus Nerve so special? Which are the main organs that it comes into contact with? What are the health problems associated with a dysfunctional Vagus Nerve? And what can you do to improve the functioning of the vagus nerve to deal with all the associated problems? If you have any of these questions and any other related questions, this audiobook is for You! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429984 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vagus Nerve: Learn How to Activate, Stimulate and Treat the Most Important Nerve in Your Body Author: William Lindley Narrator: Michael Goodrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 54 minutes Release date: April 8, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Your vagus nerve is the largest and most important nerve in your body. It carries messages to and from your brain, gut, heart and other major muscles and organs. However, common issues like inflammation, stress, or physical trauma can interfere with the nerve’s ability to function. Luckily, there are tons of quick-and-easy ways to activate and exercise the nerve, strengthening its function and restoring your body to good health. Packed with easy-to-follow exercises and activities, this audiobook will show you how to unlock the power of the vagus nerve to heal your body and get back to a state of balance. This audiobook is a collection of protocols, nutritional interventions, supplement recommendations, meditation techniques and breathing exercises shown to enhance the function of the Vagus nerve in order to improve overall wellness and to enhance one's ability to cope with stress. The tools addressed in this audiobook are affordable, natural and can be done at home. William Lindley Wed, 08 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429984 thebookvoice.com 1:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vagus Nerve: Learn How to Activate, Stimulate and Treat the Most Important Nerve in Your Body Author: William Lindley Narrator: Michael Goodrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 54 minutes Release date: April 8, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Your vagus nerve is the largest and most important nerve in your body. It carries messages to and from your brain, gut, heart and other major muscles and organs. However, common issues like inflammation, stress, or physical trauma can interfere with the nerve’s ability to function. Luckily, there are tons of quick-and-easy ways to activate and exercise the nerve, strengthening its function and restoring your body to good health. Packed with easy-to-follow exercises and activities, this audiobook will show you how to unlock the power of the vagus nerve to heal your body and get back to a state of balance. This audiobook is a collection of protocols, nutritional interventions, supplement recommendations, meditation techniques and breathing exercises shown to enhance the function of the Vagus nerve in order to improve overall wellness and to enhance one's ability to cope with stress. The tools addressed in this audiobook are affordable, natural and can be done at home. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vagus Nerve: Learn How to Activate, Stimulate and Treat the Most Important Nerve in Your Body Author: William Lindley Narrator: Michael Goodrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 54 minutes Release date: April 8, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Your vagus nerve is the largest and most important nerve in your body. It carries messages to and from your brain, gut, heart and other major muscles and organs. However, common issues like inflammation, stress, or physical trauma can interfere with the nerve’s ability to function. Luckily, there are tons of quick-and-easy ways to activate and exercise the nerve, strengthening its function and restoring your body to good health. Packed with easy-to-follow exercises and activities, this audiobook will show you how to unlock the power of the vagus nerve to heal your body and get back to a state of balance. This audiobook is a collection of protocols, nutritional interventions, supplement recommendations, meditation techniques and breathing exercises shown to enhance the function of the Vagus nerve in order to improve overall wellness and to enhance one's ability to cope with stress. The tools addressed in this audiobook are affordable, natural and can be done at home. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429864 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alcohol Control: A Complete Guide For Overcoming Alcohol Addiction, Detoxifying the Body of Alcohol, and Discovering True Freedom in Life Author: Evelyn Cribster Narrator: David Michael Von Neupert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Are you aware that detoxification is the first stage of drug abuse recovery. It entails a period after your last drink that you devote to ridding all the alcoholic beverages or toxins within you to be able to start treatment with a clean slate. When you stop drinking, it takes up to 10 days for the alcohol to altogether leave your system. It’s a tricky time. Most people struggle in the early days. You get cravings, and your thinking becomes emotional. The principal goal of detoxification is to securely and comfortably begin an interval of abstinence at the beginning of the healing process. Many people question whether drinking has become too big a part of their lives and worry that it may even be affecting their health. But they resist change because they fear losing the pleasure and stress relief associated with alcohol and assume giving it up will involve deprivation and misery. Changing your habits can be hard without the right tools. This is especially true for alcohol because habits are, by definition, subconscious thought processes. Through her methodical research of the latest neuroscience and her own journey, this Author has cracked the code on habit change by addressing the specific ways habits form. This unique and unprecedented method has now helped thousands redefine their relationship to drinking painlessly and without misery. This book walks you through the detox period painlessly and explains everything you need to achieve your sobriety short or long term goal. Evelyn Cribster Tue, 07 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429864 thebookvoice.com 1:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alcohol Control: A Complete Guide For Overcoming Alcohol Addiction, Detoxifying the Body of Alcohol, and Discovering True Freedom in Life Author: Evelyn Cribster Narrator: David Michael Von Neupert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Are you aware that detoxification is the first stage of drug abuse recovery. It entails a period after your last drink that you devote to ridding all the alcoholic beverages or toxins within you to be able to start treatment with a clean slate. When you stop drinking, it takes up to 10 days for the alcohol to altogether leave your system. It’s a tricky time. Most people struggle in the early days. You get cravings, and your thinking becomes emotional. The principal goal of detoxification is to securely and comfortably begin an interval of abstinence at the beginning of the healing process. Many people question whether drinking has become too big a part of their lives and worry that it may even be affecting their health. But they resist change because they fear losing the pleasure and stress relief associated with alcohol and assume giving it up will involve deprivation and misery. Changing your habits can be hard without the right tools. This is especially true for alcohol because habits are, by definition, subconscious thought processes. Through her methodical research of the latest neuroscience and her own journey, this Author has cracked the code on habit change by addressing the specific ways habits form. This unique and unprecedented method has now helped thousands redefine their relationship to drinking painlessly and without misery. This book walks you through the detox period painlessly and explains everything you need to achieve your sobriety short or long term goal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alcohol Control: A Complete Guide For Overcoming Alcohol Addiction, Detoxifying the Body of Alcohol, and Discovering True Freedom in Life Author: Evelyn Cribster Narrator: David Michael Von Neupert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Are you aware that detoxification is the first stage of drug abuse recovery. It entails a period after your last drink that you devote to ridding all the alcoholic beverages or toxins within you to be able to start treatment with a clean slate. When you stop drinking, it takes up to 10 days for the alcohol to altogether leave your system. It’s a tricky time. Most people struggle in the early days. You get cravings, and your thinking becomes emotional. The principal goal of detoxification is to securely and comfortably begin an interval of abstinence at the beginning of the healing process. Many people question whether drinking has become too big a part of their lives and worry that it may even be affecting their health. But they resist change because they fear losing the pleasure and stress relief associated with alcohol and assume giving it up will involve deprivation and misery. Changing your habits can be hard without the right tools. This is especially true for alcohol because habits are, by definition, subconscious thought processes. Through her methodical research of the latest neuroscience and her own journey, this Author has cracked the code on habit change by addressing the specific ways habits form. This unique and unprecedented method has now helped thousands redefine their relationship to drinking painlessly and without misery. This book walks you through the detox period painlessly and explains everything you need to achieve your sobriety short or long term goal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429504 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Bipolar Chicks Guide To Survival: Tips for Living with Bipolar Disorder Author: Honora Rose, Wendy K. Williamson Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From Wendy K. Williamson and Honora Rose, the 'Two Bipolar Chicks,' comes this survival guide written for the novice, the pros, and everyone in between. Wendy and Honora cracked their wellness vaults of three decades' worth of tips to tell you what has, and has not, worked. They wrote this book hoping to save you money and time and help you to face the struggles of bipolar disorder honestly. Two Bipolar Chicks Guide to Survival: Tips for Living with Bipolar Disorder is the resource guide they wish they had when diagnosed, dubbed by professionals and readers as the 'manual to bipolar life.' Two Bipolar Chicks Guide to Survival: Tips for Living with Bipolar Disorder is not solely a book for people with bipolar disorder; psychologists, doctors, friends, and parents alike are all learning tips on bipolar disorder. From advice on medication, to their own personal journeys with acceptance, the Two Bipolar Chicks offer tips on managing depression, mania, manic sex, acceptance, medication (CBT, DBT, and ECT, among others), and how not to blow your money. No stone has been left unturned, and you will feel like you have just had a conversation with a couple of friends. Honora Rose, Wendy K. Williamson Tue, 30 Jun 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429504 thebookvoice.com 4:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Bipolar Chicks Guide To Survival: Tips for Living with Bipolar Disorder Author: Honora Rose, Wendy K. Williamson Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From Wendy K. Williamson and Honora Rose, the 'Two Bipolar Chicks,' comes this survival guide written for the novice, the pros, and everyone in between. Wendy and Honora cracked their wellness vaults of three decades' worth of tips to tell you what has, and has not, worked. They wrote this book hoping to save you money and time and help you to face the struggles of bipolar disorder honestly. Two Bipolar Chicks Guide to Survival: Tips for Living with Bipolar Disorder is the resource guide they wish they had when diagnosed, dubbed by professionals and readers as the 'manual to bipolar life.' Two Bipolar Chicks Guide to Survival: Tips for Living with Bipolar Disorder is not solely a book for people with bipolar disorder; psychologists, doctors, friends, and parents alike are all learning tips on bipolar disorder. From advice on medication, to their own personal journeys with acceptance, the Two Bipolar Chicks offer tips on managing depression, mania, manic sex, acceptance, medication (CBT, DBT, and ECT, among others), and how not to blow your money. No stone has been left unturned, and you will feel like you have just had a conversation with a couple of friends. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Bipolar Chicks Guide To Survival: Tips for Living with Bipolar Disorder Author: Honora Rose, Wendy K. Williamson Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From Wendy K. Williamson and Honora Rose, the 'Two Bipolar Chicks,' comes this survival guide written for the novice, the pros, and everyone in between. Wendy and Honora cracked their wellness vaults of three decades' worth of tips to tell you what has, and has not, worked. They wrote this book hoping to save you money and time and help you to face the struggles of bipolar disorder honestly. Two Bipolar Chicks Guide to Survival: Tips for Living with Bipolar Disorder is the resource guide they wish they had when diagnosed, dubbed by professionals and readers as the 'manual to bipolar life.' Two Bipolar Chicks Guide to Survival: Tips for Living with Bipolar Disorder is not solely a book for people with bipolar disorder; psychologists, doctors, friends, and parents alike are all learning tips on bipolar disorder. From advice on medication, to their own personal journeys with acceptance, the Two Bipolar Chicks offer tips on managing depression, mania, manic sex, acceptance, medication (CBT, DBT, and ECT, among others), and how not to blow your money. No stone has been left unturned, and you will feel like you have just had a conversation with a couple of friends. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429056 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sober Curious Reset: Change the Way You Drink in 100 Days or Less Author: Ruby Warrington Narrator: Ruby Warrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In this upbeat 'reset' guide from the author of Sober Curious, a leading voice in the new sobriety movement walks through 100 days of discovering the joys of an alcohol-free lifestyle. Ruby Warrington's 2019 book Sober Curious was an illuminating conversation starter that asked you to consider, 'Would life be better without alcohol?' thus sparking a global wellness trend of 'curiosity' on how to gain one's genuine confidence and happiness without the crutch of alcohol. In The Sober Curious Reset, Rubygoes a step further by inviting you into a 100-day process of radically rethinking your drinking. Each 'day' features observations, exercises, and insights, offering a more profound process of self-discovery than common month-long programs like Dry January or Sober September. Ruby's friendly, honest, and totally non-judgmental tone helps you unmask the deeper 'whys' behind your drinking, understand why 100 days is so transformational, and how to create a truly sustainable shift in habits -- and on to living a life with more presence, focus, and overall well-being. The Sober Curious Reset is not about preaching total abstinence -- rather, it's about empowering you to make the right drinking choices, whatever this may look like for you. Ruby's 100 days is all about changing your relationship to alcohol to lead a life with more clarity, confidence, and connection. Ruby Warrington Tue, 01 Dec 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429056 thebookvoice.com 3:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sober Curious Reset: Change the Way You Drink in 100 Days or Less Author: Ruby Warrington Narrator: Ruby Warrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In this upbeat 'reset' guide from the author of Sober Curious, a leading voice in the new sobriety movement walks through 100 days of discovering the joys of an alcohol-free lifestyle. Ruby Warrington's 2019 book Sober Curious was an illuminating conversation starter that asked you to consider, 'Would life be better without alcohol?' thus sparking a global wellness trend of 'curiosity' on how to gain one's genuine confidence and happiness without the crutch of alcohol. In The Sober Curious Reset, Rubygoes a step further by inviting you into a 100-day process of radically rethinking your drinking. Each 'day' features observations, exercises, and insights, offering a more profound process of self-discovery than common month-long programs like Dry January or Sober September. Ruby's friendly, honest, and totally non-judgmental tone helps you unmask the deeper 'whys' behind your drinking, understand why 100 days is so transformational, and how to create a truly sustainable shift in habits -- and on to living a life with more presence, focus, and overall well-being. The Sober Curious Reset is not about preaching total abstinence -- rather, it's about empowering you to make the right drinking choices, whatever this may look like for you. Ruby's 100 days is all about changing your relationship to alcohol to lead a life with more clarity, confidence, and connection. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sober Curious Reset: Change the Way You Drink in 100 Days or Less Author: Ruby Warrington Narrator: Ruby Warrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In this upbeat 'reset' guide from the author of Sober Curious, a leading voice in the new sobriety movement walks through 100 days of discovering the joys of an alcohol-free lifestyle. Ruby Warrington's 2019 book Sober Curious was an illuminating conversation starter that asked you to consider, 'Would life be better without alcohol?' thus sparking a global wellness trend of 'curiosity' on how to gain one's genuine confidence and happiness without the crutch of alcohol. In The Sober Curious Reset, Rubygoes a step further by inviting you into a 100-day process of radically rethinking your drinking. Each 'day' features observations, exercises, and insights, offering a more profound process of self-discovery than common month-long programs like Dry January or Sober September. Ruby's friendly, honest, and totally non-judgmental tone helps you unmask the deeper 'whys' behind your drinking, understand why 100 days is so transformational, and how to create a truly sustainable shift in habits -- and on to living a life with more presence, focus, and overall well-being. The Sober Curious Reset is not about preaching total abstinence -- rather, it's about empowering you to make the right drinking choices, whatever this may look like for you. Ruby's 100 days is all about changing your relationship to alcohol to lead a life with more clarity, confidence, and connection. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429046 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drink?: The New Science of Alcohol and Health Author: David Nutt Narrator: David Nutt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From a world-renowned authority on alcohol abuse, a book that exposes the side effects drinking imposes on our overall health–and how we can moderate our consumption. From after-work happy hour to a nightly glass of wine, we're used to thinking of alcohol as a normal part of our daily lives. In Drink?, neuropharmacology professor David Nutt takes a fascinating, science-based look at drinking to unpack why we should reconsider our favorite pastime. Nutt addresses topics such as hormones, mental health, fertility, and addiction, explaining how alcohol effects us even after it leaves our systems. With accessible language, Nutt ensures that readers recognize why alcohol can have such a negative influence on our bodies and our society. Drink?  gives readers clear, evidence-based facts to help them make the most informed choices about their alcohol intake. David Nutt Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429046 thebookvoice.com 6:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drink?: The New Science of Alcohol and Health Author: David Nutt Narrator: David Nutt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From a world-renowned authority on alcohol abuse, a book that exposes the side effects drinking imposes on our overall health–and how we can moderate our consumption. From after-work happy hour to a nightly glass of wine, we're used to thinking of alcohol as a normal part of our daily lives. In Drink?, neuropharmacology professor David Nutt takes a fascinating, science-based look at drinking to unpack why we should reconsider our favorite pastime. Nutt addresses topics such as hormones, mental health, fertility, and addiction, explaining how alcohol effects us even after it leaves our systems. With accessible language, Nutt ensures that readers recognize why alcohol can have such a negative influence on our bodies and our society. Drink?  gives readers clear, evidence-based facts to help them make the most informed choices about their alcohol intake. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drink?: The New Science of Alcohol and Health Author: David Nutt Narrator: David Nutt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From a world-renowned authority on alcohol abuse, a book that exposes the side effects drinking imposes on our overall health–and how we can moderate our consumption. From after-work happy hour to a nightly glass of wine, we're used to thinking of alcohol as a normal part of our daily lives. In Drink?, neuropharmacology professor David Nutt takes a fascinating, science-based look at drinking to unpack why we should reconsider our favorite pastime. Nutt addresses topics such as hormones, mental health, fertility, and addiction, explaining how alcohol effects us even after it leaves our systems. With accessible language, Nutt ensures that readers recognize why alcohol can have such a negative influence on our bodies and our society. Drink?  gives readers clear, evidence-based facts to help them make the most informed choices about their alcohol intake. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428962 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hygge and Minimalism (2 Manuscripts in 1): The Practical Guide to The Danish Art of Happiness, The Minimalist way of Life and Decluttering your Home, Budget and Mind Author: Alexandra Jessen Narrator: Gretchen Conlon, Alicia Foreman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 21 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: If you want your daily life full of peace, happiness and joy (Instead of constant anxiety, low moods and overthinking) then keep reading... The modern world and media can make it seem like unless your life is filled with ‘'stuff' you can never be happy. In fact, true happiness and simplicity can be found in every moment. Hygge and Minimalism and Decluttering will show you exactly how to do that. Hygge is a lifestyle that comes from Denmark (The happiest country in the world I thought I'd mention) that, in essence, means creating a warm atmosphere and enjoying the good things in life with good people. And Minimalism is actually about a reassessment of your priorities, so you can strip away the excess stuff that doesn’t actually provide value to your life. Here is just a sliver of what you will discover inside: The three questions to ask yourself to live a meaningful life Declutter by buying more things Think you have to get rid of everything to be a minimalist? Think again! Exactly how to discover your minimalism and how to make it work for you The must know strategies to make minimalism work for the busiest people and families The two easiest techniques to cultivate happiness, joy, and peace into every aspect of your life The secret hygge strategies straight from the happiest country in the world Why you aren’t fulfilled (Hint: The next iPhone isn’t going to do it either!) How to embrace Hygge all year round 10 simple strategies to employ hygge while traveling The simplest secret to skyrocket your happiness A step-by-step guide to making your life more hygge starting today And that is barely scratching the surface. If you believe that you can’t be a minimalist without giving up all your possessions, and if you think Hygge is just for winter, this audiobook will show you exactly how wrong you are. So, if you want a life consisting of meaning, inner peace, happiness, and FULL of joy, then scroll up and click 'Add To Cart.' Alexandra Jessen Wed, 01 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428962 thebookvoice.com 6:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hygge and Minimalism (2 Manuscripts in 1): The Practical Guide to The Danish Art of Happiness, The Minimalist way of Life and Decluttering your Home, Budget and Mind Author: Alexandra Jessen Narrator: Gretchen Conlon, Alicia Foreman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 21 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: If you want your daily life full of peace, happiness and joy (Instead of constant anxiety, low moods and overthinking) then keep reading... The modern world and media can make it seem like unless your life is filled with ‘'stuff' you can never be happy. In fact, true happiness and simplicity can be found in every moment. Hygge and Minimalism and Decluttering will show you exactly how to do that. Hygge is a lifestyle that comes from Denmark (The happiest country in the world I thought I'd mention) that, in essence, means creating a warm atmosphere and enjoying the good things in life with good people. And Minimalism is actually about a reassessment of your priorities, so you can strip away the excess stuff that doesn’t actually provide value to your life. Here is just a sliver of what you will discover inside: The three questions to ask yourself to live a meaningful life Declutter by buying more things Think you have to get rid of everything to be a minimalist? Think again! Exactly how to discover your minimalism and how to make it work for you The must know strategies to make minimalism work for the busiest people and families The two easiest techniques to cultivate happiness, joy, and peace into every aspect of your life The secret hygge strategies straight from the happiest country in the world Why you aren’t fulfilled (Hint: The next iPhone isn’t going to do it either!) How to embrace Hygge all year round 10 simple strategies to employ hygge while traveling The simplest secret to skyrocket your happiness A step-by-step guide to making your life more hygge starting today And that is barely scratching the surface. If you believe that you can’t be a minimalist without giving up all your possessions, and if you think Hygge is just for winter, this audiobook will show you exactly how wrong you are. So, if you want a life consisting of meaning, inner peace, happiness, and FULL of joy, then scroll up and click 'Add To Cart.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hygge and Minimalism (2 Manuscripts in 1): The Practical Guide to The Danish Art of Happiness, The Minimalist way of Life and Decluttering your Home, Budget and Mind Author: Alexandra Jessen Narrator: Gretchen Conlon, Alicia Foreman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 21 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: If you want your daily life full of peace, happiness and joy (Instead of constant anxiety, low moods and overthinking) then keep reading... The modern world and media can make it seem like unless your life is filled with ‘'stuff' you can never be happy. In fact, true happiness and simplicity can be found in every moment. Hygge and Minimalism and Decluttering will show you exactly how to do that. Hygge is a lifestyle that comes from Denmark (The happiest country in the world I thought I'd mention) that, in essence, means creating a warm atmosphere and enjoying the good things in life with good people. And Minimalism is actually about a reassessment of your priorities, so you can strip away the excess stuff that doesn’t actually provide value to your life. Here is just a sliver of what you will discover inside: The three questions to ask yourself to live a meaningful life Declutter by buying more things Think you have to get rid of everything to be a minimalist? Think again! Exactly how to discover your minimalism and how to make it work for you The must know strategies to make minimalism work for the busiest people and families The two easiest techniques to cultivate happiness, joy, and peace into every aspect of your life The secret hygge strategies straight from the happiest country in the world Why you aren’t fulfilled (Hint: The next iPhone isn’t going to do it either!) How to embrace Hygge all year round 10 simple strategies to employ hygge while traveling The simplest secret to skyrocket your happiness A step-by-step guide to making your life more hygge starting today And that is barely scratching the surface. If you believe that you can’t be a minimalist without giving up all your possessions, and if you think Hygge is just for winter, this audiobook will show you exactly how wrong you are. So, if you want a life consisting of meaning, inner peace, happiness, and FULL of joy, then scroll up and click 'Add To Cart.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428867 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearing the Black Body: The Racial Origins of Fat Phobia Author: Sabrina Strings Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: How the female body has been racialized for over two hundred years There is an obesity epidemic in this country and poor black women are particularly stigmatized as 'diseased' and a burden on the public health care system. This is only the most recent incarnation of the fear of fat black women, which Sabrina Strings shows took root more than two hundred years ago. Strings weaves together an eye-opening historical narrative ranging from the Renaissance to the current moment, analyzing important works of art, newspaper and magazine articles, and scientific literature and medical journals—where fat bodies were once praised—showing that fat phobia, as it relates to black women, did not originate with medical findings, but with the Enlightenment era belief that fatness was evidence of 'savagery' and racial inferiority. The author argues that the contemporary ideal of slenderness is, at its very core, racialized and racist. Indeed, it was not until the early twentieth century, when racialized attitudes against fatness were already entrenched in the culture, that the medical establishment began its crusade against obesity. An important and original work, Fearing the Black Body argues convincingly that fat phobia isn't about health at all, but rather a means of using the body to validate race, class, and gender prejudice. Sabrina Strings Tue, 21 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428867 thebookvoice.com 7:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearing the Black Body: The Racial Origins of Fat Phobia Author: Sabrina Strings Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: How the female body has been racialized for over two hundred years There is an obesity epidemic in this country and poor black women are particularly stigmatized as 'diseased' and a burden on the public health care system. This is only the most recent incarnation of the fear of fat black women, which Sabrina Strings shows took root more than two hundred years ago. Strings weaves together an eye-opening historical narrative ranging from the Renaissance to the current moment, analyzing important works of art, newspaper and magazine articles, and scientific literature and medical journals—where fat bodies were once praised—showing that fat phobia, as it relates to black women, did not originate with medical findings, but with the Enlightenment era belief that fatness was evidence of 'savagery' and racial inferiority. The author argues that the contemporary ideal of slenderness is, at its very core, racialized and racist. Indeed, it was not until the early twentieth century, when racialized attitudes against fatness were already entrenched in the culture, that the medical establishment began its crusade against obesity. An important and original work, Fearing the Black Body argues convincingly that fat phobia isn't about health at all, but rather a means of using the body to validate race, class, and gender prejudice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearing the Black Body: The Racial Origins of Fat Phobia Author: Sabrina Strings Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: How the female body has been racialized for over two hundred years There is an obesity epidemic in this country and poor black women are particularly stigmatized as 'diseased' and a burden on the public health care system. This is only the most recent incarnation of the fear of fat black women, which Sabrina Strings shows took root more than two hundred years ago. Strings weaves together an eye-opening historical narrative ranging from the Renaissance to the current moment, analyzing important works of art, newspaper and magazine articles, and scientific literature and medical journals—where fat bodies were once praised—showing that fat phobia, as it relates to black women, did not originate with medical findings, but with the Enlightenment era belief that fatness was evidence of 'savagery' and racial inferiority. The author argues that the contemporary ideal of slenderness is, at its very core, racialized and racist. Indeed, it was not until the early twentieth century, when racialized attitudes against fatness were already entrenched in the culture, that the medical establishment began its crusade against obesity. An important and original work, Fearing the Black Body argues convincingly that fat phobia isn't about health at all, but rather a means of using the body to validate race, class, and gender prejudice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428794 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Anxiety Detox Practical Solutions for Dealing with Everyday Anxiety, Fear, Awkwardness, Shyness and How to be Yourself in Social Situations Author: Steven West Narrator: Raymond Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 29, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Are you able to venture outside your home without fear of the world? Do you speak in front of crowds without sweating profusely? Are you able to keep the plans with the important people in your life without an irrational fear? If this sounds like you, then you will not benefit from this audiobook. However, if you are struggling with social anxiety or generalized anxiety disorder, then this is the audiobook for you. It is chock-full of goodies to teach you about the proper diet for anxiety relief, as well as exercises to create positive changes in your life. It contains information on how to journal properly as a relief from your anxiety and even provides you with journal prompts to give you a great advantage over plain journals. The fact that you are reading this tells me that you are searching for answers, and this audiobook has them. This audiobook is broken down into two individual sections. Each one contains information that is vital to the health and well-being of those who suffer from anxiety. If that is not enough, then the chapter on how to create proper affirmations to help you build a more positive self-image should draw you in. Are you ready to start feeling better about yourself and your life? A diet that will help with the elimination of anxiety Food that should not be consumed if you suffer from anxiety Exercises that will bring you the peace of mind that you need How to overcome negative thinking and what it means to have negative thoughts How to use affirmations to create a better self-image How to design an affirmation of your own What an affirmation does and how you can utilize it Journaling and the science behind journaling for anxiety Journal prompts to help you learn how to begin utilizing a journal What exposure therapy is and how it will benefit you in the long run The purpose for journaling and how it will benefit your mindset How to use exposure therapy effectively and combat anxiety And so much more Steven West Sun, 29 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428794 thebookvoice.com 2:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Anxiety Detox Practical Solutions for Dealing with Everyday Anxiety, Fear, Awkwardness, Shyness and How to be Yourself in Social Situations Author: Steven West Narrator: Raymond Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 29, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Are you able to venture outside your home without fear of the world? Do you speak in front of crowds without sweating profusely? Are you able to keep the plans with the important people in your life without an irrational fear? If this sounds like you, then you will not benefit from this audiobook. However, if you are struggling with social anxiety or generalized anxiety disorder, then this is the audiobook for you. It is chock-full of goodies to teach you about the proper diet for anxiety relief, as well as exercises to create positive changes in your life. It contains information on how to journal properly as a relief from your anxiety and even provides you with journal prompts to give you a great advantage over plain journals. The fact that you are reading this tells me that you are searching for answers, and this audiobook has them. This audiobook is broken down into two individual sections. Each one contains information that is vital to the health and well-being of those who suffer from anxiety. If that is not enough, then the chapter on how to create proper affirmations to help you build a more positive self-image should draw you in. Are you ready to start feeling better about yourself and your life? A diet that will help with the elimination of anxiety Food that should not be consumed if you suffer from anxiety Exercises that will bring you the peace of mind that you need How to overcome negative thinking and what it means to have negative thoughts How to use affirmations to create a better self-image How to design an affirmation of your own What an affirmation does and how you can utilize it Journaling and the science behind journaling for anxiety Journal prompts to help you learn how to begin utilizing a journal What exposure therapy is and how it will benefit you in the long run The purpose for journaling and how it will benefit your mindset How to use exposure therapy effectively and combat anxiety And so much more Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Anxiety Detox Practical Solutions for Dealing with Everyday Anxiety, Fear, Awkwardness, Shyness and How to be Yourself in Social Situations Author: Steven West Narrator: Raymond Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 29, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Are you able to venture outside your home without fear of the world? Do you speak in front of crowds without sweating profusely? Are you able to keep the plans with the important people in your life without an irrational fear? If this sounds like you, then you will not benefit from this audiobook. However, if you are struggling with social anxiety or generalized anxiety disorder, then this is the audiobook for you. It is chock-full of goodies to teach you about the proper diet for anxiety relief, as well as exercises to create positive changes in your life. It contains information on how to journal properly as a relief from your anxiety and even provides you with journal prompts to give you a great advantage over plain journals. The fact that you are reading this tells me that you are searching for answers, and this audiobook has them. This audiobook is broken down into two individual sections. Each one contains information that is vital to the health and well-being of those who suffer from anxiety. If that is not enough, then the chapter on how to create proper affirmations to help you build a more positive self-image should draw you in. Are you ready to start feeling better about yourself and your life? A diet that will help with the elimination of anxiety Food that should not be consumed if you suffer from anxiety Exercises that will bring you the peace of mind that you need How to overcome negative thinking and what it means to have negative thoughts How to use affirmations to create a better self-image How to design an affirmation of your own What an affirmation does and how you can utilize it Journaling and the science behind journaling for anxiety Journal prompts to help you learn how to begin utilizing a journal What exposure therapy is and how it will benefit you in the long run The purpose for journaling and how it will benefit your mindset How to use exposure therapy effectively and combat anxiety And so much more https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428688 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Polyvagal Theory:A Self Help Guide to Freedom from Anxiety, Depression and Trauma Author: John Ross Narrator: Ray Stephen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 1, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The Simplified Guide to Understanding the Autonomic Nervous System and the Healing Power of the Vagus Nerve Do you want to learn how to unleash the body's natural ability to heal itself from stress and anxiety? Are you looking for effective ways to harness the healing power of the vagus nerve to take control of your physical and mental health? If you answered yes to any of the questions above, then this guide might just be what you need. Since the Polyvagal Theory was developed by Dr. Stephen Porges, this breakthrough has taken the world of clinical and therapeutic medicine by storm. This groundbreaking discovery is drawing back the curtain on how the autonomic nervous system controls our physical responses and emotional reactions, many of which are extremely primal and were developed as protective and defense mechanisms early in our evolution. Here it is what you will find inside: • The Body’s Surveillance System • Development Of Polyvagal Theory • Dorsal Vagal And Effective Polyvagal Solutions • The Role Of The Dorsal Vagal And Pain • Polyvagal And Windhorse Basic Attendance • Relationship Between Polyvagal Theory And Social Cues • Polyvagal Theory In Relation To Stress • Relationship Between Polyvagal Theory And Yoga Theory • The Importance Of Polyvagal Theory • How Trauma Affects The Nervous System • Polyvagal Theory Helps Unlock Symptoms Of PTSD • The Problem Of Addiction • The Polyvagal Blueprint Of Intervention • The Polyvagal Solution This book covers all these, and much more. So what are you waiting for? Scroll up, click on 'Buy Now with 1-Click.' John Ross Wed, 01 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428688 thebookvoice.com 4:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Polyvagal Theory:A Self Help Guide to Freedom from Anxiety, Depression and Trauma Author: John Ross Narrator: Ray Stephen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 1, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The Simplified Guide to Understanding the Autonomic Nervous System and the Healing Power of the Vagus Nerve Do you want to learn how to unleash the body's natural ability to heal itself from stress and anxiety? Are you looking for effective ways to harness the healing power of the vagus nerve to take control of your physical and mental health? If you answered yes to any of the questions above, then this guide might just be what you need. Since the Polyvagal Theory was developed by Dr. Stephen Porges, this breakthrough has taken the world of clinical and therapeutic medicine by storm. This groundbreaking discovery is drawing back the curtain on how the autonomic nervous system controls our physical responses and emotional reactions, many of which are extremely primal and were developed as protective and defense mechanisms early in our evolution. Here it is what you will find inside: • The Body’s Surveillance System • Development Of Polyvagal Theory • Dorsal Vagal And Effective Polyvagal Solutions • The Role Of The Dorsal Vagal And Pain • Polyvagal And Windhorse Basic Attendance • Relationship Between Polyvagal Theory And Social Cues • Polyvagal Theory In Relation To Stress • Relationship Between Polyvagal Theory And Yoga Theory • The Importance Of Polyvagal Theory • How Trauma Affects The Nervous System • Polyvagal Theory Helps Unlock Symptoms Of PTSD • The Problem Of Addiction • The Polyvagal Blueprint Of Intervention • The Polyvagal Solution This book covers all these, and much more. So what are you waiting for? Scroll up, click on 'Buy Now with 1-Click.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Polyvagal Theory:A Self Help Guide to Freedom from Anxiety, Depression and Trauma Author: John Ross Narrator: Ray Stephen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 1, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The Simplified Guide to Understanding the Autonomic Nervous System and the Healing Power of the Vagus Nerve Do you want to learn how to unleash the body's natural ability to heal itself from stress and anxiety? Are you looking for effective ways to harness the healing power of the vagus nerve to take control of your physical and mental health? If you answered yes to any of the questions above, then this guide might just be what you need. Since the Polyvagal Theory was developed by Dr. Stephen Porges, this breakthrough has taken the world of clinical and therapeutic medicine by storm. This groundbreaking discovery is drawing back the curtain on how the autonomic nervous system controls our physical responses and emotional reactions, many of which are extremely primal and were developed as protective and defense mechanisms early in our evolution. Here it is what you will find inside: • The Body’s Surveillance System • Development Of Polyvagal Theory • Dorsal Vagal And Effective Polyvagal Solutions • The Role Of The Dorsal Vagal And Pain • Polyvagal And Windhorse Basic Attendance • Relationship Between Polyvagal Theory And Social Cues • Polyvagal Theory In Relation To Stress • Relationship Between Polyvagal Theory And Yoga Theory • The Importance Of Polyvagal Theory • How Trauma Affects The Nervous System • Polyvagal Theory Helps Unlock Symptoms Of PTSD • The Problem Of Addiction • The Polyvagal Blueprint Of Intervention • The Polyvagal Solution This book covers all these, and much more. So what are you waiting for? Scroll up, click on 'Buy Now with 1-Click.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428681 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Minimalism and Decluttering: Discover The Secrets on How to Live a Meaningful Life and Declutter Your Home, Budget, Mind and Life with the Minimalist Way Of Living Author: Alexandra Jessen Narrator: Gretchen Conlon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.72 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 21 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: If you want to learn the secret practical strategies to living the minimalist life and decluttering your home your way, then keep reading.... You don’t have to own only three T-shirts and live in a house with no furniture to be a minimalist. In fact, that is actually what is now being coined as “extreme minimalism”. Not to bash it though, that can certainly work for some people, but that isn’t how minimalism and decluttering have to be. In fact, minimalism is actually about a reassessment of your priorities so you can strip away the excess stuff that doesn’t provide any value to your life. So, if you’re someone who has a life and house full of unnecessary “clutter” and you want to remove the things that don’t bring value without having to purge everything you own, then this audiobook will show you step-by-step how to achieve that. Here is just a sample of what you will discover: The three questions to ask yourself to live a meaningful life How to purposefully declutter your house starting now! Why getting more money won’t always make you happier Declutter by buying more things! Think you have to get rid of everything to be a minimalist? Think again! What monks know about happiness that you don’t The must-know strategies to make minimalism work for the busiest people and families! Why minimalism is a spectrum and why you don’t have to be an “extreme minimalist”. The two easiest techniques to cultivate happiness, joy, and peace into every aspect of your life And much, much more! So, even if you are the biggest hoarder the world has ever seen or failed at being a minimalist before, this audiobook actually shows how minimalism and decluttering can bring peace and harmony to your life instead of the added stress they can bring. So, If You Want The Practical Guide To Making Minimalism And Decluttering Work For You (Without Creating Another Ideology For Yourself) Then Scroll Up And Click 'Add To Cart.2 Alexandra Jessen Wed, 01 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428681 thebookvoice.com 3:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Minimalism and Decluttering: Discover The Secrets on How to Live a Meaningful Life and Declutter Your Home, Budget, Mind and Life with the Minimalist Way Of Living Author: Alexandra Jessen Narrator: Gretchen Conlon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.72 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 21 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: If you want to learn the secret practical strategies to living the minimalist life and decluttering your home your way, then keep reading.... You don’t have to own only three T-shirts and live in a house with no furniture to be a minimalist. In fact, that is actually what is now being coined as “extreme minimalism”. Not to bash it though, that can certainly work for some people, but that isn’t how minimalism and decluttering have to be. In fact, minimalism is actually about a reassessment of your priorities so you can strip away the excess stuff that doesn’t provide any value to your life. So, if you’re someone who has a life and house full of unnecessary “clutter” and you want to remove the things that don’t bring value without having to purge everything you own, then this audiobook will show you step-by-step how to achieve that. Here is just a sample of what you will discover: The three questions to ask yourself to live a meaningful life How to purposefully declutter your house starting now! Why getting more money won’t always make you happier Declutter by buying more things! Think you have to get rid of everything to be a minimalist? Think again! What monks know about happiness that you don’t The must-know strategies to make minimalism work for the busiest people and families! Why minimalism is a spectrum and why you don’t have to be an “extreme minimalist”. The two easiest techniques to cultivate happiness, joy, and peace into every aspect of your life And much, much more! So, even if you are the biggest hoarder the world has ever seen or failed at being a minimalist before, this audiobook actually shows how minimalism and decluttering can bring peace and harmony to your life instead of the added stress they can bring. So, If You Want The Practical Guide To Making Minimalism And Decluttering Work For You (Without Creating Another Ideology For Yourself) Then Scroll Up And Click 'Add To Cart.2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Minimalism and Decluttering: Discover The Secrets on How to Live a Meaningful Life and Declutter Your Home, Budget, Mind and Life with the Minimalist Way Of Living Author: Alexandra Jessen Narrator: Gretchen Conlon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.72 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 21 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: If you want to learn the secret practical strategies to living the minimalist life and decluttering your home your way, then keep reading.... You don’t have to own only three T-shirts and live in a house with no furniture to be a minimalist. In fact, that is actually what is now being coined as “extreme minimalism”. Not to bash it though, that can certainly work for some people, but that isn’t how minimalism and decluttering have to be. In fact, minimalism is actually about a reassessment of your priorities so you can strip away the excess stuff that doesn’t provide any value to your life. So, if you’re someone who has a life and house full of unnecessary “clutter” and you want to remove the things that don’t bring value without having to purge everything you own, then this audiobook will show you step-by-step how to achieve that. Here is just a sample of what you will discover: The three questions to ask yourself to live a meaningful life How to purposefully declutter your house starting now! Why getting more money won’t always make you happier Declutter by buying more things! Think you have to get rid of everything to be a minimalist? Think again! What monks know about happiness that you don’t The must-know strategies to make minimalism work for the busiest people and families! Why minimalism is a spectrum and why you don’t have to be an “extreme minimalist”. The two easiest techniques to cultivate happiness, joy, and peace into every aspect of your life And much, much more! So, even if you are the biggest hoarder the world has ever seen or failed at being a minimalist before, this audiobook actually shows how minimalism and decluttering can bring peace and harmony to your life instead of the added stress they can bring. So, If You Want The Practical Guide To Making Minimalism And Decluttering Work For You (Without Creating Another Ideology For Yourself) Then Scroll Up And Click 'Add To Cart.2 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428607 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428607]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fear Paradox: How Our Obsession with Feeling Secure Imprisons Our Minds and Shapes Our Lives Author: Frank Faranda Narrator: Jeff Harding Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 21, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Fear, Contemporary Society, and the Consequences of Security Fear has grown into the single greatest threat to humanity and collective survival. This book aims to set us free from fear. Over the last five hundred years, life for the average human being has changed dramatically—plagues no longer wipe out entire families, and no longer do we empty our chamber pots into the street. Nope, not today. But, western progress has shown that no matter how many dangers we neutralize, new ones emerge. Now we remain at the mercy of an invisible enemy—fear. Our wellbeing suffers and our imaginations are stifled. But why? Safety not guaranteed. For years clinical psychologist Dr. Frank Faranda, PhD, observed a state of fearfulness in his patients—a primordial emotion that relentlessly drives us toward avoidance, alienation, hypercriticism, hyper-control, narcissism and eventually, depression and anxiety. He began to wonder how embedded these fears might be in contemporary society. A culture of fear. Driven by a deep insecurity, society is paradoxically promoting fear, the very thing it runs from. As a result, fear is entrenched in culture, creating new dangers, and isolating ourselves from one another. That's Faranda's Fear Paradox: even though fear has a prime directive to keep us safe, it has grown into the single greatest threat to humanity and collective survival. Fear not. It is time, Faranda believes, for each of us to shine a light on our deepest fears, and to examine with fresh eyes the society that our fear is creating. Frank Faranda Thu, 21 May 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428607 thebookvoice.com 4:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428607]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fear Paradox: How Our Obsession with Feeling Secure Imprisons Our Minds and Shapes Our Lives Author: Frank Faranda Narrator: Jeff Harding Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 21, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Fear, Contemporary Society, and the Consequences of Security Fear has grown into the single greatest threat to humanity and collective survival. This book aims to set us free from fear. Over the last five hundred years, life for the average human being has changed dramatically—plagues no longer wipe out entire families, and no longer do we empty our chamber pots into the street. Nope, not today. But, western progress has shown that no matter how many dangers we neutralize, new ones emerge. Now we remain at the mercy of an invisible enemy—fear. Our wellbeing suffers and our imaginations are stifled. But why? Safety not guaranteed. For years clinical psychologist Dr. Frank Faranda, PhD, observed a state of fearfulness in his patients—a primordial emotion that relentlessly drives us toward avoidance, alienation, hypercriticism, hyper-control, narcissism and eventually, depression and anxiety. He began to wonder how embedded these fears might be in contemporary society. A culture of fear. Driven by a deep insecurity, society is paradoxically promoting fear, the very thing it runs from. As a result, fear is entrenched in culture, creating new dangers, and isolating ourselves from one another. That's Faranda's Fear Paradox: even though fear has a prime directive to keep us safe, it has grown into the single greatest threat to humanity and collective survival. Fear not. It is time, Faranda believes, for each of us to shine a light on our deepest fears, and to examine with fresh eyes the society that our fear is creating. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428607]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fear Paradox: How Our Obsession with Feeling Secure Imprisons Our Minds and Shapes Our Lives Author: Frank Faranda Narrator: Jeff Harding Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 21, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Fear, Contemporary Society, and the Consequences of Security Fear has grown into the single greatest threat to humanity and collective survival. This book aims to set us free from fear. Over the last five hundred years, life for the average human being has changed dramatically—plagues no longer wipe out entire families, and no longer do we empty our chamber pots into the street. Nope, not today. But, western progress has shown that no matter how many dangers we neutralize, new ones emerge. Now we remain at the mercy of an invisible enemy—fear. Our wellbeing suffers and our imaginations are stifled. But why? Safety not guaranteed. For years clinical psychologist Dr. Frank Faranda, PhD, observed a state of fearfulness in his patients—a primordial emotion that relentlessly drives us toward avoidance, alienation, hypercriticism, hyper-control, narcissism and eventually, depression and anxiety. He began to wonder how embedded these fears might be in contemporary society. A culture of fear. Driven by a deep insecurity, society is paradoxically promoting fear, the very thing it runs from. As a result, fear is entrenched in culture, creating new dangers, and isolating ourselves from one another. That's Faranda's Fear Paradox: even though fear has a prime directive to keep us safe, it has grown into the single greatest threat to humanity and collective survival. Fear not. It is time, Faranda believes, for each of us to shine a light on our deepest fears, and to examine with fresh eyes the society that our fear is creating. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428410 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Flu Pandemic and You: A Canadian Guide Author: Vincent Lam, Colin Lee Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: An essential survival guide—both to pandemic influenza, and to the hype surrounding it. Written by an emergency physician and a public health physician, The Flu Pandemic and You is a timely and forthright guide on how to prepare for an influenza pandemic, and how to understand the broader context in which this health threat exists. With cool heads and professional expertise, Drs. Lam and Lee carefully explain how readers can assess their level of risk, and set out practical advice on how to contend with a pandemic, addressing such issues as: • How the flu virus works and what level of threat Canadians really face • How to help protect yourself and your family from contracting influenza • How to identify symptoms • What you need to know about antiviral drugs • What to do in a worst-case scenario The Flu Pandemic and You develops a lucid framework to help people understand the current anxiety about influenza in the context of the risks we all face in our daily lives. This crucially important book, full of reasoned, knowledgeable advice, is an indispensable resource for fearful times. Vincent Lam, Colin Lee Tue, 05 May 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428410 thebookvoice.com 10:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Flu Pandemic and You: A Canadian Guide Author: Vincent Lam, Colin Lee Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: An essential survival guide—both to pandemic influenza, and to the hype surrounding it. Written by an emergency physician and a public health physician, The Flu Pandemic and You is a timely and forthright guide on how to prepare for an influenza pandemic, and how to understand the broader context in which this health threat exists. With cool heads and professional expertise, Drs. Lam and Lee carefully explain how readers can assess their level of risk, and set out practical advice on how to contend with a pandemic, addressing such issues as: • How the flu virus works and what level of threat Canadians really face • How to help protect yourself and your family from contracting influenza • How to identify symptoms • What you need to know about antiviral drugs • What to do in a worst-case scenario The Flu Pandemic and You develops a lucid framework to help people understand the current anxiety about influenza in the context of the risks we all face in our daily lives. This crucially important book, full of reasoned, knowledgeable advice, is an indispensable resource for fearful times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Flu Pandemic and You: A Canadian Guide Author: Vincent Lam, Colin Lee Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: An essential survival guide—both to pandemic influenza, and to the hype surrounding it. Written by an emergency physician and a public health physician, The Flu Pandemic and You is a timely and forthright guide on how to prepare for an influenza pandemic, and how to understand the broader context in which this health threat exists. With cool heads and professional expertise, Drs. Lam and Lee carefully explain how readers can assess their level of risk, and set out practical advice on how to contend with a pandemic, addressing such issues as: • How the flu virus works and what level of threat Canadians really face • How to help protect yourself and your family from contracting influenza • How to identify symptoms • What you need to know about antiviral drugs • What to do in a worst-case scenario The Flu Pandemic and You develops a lucid framework to help people understand the current anxiety about influenza in the context of the risks we all face in our daily lives. This crucially important book, full of reasoned, knowledgeable advice, is an indispensable resource for fearful times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428203 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biohack Your Brain: How to Boost Cognitive Health, Performance & Power Author: Kristen Willeumier Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A neuroscientist’s groundbreaking, science-driven plan for revitalizing, nourishing and rejuvenating your most essential asset—your brain. Your brain is the most essential organ in your body.  The brain and spinal cord are intimately connected to every bodily system and organ, so when it is balanced everything in your body and mind will function more efficiently.  It’s vitally important to take proactive steps now, or you risk losing everything, including your ability to think clearly, be creative, remember details, solve problems and retain your memory. In Biohack Your Brain, leading neuroscientist Dr. Kristen Willeumier reveals how you can change your brain by making simple and easy modifications to your lifestyle. Combining clinical experience with revolutionary science, she details how biohacking your brain can boost your cognitive performance and so much more. Dr. Willeumier’s essential guidebook shows you the most effective techniques to prevent memory loss and neurodegenerative disorders like Alzheimer’s disease—and even how to overcome negative thoughts and stress. Through research and case studies, you’ll learn how to upgrade your nutritional choices along with the effective use of supplements, brain games, and physical activity to overcome cognitive damage, whether it’s from previous injuries, such as a concussion or a bad fall or from the effects of living in modern day times. Dr. Willeumier shares her own story alongside those from the NFL players and other clients she has worked with to help you leverage the latest research to find personal solutions. Biohack Your Brain teaches you how to take better care of your brain, and also how to release excess weight, enhance your memory, increase your energy and vitality in order to create the best health and life possible.     Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Kristen Willeumier Tue, 29 Dec 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428203 thebookvoice.com 7:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biohack Your Brain: How to Boost Cognitive Health, Performance & Power Author: Kristen Willeumier Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A neuroscientist’s groundbreaking, science-driven plan for revitalizing, nourishing and rejuvenating your most essential asset—your brain. Your brain is the most essential organ in your body.  The brain and spinal cord are intimately connected to every bodily system and organ, so when it is balanced everything in your body and mind will function more efficiently.  It’s vitally important to take proactive steps now, or you risk losing everything, including your ability to think clearly, be creative, remember details, solve problems and retain your memory. In Biohack Your Brain, leading neuroscientist Dr. Kristen Willeumier reveals how you can change your brain by making simple and easy modifications to your lifestyle. Combining clinical experience with revolutionary science, she details how biohacking your brain can boost your cognitive performance and so much more. Dr. Willeumier’s essential guidebook shows you the most effective techniques to prevent memory loss and neurodegenerative disorders like Alzheimer’s disease—and even how to overcome negative thoughts and stress. Through research and case studies, you’ll learn how to upgrade your nutritional choices along with the effective use of supplements, brain games, and physical activity to overcome cognitive damage, whether it’s from previous injuries, such as a concussion or a bad fall or from the effects of living in modern day times. Dr. Willeumier shares her own story alongside those from the NFL players and other clients she has worked with to help you leverage the latest research to find personal solutions. Biohack Your Brain teaches you how to take better care of your brain, and also how to release excess weight, enhance your memory, increase your energy and vitality in order to create the best health and life possible.     Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biohack Your Brain: How to Boost Cognitive Health, Performance & Power Author: Kristen Willeumier Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A neuroscientist’s groundbreaking, science-driven plan for revitalizing, nourishing and rejuvenating your most essential asset—your brain. Your brain is the most essential organ in your body.  The brain and spinal cord are intimately connected to every bodily system and organ, so when it is balanced everything in your body and mind will function more efficiently.  It’s vitally important to take proactive steps now, or you risk losing everything, including your ability to think clearly, be creative, remember details, solve problems and retain your memory. In Biohack Your Brain, leading neuroscientist Dr. Kristen Willeumier reveals how you can change your brain by making simple and easy modifications to your lifestyle. Combining clinical experience with revolutionary science, she details how biohacking your brain can boost your cognitive performance and so much more. Dr. Willeumier’s essential guidebook shows you the most effective techniques to prevent memory loss and neurodegenerative disorders like Alzheimer’s disease—and even how to overcome negative thoughts and stress. Through research and case studies, you’ll learn how to upgrade your nutritional choices along with the effective use of supplements, brain games, and physical activity to overcome cognitive damage, whether it’s from previous injuries, such as a concussion or a bad fall or from the effects of living in modern day times. Dr. Willeumier shares her own story alongside those from the NFL players and other clients she has worked with to help you leverage the latest research to find personal solutions. Biohack Your Brain teaches you how to take better care of your brain, and also how to release excess weight, enhance your memory, increase your energy and vitality in order to create the best health and life possible.     Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427914 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autism-Uncensored Author: Whitney Ellenby Narrator: Whitney Ellenby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Autism Uncensored goes where no other book dares—revealing the private disgrace and self-blame about having a “defective” child; the near disintegration of marriage; the failure of the traditional behavioral interventions; and the mercenary way in which service providers prey on parents’ desperation for a cure. It is a personal manifesto about how a socially integrated life is attainable regardless of whether a child overcomes the major limitations of Autism, sparking a new conversation which goes beyond simply accepting persons with Autism for who they are, but considers pushing them beyond their comfort zones to learn who they are capable of becoming. An unstoppable ride with jolting twists and turns, Autism Uncensored will leave you exhilarated, informed and still gasping for air. Whitney Ellenby Tue, 24 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427914 thebookvoice.com 10:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autism-Uncensored Author: Whitney Ellenby Narrator: Whitney Ellenby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Autism Uncensored goes where no other book dares—revealing the private disgrace and self-blame about having a “defective” child; the near disintegration of marriage; the failure of the traditional behavioral interventions; and the mercenary way in which service providers prey on parents’ desperation for a cure. It is a personal manifesto about how a socially integrated life is attainable regardless of whether a child overcomes the major limitations of Autism, sparking a new conversation which goes beyond simply accepting persons with Autism for who they are, but considers pushing them beyond their comfort zones to learn who they are capable of becoming. An unstoppable ride with jolting twists and turns, Autism Uncensored will leave you exhilarated, informed and still gasping for air. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autism-Uncensored Author: Whitney Ellenby Narrator: Whitney Ellenby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Autism Uncensored goes where no other book dares—revealing the private disgrace and self-blame about having a “defective” child; the near disintegration of marriage; the failure of the traditional behavioral interventions; and the mercenary way in which service providers prey on parents’ desperation for a cure. It is a personal manifesto about how a socially integrated life is attainable regardless of whether a child overcomes the major limitations of Autism, sparking a new conversation which goes beyond simply accepting persons with Autism for who they are, but considers pushing them beyond their comfort zones to learn who they are capable of becoming. An unstoppable ride with jolting twists and turns, Autism Uncensored will leave you exhilarated, informed and still gasping for air. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427844 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Balance Moods - Zeit für Achtsamkeit Author: Dominik Kapahnke Narrator: Dominik Kapahnke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 15, 2015 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Mit Balance moods präsentieren wir Ihnen klangvolle Instrumentalmusik, die uns in Momente schöner und gelassener Stimmung versetzt. Natürliche Instrumente aus aller Welt, inspirierende Melodien und bewegende Rhythmen lassen uns aus der Hektik des Alltags entfliehen, entführen uns an Sehnsuchtsorte. Und bringen uns Energie und Kraft, um ganz ins Hier und Jetzt zurückzukehren. Den klangvollen Kompositionen von östlichen und westlichen Instrumenten folgen, sich und seine Umwelt achtsam wahrnehmen, dem Moment die volle Aufmerksamkeit schenken und ihn solange genießen, wie er in uns wirkt. Dominik Kapahnke Mon, 15 Jun 2015 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427844 thebookvoice.com 0:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Balance Moods - Zeit für Achtsamkeit Author: Dominik Kapahnke Narrator: Dominik Kapahnke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 15, 2015 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Mit Balance moods präsentieren wir Ihnen klangvolle Instrumentalmusik, die uns in Momente schöner und gelassener Stimmung versetzt. Natürliche Instrumente aus aller Welt, inspirierende Melodien und bewegende Rhythmen lassen uns aus der Hektik des Alltags entfliehen, entführen uns an Sehnsuchtsorte. Und bringen uns Energie und Kraft, um ganz ins Hier und Jetzt zurückzukehren. Den klangvollen Kompositionen von östlichen und westlichen Instrumenten folgen, sich und seine Umwelt achtsam wahrnehmen, dem Moment die volle Aufmerksamkeit schenken und ihn solange genießen, wie er in uns wirkt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Balance Moods - Zeit für Achtsamkeit Author: Dominik Kapahnke Narrator: Dominik Kapahnke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 15, 2015 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Mit Balance moods präsentieren wir Ihnen klangvolle Instrumentalmusik, die uns in Momente schöner und gelassener Stimmung versetzt. Natürliche Instrumente aus aller Welt, inspirierende Melodien und bewegende Rhythmen lassen uns aus der Hektik des Alltags entfliehen, entführen uns an Sehnsuchtsorte. Und bringen uns Energie und Kraft, um ganz ins Hier und Jetzt zurückzukehren. Den klangvollen Kompositionen von östlichen und westlichen Instrumenten folgen, sich und seine Umwelt achtsam wahrnehmen, dem Moment die volle Aufmerksamkeit schenken und ihn solange genießen, wie er in uns wirkt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427845 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Balance Moods - Zeit für Meditation Author: Richard Hiebinger Narrator: Richard Hiebinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: June 15, 2015 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Mit Balance moods präsentieren wir Ihnen klangvolle Instrumentalmusik, die uns in Momente schöner und gelassener Stimmung versetzt. Natürliche Instrumente aus aller Welt, inspirierende Melodien und bewegende Rhythmen lassen uns aus der Hektik des Alltags entfliehen, entführen uns an Sehnsuchtsorte. Und bringen uns Energie und Kraft, um ganz ins Hier und Jetzt zurückzukehren. Die Augen schließen und den Geist beruhigen zu den warmen Tönen von buddhistischen Klangschalen und indischen Sitars, sich konzentrieren auf die leisen Momente, auf Atem und Körper, Anspannung und Entspannung. Richard Hiebinger Mon, 15 Jun 2015 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427845 thebookvoice.com 1:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Balance Moods - Zeit für Meditation Author: Richard Hiebinger Narrator: Richard Hiebinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: June 15, 2015 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Mit Balance moods präsentieren wir Ihnen klangvolle Instrumentalmusik, die uns in Momente schöner und gelassener Stimmung versetzt. Natürliche Instrumente aus aller Welt, inspirierende Melodien und bewegende Rhythmen lassen uns aus der Hektik des Alltags entfliehen, entführen uns an Sehnsuchtsorte. Und bringen uns Energie und Kraft, um ganz ins Hier und Jetzt zurückzukehren. Die Augen schließen und den Geist beruhigen zu den warmen Tönen von buddhistischen Klangschalen und indischen Sitars, sich konzentrieren auf die leisen Momente, auf Atem und Körper, Anspannung und Entspannung. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Balance Moods - Zeit für Meditation Author: Richard Hiebinger Narrator: Richard Hiebinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: June 15, 2015 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Mit Balance moods präsentieren wir Ihnen klangvolle Instrumentalmusik, die uns in Momente schöner und gelassener Stimmung versetzt. Natürliche Instrumente aus aller Welt, inspirierende Melodien und bewegende Rhythmen lassen uns aus der Hektik des Alltags entfliehen, entführen uns an Sehnsuchtsorte. Und bringen uns Energie und Kraft, um ganz ins Hier und Jetzt zurückzukehren. Die Augen schließen und den Geist beruhigen zu den warmen Tönen von buddhistischen Klangschalen und indischen Sitars, sich konzentrieren auf die leisen Momente, auf Atem und Körper, Anspannung und Entspannung. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427780 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - En tiempos de contagio Author: Paolo Giordano Narrator: Javier Portugués (portu) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Giordano nos obliga a coger aire ante la crisis del COVID-19 y reflexionar sobre nuestra responsabilidad colectiva, porque, «en tiempos de contagio, somos un solo organismo, una comunidad». Un nuevo virus irrumpe en un país lejano, aunque no tan lejano. La Tierra se ha vuelto pequeña. Día tras día, billones de impulsos digitales transportan la información a la velocidad de la luz de un punto a otro del planeta; infinidad de aviones surcan los cielos, borrando fronteras a su paso y trasladando sin pausa a millares de personas; y, a menor velocidad, miles de toneladas de mercancías se mueven en todas direcciones en un incesante intercambio mercantil que nutre la economía global. Y si los bienes materiales llegan hasta los lugares más recónditos con inusitada fluidez, con mayor celeridad aún se transmiten los elementos intangibles consustanciales al ser humano: la palabra, las ideas, los sentimientos, las emociones. Así pues, ante la amenaza de un virus letal de alcance universal, una miríada de opiniones, conjeturas y teorías de todo tipo -desde aquellas basadas en el rigor de la ciencia hasta las que brotan de la fértil imaginación de iluminados y charlatanes- nos envuelve como un sofocante alud que nos dificulta ver, pensar y decidir con sensatez. En este contexto tan especial, Paolo Giordano comparte con encomiable honestidad y valentía una serie de reflexiones y emociones que le provoca esta inaudita situación, poniendo de manifiesto otra vez una rara virtud para aunar dos mundos supuestamente irreconciliables: la contundente racionalidad del científico con la vulnerabilidad y las incertezas propias de un escritor sensible y comprometido. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Paolo Giordano Tue, 31 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427780 thebookvoice.com 1:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - En tiempos de contagio Author: Paolo Giordano Narrator: Javier Portugués (portu) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Giordano nos obliga a coger aire ante la crisis del COVID-19 y reflexionar sobre nuestra responsabilidad colectiva, porque, «en tiempos de contagio, somos un solo organismo, una comunidad». Un nuevo virus irrumpe en un país lejano, aunque no tan lejano. La Tierra se ha vuelto pequeña. Día tras día, billones de impulsos digitales transportan la información a la velocidad de la luz de un punto a otro del planeta; infinidad de aviones surcan los cielos, borrando fronteras a su paso y trasladando sin pausa a millares de personas; y, a menor velocidad, miles de toneladas de mercancías se mueven en todas direcciones en un incesante intercambio mercantil que nutre la economía global. Y si los bienes materiales llegan hasta los lugares más recónditos con inusitada fluidez, con mayor celeridad aún se transmiten los elementos intangibles consustanciales al ser humano: la palabra, las ideas, los sentimientos, las emociones. Así pues, ante la amenaza de un virus letal de alcance universal, una miríada de opiniones, conjeturas y teorías de todo tipo -desde aquellas basadas en el rigor de la ciencia hasta las que brotan de la fértil imaginación de iluminados y charlatanes- nos envuelve como un sofocante alud que nos dificulta ver, pensar y decidir con sensatez. En este contexto tan especial, Paolo Giordano comparte con encomiable honestidad y valentía una serie de reflexiones y emociones que le provoca esta inaudita situación, poniendo de manifiesto otra vez una rara virtud para aunar dos mundos supuestamente irreconciliables: la contundente racionalidad del científico con la vulnerabilidad y las incertezas propias de un escritor sensible y comprometido. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - En tiempos de contagio Author: Paolo Giordano Narrator: Javier Portugués (portu) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Giordano nos obliga a coger aire ante la crisis del COVID-19 y reflexionar sobre nuestra responsabilidad colectiva, porque, «en tiempos de contagio, somos un solo organismo, una comunidad». Un nuevo virus irrumpe en un país lejano, aunque no tan lejano. La Tierra se ha vuelto pequeña. Día tras día, billones de impulsos digitales transportan la información a la velocidad de la luz de un punto a otro del planeta; infinidad de aviones surcan los cielos, borrando fronteras a su paso y trasladando sin pausa a millares de personas; y, a menor velocidad, miles de toneladas de mercancías se mueven en todas direcciones en un incesante intercambio mercantil que nutre la economía global. Y si los bienes materiales llegan hasta los lugares más recónditos con inusitada fluidez, con mayor celeridad aún se transmiten los elementos intangibles consustanciales al ser humano: la palabra, las ideas, los sentimientos, las emociones. Así pues, ante la amenaza de un virus letal de alcance universal, una miríada de opiniones, conjeturas y teorías de todo tipo -desde aquellas basadas en el rigor de la ciencia hasta las que brotan de la fértil imaginación de iluminados y charlatanes- nos envuelve como un sofocante alud que nos dificulta ver, pensar y decidir con sensatez. En este contexto tan especial, Paolo Giordano comparte con encomiable honestidad y valentía una serie de reflexiones y emociones que le provoca esta inaudita situación, poniendo de manifiesto otra vez una rara virtud para aunar dos mundos supuestamente irreconciliables: la contundente racionalidad del científico con la vulnerabilidad y las incertezas propias de un escritor sensible y comprometido. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427520 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: FEELING GOOD THERAPY: A Practical Guide With Strategies To Fight Pessimism, Anxiety,Low Self-Esteem and Other Disorders To Feel Better Every Day Author: Warren E. Hogue Narrator: Oliver Hunt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 20, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Are you struggling with anxiety, stress, worry, depression, or any other form of disorder? Do you often notice that your emotions and feelings control your life negatively? Would you like to stop being slaves to uneasy thoughts, stress, and anxious feelings? Would you like to learn secrets and techniques for improving your self-confidence? If your answer to any of the above questions is 'yes', this audiobook is for you! Choosing to listen to the audiobook is the best decision you can make. In the audiobook; Feeling Good Therapy, the author presents the scientifically proven remarkable techniques that will immediately lift your spirits and help you develop a positive outlook on life. What you will learn from this audiobook include; The basic techniques for controlling anxiety All you need to understand stress and its symptoms How to change your thoughts about stress and its management. The best strategies for overcoming your negative thoughts for a better life How to deal with core beliefs that hold you down Steps for dealing with and overcoming pessimism How to deal with fears and phobias Motivation Strategies for feeling good The best techniques for building your self-esteem Understanding the concept of assertiveness and how to be assertive How to manage stress, worry, panic, anxiety, low self-esteem and many other disorders Major strategies for improving the quality of your life The meaning of life With everything you need to know about commonly identified disorders such as phobia, anxiety, stress, depression, low self-esteem, fear and other related obsessive-compulsive disorders, this highly remarkable guide can show you how to feel good about yourself and the people you care about. You will discover that life can be an exciting experience. Are you ready to explore the amazing benefits of this audiobook? Get the audiobook now and get started right away! Warren E. Hogue Fri, 20 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427520 thebookvoice.com 3:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: FEELING GOOD THERAPY: A Practical Guide With Strategies To Fight Pessimism, Anxiety,Low Self-Esteem and Other Disorders To Feel Better Every Day Author: Warren E. Hogue Narrator: Oliver Hunt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 20, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Are you struggling with anxiety, stress, worry, depression, or any other form of disorder? Do you often notice that your emotions and feelings control your life negatively? Would you like to stop being slaves to uneasy thoughts, stress, and anxious feelings? Would you like to learn secrets and techniques for improving your self-confidence? If your answer to any of the above questions is 'yes', this audiobook is for you! Choosing to listen to the audiobook is the best decision you can make. In the audiobook; Feeling Good Therapy, the author presents the scientifically proven remarkable techniques that will immediately lift your spirits and help you develop a positive outlook on life. What you will learn from this audiobook include; The basic techniques for controlling anxiety All you need to understand stress and its symptoms How to change your thoughts about stress and its management. The best strategies for overcoming your negative thoughts for a better life How to deal with core beliefs that hold you down Steps for dealing with and overcoming pessimism How to deal with fears and phobias Motivation Strategies for feeling good The best techniques for building your self-esteem Understanding the concept of assertiveness and how to be assertive How to manage stress, worry, panic, anxiety, low self-esteem and many other disorders Major strategies for improving the quality of your life The meaning of life With everything you need to know about commonly identified disorders such as phobia, anxiety, stress, depression, low self-esteem, fear and other related obsessive-compulsive disorders, this highly remarkable guide can show you how to feel good about yourself and the people you care about. You will discover that life can be an exciting experience. Are you ready to explore the amazing benefits of this audiobook? Get the audiobook now and get started right away! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: FEELING GOOD THERAPY: A Practical Guide With Strategies To Fight Pessimism, Anxiety,Low Self-Esteem and Other Disorders To Feel Better Every Day Author: Warren E. Hogue Narrator: Oliver Hunt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 20, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Are you struggling with anxiety, stress, worry, depression, or any other form of disorder? Do you often notice that your emotions and feelings control your life negatively? Would you like to stop being slaves to uneasy thoughts, stress, and anxious feelings? Would you like to learn secrets and techniques for improving your self-confidence? If your answer to any of the above questions is 'yes', this audiobook is for you! Choosing to listen to the audiobook is the best decision you can make. In the audiobook; Feeling Good Therapy, the author presents the scientifically proven remarkable techniques that will immediately lift your spirits and help you develop a positive outlook on life. What you will learn from this audiobook include; The basic techniques for controlling anxiety All you need to understand stress and its symptoms How to change your thoughts about stress and its management. The best strategies for overcoming your negative thoughts for a better life How to deal with core beliefs that hold you down Steps for dealing with and overcoming pessimism How to deal with fears and phobias Motivation Strategies for feeling good The best techniques for building your self-esteem Understanding the concept of assertiveness and how to be assertive How to manage stress, worry, panic, anxiety, low self-esteem and many other disorders Major strategies for improving the quality of your life The meaning of life With everything you need to know about commonly identified disorders such as phobia, anxiety, stress, depression, low self-esteem, fear and other related obsessive-compulsive disorders, this highly remarkable guide can show you how to feel good about yourself and the people you care about. You will discover that life can be an exciting experience. Are you ready to explore the amazing benefits of this audiobook? Get the audiobook now and get started right away! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426937 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Purifica tu cerebro: Desintoxica tu mente para tener claridad mental, lograr relaciones profundas y a Author: Dr. David Perlmutter Narrator: Edson Matus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Desintoxica tu mente, conéctate con quienes te rodean y despierta a una felicidad duradera. Un manifiesto contundente sobre los devastadores efectos de nuestra dependencia tecnológica. ¿Cuándo fue la última vez que te sentiste verdaderamente pleno, con la mente despejada, bien descansado y conectado contigo mismo y con el mundo a tu alrededor? Si ha pasado mucho tiempo, este libro es para ti. La vida contemporánea nos brinda infinitas oportunidades de satisfacer nuestros deseos, aunque también numerosas tentaciones. Y en un mundo saturado de pantallas, inmersos en rutinas que no nos permiten alimentarnos adecuadamente, descansar o ejercitarnos, nuestros cerebros libran una dura batalla cuyos resultados nos han dejado más solitarios, ansiosos, deprimidos y propensos a las enfermedades y al sobrepeso. Pero no tenemos que vivir así. El doctor David Perlmutter -autor número uno de The New York Times, con más de 1 millón de copias vendidas alrededor del mundo- y su hijo, el doctor Austin Perlmutter, nos invitan a descubrir cómo lo que comemos altera nuestra habilidad para acceder a nuestra corteza prefrontal, crucial en los procesos de toma de decisiones y piedra angular de nuestra agilidad cognitiva. No importa si somos adictos al trabajo, tenemos problemas para dormir o vivimos encadenados a nuestros dispositivos digitales: guiados por el programa práctico de 10 días aquí incluido y las 40 deliciosas recetas que lo acompañan, descubriremos las estrategias precisas para desintoxicar y fortalecer nuestro cerebro, sanar nuestros vínculos con quienes amamos y cambiar la trayectoria de nuestra salud para finalmente encaminarnos hacia la mejor versión de nosotros mismos. Dr. David Perlmutter Tue, 31 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426937 thebookvoice.com 8:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Purifica tu cerebro: Desintoxica tu mente para tener claridad mental, lograr relaciones profundas y a Author: Dr. David Perlmutter Narrator: Edson Matus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Desintoxica tu mente, conéctate con quienes te rodean y despierta a una felicidad duradera. Un manifiesto contundente sobre los devastadores efectos de nuestra dependencia tecnológica. ¿Cuándo fue la última vez que te sentiste verdaderamente pleno, con la mente despejada, bien descansado y conectado contigo mismo y con el mundo a tu alrededor? Si ha pasado mucho tiempo, este libro es para ti. La vida contemporánea nos brinda infinitas oportunidades de satisfacer nuestros deseos, aunque también numerosas tentaciones. Y en un mundo saturado de pantallas, inmersos en rutinas que no nos permiten alimentarnos adecuadamente, descansar o ejercitarnos, nuestros cerebros libran una dura batalla cuyos resultados nos han dejado más solitarios, ansiosos, deprimidos y propensos a las enfermedades y al sobrepeso. Pero no tenemos que vivir así. El doctor David Perlmutter -autor número uno de The New York Times, con más de 1 millón de copias vendidas alrededor del mundo- y su hijo, el doctor Austin Perlmutter, nos invitan a descubrir cómo lo que comemos altera nuestra habilidad para acceder a nuestra corteza prefrontal, crucial en los procesos de toma de decisiones y piedra angular de nuestra agilidad cognitiva. No importa si somos adictos al trabajo, tenemos problemas para dormir o vivimos encadenados a nuestros dispositivos digitales: guiados por el programa práctico de 10 días aquí incluido y las 40 deliciosas recetas que lo acompañan, descubriremos las estrategias precisas para desintoxicar y fortalecer nuestro cerebro, sanar nuestros vínculos con quienes amamos y cambiar la trayectoria de nuestra salud para finalmente encaminarnos hacia la mejor versión de nosotros mismos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Purifica tu cerebro: Desintoxica tu mente para tener claridad mental, lograr relaciones profundas y a Author: Dr. David Perlmutter Narrator: Edson Matus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Desintoxica tu mente, conéctate con quienes te rodean y despierta a una felicidad duradera. Un manifiesto contundente sobre los devastadores efectos de nuestra dependencia tecnológica. ¿Cuándo fue la última vez que te sentiste verdaderamente pleno, con la mente despejada, bien descansado y conectado contigo mismo y con el mundo a tu alrededor? Si ha pasado mucho tiempo, este libro es para ti. La vida contemporánea nos brinda infinitas oportunidades de satisfacer nuestros deseos, aunque también numerosas tentaciones. Y en un mundo saturado de pantallas, inmersos en rutinas que no nos permiten alimentarnos adecuadamente, descansar o ejercitarnos, nuestros cerebros libran una dura batalla cuyos resultados nos han dejado más solitarios, ansiosos, deprimidos y propensos a las enfermedades y al sobrepeso. Pero no tenemos que vivir así. El doctor David Perlmutter -autor número uno de The New York Times, con más de 1 millón de copias vendidas alrededor del mundo- y su hijo, el doctor Austin Perlmutter, nos invitan a descubrir cómo lo que comemos altera nuestra habilidad para acceder a nuestra corteza prefrontal, crucial en los procesos de toma de decisiones y piedra angular de nuestra agilidad cognitiva. No importa si somos adictos al trabajo, tenemos problemas para dormir o vivimos encadenados a nuestros dispositivos digitales: guiados por el programa práctico de 10 días aquí incluido y las 40 deliciosas recetas que lo acompañan, descubriremos las estrategias precisas para desintoxicar y fortalecer nuestro cerebro, sanar nuestros vínculos con quienes amamos y cambiar la trayectoria de nuestra salud para finalmente encaminarnos hacia la mejor versión de nosotros mismos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426932 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mis sentimientos erróneos Author: Silvia Olmedo Narrator: Silvia Olmedo, Gabriela Ramírez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: La psicóloga Silvia Olmedo te ayuda a descubrir tus sentimientos erróneos. ¿Por qué sufrimos? ¿Cómo puedo enfrentar mis miedos? ¿Es posible dejar de alimentar relaciones destructivas? ¿Puedo aumentar mi autoestima? Estas preguntas y muchas más las responde Silvia Olmedo en este libro directo, valiente, sincero y lleno de alternativas para transformar tu vida. Con un lenguaje dinámico y sencillo, la reconocida autora de Los misterios del amor y el sexo explora los sentimientos más profundos del ser humano que lo llevan a la desilusión, el pesimismo, la depresión o la angustia, para mostrar el camino de la recuperación. Apoyada en una extraordinaria investigación académica y en el conocimiento de numerosas personas que le han revelado sus secretos, Silvia Olmedo revierte las situaciones negativas en posibilidades de aprendizaje, nos conduce por el camino de la reflexión y el autoconocimiento para lograr la plenitud y la felicidad. En sus páginas descubrirás, además, cómo los sucesos traumáticos de nuestra vida determinan nuestro presente, y cómo erradicar con novedosos tips y recomendaciones las sensaciones negativas de miedo, soledad, desesperación. Silvia Olmedo Tue, 31 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426932 thebookvoice.com 6:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mis sentimientos erróneos Author: Silvia Olmedo Narrator: Silvia Olmedo, Gabriela Ramírez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: La psicóloga Silvia Olmedo te ayuda a descubrir tus sentimientos erróneos. ¿Por qué sufrimos? ¿Cómo puedo enfrentar mis miedos? ¿Es posible dejar de alimentar relaciones destructivas? ¿Puedo aumentar mi autoestima? Estas preguntas y muchas más las responde Silvia Olmedo en este libro directo, valiente, sincero y lleno de alternativas para transformar tu vida. Con un lenguaje dinámico y sencillo, la reconocida autora de Los misterios del amor y el sexo explora los sentimientos más profundos del ser humano que lo llevan a la desilusión, el pesimismo, la depresión o la angustia, para mostrar el camino de la recuperación. Apoyada en una extraordinaria investigación académica y en el conocimiento de numerosas personas que le han revelado sus secretos, Silvia Olmedo revierte las situaciones negativas en posibilidades de aprendizaje, nos conduce por el camino de la reflexión y el autoconocimiento para lograr la plenitud y la felicidad. En sus páginas descubrirás, además, cómo los sucesos traumáticos de nuestra vida determinan nuestro presente, y cómo erradicar con novedosos tips y recomendaciones las sensaciones negativas de miedo, soledad, desesperación. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Mis sentimientos erróneos Author: Silvia Olmedo Narrator: Silvia Olmedo, Gabriela Ramírez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: La psicóloga Silvia Olmedo te ayuda a descubrir tus sentimientos erróneos. ¿Por qué sufrimos? ¿Cómo puedo enfrentar mis miedos? ¿Es posible dejar de alimentar relaciones destructivas? ¿Puedo aumentar mi autoestima? Estas preguntas y muchas más las responde Silvia Olmedo en este libro directo, valiente, sincero y lleno de alternativas para transformar tu vida. Con un lenguaje dinámico y sencillo, la reconocida autora de Los misterios del amor y el sexo explora los sentimientos más profundos del ser humano que lo llevan a la desilusión, el pesimismo, la depresión o la angustia, para mostrar el camino de la recuperación. Apoyada en una extraordinaria investigación académica y en el conocimiento de numerosas personas que le han revelado sus secretos, Silvia Olmedo revierte las situaciones negativas en posibilidades de aprendizaje, nos conduce por el camino de la reflexión y el autoconocimiento para lograr la plenitud y la felicidad. En sus páginas descubrirás, además, cómo los sucesos traumáticos de nuestra vida determinan nuestro presente, y cómo erradicar con novedosos tips y recomendaciones las sensaciones negativas de miedo, soledad, desesperación. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426854 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cura de la ansiedad y la depresión En español/ Cure of anxiety and depression In Spanish (Spanish Edition) Author: Charlie Mason Narrator: Jose Fuentes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ¿Se siente mal y caído? ¿Siente que toda la esperanza está perdida? ¿Levantarse por la mañana y enfrentar el mundo es tan difícil como escalar una montaña? Si usted o alguien a quien cuida, se siente así, entonces podría estar en manos de la depresión. Si siente que no puede respirar y que las paredes se están cerrando hacia usted, entonces puede estar en las garras de la ansiedad. En este libro, 'Cura de la ansiedad y la depresión: Libro de trabajo simple para el alivio de la ansiedad. Deje de preocuparse y supere la depresión rápidamente” repasaremos la ansiedad y la depresión y cómo esta condición potencialmente debilitante puede evitar que se convierta en la mejor versión posible de usted mismo! Cuando cae preso en la ansiedad y la depresión puede encontrarse en una desesperación total y absoluta hasta un punto en que la vida puede haber perdido todo sentido. En este libro, cubriremos las siguientes áreas: La definición de ansiedad La definición de depresión Las causas de la ansiedad y la depresión Opciones de tratamiento para enfermos Opciones de tratamiento alternativos Remedios caseros naturales Alimentos y sustancias a evitar Cómo proporcionar ayuda y apoyo a los pacientes …y mucho más. En este libro, repasaremos las formas en que puede ayudarse a sí mismo y a otros a superar la depresión y la ansiedad. Le recomendaría que busque atención médica, especialmente cuando sienta que las cosas se están saliendo de control. Al buscarla, puede encontrar la manera para volver al camino correcto y recuperar la normalidad en su vida. Si usted, o alguien a quien cuida, está luchando con alguna de estas afecciones hallará opciones de tratamiento viables para que encuentre las mejores formas de lidiar con estas condiciones potencialmente debilitantes. Además, le animo a que actúe rápido. Charlie Mason Tue, 18 Feb 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426854 thebookvoice.com 1:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cura de la ansiedad y la depresión En español/ Cure of anxiety and depression In Spanish (Spanish Edition) Author: Charlie Mason Narrator: Jose Fuentes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ¿Se siente mal y caído? ¿Siente que toda la esperanza está perdida? ¿Levantarse por la mañana y enfrentar el mundo es tan difícil como escalar una montaña? Si usted o alguien a quien cuida, se siente así, entonces podría estar en manos de la depresión. Si siente que no puede respirar y que las paredes se están cerrando hacia usted, entonces puede estar en las garras de la ansiedad. En este libro, 'Cura de la ansiedad y la depresión: Libro de trabajo simple para el alivio de la ansiedad. Deje de preocuparse y supere la depresión rápidamente” repasaremos la ansiedad y la depresión y cómo esta condición potencialmente debilitante puede evitar que se convierta en la mejor versión posible de usted mismo! Cuando cae preso en la ansiedad y la depresión puede encontrarse en una desesperación total y absoluta hasta un punto en que la vida puede haber perdido todo sentido. En este libro, cubriremos las siguientes áreas: La definición de ansiedad La definición de depresión Las causas de la ansiedad y la depresión Opciones de tratamiento para enfermos Opciones de tratamiento alternativos Remedios caseros naturales Alimentos y sustancias a evitar Cómo proporcionar ayuda y apoyo a los pacientes …y mucho más. En este libro, repasaremos las formas en que puede ayudarse a sí mismo y a otros a superar la depresión y la ansiedad. Le recomendaría que busque atención médica, especialmente cuando sienta que las cosas se están saliendo de control. Al buscarla, puede encontrar la manera para volver al camino correcto y recuperar la normalidad en su vida. Si usted, o alguien a quien cuida, está luchando con alguna de estas afecciones hallará opciones de tratamiento viables para que encuentre las mejores formas de lidiar con estas condiciones potencialmente debilitantes. Además, le animo a que actúe rápido. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cura de la ansiedad y la depresión En español/ Cure of anxiety and depression In Spanish (Spanish Edition) Author: Charlie Mason Narrator: Jose Fuentes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ¿Se siente mal y caído? ¿Siente que toda la esperanza está perdida? ¿Levantarse por la mañana y enfrentar el mundo es tan difícil como escalar una montaña? Si usted o alguien a quien cuida, se siente así, entonces podría estar en manos de la depresión. Si siente que no puede respirar y que las paredes se están cerrando hacia usted, entonces puede estar en las garras de la ansiedad. En este libro, 'Cura de la ansiedad y la depresión: Libro de trabajo simple para el alivio de la ansiedad. Deje de preocuparse y supere la depresión rápidamente” repasaremos la ansiedad y la depresión y cómo esta condición potencialmente debilitante puede evitar que se convierta en la mejor versión posible de usted mismo! Cuando cae preso en la ansiedad y la depresión puede encontrarse en una desesperación total y absoluta hasta un punto en que la vida puede haber perdido todo sentido. En este libro, cubriremos las siguientes áreas: La definición de ansiedad La definición de depresión Las causas de la ansiedad y la depresión Opciones de tratamiento para enfermos Opciones de tratamiento alternativos Remedios caseros naturales Alimentos y sustancias a evitar Cómo proporcionar ayuda y apoyo a los pacientes …y mucho más. En este libro, repasaremos las formas en que puede ayudarse a sí mismo y a otros a superar la depresión y la ansiedad. Le recomendaría que busque atención médica, especialmente cuando sienta que las cosas se están saliendo de control. Al buscarla, puede encontrar la manera para volver al camino correcto y recuperar la normalidad en su vida. Si usted, o alguien a quien cuida, está luchando con alguna de estas afecciones hallará opciones de tratamiento viables para que encuentre las mejores formas de lidiar con estas condiciones potencialmente debilitantes. Además, le animo a que actúe rápido. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426787 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426787]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and the 12 Steps, Revised and Expanded: An Inclusive Guide to Enhancing Recovery Author: Jamie Marich Narrator: Marissa Ghavami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: An inclusive, research-based guide to working the 12 steps: a trauma-informed approach for clinicians, sponsors, and those in recovery. Step 1: You admit that you're powerless over your addiction. Now what? 12-step programs like Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) and Narcotics Anonymous (NA) have helped countless people on the path to recovery. But many still feel that 12-step programs aren't for them: that the spiritual emphasis is too narrow, the modality too old-school, the setting too triggering, or the space too exclusive. Some struggle with an addict label that can eclipse the histories, traumas, and experiences that feed into addiction, or dismisses the effects of adverse experiences like trauma in the first place. Advances in addiction medicine, trauma, neuropsychiatry, social theory, and overall strides in inclusivity need to be integrated into modern-day 12-step programs to reflect the latest research and what it means to live with an addiction today. Dr. Jamie Marich, an addiction and trauma clinician in recovery herself, builds necessary bridges between the 12-step's core foundations and up-to-date developments in trauma-informed care. Foregrounding the intersections of addiction, trauma, identity, and systems of oppression, Marich's approach treats the whole person--not just the addiction--to foster healing, transformation, and growth. Written for clinicians, therapists, sponsors, and those in recovery, Marich provides an extensive toolkit of trauma-informed skills that:   •  Explains how trauma impacts addiction, recovery, and relapse   •  Celebrates communities who may feel excluded from the program, like atheists, agnostics, and LGBTQ+ folks   •  Welcomes outside help from the fields of trauma, dissociation, mindfulness, and addiction research   •  Explains the differences between being trauma-informed and trauma-sensitive; and   •  Discusses spiritual abuse as a legitimate form of trauma that can profoundly impede spirituality-based approaches to healing. Jamie Marich Tue, 28 Jul 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426787 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426787]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and the 12 Steps, Revised and Expanded: An Inclusive Guide to Enhancing Recovery Author: Jamie Marich Narrator: Marissa Ghavami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: An inclusive, research-based guide to working the 12 steps: a trauma-informed approach for clinicians, sponsors, and those in recovery. Step 1: You admit that you're powerless over your addiction. Now what? 12-step programs like Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) and Narcotics Anonymous (NA) have helped countless people on the path to recovery. But many still feel that 12-step programs aren't for them: that the spiritual emphasis is too narrow, the modality too old-school, the setting too triggering, or the space too exclusive. Some struggle with an addict label that can eclipse the histories, traumas, and experiences that feed into addiction, or dismisses the effects of adverse experiences like trauma in the first place. Advances in addiction medicine, trauma, neuropsychiatry, social theory, and overall strides in inclusivity need to be integrated into modern-day 12-step programs to reflect the latest research and what it means to live with an addiction today. Dr. Jamie Marich, an addiction and trauma clinician in recovery herself, builds necessary bridges between the 12-step's core foundations and up-to-date developments in trauma-informed care. Foregrounding the intersections of addiction, trauma, identity, and systems of oppression, Marich's approach treats the whole person--not just the addiction--to foster healing, transformation, and growth. Written for clinicians, therapists, sponsors, and those in recovery, Marich provides an extensive toolkit of trauma-informed skills that:   •  Explains how trauma impacts addiction, recovery, and relapse   •  Celebrates communities who may feel excluded from the program, like atheists, agnostics, and LGBTQ+ folks   •  Welcomes outside help from the fields of trauma, dissociation, mindfulness, and addiction research   •  Explains the differences between being trauma-informed and trauma-sensitive; and   •  Discusses spiritual abuse as a legitimate form of trauma that can profoundly impede spirituality-based approaches to healing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426787]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and the 12 Steps, Revised and Expanded: An Inclusive Guide to Enhancing Recovery Author: Jamie Marich Narrator: Marissa Ghavami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: An inclusive, research-based guide to working the 12 steps: a trauma-informed approach for clinicians, sponsors, and those in recovery. Step 1: You admit that you're powerless over your addiction. Now what? 12-step programs like Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) and Narcotics Anonymous (NA) have helped countless people on the path to recovery. But many still feel that 12-step programs aren't for them: that the spiritual emphasis is too narrow, the modality too old-school, the setting too triggering, or the space too exclusive. Some struggle with an addict label that can eclipse the histories, traumas, and experiences that feed into addiction, or dismisses the effects of adverse experiences like trauma in the first place. Advances in addiction medicine, trauma, neuropsychiatry, social theory, and overall strides in inclusivity need to be integrated into modern-day 12-step programs to reflect the latest research and what it means to live with an addiction today. Dr. Jamie Marich, an addiction and trauma clinician in recovery herself, builds necessary bridges between the 12-step's core foundations and up-to-date developments in trauma-informed care. Foregrounding the intersections of addiction, trauma, identity, and systems of oppression, Marich's approach treats the whole person--not just the addiction--to foster healing, transformation, and growth. Written for clinicians, therapists, sponsors, and those in recovery, Marich provides an extensive toolkit of trauma-informed skills that:   •  Explains how trauma impacts addiction, recovery, and relapse   •  Celebrates communities who may feel excluded from the program, like atheists, agnostics, and LGBTQ+ folks   •  Welcomes outside help from the fields of trauma, dissociation, mindfulness, and addiction research   •  Explains the differences between being trauma-informed and trauma-sensitive; and   •  Discusses spiritual abuse as a legitimate form of trauma that can profoundly impede spirituality-based approaches to healing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426361 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pain-Free with CBD: Everything You Need to Know to Safely and Effectively Use Cannabidiol Author: Alice O’leary Randall, Eloise Theisen Narrator: Christine Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: CBD is the path to healing―without a high. Many of us have become accustomed to quick-fix prescriptions for pain relief that mask symptoms, but there’s a safer, more natural solution: cannabidiol (CBD). Pain-Free with CBD gives you a look into the therapeutic benefits of CBD, including how it can decrease inflammation and provide relief for your painful condition―without the side effects. Pain-Free with CBD offers guidance on choosing the best product, safely dosing, and finding the best method of consumption for you. Manage a variety of ailments including arthritis, fibromyalgia, lupus―and even the health of your furry friends. Discover the history of this natural medicine and success stories of others who have regained their quality of life with the help of CBD. In Pain-Free with CBD, you will explore an overview of your body’s endocannabinoid system (ECS) and how CBD works to heal the body;learn how to select high-quality products using suggestions on top CBD brands, safety tips, and helpful how-tos for each delivery method; anddetermine the right dosage for your needs and learn about possible interactions between CBD and commonly prescribed medications.Discover how CBD can be the healing solution to your pain―one drop at a time. Alice O’leary Randall, Eloise Theisen Tue, 17 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426361 thebookvoice.com 3:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pain-Free with CBD: Everything You Need to Know to Safely and Effectively Use Cannabidiol Author: Alice O’leary Randall, Eloise Theisen Narrator: Christine Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: CBD is the path to healing―without a high. Many of us have become accustomed to quick-fix prescriptions for pain relief that mask symptoms, but there’s a safer, more natural solution: cannabidiol (CBD). Pain-Free with CBD gives you a look into the therapeutic benefits of CBD, including how it can decrease inflammation and provide relief for your painful condition―without the side effects. Pain-Free with CBD offers guidance on choosing the best product, safely dosing, and finding the best method of consumption for you. Manage a variety of ailments including arthritis, fibromyalgia, lupus―and even the health of your furry friends. Discover the history of this natural medicine and success stories of others who have regained their quality of life with the help of CBD. In Pain-Free with CBD, you will explore an overview of your body’s endocannabinoid system (ECS) and how CBD works to heal the body;learn how to select high-quality products using suggestions on top CBD brands, safety tips, and helpful how-tos for each delivery method; anddetermine the right dosage for your needs and learn about possible interactions between CBD and commonly prescribed medications.Discover how CBD can be the healing solution to your pain―one drop at a time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pain-Free with CBD: Everything You Need to Know to Safely and Effectively Use Cannabidiol Author: Alice O’leary Randall, Eloise Theisen Narrator: Christine Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: CBD is the path to healing―without a high. Many of us have become accustomed to quick-fix prescriptions for pain relief that mask symptoms, but there’s a safer, more natural solution: cannabidiol (CBD). Pain-Free with CBD gives you a look into the therapeutic benefits of CBD, including how it can decrease inflammation and provide relief for your painful condition―without the side effects. Pain-Free with CBD offers guidance on choosing the best product, safely dosing, and finding the best method of consumption for you. Manage a variety of ailments including arthritis, fibromyalgia, lupus―and even the health of your furry friends. Discover the history of this natural medicine and success stories of others who have regained their quality of life with the help of CBD. In Pain-Free with CBD, you will explore an overview of your body’s endocannabinoid system (ECS) and how CBD works to heal the body;learn how to select high-quality products using suggestions on top CBD brands, safety tips, and helpful how-tos for each delivery method; anddetermine the right dosage for your needs and learn about possible interactions between CBD and commonly prescribed medications.Discover how CBD can be the healing solution to your pain―one drop at a time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426358 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leap of Power: Take Control of Alcohol, Drugs, and Your Life Author: Robert Schwebel Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Leap of Power is based on evidence that people are strong and capable, and can take charge of their own lives, including their use of alcohol and other drugs. It supports listeners in respectfully evaluating the impact of drugs on their lives, without judgment and put-downs of any sort, and without an agenda of telling them how to behave. Listeners who have a drug problem and want to make changes will find help in evaluating their options and detailed guidance on how to succeed with either setting new limits or quitting. Listeners who are uncertain whether or not they have a drug problem will find help in making their own determination about the matter. This book shows that even people who are discouraged and have failed in previous attempts to overcome drug problems can take a Leap of Power, analyze what has held them back and design new strategies to ensure success. They can take control of their drug use and make important changes in the rest of their lives. The message of this book is that “You can do it.” Robert Schwebel, PhD, is a psychologist who wrote and developed the Seven Challenges, a comprehensive counseling program that addresses drug problems. It is widely used across the United States, and in Canada and Germany. Originally written for adolescents and young adults, the program is now adapted for all age groups. Robert Schwebel Tue, 17 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426358 thebookvoice.com 6:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leap of Power: Take Control of Alcohol, Drugs, and Your Life Author: Robert Schwebel Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Leap of Power is based on evidence that people are strong and capable, and can take charge of their own lives, including their use of alcohol and other drugs. It supports listeners in respectfully evaluating the impact of drugs on their lives, without judgment and put-downs of any sort, and without an agenda of telling them how to behave. Listeners who have a drug problem and want to make changes will find help in evaluating their options and detailed guidance on how to succeed with either setting new limits or quitting. Listeners who are uncertain whether or not they have a drug problem will find help in making their own determination about the matter. This book shows that even people who are discouraged and have failed in previous attempts to overcome drug problems can take a Leap of Power, analyze what has held them back and design new strategies to ensure success. They can take control of their drug use and make important changes in the rest of their lives. The message of this book is that “You can do it.” Robert Schwebel, PhD, is a psychologist who wrote and developed the Seven Challenges, a comprehensive counseling program that addresses drug problems. It is widely used across the United States, and in Canada and Germany. Originally written for adolescents and young adults, the program is now adapted for all age groups. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leap of Power: Take Control of Alcohol, Drugs, and Your Life Author: Robert Schwebel Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Leap of Power is based on evidence that people are strong and capable, and can take charge of their own lives, including their use of alcohol and other drugs. It supports listeners in respectfully evaluating the impact of drugs on their lives, without judgment and put-downs of any sort, and without an agenda of telling them how to behave. Listeners who have a drug problem and want to make changes will find help in evaluating their options and detailed guidance on how to succeed with either setting new limits or quitting. Listeners who are uncertain whether or not they have a drug problem will find help in making their own determination about the matter. This book shows that even people who are discouraged and have failed in previous attempts to overcome drug problems can take a Leap of Power, analyze what has held them back and design new strategies to ensure success. They can take control of their drug use and make important changes in the rest of their lives. The message of this book is that “You can do it.” Robert Schwebel, PhD, is a psychologist who wrote and developed the Seven Challenges, a comprehensive counseling program that addresses drug problems. It is widely used across the United States, and in Canada and Germany. Originally written for adolescents and young adults, the program is now adapted for all age groups. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426086 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Things You Think About When You Bite Your Nails: A Fear and Anxiety Workbook Author: Amalia Andrade Narrator: Rebecca Mozo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A funny and wise guide and workbook for conquering fears, from the existential to the everyday, and defeating the monster those fears can become: anxiety This is an audiobook about fear. About how it works, how it takes hold over us, and how it dogs us from childhood (the monsters under the bed) to adulthood (careers, relationships, accidentally sending that risky text to the wrong person--all the things that make us want to bite our nails). But this is also a book about that monster our fear can warp into when it grows too powerful, a phenomenon we are all too familiar with and that more and more of us are struggling against: anxiety. Author and illustrator Amalia Andrade had her own battle with anxiety, and not only did she make it out the other side, she learned sometimes it's the very thing that almost sinks you that can save you. Through the lessons, exercises, and often hilarious personal stories Amalia shares in these pages, together you will learn how to make those feelings your friends and turn your fears into superpowers. *This audiobook includes a PDF Survival Kit with illustrations and anti-fear exercises. Amalia Andrade Tue, 06 Oct 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426086 thebookvoice.com 2:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Things You Think About When You Bite Your Nails: A Fear and Anxiety Workbook Author: Amalia Andrade Narrator: Rebecca Mozo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A funny and wise guide and workbook for conquering fears, from the existential to the everyday, and defeating the monster those fears can become: anxiety This is an audiobook about fear. About how it works, how it takes hold over us, and how it dogs us from childhood (the monsters under the bed) to adulthood (careers, relationships, accidentally sending that risky text to the wrong person--all the things that make us want to bite our nails). But this is also a book about that monster our fear can warp into when it grows too powerful, a phenomenon we are all too familiar with and that more and more of us are struggling against: anxiety. Author and illustrator Amalia Andrade had her own battle with anxiety, and not only did she make it out the other side, she learned sometimes it's the very thing that almost sinks you that can save you. Through the lessons, exercises, and often hilarious personal stories Amalia shares in these pages, together you will learn how to make those feelings your friends and turn your fears into superpowers. *This audiobook includes a PDF Survival Kit with illustrations and anti-fear exercises. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Things You Think About When You Bite Your Nails: A Fear and Anxiety Workbook Author: Amalia Andrade Narrator: Rebecca Mozo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A funny and wise guide and workbook for conquering fears, from the existential to the everyday, and defeating the monster those fears can become: anxiety This is an audiobook about fear. About how it works, how it takes hold over us, and how it dogs us from childhood (the monsters under the bed) to adulthood (careers, relationships, accidentally sending that risky text to the wrong person--all the things that make us want to bite our nails). But this is also a book about that monster our fear can warp into when it grows too powerful, a phenomenon we are all too familiar with and that more and more of us are struggling against: anxiety. Author and illustrator Amalia Andrade had her own battle with anxiety, and not only did she make it out the other side, she learned sometimes it's the very thing that almost sinks you that can save you. Through the lessons, exercises, and often hilarious personal stories Amalia shares in these pages, together you will learn how to make those feelings your friends and turn your fears into superpowers. *This audiobook includes a PDF Survival Kit with illustrations and anti-fear exercises. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425875 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Depression, Anxiety, and Other Things We Don't Want to Talk About: A Hopeful Christian Guide to Understanding and Discussing Mental Health Author: Ryan Casey Waller Narrator: Ryan Waller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Mental illness loves to tell lies. One of those lies is that you should be able to manage what you're struggling with all by yourself, but in Depression, Anxiety, and Other Things We Don't Want to Talk About, pastor and psychotherapist Ryan Casey Waller reminds us that we don't have to suffer alone. Mental health issues aren't a symptom of a spiritual failing or insufficient faith. In fact, suffering is the very thing our Savior seeks to heal as he leads us toward restoration. And yet, as Waller has experienced firsthand, the battle can be lonely and discouraging--but it doesn't have to be. Combining practical theology, clinical insights, and deep empathy, Waller offers a rare mix of companionship and truth, inviting us to: - Have shame-free conversations about mental health - Discover why self-knowledge is so important to a deep relationship with God - Understand the intersection of biology, psychology, and spirituality - Explore varying avenues of healing in community, therapy, and medication - Be equipped to support loved ones while practicing self-care Waller bridges the gap between the spiritual and the psychological in this empathetic, imminently helpful guidebook, reminding us all that we are not alone. Hope starts now. Praise for Depression, Anxiety, and Other Things We Don't Want to Talk About: 'I work with Christian leaders from all over the country and have seen firsthand how desperately we need to be talking about depression and anxiety. What prior generations considered taboo, the leaders of today and tomorrow consider essential. Whether you're new to the conversation of mental health or intimately familiar with its complexities, Waller's book has something for you. I can't wait for you to read this.' --Grant Skeldon, author of The Passion Generation and Next Gen Director at Q Ryan Casey Waller Tue, 05 Jan 2021 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425875 thebookvoice.com 6:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Depression, Anxiety, and Other Things We Don't Want to Talk About: A Hopeful Christian Guide to Understanding and Discussing Mental Health Author: Ryan Casey Waller Narrator: Ryan Waller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Mental illness loves to tell lies. One of those lies is that you should be able to manage what you're struggling with all by yourself, but in Depression, Anxiety, and Other Things We Don't Want to Talk About, pastor and psychotherapist Ryan Casey Waller reminds us that we don't have to suffer alone. Mental health issues aren't a symptom of a spiritual failing or insufficient faith. In fact, suffering is the very thing our Savior seeks to heal as he leads us toward restoration. And yet, as Waller has experienced firsthand, the battle can be lonely and discouraging--but it doesn't have to be. Combining practical theology, clinical insights, and deep empathy, Waller offers a rare mix of companionship and truth, inviting us to: - Have shame-free conversations about mental health - Discover why self-knowledge is so important to a deep relationship with God - Understand the intersection of biology, psychology, and spirituality - Explore varying avenues of healing in community, therapy, and medication - Be equipped to support loved ones while practicing self-care Waller bridges the gap between the spiritual and the psychological in this empathetic, imminently helpful guidebook, reminding us all that we are not alone. Hope starts now. Praise for Depression, Anxiety, and Other Things We Don't Want to Talk About: 'I work with Christian leaders from all over the country and have seen firsthand how desperately we need to be talking about depression and anxiety. What prior generations considered taboo, the leaders of today and tomorrow consider essential. Whether you're new to the conversation of mental health or intimately familiar with its complexities, Waller's book has something for you. I can't wait for you to read this.' --Grant Skeldon, author of The Passion Generation and Next Gen Director at Q Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Depression, Anxiety, and Other Things We Don't Want to Talk About: A Hopeful Christian Guide to Understanding and Discussing Mental Health Author: Ryan Casey Waller Narrator: Ryan Waller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Mental illness loves to tell lies. One of those lies is that you should be able to manage what you're struggling with all by yourself, but in Depression, Anxiety, and Other Things We Don't Want to Talk About, pastor and psychotherapist Ryan Casey Waller reminds us that we don't have to suffer alone. Mental health issues aren't a symptom of a spiritual failing or insufficient faith. In fact, suffering is the very thing our Savior seeks to heal as he leads us toward restoration. And yet, as Waller has experienced firsthand, the battle can be lonely and discouraging--but it doesn't have to be. Combining practical theology, clinical insights, and deep empathy, Waller offers a rare mix of companionship and truth, inviting us to: - Have shame-free conversations about mental health - Discover why self-knowledge is so important to a deep relationship with God - Understand the intersection of biology, psychology, and spirituality - Explore varying avenues of healing in community, therapy, and medication - Be equipped to support loved ones while practicing self-care Waller bridges the gap between the spiritual and the psychological in this empathetic, imminently helpful guidebook, reminding us all that we are not alone. Hope starts now. Praise for Depression, Anxiety, and Other Things We Don't Want to Talk About: 'I work with Christian leaders from all over the country and have seen firsthand how desperately we need to be talking about depression and anxiety. What prior generations considered taboo, the leaders of today and tomorrow consider essential. Whether you're new to the conversation of mental health or intimately familiar with its complexities, Waller's book has something for you. I can't wait for you to read this.' --Grant Skeldon, author of The Passion Generation and Next Gen Director at Q https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424976 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ovarian Reboot: A Personal Journey to Hormone & Fertility Renewal Author: E. Scott Sills Narrator: E. Scott Sills Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 29 minutes Release date: November 30, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: OVARIAN REBOOT Even if you're a morning person, the ovary's biological clock starts ticking way too early. Before that very first ovulation, your egg count is already silently slipping away. It's so unfair! But what if there were a way to turn that clock back, to 'reboot' hormones to younger levels? Maybe even create new eggs? Could there be a method to reach these goals without synthetic drugs, using the same natural signals which made eggs in the first place? Ovarian Reboot plugs in to that story. Using non-technical and easy to follow terms, the current science behind ovarian "rejuvenation" is shared. And if results seem just too good to be true, this book includes reprints of scientific papers and an extensive reading list for reference. Are you ready? Here, Dr. Sills unpacks everything you need to know about this revolutionary treatment ... E. Scott Sills Sat, 30 Nov 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424976 thebookvoice.com 1:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ovarian Reboot: A Personal Journey to Hormone & Fertility Renewal Author: E. Scott Sills Narrator: E. Scott Sills Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 29 minutes Release date: November 30, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: OVARIAN REBOOT Even if you're a morning person, the ovary's biological clock starts ticking way too early. Before that very first ovulation, your egg count is already silently slipping away. It's so unfair! But what if there were a way to turn that clock back, to 'reboot' hormones to younger levels? Maybe even create new eggs? Could there be a method to reach these goals without synthetic drugs, using the same natural signals which made eggs in the first place? Ovarian Reboot plugs in to that story. Using non-technical and easy to follow terms, the current science behind ovarian "rejuvenation" is shared. And if results seem just too good to be true, this book includes reprints of scientific papers and an extensive reading list for reference. Are you ready? Here, Dr. Sills unpacks everything you need to know about this revolutionary treatment ... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ovarian Reboot: A Personal Journey to Hormone & Fertility Renewal Author: E. Scott Sills Narrator: E. Scott Sills Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 29 minutes Release date: November 30, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: OVARIAN REBOOT Even if you're a morning person, the ovary's biological clock starts ticking way too early. Before that very first ovulation, your egg count is already silently slipping away. It's so unfair! But what if there were a way to turn that clock back, to 'reboot' hormones to younger levels? Maybe even create new eggs? Could there be a method to reach these goals without synthetic drugs, using the same natural signals which made eggs in the first place? Ovarian Reboot plugs in to that story. Using non-technical and easy to follow terms, the current science behind ovarian "rejuvenation" is shared. And if results seem just too good to be true, this book includes reprints of scientific papers and an extensive reading list for reference. Are you ready? Here, Dr. Sills unpacks everything you need to know about this revolutionary treatment ... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424964 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Downsizing: The 5-Step Method for Life Transitions Big and Small Author: Mia Danielle Narrator: Liisa Ivary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Navigate downsizing and the emotions that come with it—the practical guide Downsizing your home or possessions can be a tough project to finish—or even start. From simple logistics to complex feelings, the process can quickly overwhelm without a plan in place. Here’s help organizing and accomplishing your decluttering; Downsizing: The 5-Step Method for Life Transitions Big and Small. Written by a minimalism expert, this straightforward guide draws from real life experience and offers actionable advice for specific situations. Whether you’re facing a family move, an empty nest, or changing senior living arrangements, let the hands-on planning materials keep you on track. The emotional check-ins at each chapter will help you recognize, understand, and process the unique feelings that each of these downsizing events can create. Downsizing: The 5-Step Method for Life Transitions Big and Small includes: Make an action plan—Discover concrete steps forward in your downsizing with sorting logs, planning checklists, and blank floor maps.Create added value—Learn how to turn your old items into profit through tax incentives and ways to sell high ticket goods.Preserve memories and space—Find the best way to store old photos with techniques that don’t take up room.Downsizing is smoother and easier when you have the right plan and support. Mia Danielle Tue, 10 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424964 thebookvoice.com 3:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Downsizing: The 5-Step Method for Life Transitions Big and Small Author: Mia Danielle Narrator: Liisa Ivary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Navigate downsizing and the emotions that come with it—the practical guide Downsizing your home or possessions can be a tough project to finish—or even start. From simple logistics to complex feelings, the process can quickly overwhelm without a plan in place. Here’s help organizing and accomplishing your decluttering; Downsizing: The 5-Step Method for Life Transitions Big and Small. Written by a minimalism expert, this straightforward guide draws from real life experience and offers actionable advice for specific situations. Whether you’re facing a family move, an empty nest, or changing senior living arrangements, let the hands-on planning materials keep you on track. The emotional check-ins at each chapter will help you recognize, understand, and process the unique feelings that each of these downsizing events can create. Downsizing: The 5-Step Method for Life Transitions Big and Small includes: Make an action plan—Discover concrete steps forward in your downsizing with sorting logs, planning checklists, and blank floor maps.Create added value—Learn how to turn your old items into profit through tax incentives and ways to sell high ticket goods.Preserve memories and space—Find the best way to store old photos with techniques that don’t take up room.Downsizing is smoother and easier when you have the right plan and support. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Downsizing: The 5-Step Method for Life Transitions Big and Small Author: Mia Danielle Narrator: Liisa Ivary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Navigate downsizing and the emotions that come with it—the practical guide Downsizing your home or possessions can be a tough project to finish—or even start. From simple logistics to complex feelings, the process can quickly overwhelm without a plan in place. Here’s help organizing and accomplishing your decluttering; Downsizing: The 5-Step Method for Life Transitions Big and Small. Written by a minimalism expert, this straightforward guide draws from real life experience and offers actionable advice for specific situations. Whether you’re facing a family move, an empty nest, or changing senior living arrangements, let the hands-on planning materials keep you on track. The emotional check-ins at each chapter will help you recognize, understand, and process the unique feelings that each of these downsizing events can create. Downsizing: The 5-Step Method for Life Transitions Big and Small includes: Make an action plan—Discover concrete steps forward in your downsizing with sorting logs, planning checklists, and blank floor maps.Create added value—Learn how to turn your old items into profit through tax incentives and ways to sell high ticket goods.Preserve memories and space—Find the best way to store old photos with techniques that don’t take up room.Downsizing is smoother and easier when you have the right plan and support. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424768 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayo Clinic Guide to Arthritis: Managing Joint Pain for an Active Life Author: Lynne S. Petersen Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The Mayo Clinic Guide to Arthritis will provide you with high-quality, reliable and up-to-date information regarding differenttypes of arthritis, medications used for treatment, surgical options and ways to manage your symptoms to help you lead a moreactive life.Over the last several decades, significant advances have occurred in the understanding and treatment of arthritis.Doctors now have a host of effective medications, physical therapies, new support systems and more psychological help forpeople struggling with joint pain. People diagnosed with arthritis today have hope—and a great likelihood—that their disease canbe treated and put into remission.This book is divided into three sections:Part 1 reviews the different types of arthritis and explores the difference between inflammatory and non-inflammatory arthritis.Chapters in Part 1 also discuss common musculoskeletal and spine disorders, childhood arthritis, and pain conditions. In addition,Chapter 9 describes various tests and medical specialists that may be part of the diagnosis and treatment of arthritis.Part 2 reviews different treatment options. In recent years, many new medications and other treatments have become availablefor patients with arthritis. Chapters discuss these medications in simple terminology, as well as surgical options, joint injections,pain management and complementary therapies.Finally, Part 3 provides guidance to help people with arthritis live as normally and comfortably as possible through self-care.Chapters in this section focus on being active, eating healthfully, reducing stress, protecting the joints, boosting the immune systemand managing the disease in daily life.Whether arthritis affects you, your family or someone else in your life, this book will leave you with a better understanding ofthe condition, symptoms and ways to manage life with arthritis. Most importantly, this book aims to provide you and your familywith hope. Lynne S. Petersen Tue, 08 Sep 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424768 thebookvoice.com 12:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayo Clinic Guide to Arthritis: Managing Joint Pain for an Active Life Author: Lynne S. Petersen Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The Mayo Clinic Guide to Arthritis will provide you with high-quality, reliable and up-to-date information regarding differenttypes of arthritis, medications used for treatment, surgical options and ways to manage your symptoms to help you lead a moreactive life.Over the last several decades, significant advances have occurred in the understanding and treatment of arthritis.Doctors now have a host of effective medications, physical therapies, new support systems and more psychological help forpeople struggling with joint pain. People diagnosed with arthritis today have hope—and a great likelihood—that their disease canbe treated and put into remission.This book is divided into three sections:Part 1 reviews the different types of arthritis and explores the difference between inflammatory and non-inflammatory arthritis.Chapters in Part 1 also discuss common musculoskeletal and spine disorders, childhood arthritis, and pain conditions. In addition,Chapter 9 describes various tests and medical specialists that may be part of the diagnosis and treatment of arthritis.Part 2 reviews different treatment options. In recent years, many new medications and other treatments have become availablefor patients with arthritis. Chapters discuss these medications in simple terminology, as well as surgical options, joint injections,pain management and complementary therapies.Finally, Part 3 provides guidance to help people with arthritis live as normally and comfortably as possible through self-care.Chapters in this section focus on being active, eating healthfully, reducing stress, protecting the joints, boosting the immune systemand managing the disease in daily life.Whether arthritis affects you, your family or someone else in your life, this book will leave you with a better understanding ofthe condition, symptoms and ways to manage life with arthritis. Most importantly, this book aims to provide you and your familywith hope. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayo Clinic Guide to Arthritis: Managing Joint Pain for an Active Life Author: Lynne S. Petersen Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The Mayo Clinic Guide to Arthritis will provide you with high-quality, reliable and up-to-date information regarding differenttypes of arthritis, medications used for treatment, surgical options and ways to manage your symptoms to help you lead a moreactive life.Over the last several decades, significant advances have occurred in the understanding and treatment of arthritis.Doctors now have a host of effective medications, physical therapies, new support systems and more psychological help forpeople struggling with joint pain. People diagnosed with arthritis today have hope—and a great likelihood—that their disease canbe treated and put into remission.This book is divided into three sections:Part 1 reviews the different types of arthritis and explores the difference between inflammatory and non-inflammatory arthritis.Chapters in Part 1 also discuss common musculoskeletal and spine disorders, childhood arthritis, and pain conditions. In addition,Chapter 9 describes various tests and medical specialists that may be part of the diagnosis and treatment of arthritis.Part 2 reviews different treatment options. In recent years, many new medications and other treatments have become availablefor patients with arthritis. Chapters discuss these medications in simple terminology, as well as surgical options, joint injections,pain management and complementary therapies.Finally, Part 3 provides guidance to help people with arthritis live as normally and comfortably as possible through self-care.Chapters in this section focus on being active, eating healthfully, reducing stress, protecting the joints, boosting the immune systemand managing the disease in daily life.Whether arthritis affects you, your family or someone else in your life, this book will leave you with a better understanding ofthe condition, symptoms and ways to manage life with arthritis. Most importantly, this book aims to provide you and your familywith hope. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424512 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing Depression without Medication: A Psychiatrist's Guide to Balancing Mind, Body, and Soul Author: Jodie Skillicorn Narrator: Dominique Dibbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: What if everything we thought we knew about depression—and how to heal from it—was wrong?   Many antidepressants—the first line in our standard of care for treating depression—bring with them potential health risks, yet 1 in 6 Americans takes medication to alleviate feeling sad, anxious, stuck, or unable to focus or sleep. More and more, conventional medicine pathologizes how we respond to life’s challenges—like feeling trapped in an unfulfilling job, grieving the death of a loved one, or being anxious about a bad relationship—telling us that they’re symptoms of disease.  Psychiatrist Jodie Skillicorn presents a new path, debunking the myth of the neurochemical imbalance and exploring the roots of depression, such as adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) and poorly managed day-to-day stress. Evidence-based and fully supported by current depression research, Dr. Skillicorn’s holistic methods for beating depression—including nutrition, mindfulness, fostering meaningful connections, exercise, sleep, nature, and breathwork—empower readers to become agents of their own wholeness and healing. Jodie Skillicorn Tue, 23 Jun 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424512 thebookvoice.com 10:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing Depression without Medication: A Psychiatrist's Guide to Balancing Mind, Body, and Soul Author: Jodie Skillicorn Narrator: Dominique Dibbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: What if everything we thought we knew about depression—and how to heal from it—was wrong?   Many antidepressants—the first line in our standard of care for treating depression—bring with them potential health risks, yet 1 in 6 Americans takes medication to alleviate feeling sad, anxious, stuck, or unable to focus or sleep. More and more, conventional medicine pathologizes how we respond to life’s challenges—like feeling trapped in an unfulfilling job, grieving the death of a loved one, or being anxious about a bad relationship—telling us that they’re symptoms of disease.  Psychiatrist Jodie Skillicorn presents a new path, debunking the myth of the neurochemical imbalance and exploring the roots of depression, such as adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) and poorly managed day-to-day stress. Evidence-based and fully supported by current depression research, Dr. Skillicorn’s holistic methods for beating depression—including nutrition, mindfulness, fostering meaningful connections, exercise, sleep, nature, and breathwork—empower readers to become agents of their own wholeness and healing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing Depression without Medication: A Psychiatrist's Guide to Balancing Mind, Body, and Soul Author: Jodie Skillicorn Narrator: Dominique Dibbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: What if everything we thought we knew about depression—and how to heal from it—was wrong?   Many antidepressants—the first line in our standard of care for treating depression—bring with them potential health risks, yet 1 in 6 Americans takes medication to alleviate feeling sad, anxious, stuck, or unable to focus or sleep. More and more, conventional medicine pathologizes how we respond to life’s challenges—like feeling trapped in an unfulfilling job, grieving the death of a loved one, or being anxious about a bad relationship—telling us that they’re symptoms of disease.  Psychiatrist Jodie Skillicorn presents a new path, debunking the myth of the neurochemical imbalance and exploring the roots of depression, such as adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) and poorly managed day-to-day stress. Evidence-based and fully supported by current depression research, Dr. Skillicorn’s holistic methods for beating depression—including nutrition, mindfulness, fostering meaningful connections, exercise, sleep, nature, and breathwork—empower readers to become agents of their own wholeness and healing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424463 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424463]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hormone Intelligence: The Complete Guide to Calming Hormone Chaos and Restoring Your Body’s Natural Blueprint for Well-Being Author: Aviva Romm Narrator: Dara Rosenberg, Aviva Romm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: You are not broken. Being a woman is not a diagnosis. Take your body back with the groundbreaking new science for women in Hormone Intelligence. Hormonal. We all know what it means when we hear it – and feel it. While hormonal shifts are natural throughout women’s lives, too many experience distressing period symptoms, struggle daily with PCOS, endometriosis, a fertility challenge, pain, low sex drive, sleep problems, acne, bloating, hot flashes, and more – all due to hormone-related problems. And too many are unable to get the answers they’re really seeking from their doctors. There is a solution. In Hormone Intelligence, Yale trained and internationally renowned women’s health expert, Dr. Aviva Romm, helps you identify the root causes of your symptoms and guides you through a 6-week proven program to achieve lifelong hormonal and gynecologic health. Using a holistic, dietary and lifestyle changing approach, Hormone Intelligence goes beyond treating symptoms to the deeper factors impacting women’s health, so you can reclaim your body, hormones, and self. Inside Hormone Intelligence, you’ll find: ·       Hormone Health 101: Understand the key components of the hormone epidemic and associated dietary and lifestyle triggers. ·       Symptoms and Root Causes Demystified: Discover what your symptoms are saying about your hormones with quizzes, checklists, trackers, and more. ·       A 6-Week Action Plan: Learn what foods you should indulge and avoid, how to repair your microbiome to support hormone health, how to identify environmental hormone disruptors, engage your body’s natural detoxification systems and reduce hidden inflammation, and the lifestyle changes that lead to happy, healthy hormones. ·       Delicious, done-for-you meal plans to take you through the entire program, including vegan options. Hormone Intelligence is an invitation to a whole new relationship with your body and hormones, the exhale you’ve been waiting for, and the first step on the road to realizing that a diagnosis does not have to be your destiny. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Aviva Romm Tue, 08 Jun 2021 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424463 thebookvoice.com 15:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424463]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hormone Intelligence: The Complete Guide to Calming Hormone Chaos and Restoring Your Body’s Natural Blueprint for Well-Being Author: Aviva Romm Narrator: Dara Rosenberg, Aviva Romm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: You are not broken. Being a woman is not a diagnosis. Take your body back with the groundbreaking new science for women in Hormone Intelligence. Hormonal. We all know what it means when we hear it – and feel it. While hormonal shifts are natural throughout women’s lives, too many experience distressing period symptoms, struggle daily with PCOS, endometriosis, a fertility challenge, pain, low sex drive, sleep problems, acne, bloating, hot flashes, and more – all due to hormone-related problems. And too many are unable to get the answers they’re really seeking from their doctors. There is a solution. In Hormone Intelligence, Yale trained and internationally renowned women’s health expert, Dr. Aviva Romm, helps you identify the root causes of your symptoms and guides you through a 6-week proven program to achieve lifelong hormonal and gynecologic health. Using a holistic, dietary and lifestyle changing approach, Hormone Intelligence goes beyond treating symptoms to the deeper factors impacting women’s health, so you can reclaim your body, hormones, and self. Inside Hormone Intelligence, you’ll find: ·       Hormone Health 101: Understand the key components of the hormone epidemic and associated dietary and lifestyle triggers. ·       Symptoms and Root Causes Demystified: Discover what your symptoms are saying about your hormones with quizzes, checklists, trackers, and more. ·       A 6-Week Action Plan: Learn what foods you should indulge and avoid, how to repair your microbiome to support hormone health, how to identify environmental hormone disruptors, engage your body’s natural detoxification systems and reduce hidden inflammation, and the lifestyle changes that lead to happy, healthy hormones. ·       Delicious, done-for-you meal plans to take you through the entire program, including vegan options. Hormone Intelligence is an invitation to a whole new relationship with your body and hormones, the exhale you’ve been waiting for, and the first step on the road to realizing that a diagnosis does not have to be your destiny. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424463]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hormone Intelligence: The Complete Guide to Calming Hormone Chaos and Restoring Your Body’s Natural Blueprint for Well-Being Author: Aviva Romm Narrator: Dara Rosenberg, Aviva Romm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: You are not broken. Being a woman is not a diagnosis. Take your body back with the groundbreaking new science for women in Hormone Intelligence. Hormonal. We all know what it means when we hear it – and feel it. While hormonal shifts are natural throughout women’s lives, too many experience distressing period symptoms, struggle daily with PCOS, endometriosis, a fertility challenge, pain, low sex drive, sleep problems, acne, bloating, hot flashes, and more – all due to hormone-related problems. And too many are unable to get the answers they’re really seeking from their doctors. There is a solution. In Hormone Intelligence, Yale trained and internationally renowned women’s health expert, Dr. Aviva Romm, helps you identify the root causes of your symptoms and guides you through a 6-week proven program to achieve lifelong hormonal and gynecologic health. Using a holistic, dietary and lifestyle changing approach, Hormone Intelligence goes beyond treating symptoms to the deeper factors impacting women’s health, so you can reclaim your body, hormones, and self. Inside Hormone Intelligence, you’ll find: ·       Hormone Health 101: Understand the key components of the hormone epidemic and associated dietary and lifestyle triggers. ·       Symptoms and Root Causes Demystified: Discover what your symptoms are saying about your hormones with quizzes, checklists, trackers, and more. ·       A 6-Week Action Plan: Learn what foods you should indulge and avoid, how to repair your microbiome to support hormone health, how to identify environmental hormone disruptors, engage your body’s natural detoxification systems and reduce hidden inflammation, and the lifestyle changes that lead to happy, healthy hormones. ·       Delicious, done-for-you meal plans to take you through the entire program, including vegan options. Hormone Intelligence is an invitation to a whole new relationship with your body and hormones, the exhale you’ve been waiting for, and the first step on the road to realizing that a diagnosis does not have to be your destiny. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424427 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424427]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Energy Paradox: What to Do When Your Get-Up-and-Go Has Got Up and Gone Series: #6 of The Plant Paradox Author: Steven R. Gundry, M.D. Narrator: Steven R. Gundry, M.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The author of the bestselling Plant Paradox series takes a fresh look at one of the top health issues plaguing Americans—fatigue—and offers a revolutionary plan for boosting energy and revitalizing mental and physical stamina. In his bestselling books, The Plant Paradox and The Longevity Paradox, Dr. Steven R. Gundry offered game-changing perspectives on our wellbeing. In The Energy Paradox, Dr. Gundry expands upon his previous discussions of gut, microbiome, and mitochondrial health, linking immune malfunction to the mental and physical symptoms of fatigue—including exhaustion, brain fog, depression, anxiety, and low metabolism. As Dr. Gundry explains, feeling tired, moody, and zapped of energy is not normal, no matter your workload or age. Fatigue is an SOS flare from the body, one that is intended to alert us that something is wrong. In his clinical work, Dr. Gundry has found that his patients who complain of feeling sick and tired all the time almost always have something in common: the inflammation markers of a leaky gut. In The Energy Paradox, Dr. Gundry will offer readers the information and tools necessary to quiet the autoimmune battle raging within—a battle that depletes precious energy reserves, leaving you drained and prone to mood disorders and weight gain. With new guidelines on how to increase mitochondrial energy production and nourish the microbiome; 30 new Plant Paradox-approved recipes; and lists of energy-boosting foods to consume and energy-depleting foods to avoid, The Energy Paradox will help readers take back their lives, giving them the energy they need to feel, look, and be their best.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Steven R. Gundry, M.D. Tue, 16 Mar 2021 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424427 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424427]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Energy Paradox: What to Do When Your Get-Up-and-Go Has Got Up and Gone Series: #6 of The Plant Paradox Author: Steven R. Gundry, M.D. Narrator: Steven R. Gundry, M.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The author of the bestselling Plant Paradox series takes a fresh look at one of the top health issues plaguing Americans—fatigue—and offers a revolutionary plan for boosting energy and revitalizing mental and physical stamina. In his bestselling books, The Plant Paradox and The Longevity Paradox, Dr. Steven R. Gundry offered game-changing perspectives on our wellbeing. In The Energy Paradox, Dr. Gundry expands upon his previous discussions of gut, microbiome, and mitochondrial health, linking immune malfunction to the mental and physical symptoms of fatigue—including exhaustion, brain fog, depression, anxiety, and low metabolism. As Dr. Gundry explains, feeling tired, moody, and zapped of energy is not normal, no matter your workload or age. Fatigue is an SOS flare from the body, one that is intended to alert us that something is wrong. In his clinical work, Dr. Gundry has found that his patients who complain of feeling sick and tired all the time almost always have something in common: the inflammation markers of a leaky gut. In The Energy Paradox, Dr. Gundry will offer readers the information and tools necessary to quiet the autoimmune battle raging within—a battle that depletes precious energy reserves, leaving you drained and prone to mood disorders and weight gain. With new guidelines on how to increase mitochondrial energy production and nourish the microbiome; 30 new Plant Paradox-approved recipes; and lists of energy-boosting foods to consume and energy-depleting foods to avoid, The Energy Paradox will help readers take back their lives, giving them the energy they need to feel, look, and be their best.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424427]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Energy Paradox: What to Do When Your Get-Up-and-Go Has Got Up and Gone Series: #6 of The Plant Paradox Author: Steven R. Gundry, M.D. Narrator: Steven R. Gundry, M.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The author of the bestselling Plant Paradox series takes a fresh look at one of the top health issues plaguing Americans—fatigue—and offers a revolutionary plan for boosting energy and revitalizing mental and physical stamina. In his bestselling books, The Plant Paradox and The Longevity Paradox, Dr. Steven R. Gundry offered game-changing perspectives on our wellbeing. In The Energy Paradox, Dr. Gundry expands upon his previous discussions of gut, microbiome, and mitochondrial health, linking immune malfunction to the mental and physical symptoms of fatigue—including exhaustion, brain fog, depression, anxiety, and low metabolism. As Dr. Gundry explains, feeling tired, moody, and zapped of energy is not normal, no matter your workload or age. Fatigue is an SOS flare from the body, one that is intended to alert us that something is wrong. In his clinical work, Dr. Gundry has found that his patients who complain of feeling sick and tired all the time almost always have something in common: the inflammation markers of a leaky gut. In The Energy Paradox, Dr. Gundry will offer readers the information and tools necessary to quiet the autoimmune battle raging within—a battle that depletes precious energy reserves, leaving you drained and prone to mood disorders and weight gain. With new guidelines on how to increase mitochondrial energy production and nourish the microbiome; 30 new Plant Paradox-approved recipes; and lists of energy-boosting foods to consume and energy-depleting foods to avoid, The Energy Paradox will help readers take back their lives, giving them the energy they need to feel, look, and be their best.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424137 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424137]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Journeys Through ADDulthood: Discover a New Sense of Identity and Meaning with Attention Deficit Disorder Author: Sari Solden MS Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Sari Solden specializes in working with ADD adults and their partners. Her first book, Women with Attention Deficit Disorder, has sold more than 100,000 copies worldwide. Now, in Journeys Through ADDulthood, she takes a groundbreaking look at the emotional turmoil often precipitated by ADD and offers listeners roadmaps to richer, happier lives. Living with ADD affects the development of one's view of self, especially for those not diagnosed until adulthood, after an entire childhood of feeling 'different' without knowing why. There are no quick fixes—Solden takes a longer view of the challenges and sees living with ADD as an ongoing internal process. Journeys Through ADDulthood is a step-by-step guide through three stages, or journeys: toward understanding your brain and your primary symptoms; toward discovering your true identity and embracing your uniqueness; and toward learning to share your true self to connect with others. Illuminating her points based on the real-life journeys of two men and two women, Solden offers self-help exercises at the end of each chapter to point the way around common roadblocks on the road to empowerment, self-fulfillment, and the realization of long-buried dreams and goals. Sari Solden MS Tue, 30 Jun 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424137 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424137]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Journeys Through ADDulthood: Discover a New Sense of Identity and Meaning with Attention Deficit Disorder Author: Sari Solden MS Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Sari Solden specializes in working with ADD adults and their partners. Her first book, Women with Attention Deficit Disorder, has sold more than 100,000 copies worldwide. Now, in Journeys Through ADDulthood, she takes a groundbreaking look at the emotional turmoil often precipitated by ADD and offers listeners roadmaps to richer, happier lives. Living with ADD affects the development of one's view of self, especially for those not diagnosed until adulthood, after an entire childhood of feeling 'different' without knowing why. There are no quick fixes—Solden takes a longer view of the challenges and sees living with ADD as an ongoing internal process. Journeys Through ADDulthood is a step-by-step guide through three stages, or journeys: toward understanding your brain and your primary symptoms; toward discovering your true identity and embracing your uniqueness; and toward learning to share your true self to connect with others. Illuminating her points based on the real-life journeys of two men and two women, Solden offers self-help exercises at the end of each chapter to point the way around common roadblocks on the road to empowerment, self-fulfillment, and the realization of long-buried dreams and goals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424137]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Journeys Through ADDulthood: Discover a New Sense of Identity and Meaning with Attention Deficit Disorder Author: Sari Solden MS Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Sari Solden specializes in working with ADD adults and their partners. Her first book, Women with Attention Deficit Disorder, has sold more than 100,000 copies worldwide. Now, in Journeys Through ADDulthood, she takes a groundbreaking look at the emotional turmoil often precipitated by ADD and offers listeners roadmaps to richer, happier lives. Living with ADD affects the development of one's view of self, especially for those not diagnosed until adulthood, after an entire childhood of feeling 'different' without knowing why. There are no quick fixes—Solden takes a longer view of the challenges and sees living with ADD as an ongoing internal process. Journeys Through ADDulthood is a step-by-step guide through three stages, or journeys: toward understanding your brain and your primary symptoms; toward discovering your true identity and embracing your uniqueness; and toward learning to share your true self to connect with others. Illuminating her points based on the real-life journeys of two men and two women, Solden offers self-help exercises at the end of each chapter to point the way around common roadblocks on the road to empowerment, self-fulfillment, and the realization of long-buried dreams and goals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423726 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Voice: The Secret to Talking with Confidence in Any Situation Author: Caroline Goyder Narrator: Caroline Goyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 2, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ‘This book is brilliant! It will change lives.’ - Suzy Walker, Editor-in-Chief, Psychologies 'A fantastic guide to speaking up and overcoming insecurities by the best voice coach ever.' - Viv Groskop, author of How to Own the Room Speak up and stand out Whether you want more social confidence in your day-to-day life, are hosting an event or appearing on a podcast, Find Your Voice will empower you to be bold, be present and captivate any audience. Based on decades of helping broadcasters, celebrities, teachers and top level professionals speak effortlessly in front of others, renowned voice teacher and communication expert Caroline Goyder will show you how to: · Harness the full potential of your body, breath and voice · Genuinely connect to others in a dizzyingly distracted world · Stand out as calm speaker whatever the situation © Caroline Goyder 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Caroline Goyder Thu, 02 Jul 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423726 thebookvoice.com 5:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Voice: The Secret to Talking with Confidence in Any Situation Author: Caroline Goyder Narrator: Caroline Goyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 2, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ‘This book is brilliant! It will change lives.’ - Suzy Walker, Editor-in-Chief, Psychologies 'A fantastic guide to speaking up and overcoming insecurities by the best voice coach ever.' - Viv Groskop, author of How to Own the Room Speak up and stand out Whether you want more social confidence in your day-to-day life, are hosting an event or appearing on a podcast, Find Your Voice will empower you to be bold, be present and captivate any audience. Based on decades of helping broadcasters, celebrities, teachers and top level professionals speak effortlessly in front of others, renowned voice teacher and communication expert Caroline Goyder will show you how to: · Harness the full potential of your body, breath and voice · Genuinely connect to others in a dizzyingly distracted world · Stand out as calm speaker whatever the situation © Caroline Goyder 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Voice: The Secret to Talking with Confidence in Any Situation Author: Caroline Goyder Narrator: Caroline Goyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 2, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ‘This book is brilliant! It will change lives.’ - Suzy Walker, Editor-in-Chief, Psychologies 'A fantastic guide to speaking up and overcoming insecurities by the best voice coach ever.' - Viv Groskop, author of How to Own the Room Speak up and stand out Whether you want more social confidence in your day-to-day life, are hosting an event or appearing on a podcast, Find Your Voice will empower you to be bold, be present and captivate any audience. Based on decades of helping broadcasters, celebrities, teachers and top level professionals speak effortlessly in front of others, renowned voice teacher and communication expert Caroline Goyder will show you how to: · Harness the full potential of your body, breath and voice · Genuinely connect to others in a dizzyingly distracted world · Stand out as calm speaker whatever the situation © Caroline Goyder 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423664 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Management: A Complete Guide to Retraining Your Brain to Overcome Stress and Anxiety through Thе Benefits Оf Mindfulness and Other Self-Help Techniques Author: Taylor Porter Narrator: Hailey Neilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 2, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: • Do you feel stressed much of the time and aren't sure how to find peace? • Do you want to live a stress-free life? • Do you want to manage job and work stress in your daily life? If you answered 'yes' to any of these, then this is the perfect, educational and informational book for you! Hello! Welcome to this guide to 'STRESS MANAGEMENT'. Everything You Need to Know About the Stress Management This book is both a handy resource for stress management and a close look into the causes of anxiety. Science has clearly vindicated that stress is one of the major causes to much of our mental and physical ill-health. This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to manage stress in a way that it can either be prevented or reduced if not eliminated. Stress is part of living. It is a fixture in life. Sources and causes of stress are in great abundance. Stress per se is not bad or evil. As a matter of fact, it is an integral element of learning. It provides challenges that make people polish their knowledge and skills in order to overcome trials and adversities. The positive circumstance about stress is that it can be taken care of. It can be managed, neutralized or controlled. And it is very important for the concerned person to be able to manage or neutralize or control stress. Here’s what you’ll find in the audiobook: • Anxiеtу Disorders Аnd Anxiety Attacks • Stress Sуmрtоmѕ, Signs, Аnd Cаuѕеѕ • Fight-Оr-Flight Rеѕроnѕе: Whаt Hарреnѕ In Thе Body • Top 10 Stressful Lifе Events • Using Your Sеnѕеѕ Tо Rеliеvе Strеѕѕ On The Sроt • Rеlаxаtiоn Tесhniquеѕ For Strеѕѕ Rеliеf • Jоb Lоѕѕ Аnd Unemployment Strеѕѕ • Hоw To Stор Worrying • Tips For Regaining Yоur Enеrgу, Optimism, Аnd Hорe • Much, much more! So, what are you waiting for? Buy now to join the millions of people already enjoying their lives by practicing stress management! Taylor Porter Mon, 02 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423664 thebookvoice.com 4:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Management: A Complete Guide to Retraining Your Brain to Overcome Stress and Anxiety through Thе Benefits Оf Mindfulness and Other Self-Help Techniques Author: Taylor Porter Narrator: Hailey Neilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 2, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: • Do you feel stressed much of the time and aren't sure how to find peace? • Do you want to live a stress-free life? • Do you want to manage job and work stress in your daily life? If you answered 'yes' to any of these, then this is the perfect, educational and informational book for you! Hello! Welcome to this guide to 'STRESS MANAGEMENT'. Everything You Need to Know About the Stress Management This book is both a handy resource for stress management and a close look into the causes of anxiety. Science has clearly vindicated that stress is one of the major causes to much of our mental and physical ill-health. This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to manage stress in a way that it can either be prevented or reduced if not eliminated. Stress is part of living. It is a fixture in life. Sources and causes of stress are in great abundance. Stress per se is not bad or evil. As a matter of fact, it is an integral element of learning. It provides challenges that make people polish their knowledge and skills in order to overcome trials and adversities. The positive circumstance about stress is that it can be taken care of. It can be managed, neutralized or controlled. And it is very important for the concerned person to be able to manage or neutralize or control stress. Here’s what you’ll find in the audiobook: • Anxiеtу Disorders Аnd Anxiety Attacks • Stress Sуmрtоmѕ, Signs, Аnd Cаuѕеѕ • Fight-Оr-Flight Rеѕроnѕе: Whаt Hарреnѕ In Thе Body • Top 10 Stressful Lifе Events • Using Your Sеnѕеѕ Tо Rеliеvе Strеѕѕ On The Sроt • Rеlаxаtiоn Tесhniquеѕ For Strеѕѕ Rеliеf • Jоb Lоѕѕ Аnd Unemployment Strеѕѕ • Hоw To Stор Worrying • Tips For Regaining Yоur Enеrgу, Optimism, Аnd Hорe • Much, much more! So, what are you waiting for? Buy now to join the millions of people already enjoying their lives by practicing stress management! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Management: A Complete Guide to Retraining Your Brain to Overcome Stress and Anxiety through Thе Benefits Оf Mindfulness and Other Self-Help Techniques Author: Taylor Porter Narrator: Hailey Neilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 2, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: • Do you feel stressed much of the time and aren't sure how to find peace? • Do you want to live a stress-free life? • Do you want to manage job and work stress in your daily life? If you answered 'yes' to any of these, then this is the perfect, educational and informational book for you! Hello! Welcome to this guide to 'STRESS MANAGEMENT'. Everything You Need to Know About the Stress Management This book is both a handy resource for stress management and a close look into the causes of anxiety. Science has clearly vindicated that stress is one of the major causes to much of our mental and physical ill-health. This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to manage stress in a way that it can either be prevented or reduced if not eliminated. Stress is part of living. It is a fixture in life. Sources and causes of stress are in great abundance. Stress per se is not bad or evil. As a matter of fact, it is an integral element of learning. It provides challenges that make people polish their knowledge and skills in order to overcome trials and adversities. The positive circumstance about stress is that it can be taken care of. It can be managed, neutralized or controlled. And it is very important for the concerned person to be able to manage or neutralize or control stress. Here’s what you’ll find in the audiobook: • Anxiеtу Disorders Аnd Anxiety Attacks • Stress Sуmрtоmѕ, Signs, Аnd Cаuѕеѕ • Fight-Оr-Flight Rеѕроnѕе: Whаt Hарреnѕ In Thе Body • Top 10 Stressful Lifе Events • Using Your Sеnѕеѕ Tо Rеliеvе Strеѕѕ On The Sроt • Rеlаxаtiоn Tесhniquеѕ For Strеѕѕ Rеliеf • Jоb Lоѕѕ Аnd Unemployment Strеѕѕ • Hоw To Stор Worrying • Tips For Regaining Yоur Enеrgу, Optimism, Аnd Hорe • Much, much more! So, what are you waiting for? Buy now to join the millions of people already enjoying their lives by practicing stress management! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423600 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423600]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of Care: The Moral Education of a Doctor Author: Arthur Kleinman Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 6, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. When Dr Arthur Kleinman, an eminent Harvard psychiatrist and social anthropologist, began caring for his wife, Joan, after she was diagnosed with early-onset Alzheimer's disease, he found just how far the act of caregiving extended beyond the boundaries of medicine. In The Soul of Care, he delivers a deeply inspiring story about what it means to grapple with illness from both sides, as an experienced doctor and a loving husband. Caregiving is long, hard, unglamorous work - at moments joyous, more often tedious, sometimes agonizing, but always rich in meaning. Describing the practical, emotional and moral aspects of caring, Kleinman explores how we must ask uncomfortable questions of ourselves and of our doctors. Poignant and honest, The Soul of Care is an uplifting story about what really matters in our lives. © Arthur Kleinman 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Arthur Kleinman Thu, 06 Aug 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423600 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423600]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of Care: The Moral Education of a Doctor Author: Arthur Kleinman Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 6, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. When Dr Arthur Kleinman, an eminent Harvard psychiatrist and social anthropologist, began caring for his wife, Joan, after she was diagnosed with early-onset Alzheimer's disease, he found just how far the act of caregiving extended beyond the boundaries of medicine. In The Soul of Care, he delivers a deeply inspiring story about what it means to grapple with illness from both sides, as an experienced doctor and a loving husband. Caregiving is long, hard, unglamorous work - at moments joyous, more often tedious, sometimes agonizing, but always rich in meaning. Describing the practical, emotional and moral aspects of caring, Kleinman explores how we must ask uncomfortable questions of ourselves and of our doctors. Poignant and honest, The Soul of Care is an uplifting story about what really matters in our lives. © Arthur Kleinman 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423600]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of Care: The Moral Education of a Doctor Author: Arthur Kleinman Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 6, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. When Dr Arthur Kleinman, an eminent Harvard psychiatrist and social anthropologist, began caring for his wife, Joan, after she was diagnosed with early-onset Alzheimer's disease, he found just how far the act of caregiving extended beyond the boundaries of medicine. In The Soul of Care, he delivers a deeply inspiring story about what it means to grapple with illness from both sides, as an experienced doctor and a loving husband. Caregiving is long, hard, unglamorous work - at moments joyous, more often tedious, sometimes agonizing, but always rich in meaning. Describing the practical, emotional and moral aspects of caring, Kleinman explores how we must ask uncomfortable questions of ourselves and of our doctors. Poignant and honest, The Soul of Care is an uplifting story about what really matters in our lives. © Arthur Kleinman 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423558 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Sleep: 75 Strategies to Relieve Insomnia Author: Nicole Moshfegh Narrator: Erica Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Fall asleep, stay asleep, wake up rested―proven strategies for beating insomnia. Make your bed and actually sleep in it. The Book of Sleep provides dozens of quick, easy, and evidence-based strategies that are more effective and sustainable than sleep medication for people who suffer from insomnia. Based in CBT-I (cognitive behavioral therapy for insomnia), the techniques in this book were developed by a clinical psychologist who specializes in insomnia treatment. Find the relief you need and wake up feeling truly restored. A good night’s sleep isn’t just a dream anymore. The Book of Sleep includes: Stand-alone strategies―Each helpful strategy is complete by itself so you can pick this book up anywhere and find help.What’s your sleep pattern?―Keep a daily log of the quantity and quality of your sleep so you can remember details that are helpful in addressing your insomnia.Sleep tight―From kicking caffeine to keeping cool, get pointers on how to properly set the stage for restful sleep.Rise and truly shine. Follow the seventy-five effective sleep methods in this book and get out of bed feeling your best. Nicole Moshfegh Tue, 03 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423558 thebookvoice.com 2:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Sleep: 75 Strategies to Relieve Insomnia Author: Nicole Moshfegh Narrator: Erica Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Fall asleep, stay asleep, wake up rested―proven strategies for beating insomnia. Make your bed and actually sleep in it. The Book of Sleep provides dozens of quick, easy, and evidence-based strategies that are more effective and sustainable than sleep medication for people who suffer from insomnia. Based in CBT-I (cognitive behavioral therapy for insomnia), the techniques in this book were developed by a clinical psychologist who specializes in insomnia treatment. Find the relief you need and wake up feeling truly restored. A good night’s sleep isn’t just a dream anymore. The Book of Sleep includes: Stand-alone strategies―Each helpful strategy is complete by itself so you can pick this book up anywhere and find help.What’s your sleep pattern?―Keep a daily log of the quantity and quality of your sleep so you can remember details that are helpful in addressing your insomnia.Sleep tight―From kicking caffeine to keeping cool, get pointers on how to properly set the stage for restful sleep.Rise and truly shine. Follow the seventy-five effective sleep methods in this book and get out of bed feeling your best. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Sleep: 75 Strategies to Relieve Insomnia Author: Nicole Moshfegh Narrator: Erica Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Fall asleep, stay asleep, wake up rested―proven strategies for beating insomnia. Make your bed and actually sleep in it. The Book of Sleep provides dozens of quick, easy, and evidence-based strategies that are more effective and sustainable than sleep medication for people who suffer from insomnia. Based in CBT-I (cognitive behavioral therapy for insomnia), the techniques in this book were developed by a clinical psychologist who specializes in insomnia treatment. Find the relief you need and wake up feeling truly restored. A good night’s sleep isn’t just a dream anymore. The Book of Sleep includes: Stand-alone strategies―Each helpful strategy is complete by itself so you can pick this book up anywhere and find help.What’s your sleep pattern?―Keep a daily log of the quantity and quality of your sleep so you can remember details that are helpful in addressing your insomnia.Sleep tight―From kicking caffeine to keeping cool, get pointers on how to properly set the stage for restful sleep.Rise and truly shine. Follow the seventy-five effective sleep methods in this book and get out of bed feeling your best. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423446 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423446]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natural Remedies: Ancient Cures, Natural Treatments and Home Remedies for Health Author: Martha Mcdowell Narrator: Christy Lynn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: February 23, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Heal Yourself with Natural Home Remedies! No Drugs! The remedies inside have been collected from various places from around the world giving you a mixed assortment of home remedies to help you in treating some of the most common and basic ailments. Natural remedies are much safer and healthier as compared to synthetic drugs. These synthetic drugs have side effects that can worsen your illness. A home remedy made from all-natural ingredients will benefit you in a healthy and a side effect-free way. Your overall health will improve when you start making healthier choices in your life: follow the recipes and use only natural ingredients in their natural pure form with no un-natural synthetic products added as fillers. Natural Remedies: Ancient Cures, Natural Treatments and Home Remedies for Health include remedies for: ✔ Weight-loss ✔ Stress ✔ High Blood Pressure ✔ Cold and Flu ✔ Runny Nose and Sneezing ✔ Allergies ✔ Skin Conditions ✔ Osteoporosis ✔ Leg Cramps ✔ Home Remedies for Arthritis & Joint Pain ✔ Upset Stomach ✔ Hair Treatments ✔ Anti-aging Treatments You will also discover: ✓ Natural Herbs and Their Health Benefits ✓ Home Remedies Found in Foods for Various Ailments ✓ Fruits that offer Medicinal Benefits ✓ Foods that are Natural Sleep Aids ✓ 10 Healthy Foods for New Mothers May your road to healthier and natural choices be one filled with great joy and peace of mind for you, in knowing you are making good choices for you both mentally and physically. Martha Mcdowell Sun, 23 Feb 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423446 thebookvoice.com 1:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423446]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natural Remedies: Ancient Cures, Natural Treatments and Home Remedies for Health Author: Martha Mcdowell Narrator: Christy Lynn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: February 23, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Heal Yourself with Natural Home Remedies! No Drugs! The remedies inside have been collected from various places from around the world giving you a mixed assortment of home remedies to help you in treating some of the most common and basic ailments. Natural remedies are much safer and healthier as compared to synthetic drugs. These synthetic drugs have side effects that can worsen your illness. A home remedy made from all-natural ingredients will benefit you in a healthy and a side effect-free way. Your overall health will improve when you start making healthier choices in your life: follow the recipes and use only natural ingredients in their natural pure form with no un-natural synthetic products added as fillers. Natural Remedies: Ancient Cures, Natural Treatments and Home Remedies for Health include remedies for: ✔ Weight-loss ✔ Stress ✔ High Blood Pressure ✔ Cold and Flu ✔ Runny Nose and Sneezing ✔ Allergies ✔ Skin Conditions ✔ Osteoporosis ✔ Leg Cramps ✔ Home Remedies for Arthritis & Joint Pain ✔ Upset Stomach ✔ Hair Treatments ✔ Anti-aging Treatments You will also discover: ✓ Natural Herbs and Their Health Benefits ✓ Home Remedies Found in Foods for Various Ailments ✓ Fruits that offer Medicinal Benefits ✓ Foods that are Natural Sleep Aids ✓ 10 Healthy Foods for New Mothers May your road to healthier and natural choices be one filled with great joy and peace of mind for you, in knowing you are making good choices for you both mentally and physically. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423446]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natural Remedies: Ancient Cures, Natural Treatments and Home Remedies for Health Author: Martha Mcdowell Narrator: Christy Lynn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: February 23, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Heal Yourself with Natural Home Remedies! No Drugs! The remedies inside have been collected from various places from around the world giving you a mixed assortment of home remedies to help you in treating some of the most common and basic ailments. Natural remedies are much safer and healthier as compared to synthetic drugs. These synthetic drugs have side effects that can worsen your illness. A home remedy made from all-natural ingredients will benefit you in a healthy and a side effect-free way. Your overall health will improve when you start making healthier choices in your life: follow the recipes and use only natural ingredients in their natural pure form with no un-natural synthetic products added as fillers. Natural Remedies: Ancient Cures, Natural Treatments and Home Remedies for Health include remedies for: ✔ Weight-loss ✔ Stress ✔ High Blood Pressure ✔ Cold and Flu ✔ Runny Nose and Sneezing ✔ Allergies ✔ Skin Conditions ✔ Osteoporosis ✔ Leg Cramps ✔ Home Remedies for Arthritis & Joint Pain ✔ Upset Stomach ✔ Hair Treatments ✔ Anti-aging Treatments You will also discover: ✓ Natural Herbs and Their Health Benefits ✓ Home Remedies Found in Foods for Various Ailments ✓ Fruits that offer Medicinal Benefits ✓ Foods that are Natural Sleep Aids ✓ 10 Healthy Foods for New Mothers May your road to healthier and natural choices be one filled with great joy and peace of mind for you, in knowing you are making good choices for you both mentally and physically. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Count Down: How Our Modern World Is Threatening Sperm Counts, Altering Male and Female Reproductive Development, and Imperiling the Future of the Human Race Author: Shanna H. Swan Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Silent Spring and The Sixth Extinction, an urgent, “disturbing, empowering, and essential” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) book about the ways in which chemicals in the modern environment are changing—and endangering—human sexuality and fertility on the grandest scale, from renowned epidemiologist Shanna Swan. In 2017, author Shanna Swan and her team of researchers completed a major study. They found that over the past four decades, sperm levels among men in Western countries have dropped by more than 50 percent. They came to this conclusion after examining 185 studies involving close to 45,000 healthy men. The result sent shockwaves around the globe—but the story didn’t end there. It turns out our sexual development is changing in broader ways, for both men and women and even other species, and that the modern world is on pace to become an infertile one. How and why could this happen? What is hijacking our fertility and our health? Count Down unpacks these questions, revealing what Swan and other researchers have learned about how both lifestyle and chemical exposures are affecting our fertility, sexual development—potentially including the increase in gender fluidity—and general health as a species. Engagingly explaining the science and repercussions of these worldwide threats and providing simple and practical guidelines for effectively avoiding chemical goods (from water bottles to shaving cream) both as individuals and societies, Count Down is “staggering in its findings” (Erin Brockovich, The Guardian) and “will serve as an awakening” (The New York Times Book Review). Shanna H. Swan Tue, 23 Feb 2021 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423386 thebookvoice.com 7:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Count Down: How Our Modern World Is Threatening Sperm Counts, Altering Male and Female Reproductive Development, and Imperiling the Future of the Human Race Author: Shanna H. Swan Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Silent Spring and The Sixth Extinction, an urgent, “disturbing, empowering, and essential” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) book about the ways in which chemicals in the modern environment are changing—and endangering—human sexuality and fertility on the grandest scale, from renowned epidemiologist Shanna Swan. In 2017, author Shanna Swan and her team of researchers completed a major study. They found that over the past four decades, sperm levels among men in Western countries have dropped by more than 50 percent. They came to this conclusion after examining 185 studies involving close to 45,000 healthy men. The result sent shockwaves around the globe—but the story didn’t end there. It turns out our sexual development is changing in broader ways, for both men and women and even other species, and that the modern world is on pace to become an infertile one. How and why could this happen? What is hijacking our fertility and our health? Count Down unpacks these questions, revealing what Swan and other researchers have learned about how both lifestyle and chemical exposures are affecting our fertility, sexual development—potentially including the increase in gender fluidity—and general health as a species. Engagingly explaining the science and repercussions of these worldwide threats and providing simple and practical guidelines for effectively avoiding chemical goods (from water bottles to shaving cream) both as individuals and societies, Count Down is “staggering in its findings” (Erin Brockovich, The Guardian) and “will serve as an awakening” (The New York Times Book Review). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Count Down: How Our Modern World Is Threatening Sperm Counts, Altering Male and Female Reproductive Development, and Imperiling the Future of the Human Race Author: Shanna H. Swan Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Silent Spring and The Sixth Extinction, an urgent, “disturbing, empowering, and essential” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) book about the ways in which chemicals in the modern environment are changing—and endangering—human sexuality and fertility on the grandest scale, from renowned epidemiologist Shanna Swan. In 2017, author Shanna Swan and her team of researchers completed a major study. They found that over the past four decades, sperm levels among men in Western countries have dropped by more than 50 percent. They came to this conclusion after examining 185 studies involving close to 45,000 healthy men. The result sent shockwaves around the globe—but the story didn’t end there. It turns out our sexual development is changing in broader ways, for both men and women and even other species, and that the modern world is on pace to become an infertile one. How and why could this happen? What is hijacking our fertility and our health? Count Down unpacks these questions, revealing what Swan and other researchers have learned about how both lifestyle and chemical exposures are affecting our fertility, sexual development—potentially including the increase in gender fluidity—and general health as a species. Engagingly explaining the science and repercussions of these worldwide threats and providing simple and practical guidelines for effectively avoiding chemical goods (from water bottles to shaving cream) both as individuals and societies, Count Down is “staggering in its findings” (Erin Brockovich, The Guardian) and “will serve as an awakening” (The New York Times Book Review). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423102 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423102]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walking through Infertility: Biblical, Theological, and Moral Counsel for Those Who Are Struggling Author: Matthew Arbo Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 24, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Christian Book Award - Finalist 2019 (print)!! “This book was written to help you see and understand that God is the Giver of life. You are his child. He cares deeply about you. When you hurt, he hurts with you.” ―from the Introduction Infertility is the profoundly wounding experience of many couples, often leading to feelings of despair and shame as they grapple with shattered dreams and unanswered questions. But God does not leave them alone in their pain. The Creator and Redeemer of life has not forsaken the infertile, but has called and equipped them to participate in his church, kingdom, and mission. Overflowing with warmth and sensitivity, this book explores what the Bible says about infertility, helping the church walk alongside couples struggling with infertility and assessing the ethical issues surrounding common fertility treatments and reproductive technologies. Matthew Arbo Mon, 24 Feb 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423102 thebookvoice.com 3:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423102]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walking through Infertility: Biblical, Theological, and Moral Counsel for Those Who Are Struggling Author: Matthew Arbo Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 24, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Christian Book Award - Finalist 2019 (print)!! “This book was written to help you see and understand that God is the Giver of life. You are his child. He cares deeply about you. When you hurt, he hurts with you.” ―from the Introduction Infertility is the profoundly wounding experience of many couples, often leading to feelings of despair and shame as they grapple with shattered dreams and unanswered questions. But God does not leave them alone in their pain. The Creator and Redeemer of life has not forsaken the infertile, but has called and equipped them to participate in his church, kingdom, and mission. Overflowing with warmth and sensitivity, this book explores what the Bible says about infertility, helping the church walk alongside couples struggling with infertility and assessing the ethical issues surrounding common fertility treatments and reproductive technologies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423102]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walking through Infertility: Biblical, Theological, and Moral Counsel for Those Who Are Struggling Author: Matthew Arbo Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 24, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Christian Book Award - Finalist 2019 (print)!! “This book was written to help you see and understand that God is the Giver of life. You are his child. He cares deeply about you. When you hurt, he hurts with you.” ―from the Introduction Infertility is the profoundly wounding experience of many couples, often leading to feelings of despair and shame as they grapple with shattered dreams and unanswered questions. But God does not leave them alone in their pain. The Creator and Redeemer of life has not forsaken the infertile, but has called and equipped them to participate in his church, kingdom, and mission. Overflowing with warmth and sensitivity, this book explores what the Bible says about infertility, helping the church walk alongside couples struggling with infertility and assessing the ethical issues surrounding common fertility treatments and reproductive technologies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421749 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Comer para sanar Author: Dr. William W. Li Narrator: Manuel David Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 28, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: El doctor William W. Li nos revela la poderosa estrategia para estimular la defensa de nuestra salud a través de la alimentación, que derrotará al cáncer en su propio juego. #1 Amazon bestseller en la categoría 'Alzheimer' Cada año el cáncer, la diabetes, la obesidad o el Alzheimer afectan irreversiblemente a millones de personas alrededor del mundo. No obstante, las últimas investigaciones revelan que el poder de defendernos contra estas amenazas reside en una solución simple: los alimentos que consumimos todos los días. Respaldado por una sólida investigación, en Comer para sanar el renombrado doctor William Li -cuya conferencia en TED Talk «¿Podemos comer para que el cáncer muera de hambre?» cuenta con más de 11 millones de visualizaciones- pone finalmente a nuestro alcance el secreto de una salud inquebrantable: una estrategia que depende de nuestras elecciones alimenticias para preservar y reforzar nuestros cinco sistemas naturales de defensa -la angiogénesis, la regeneración, el microbioma, la protección de adn y la inmunidad-, y de la activación de mecanismos como la anti-angiogénesis, o la prevención del crecimiento de vasos sanguíneos que alimentan tumores malignos y otras formas de degeneración celular. Al mostrarnos el vínculo entre más de 200 alimentos y la prevención de las enfermedades, el doctor Li nos indica el camino para amplificar el poder oculto de nuestro cuerpo y restaurar para siempre nuestra salud. Dr. William W. Li Fri, 28 Feb 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421749 thebookvoice.com 15:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Comer para sanar Author: Dr. William W. Li Narrator: Manuel David Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 28, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: El doctor William W. Li nos revela la poderosa estrategia para estimular la defensa de nuestra salud a través de la alimentación, que derrotará al cáncer en su propio juego. #1 Amazon bestseller en la categoría 'Alzheimer' Cada año el cáncer, la diabetes, la obesidad o el Alzheimer afectan irreversiblemente a millones de personas alrededor del mundo. No obstante, las últimas investigaciones revelan que el poder de defendernos contra estas amenazas reside en una solución simple: los alimentos que consumimos todos los días. Respaldado por una sólida investigación, en Comer para sanar el renombrado doctor William Li -cuya conferencia en TED Talk «¿Podemos comer para que el cáncer muera de hambre?» cuenta con más de 11 millones de visualizaciones- pone finalmente a nuestro alcance el secreto de una salud inquebrantable: una estrategia que depende de nuestras elecciones alimenticias para preservar y reforzar nuestros cinco sistemas naturales de defensa -la angiogénesis, la regeneración, el microbioma, la protección de adn y la inmunidad-, y de la activación de mecanismos como la anti-angiogénesis, o la prevención del crecimiento de vasos sanguíneos que alimentan tumores malignos y otras formas de degeneración celular. Al mostrarnos el vínculo entre más de 200 alimentos y la prevención de las enfermedades, el doctor Li nos indica el camino para amplificar el poder oculto de nuestro cuerpo y restaurar para siempre nuestra salud. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Comer para sanar Author: Dr. William W. Li Narrator: Manuel David Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 28, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: El doctor William W. Li nos revela la poderosa estrategia para estimular la defensa de nuestra salud a través de la alimentación, que derrotará al cáncer en su propio juego. #1 Amazon bestseller en la categoría 'Alzheimer' Cada año el cáncer, la diabetes, la obesidad o el Alzheimer afectan irreversiblemente a millones de personas alrededor del mundo. No obstante, las últimas investigaciones revelan que el poder de defendernos contra estas amenazas reside en una solución simple: los alimentos que consumimos todos los días. Respaldado por una sólida investigación, en Comer para sanar el renombrado doctor William Li -cuya conferencia en TED Talk «¿Podemos comer para que el cáncer muera de hambre?» cuenta con más de 11 millones de visualizaciones- pone finalmente a nuestro alcance el secreto de una salud inquebrantable: una estrategia que depende de nuestras elecciones alimenticias para preservar y reforzar nuestros cinco sistemas naturales de defensa -la angiogénesis, la regeneración, el microbioma, la protección de adn y la inmunidad-, y de la activación de mecanismos como la anti-angiogénesis, o la prevención del crecimiento de vasos sanguíneos que alimentan tumores malignos y otras formas de degeneración celular. Al mostrarnos el vínculo entre más de 200 alimentos y la prevención de las enfermedades, el doctor Li nos indica el camino para amplificar el poder oculto de nuestro cuerpo y restaurar para siempre nuestra salud. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421721 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421721]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Vencedor Author: Melanie Cortijo Narrator: Clarita Maldonado Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Todos estamos obligados a enfrentar grandes tribulaciones en la vida que estremecen las mismas fibras de nuestras almas. Nadie recibe un pase libre de las pruebas porque estamos advertidos: 'En este mundo tendrás aflicciones'. Podemos elegir perder el corazón o permitir que la adversidad se convierta en nuestro combustible para el crecimiento. Aquí es donde me encontré cuando me enfrenté a un diagnóstico devastador de cáncer de mama. Decidí aceptar la palabra de Dios: '¡Confiad! Yo he vencido al mundo' (Juan 16:33). A través de ataques mentales abrumadores, un temor debilitante y una angustia extrema en mi cuerpo y alma, elegí llamarme una 'Vencedora' porque sabía que este cáncer nunca podría ser mi sello. Al acercarme a aquel que conquistó el mundo, me hice más fuerte en el Señor y en el poder de su fuerza. El cáncer es un matón que ha acabado con la vida de demasiadas personas. Es por eso que elegí compartir mi jornada y ser una voz que grita en el desierto para que todo el mundo la escuche. '¡MI DIOS ES MAS GRANDE QUE EL CÁNCER'! Este libro está destinado a alentar a aquellos que se enfrentan la batalla de sus vidas. Ten en cuenta que no estás solo y que esta batalla no tiene que acabar contigo. Vístete con coraje y encuentra el luchador vencedor en tu interior. ¡No importa la lucha que enfrentes estas destinado a GANAR! Melanie Cortijo Tue, 11 Feb 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421721 thebookvoice.com 3:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421721]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Vencedor Author: Melanie Cortijo Narrator: Clarita Maldonado Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Todos estamos obligados a enfrentar grandes tribulaciones en la vida que estremecen las mismas fibras de nuestras almas. Nadie recibe un pase libre de las pruebas porque estamos advertidos: 'En este mundo tendrás aflicciones'. Podemos elegir perder el corazón o permitir que la adversidad se convierta en nuestro combustible para el crecimiento. Aquí es donde me encontré cuando me enfrenté a un diagnóstico devastador de cáncer de mama. Decidí aceptar la palabra de Dios: '¡Confiad! Yo he vencido al mundo' (Juan 16:33). A través de ataques mentales abrumadores, un temor debilitante y una angustia extrema en mi cuerpo y alma, elegí llamarme una 'Vencedora' porque sabía que este cáncer nunca podría ser mi sello. Al acercarme a aquel que conquistó el mundo, me hice más fuerte en el Señor y en el poder de su fuerza. El cáncer es un matón que ha acabado con la vida de demasiadas personas. Es por eso que elegí compartir mi jornada y ser una voz que grita en el desierto para que todo el mundo la escuche. '¡MI DIOS ES MAS GRANDE QUE EL CÁNCER'! Este libro está destinado a alentar a aquellos que se enfrentan la batalla de sus vidas. Ten en cuenta que no estás solo y que esta batalla no tiene que acabar contigo. Vístete con coraje y encuentra el luchador vencedor en tu interior. ¡No importa la lucha que enfrentes estas destinado a GANAR! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421721]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Vencedor Author: Melanie Cortijo Narrator: Clarita Maldonado Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Todos estamos obligados a enfrentar grandes tribulaciones en la vida que estremecen las mismas fibras de nuestras almas. Nadie recibe un pase libre de las pruebas porque estamos advertidos: 'En este mundo tendrás aflicciones'. Podemos elegir perder el corazón o permitir que la adversidad se convierta en nuestro combustible para el crecimiento. Aquí es donde me encontré cuando me enfrenté a un diagnóstico devastador de cáncer de mama. Decidí aceptar la palabra de Dios: '¡Confiad! Yo he vencido al mundo' (Juan 16:33). A través de ataques mentales abrumadores, un temor debilitante y una angustia extrema en mi cuerpo y alma, elegí llamarme una 'Vencedora' porque sabía que este cáncer nunca podría ser mi sello. Al acercarme a aquel que conquistó el mundo, me hice más fuerte en el Señor y en el poder de su fuerza. El cáncer es un matón que ha acabado con la vida de demasiadas personas. Es por eso que elegí compartir mi jornada y ser una voz que grita en el desierto para que todo el mundo la escuche. '¡MI DIOS ES MAS GRANDE QUE EL CÁNCER'! Este libro está destinado a alentar a aquellos que se enfrentan la batalla de sus vidas. Ten en cuenta que no estás solo y que esta batalla no tiene que acabar contigo. Vístete con coraje y encuentra el luchador vencedor en tu interior. ¡No importa la lucha que enfrentes estas destinado a GANAR! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421685 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natural Relief for Adult ADHD: Complementary Strategies for Increasing Focus, Attention, and Motivation With or Without Medication Author: Stephanie Moulton Sarkis PhD Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: For some people with attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), medication may not be the right answer, and for others, medication alone may not be enough. Natural Relief for Adult ADHD offers an accessible, research-based guide on the most effective non-medication treatments for ADHD. If you have ADHD, you may find it hard to stay focused on one thing and have trouble with time management and organization. You may also act on impulse—often with negative results. Whether you're in treatment, on medication, or are looking for alternative ways to get your symptoms under control, this book will provide you with sound, complementary strategies to increase your focus, get organized, and stay motivated. In the book, you'll find a ton of information on how to manage your ADHD, such as body awareness techniques to prevent sensory overstimulation common in ADHD; working memory training; massage, acupuncture, acupressure, chiropractic treatment; how food additives can affect ADHD symptoms, particularly certain pesticides; how to incorporate organic food into the diet while on a budget; and much, much more. If you are looking for proven-effective alternative treatments to get your ADHD under control and take back your life, this book will be your go-to guide. Stephanie Moulton Sarkis PhD Tue, 28 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421685 thebookvoice.com 4:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natural Relief for Adult ADHD: Complementary Strategies for Increasing Focus, Attention, and Motivation With or Without Medication Author: Stephanie Moulton Sarkis PhD Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: For some people with attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), medication may not be the right answer, and for others, medication alone may not be enough. Natural Relief for Adult ADHD offers an accessible, research-based guide on the most effective non-medication treatments for ADHD. If you have ADHD, you may find it hard to stay focused on one thing and have trouble with time management and organization. You may also act on impulse—often with negative results. Whether you're in treatment, on medication, or are looking for alternative ways to get your symptoms under control, this book will provide you with sound, complementary strategies to increase your focus, get organized, and stay motivated. In the book, you'll find a ton of information on how to manage your ADHD, such as body awareness techniques to prevent sensory overstimulation common in ADHD; working memory training; massage, acupuncture, acupressure, chiropractic treatment; how food additives can affect ADHD symptoms, particularly certain pesticides; how to incorporate organic food into the diet while on a budget; and much, much more. If you are looking for proven-effective alternative treatments to get your ADHD under control and take back your life, this book will be your go-to guide. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natural Relief for Adult ADHD: Complementary Strategies for Increasing Focus, Attention, and Motivation With or Without Medication Author: Stephanie Moulton Sarkis PhD Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: For some people with attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), medication may not be the right answer, and for others, medication alone may not be enough. Natural Relief for Adult ADHD offers an accessible, research-based guide on the most effective non-medication treatments for ADHD. If you have ADHD, you may find it hard to stay focused on one thing and have trouble with time management and organization. You may also act on impulse—often with negative results. Whether you're in treatment, on medication, or are looking for alternative ways to get your symptoms under control, this book will provide you with sound, complementary strategies to increase your focus, get organized, and stay motivated. In the book, you'll find a ton of information on how to manage your ADHD, such as body awareness techniques to prevent sensory overstimulation common in ADHD; working memory training; massage, acupuncture, acupressure, chiropractic treatment; how food additives can affect ADHD symptoms, particularly certain pesticides; how to incorporate organic food into the diet while on a budget; and much, much more. If you are looking for proven-effective alternative treatments to get your ADHD under control and take back your life, this book will be your go-to guide. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421625 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Peace with Your Plate: Eating Disorder Recovery 2nd Edition Author: Espra Andrus LCSW, Robyn Cruze Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Robyn Cruze, a mental health advocate who found recovery from an eating disorder, has teamed up with therapist and friend Espra Andrus to provide expert guidance for those seeking eating disorder recovery, their loved ones, and treatment professionals. This revised edition offers new insights and stories, updated approaches to nutrition, and answers to such pressing questions within the eating disorder community as: Does the word 'recovered' have a place in the recovery process? What about notions of 'good,' 'bad,' 'health,' and 'unhealthy' foods? How does soothing the self rather than fighting the eating disorder fit into recovery? Making Peace with Your Plate helps unshackle us from our fears, anxiety, and the need to control by providing proven strategies for recovery and taking back our power from the illness. Espra Andrus LCSW, Robyn Cruze Tue, 21 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421625 thebookvoice.com 7:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Peace with Your Plate: Eating Disorder Recovery 2nd Edition Author: Espra Andrus LCSW, Robyn Cruze Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Robyn Cruze, a mental health advocate who found recovery from an eating disorder, has teamed up with therapist and friend Espra Andrus to provide expert guidance for those seeking eating disorder recovery, their loved ones, and treatment professionals. This revised edition offers new insights and stories, updated approaches to nutrition, and answers to such pressing questions within the eating disorder community as: Does the word 'recovered' have a place in the recovery process? What about notions of 'good,' 'bad,' 'health,' and 'unhealthy' foods? How does soothing the self rather than fighting the eating disorder fit into recovery? Making Peace with Your Plate helps unshackle us from our fears, anxiety, and the need to control by providing proven strategies for recovery and taking back our power from the illness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Peace with Your Plate: Eating Disorder Recovery 2nd Edition Author: Espra Andrus LCSW, Robyn Cruze Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Robyn Cruze, a mental health advocate who found recovery from an eating disorder, has teamed up with therapist and friend Espra Andrus to provide expert guidance for those seeking eating disorder recovery, their loved ones, and treatment professionals. This revised edition offers new insights and stories, updated approaches to nutrition, and answers to such pressing questions within the eating disorder community as: Does the word 'recovered' have a place in the recovery process? What about notions of 'good,' 'bad,' 'health,' and 'unhealthy' foods? How does soothing the self rather than fighting the eating disorder fit into recovery? Making Peace with Your Plate helps unshackle us from our fears, anxiety, and the need to control by providing proven strategies for recovery and taking back our power from the illness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421291 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I AM ____:: The Untold Story of Success Author: Klyn Elsbury Narrator: Klyn Elsbury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In 2014, after being forced to quit her professional recruiting career due to excessive hospitalizations from complications of Cystic Fibrosis, Klyn Elsbury was confined to a wheelchair with her lung function plummeting below 40%. It was after a two-week hospital stay (just one of 5 that year) she set off on a six week road trip across the United States to visit friends and family she wasn't sure she would live to see again. I AM _: The Untold Story of Success is a blend of raw emotion and inspiring wisdom. It draws a parallel between what it means to live as if every day is your last and what it means to create a highly impactful legacy through entrepreneurship and athleticism. Through gripping interviews with influential entrepreneurs and athletes such as Boomer Esiason, Sharon Lechter, the co-founder of Netflix, and many others; the reader is taken on a journey of what success is, what success is not, and how you can live a powerful life while creating change in the world. She has since regained 30% of her lungs and currently lives in California with the love of her life. Together, they are the co-owners of Landmark Makers, a recruiting services firm dedicated to high-growth companies that offer workshops and recruitment services nationwide. Her story has been featured in 100+ publications and podcasts including: Forbes, PBS, NPR, Connected Women of Influence, and NBC Nightly News with Lester Holt. Klyn Elsbury Tue, 01 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421291 thebookvoice.com 4:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I AM ____:: The Untold Story of Success Author: Klyn Elsbury Narrator: Klyn Elsbury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In 2014, after being forced to quit her professional recruiting career due to excessive hospitalizations from complications of Cystic Fibrosis, Klyn Elsbury was confined to a wheelchair with her lung function plummeting below 40%. It was after a two-week hospital stay (just one of 5 that year) she set off on a six week road trip across the United States to visit friends and family she wasn't sure she would live to see again. I AM _: The Untold Story of Success is a blend of raw emotion and inspiring wisdom. It draws a parallel between what it means to live as if every day is your last and what it means to create a highly impactful legacy through entrepreneurship and athleticism. Through gripping interviews with influential entrepreneurs and athletes such as Boomer Esiason, Sharon Lechter, the co-founder of Netflix, and many others; the reader is taken on a journey of what success is, what success is not, and how you can live a powerful life while creating change in the world. She has since regained 30% of her lungs and currently lives in California with the love of her life. Together, they are the co-owners of Landmark Makers, a recruiting services firm dedicated to high-growth companies that offer workshops and recruitment services nationwide. Her story has been featured in 100+ publications and podcasts including: Forbes, PBS, NPR, Connected Women of Influence, and NBC Nightly News with Lester Holt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I AM ____:: The Untold Story of Success Author: Klyn Elsbury Narrator: Klyn Elsbury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In 2014, after being forced to quit her professional recruiting career due to excessive hospitalizations from complications of Cystic Fibrosis, Klyn Elsbury was confined to a wheelchair with her lung function plummeting below 40%. It was after a two-week hospital stay (just one of 5 that year) she set off on a six week road trip across the United States to visit friends and family she wasn't sure she would live to see again. I AM _: The Untold Story of Success is a blend of raw emotion and inspiring wisdom. It draws a parallel between what it means to live as if every day is your last and what it means to create a highly impactful legacy through entrepreneurship and athleticism. Through gripping interviews with influential entrepreneurs and athletes such as Boomer Esiason, Sharon Lechter, the co-founder of Netflix, and many others; the reader is taken on a journey of what success is, what success is not, and how you can live a powerful life while creating change in the world. She has since regained 30% of her lungs and currently lives in California with the love of her life. Together, they are the co-owners of Landmark Makers, a recruiting services firm dedicated to high-growth companies that offer workshops and recruitment services nationwide. Her story has been featured in 100+ publications and podcasts including: Forbes, PBS, NPR, Connected Women of Influence, and NBC Nightly News with Lester Holt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421255 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Accidental Influencer: How My Need to Get Likes Nearly Ruined My Life Author: Bella Younger Narrator: Bella Younger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 13, 2021 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ‘STOP scrolling right now and buy this book instead!’ SCARLETT CURTIS ‘I’ve never laughed so hard.’ DAISY BUCHANAN ’Brilliantly funny and bloody brave.’ DAWN O’PORTER I thought I could have lots of followers, without needing followers. I thought I could monetise my account without selling out. I thought that I was different, that I wasn’t like other girls. But I was, and that’s why I had to stop. When Bella Younger spawned Deliciously Stella – her hilarious and daring social media alter ego – she wanted to prove once and for all that Instagram does not equal reality. Within weeks, she’d gone viral and begun her very own #influencerlife. Shoot. Post. Repeat. In 2016, Bella gained 75,000 followers overnight, and hundreds of likes a minute. Soon she was being paid thousands of pounds to beat up a cake for the ’gram, attend ludicrously lavish influencer gifting events and was dropping emoji-bombs left, right and centre. But even as the constant rush of notifications fuelled her endorphins, life among the Instafamous began to take a toll. As Bella’s carefree presence flourished online, her health began to spiral offline, culminating in a stint at The Priory for social media addiction. Should she have undertaken a month-long run of stand-up comedy immediately after she was discharged? Probably not, but the pressure to be ‘on’ and online was all-consuming – and she had followers to please after all… Funny, frank and fearless, The Accidental Influencer is a relatable story of the precarious balancing act between our online and offline selves – and the truth behind the staged shots, spon-con, and the coveted but ever-elusive blue tick. Bella Younger Thu, 13 May 2021 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421255 thebookvoice.com 7:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Accidental Influencer: How My Need to Get Likes Nearly Ruined My Life Author: Bella Younger Narrator: Bella Younger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 13, 2021 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ‘STOP scrolling right now and buy this book instead!’ SCARLETT CURTIS ‘I’ve never laughed so hard.’ DAISY BUCHANAN ’Brilliantly funny and bloody brave.’ DAWN O’PORTER I thought I could have lots of followers, without needing followers. I thought I could monetise my account without selling out. I thought that I was different, that I wasn’t like other girls. But I was, and that’s why I had to stop. When Bella Younger spawned Deliciously Stella – her hilarious and daring social media alter ego – she wanted to prove once and for all that Instagram does not equal reality. Within weeks, she’d gone viral and begun her very own #influencerlife. Shoot. Post. Repeat. In 2016, Bella gained 75,000 followers overnight, and hundreds of likes a minute. Soon she was being paid thousands of pounds to beat up a cake for the ’gram, attend ludicrously lavish influencer gifting events and was dropping emoji-bombs left, right and centre. But even as the constant rush of notifications fuelled her endorphins, life among the Instafamous began to take a toll. As Bella’s carefree presence flourished online, her health began to spiral offline, culminating in a stint at The Priory for social media addiction. Should she have undertaken a month-long run of stand-up comedy immediately after she was discharged? Probably not, but the pressure to be ‘on’ and online was all-consuming – and she had followers to please after all… Funny, frank and fearless, The Accidental Influencer is a relatable story of the precarious balancing act between our online and offline selves – and the truth behind the staged shots, spon-con, and the coveted but ever-elusive blue tick. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Accidental Influencer: How My Need to Get Likes Nearly Ruined My Life Author: Bella Younger Narrator: Bella Younger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 13, 2021 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ‘STOP scrolling right now and buy this book instead!’ SCARLETT CURTIS ‘I’ve never laughed so hard.’ DAISY BUCHANAN ’Brilliantly funny and bloody brave.’ DAWN O’PORTER I thought I could have lots of followers, without needing followers. I thought I could monetise my account without selling out. I thought that I was different, that I wasn’t like other girls. But I was, and that’s why I had to stop. When Bella Younger spawned Deliciously Stella – her hilarious and daring social media alter ego – she wanted to prove once and for all that Instagram does not equal reality. Within weeks, she’d gone viral and begun her very own #influencerlife. Shoot. Post. Repeat. In 2016, Bella gained 75,000 followers overnight, and hundreds of likes a minute. Soon she was being paid thousands of pounds to beat up a cake for the ’gram, attend ludicrously lavish influencer gifting events and was dropping emoji-bombs left, right and centre. But even as the constant rush of notifications fuelled her endorphins, life among the Instafamous began to take a toll. As Bella’s carefree presence flourished online, her health began to spiral offline, culminating in a stint at The Priory for social media addiction. Should she have undertaken a month-long run of stand-up comedy immediately after she was discharged? Probably not, but the pressure to be ‘on’ and online was all-consuming – and she had followers to please after all… Funny, frank and fearless, The Accidental Influencer is a relatable story of the precarious balancing act between our online and offline selves – and the truth behind the staged shots, spon-con, and the coveted but ever-elusive blue tick. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420866 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cancer Code: A Revolutionary New Understanding of a Medical Mystery Author: Dr. Jason Fung Narrator: Brian Nishii Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Author of the international bestsellers The Diabetes Code and The Obesity Code Dr. Jason Fung returns with an eye-opening biography of cancer in which he offers a radical new paradigm for understanding cancer—and issues a call to action for reducing risk moving forward. Our understanding of cancer is slowly undergoing a revolution, allowing for the development of more effective treatments. For the first time ever, the death rate from cancer is showing a steady decline . . . but the “War on Cancer” has hardly been won. In The Cancer Code, Dr. Jason Fung offers a revolutionary new understanding of this invasive, often fatal disease—what it is, how it manifests, and why it is so challenging to treat. In this rousing narrative, Dr. Fung identifies the medical community’s many missteps in cancer research—in particular, its focus on genetics, or what he terms the “seed” of cancer, at the expense of examining the “soil,” or the conditions under which cancer flourishes. Dr. Fung—whose groundbreaking work in the treatment of obesity and diabetes has won him international acclaim—suggests that the primary disease pathway of cancer is caused by the dysregulation of insulin. In fact, obesity and type 2 diabetes significantly increase an individual’s risk of cancer. In this accessible listen, Dr. Fung provides a new paradigm for dealing with cancer, with recommendations for what we can do to create a hostile soil for this dangerous seed. One such strategy is intermittent fasting, which reduces blood glucose, lowering insulin levels. Another, eliminating intake of insulin-stimulating foods, such as sugar and refined carbohydrates. For hundreds of years, cancer has been portrayed as a foreign invader we’ve been powerless to stop. By reshaping our view of cancer as an internal uprising of our own healthy cells, we can begin to take back control. The seed of cancer may exist in all of us, but the power to change the soil is in our hands. Dr. Jason Fung Tue, 10 Nov 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420866 thebookvoice.com 10:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cancer Code: A Revolutionary New Understanding of a Medical Mystery Author: Dr. Jason Fung Narrator: Brian Nishii Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Author of the international bestsellers The Diabetes Code and The Obesity Code Dr. Jason Fung returns with an eye-opening biography of cancer in which he offers a radical new paradigm for understanding cancer—and issues a call to action for reducing risk moving forward. Our understanding of cancer is slowly undergoing a revolution, allowing for the development of more effective treatments. For the first time ever, the death rate from cancer is showing a steady decline . . . but the “War on Cancer” has hardly been won. In The Cancer Code, Dr. Jason Fung offers a revolutionary new understanding of this invasive, often fatal disease—what it is, how it manifests, and why it is so challenging to treat. In this rousing narrative, Dr. Fung identifies the medical community’s many missteps in cancer research—in particular, its focus on genetics, or what he terms the “seed” of cancer, at the expense of examining the “soil,” or the conditions under which cancer flourishes. Dr. Fung—whose groundbreaking work in the treatment of obesity and diabetes has won him international acclaim—suggests that the primary disease pathway of cancer is caused by the dysregulation of insulin. In fact, obesity and type 2 diabetes significantly increase an individual’s risk of cancer. In this accessible listen, Dr. Fung provides a new paradigm for dealing with cancer, with recommendations for what we can do to create a hostile soil for this dangerous seed. One such strategy is intermittent fasting, which reduces blood glucose, lowering insulin levels. Another, eliminating intake of insulin-stimulating foods, such as sugar and refined carbohydrates. For hundreds of years, cancer has been portrayed as a foreign invader we’ve been powerless to stop. By reshaping our view of cancer as an internal uprising of our own healthy cells, we can begin to take back control. The seed of cancer may exist in all of us, but the power to change the soil is in our hands. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cancer Code: A Revolutionary New Understanding of a Medical Mystery Author: Dr. Jason Fung Narrator: Brian Nishii Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Author of the international bestsellers The Diabetes Code and The Obesity Code Dr. Jason Fung returns with an eye-opening biography of cancer in which he offers a radical new paradigm for understanding cancer—and issues a call to action for reducing risk moving forward. Our understanding of cancer is slowly undergoing a revolution, allowing for the development of more effective treatments. For the first time ever, the death rate from cancer is showing a steady decline . . . but the “War on Cancer” has hardly been won. In The Cancer Code, Dr. Jason Fung offers a revolutionary new understanding of this invasive, often fatal disease—what it is, how it manifests, and why it is so challenging to treat. In this rousing narrative, Dr. Fung identifies the medical community’s many missteps in cancer research—in particular, its focus on genetics, or what he terms the “seed” of cancer, at the expense of examining the “soil,” or the conditions under which cancer flourishes. Dr. Fung—whose groundbreaking work in the treatment of obesity and diabetes has won him international acclaim—suggests that the primary disease pathway of cancer is caused by the dysregulation of insulin. In fact, obesity and type 2 diabetes significantly increase an individual’s risk of cancer. In this accessible listen, Dr. Fung provides a new paradigm for dealing with cancer, with recommendations for what we can do to create a hostile soil for this dangerous seed. One such strategy is intermittent fasting, which reduces blood glucose, lowering insulin levels. Another, eliminating intake of insulin-stimulating foods, such as sugar and refined carbohydrates. For hundreds of years, cancer has been portrayed as a foreign invader we’ve been powerless to stop. By reshaping our view of cancer as an internal uprising of our own healthy cells, we can begin to take back control. The seed of cancer may exist in all of us, but the power to change the soil is in our hands. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419607 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419607]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Navigating Life with Chronic Pain Series: Part of Brain and Life Books Author: Robert A. Lavin MD, Lindsay Zilliox MD, Sara Clayton PhD Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Navigating Life with Chronic Pain provides accessible, comprehensive, and up-to-date information about the challenges patients, family, and caregivers face when confronted by chronic pain. No two pain experiences are the same, so your chronic pain depends on where you have pain, how long you have experienced pain, and how the pain symptoms developed. Everyone needs a customized approach because pain symptoms, other medical conditions, past pain experiences, beliefs about pain, environment, ability to cope with the pain, and financial and social support (like family, friends, and caregivers) are different for every person. This book aims to provide clear and reliable information about chronic pain, including 'what' (definition), 'how' (pathophysiology), and 'why' (etiology). The authors expertly guide the listener through current approaches to diagnoses, including a review of diagnostic tests, as well as a comprehensive, integrated approach to chronic pain treatment. Through the use of patient stories, you get real-world experiences and advice on navigating the day-to-day challenges of chronic pain. You will learn how to take control of your chronic pain using a variety of tools, like behavioral, exercise and nutritional approaches, medications, alternative treatments (yoga and tai chi), and injections or surgery. Robert A. Lavin MD, Lindsay Zilliox MD, Sara Clayton PhD Tue, 14 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419607 thebookvoice.com 5:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419607]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Navigating Life with Chronic Pain Series: Part of Brain and Life Books Author: Robert A. Lavin MD, Lindsay Zilliox MD, Sara Clayton PhD Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Navigating Life with Chronic Pain provides accessible, comprehensive, and up-to-date information about the challenges patients, family, and caregivers face when confronted by chronic pain. No two pain experiences are the same, so your chronic pain depends on where you have pain, how long you have experienced pain, and how the pain symptoms developed. Everyone needs a customized approach because pain symptoms, other medical conditions, past pain experiences, beliefs about pain, environment, ability to cope with the pain, and financial and social support (like family, friends, and caregivers) are different for every person. This book aims to provide clear and reliable information about chronic pain, including 'what' (definition), 'how' (pathophysiology), and 'why' (etiology). The authors expertly guide the listener through current approaches to diagnoses, including a review of diagnostic tests, as well as a comprehensive, integrated approach to chronic pain treatment. Through the use of patient stories, you get real-world experiences and advice on navigating the day-to-day challenges of chronic pain. You will learn how to take control of your chronic pain using a variety of tools, like behavioral, exercise and nutritional approaches, medications, alternative treatments (yoga and tai chi), and injections or surgery. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419607]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Navigating Life with Chronic Pain Series: Part of Brain and Life Books Author: Robert A. Lavin MD, Lindsay Zilliox MD, Sara Clayton PhD Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Navigating Life with Chronic Pain provides accessible, comprehensive, and up-to-date information about the challenges patients, family, and caregivers face when confronted by chronic pain. No two pain experiences are the same, so your chronic pain depends on where you have pain, how long you have experienced pain, and how the pain symptoms developed. Everyone needs a customized approach because pain symptoms, other medical conditions, past pain experiences, beliefs about pain, environment, ability to cope with the pain, and financial and social support (like family, friends, and caregivers) are different for every person. This book aims to provide clear and reliable information about chronic pain, including 'what' (definition), 'how' (pathophysiology), and 'why' (etiology). The authors expertly guide the listener through current approaches to diagnoses, including a review of diagnostic tests, as well as a comprehensive, integrated approach to chronic pain treatment. Through the use of patient stories, you get real-world experiences and advice on navigating the day-to-day challenges of chronic pain. You will learn how to take control of your chronic pain using a variety of tools, like behavioral, exercise and nutritional approaches, medications, alternative treatments (yoga and tai chi), and injections or surgery. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419365 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mind Medic: Your 5 Senses Guide to Leading a Calmer, Happier Life Author: Sarah Vohra Narrator: Sarah Vohra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *For fans of Fearne Cotton's Calm and Matt Haig's Notes of a Nervous Planet* From leading Consultant Psychiatrist, Dr Sarah Vohra, comes The Mind Medic - a tried and tested method to improving the way you feel, using your 5 senses to help you along the way. The Mind Medic offers expert advice and easy-to-follow exercises on how to optimise your senses, including: · SEE: how to see beyond the negative to reframe thought patterns · HEAR: how to create a space to listen and be listened to · SMELL: how to use your breath to calm your spiralling thoughts · FEEL: how to feel our emotions and understand the messages they send us · TASTE: how to eat for your mind and discovering mood-boosting micronutrients Dr Vohra debunks the myths and conflicting advice surrounding mental health, setting out a 10-week plan to equip you with the knowledge and strategies for a happier, calmer mind. With The Mind Medic, feel empowered with the knowledge to take control of your own mental health, the confidence to have honest conversations and the strength to seek support early. © Sarah Vohra 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Sarah Vohra Thu, 16 Jul 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419365 thebookvoice.com 5:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mind Medic: Your 5 Senses Guide to Leading a Calmer, Happier Life Author: Sarah Vohra Narrator: Sarah Vohra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *For fans of Fearne Cotton's Calm and Matt Haig's Notes of a Nervous Planet* From leading Consultant Psychiatrist, Dr Sarah Vohra, comes The Mind Medic - a tried and tested method to improving the way you feel, using your 5 senses to help you along the way. The Mind Medic offers expert advice and easy-to-follow exercises on how to optimise your senses, including: · SEE: how to see beyond the negative to reframe thought patterns · HEAR: how to create a space to listen and be listened to · SMELL: how to use your breath to calm your spiralling thoughts · FEEL: how to feel our emotions and understand the messages they send us · TASTE: how to eat for your mind and discovering mood-boosting micronutrients Dr Vohra debunks the myths and conflicting advice surrounding mental health, setting out a 10-week plan to equip you with the knowledge and strategies for a happier, calmer mind. With The Mind Medic, feel empowered with the knowledge to take control of your own mental health, the confidence to have honest conversations and the strength to seek support early. © Sarah Vohra 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mind Medic: Your 5 Senses Guide to Leading a Calmer, Happier Life Author: Sarah Vohra Narrator: Sarah Vohra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *For fans of Fearne Cotton's Calm and Matt Haig's Notes of a Nervous Planet* From leading Consultant Psychiatrist, Dr Sarah Vohra, comes The Mind Medic - a tried and tested method to improving the way you feel, using your 5 senses to help you along the way. The Mind Medic offers expert advice and easy-to-follow exercises on how to optimise your senses, including: · SEE: how to see beyond the negative to reframe thought patterns · HEAR: how to create a space to listen and be listened to · SMELL: how to use your breath to calm your spiralling thoughts · FEEL: how to feel our emotions and understand the messages they send us · TASTE: how to eat for your mind and discovering mood-boosting micronutrients Dr Vohra debunks the myths and conflicting advice surrounding mental health, setting out a 10-week plan to equip you with the knowledge and strategies for a happier, calmer mind. With The Mind Medic, feel empowered with the knowledge to take control of your own mental health, the confidence to have honest conversations and the strength to seek support early. © Sarah Vohra 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419149 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast Asleep: Improve Brain Function, Lose Weight, Boost Your Mood, Reduce Stress, and Become a Better Sleeper Author: Dr Michael Mosley Narrator: Dr Michael Mosley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling author of The FastDiet and “one of the world’s leading journalists covering nutrition and health” (Dr. Valter Longo, director of the University of Southern California Longevity Institute) presents a “well written, well researched, and very practical” (Dr. Tim Spector, professor at Kings College, London) science-based sleep program designed to improve brain function, support weight loss, boost your mood, and reduce stress. Getting a good night’s sleep is everyone’s daily goal. After all, it reduces your risk of depression, helps you fight chronic disease, improves your memory, and it just plain feels good. But why is it that so many of us struggle to get the necessary seven to eight hours a night? In Fast Asleep, Dr. Michael Mosley brings together the latest, groundbreaking science to explain exactly why it is so important that we regularly get enough sleep. Prone to insomnia, he has taken part in numerous sleep experiments and tested every sleep remedy. Combining personal insight and in-depth research, he explains why so many of us struggle with sleep, what works and what doesn’t, and shares his own myth-busting program to help you achieve a good night’s rest. Filled with fascinating case studies, fifty delicious, sleep-promoting recipes, and more, Fast Asleep is a complete resource that offers a range of tools for combating fatigue and tiredness. Simple, effective, and life-changing, this book explores the science of dreaming, explains why gut health and meal times matter, and reveals tips and tricks to help you not just to sleep better, but to reduce stress levels and feel happier and healthier in general. Dr Michael Mosley Tue, 27 Oct 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419149 thebookvoice.com 4:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast Asleep: Improve Brain Function, Lose Weight, Boost Your Mood, Reduce Stress, and Become a Better Sleeper Author: Dr Michael Mosley Narrator: Dr Michael Mosley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling author of The FastDiet and “one of the world’s leading journalists covering nutrition and health” (Dr. Valter Longo, director of the University of Southern California Longevity Institute) presents a “well written, well researched, and very practical” (Dr. Tim Spector, professor at Kings College, London) science-based sleep program designed to improve brain function, support weight loss, boost your mood, and reduce stress. Getting a good night’s sleep is everyone’s daily goal. After all, it reduces your risk of depression, helps you fight chronic disease, improves your memory, and it just plain feels good. But why is it that so many of us struggle to get the necessary seven to eight hours a night? In Fast Asleep, Dr. Michael Mosley brings together the latest, groundbreaking science to explain exactly why it is so important that we regularly get enough sleep. Prone to insomnia, he has taken part in numerous sleep experiments and tested every sleep remedy. Combining personal insight and in-depth research, he explains why so many of us struggle with sleep, what works and what doesn’t, and shares his own myth-busting program to help you achieve a good night’s rest. Filled with fascinating case studies, fifty delicious, sleep-promoting recipes, and more, Fast Asleep is a complete resource that offers a range of tools for combating fatigue and tiredness. Simple, effective, and life-changing, this book explores the science of dreaming, explains why gut health and meal times matter, and reveals tips and tricks to help you not just to sleep better, but to reduce stress levels and feel happier and healthier in general. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast Asleep: Improve Brain Function, Lose Weight, Boost Your Mood, Reduce Stress, and Become a Better Sleeper Author: Dr Michael Mosley Narrator: Dr Michael Mosley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling author of The FastDiet and “one of the world’s leading journalists covering nutrition and health” (Dr. Valter Longo, director of the University of Southern California Longevity Institute) presents a “well written, well researched, and very practical” (Dr. Tim Spector, professor at Kings College, London) science-based sleep program designed to improve brain function, support weight loss, boost your mood, and reduce stress. Getting a good night’s sleep is everyone’s daily goal. After all, it reduces your risk of depression, helps you fight chronic disease, improves your memory, and it just plain feels good. But why is it that so many of us struggle to get the necessary seven to eight hours a night? In Fast Asleep, Dr. Michael Mosley brings together the latest, groundbreaking science to explain exactly why it is so important that we regularly get enough sleep. Prone to insomnia, he has taken part in numerous sleep experiments and tested every sleep remedy. Combining personal insight and in-depth research, he explains why so many of us struggle with sleep, what works and what doesn’t, and shares his own myth-busting program to help you achieve a good night’s rest. Filled with fascinating case studies, fifty delicious, sleep-promoting recipes, and more, Fast Asleep is a complete resource that offers a range of tools for combating fatigue and tiredness. Simple, effective, and life-changing, this book explores the science of dreaming, explains why gut health and meal times matter, and reveals tips and tricks to help you not just to sleep better, but to reduce stress levels and feel happier and healthier in general. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418000 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sensory Processing Disorder Awareness Author: Centre of Excellence Narrator: Brian Greyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 29 minutes Release date: January 1, 2001 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Sensory Processing Disorder describes a difference in the way that some people's senses are processed by the brain. This course provides an in-depth understanding of the condition, including the symptoms and behaviours associated with it, diagnosis, prevalence, history, therapies and interventions, and how you can provide support. Although awareness has recently increased, it can still be difficult to get a diagnosis of Sensory Processing Disorder. This makes it is particularly important to know the symptoms of the condition and the behaviours that present themselves in the young children and adults who suffer from it. The sooner it can be diagnosed, the better, as modifications to the environment can be made and the right support can be put in place before self-esteem and self-confidence issues arise. The course explains the common symptoms that can occur in children and adults and the ways in which these are often misinterpreted. As getting a diagnosis of Sensory Processing Disorder can sometimes be difficult, this course outlines the routes you may take in gaining help and the obstacles that you may come up against. The history of the condition is also explained, along with what research is being made into the causes of the condition and the differences in how its prevalence is perceived. Currently, it is Occupational Therapists who are the leaders in the field, as far as intervention and therapy for those afflicted with Sensory Processing Disorder are concerned. The course looks further into this role, with an overview of how they work and what sort of therapies they may be able to offer. If you don't have access to therapy, or would like advice on how you can be more involved with your child's condition, the course also provides useful information in how you can provide support at home. Also included, are strategies that educators can implement in the classroom to enable effective learning to those with SPD. Centre of Excellence Mon, 01 Jan 2001 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418000 thebookvoice.com 1:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sensory Processing Disorder Awareness Author: Centre of Excellence Narrator: Brian Greyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 29 minutes Release date: January 1, 2001 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Sensory Processing Disorder describes a difference in the way that some people's senses are processed by the brain. This course provides an in-depth understanding of the condition, including the symptoms and behaviours associated with it, diagnosis, prevalence, history, therapies and interventions, and how you can provide support. Although awareness has recently increased, it can still be difficult to get a diagnosis of Sensory Processing Disorder. This makes it is particularly important to know the symptoms of the condition and the behaviours that present themselves in the young children and adults who suffer from it. The sooner it can be diagnosed, the better, as modifications to the environment can be made and the right support can be put in place before self-esteem and self-confidence issues arise. The course explains the common symptoms that can occur in children and adults and the ways in which these are often misinterpreted. As getting a diagnosis of Sensory Processing Disorder can sometimes be difficult, this course outlines the routes you may take in gaining help and the obstacles that you may come up against. The history of the condition is also explained, along with what research is being made into the causes of the condition and the differences in how its prevalence is perceived. Currently, it is Occupational Therapists who are the leaders in the field, as far as intervention and therapy for those afflicted with Sensory Processing Disorder are concerned. The course looks further into this role, with an overview of how they work and what sort of therapies they may be able to offer. If you don't have access to therapy, or would like advice on how you can be more involved with your child's condition, the course also provides useful information in how you can provide support at home. Also included, are strategies that educators can implement in the classroom to enable effective learning to those with SPD. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sensory Processing Disorder Awareness Author: Centre of Excellence Narrator: Brian Greyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 29 minutes Release date: January 1, 2001 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Sensory Processing Disorder describes a difference in the way that some people's senses are processed by the brain. This course provides an in-depth understanding of the condition, including the symptoms and behaviours associated with it, diagnosis, prevalence, history, therapies and interventions, and how you can provide support. Although awareness has recently increased, it can still be difficult to get a diagnosis of Sensory Processing Disorder. This makes it is particularly important to know the symptoms of the condition and the behaviours that present themselves in the young children and adults who suffer from it. The sooner it can be diagnosed, the better, as modifications to the environment can be made and the right support can be put in place before self-esteem and self-confidence issues arise. The course explains the common symptoms that can occur in children and adults and the ways in which these are often misinterpreted. As getting a diagnosis of Sensory Processing Disorder can sometimes be difficult, this course outlines the routes you may take in gaining help and the obstacles that you may come up against. The history of the condition is also explained, along with what research is being made into the causes of the condition and the differences in how its prevalence is perceived. Currently, it is Occupational Therapists who are the leaders in the field, as far as intervention and therapy for those afflicted with Sensory Processing Disorder are concerned. The course looks further into this role, with an overview of how they work and what sort of therapies they may be able to offer. If you don't have access to therapy, or would like advice on how you can be more involved with your child's condition, the course also provides useful information in how you can provide support at home. Also included, are strategies that educators can implement in the classroom to enable effective learning to those with SPD. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417950 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del otro lado del miedo: Cómo superar las adversidades para relacionarnos mejor Author: Mario Guerra Narrator: Mario Guerra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: El miedo no es tu enemigo, es un gran aliado que te avisa de peligros inminentes, no lo evadas, no lo niegues, no lo escondas: conócelo para vivir con certeza y plena libertad. ¿Qué es el miedo? ¿A qué le tememos más en esta vida: a la muerte, al abandono, al fracaso? ¿Por qué pensamos que el miedo es un monstruo al que debemos vencer? ¿Por qué mantenemos la creencia de que lo mejor es alejarnos del miedo? Con su inigualable amenidad e incuestionable información, Mario Guerra nos explica que los miedos nos acompañan toda la vida y es normal tenerlos, pero también afirma que muchas veces tanto mujeres como hombres crean miedos en realidades imaginarias, incluso los alimentan con pensamientos negativos y se vuelven presas de ideas falsas. Del otro lado del miedo repasa las características del origen real e imaginario de los miedos; revela cómo se asoma la ansiedad ante los temores, en qué momento el miedo puede ser tu mejor asesor emocional, por qué puede aterrorizarnos una araña y no cosas realmente peligrosas; en estas páginas se detalla qué son los miedos instintivos y de qué manera el miedo nos aleja de la felicidad, cómo afecta nuestras relaciones o se viste de arrogancia, ataque verbal o intransigencia. Con ejercicios infalibles para comprender y enfrentar nuestros miedos, este libro es una obra que rompe con numerosos tabúes e ideas falsas sobre la negatividad del miedo; a cambio nos invita a entrar en su esencia, analizarlo profundamente con intenciones positivas y cruzar esos umbrales que nos impiden llegar al otro lado, donde nos espera la felicidad. Mario Guerra Fri, 31 Jan 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417950 thebookvoice.com 9:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del otro lado del miedo: Cómo superar las adversidades para relacionarnos mejor Author: Mario Guerra Narrator: Mario Guerra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: El miedo no es tu enemigo, es un gran aliado que te avisa de peligros inminentes, no lo evadas, no lo niegues, no lo escondas: conócelo para vivir con certeza y plena libertad. ¿Qué es el miedo? ¿A qué le tememos más en esta vida: a la muerte, al abandono, al fracaso? ¿Por qué pensamos que el miedo es un monstruo al que debemos vencer? ¿Por qué mantenemos la creencia de que lo mejor es alejarnos del miedo? Con su inigualable amenidad e incuestionable información, Mario Guerra nos explica que los miedos nos acompañan toda la vida y es normal tenerlos, pero también afirma que muchas veces tanto mujeres como hombres crean miedos en realidades imaginarias, incluso los alimentan con pensamientos negativos y se vuelven presas de ideas falsas. Del otro lado del miedo repasa las características del origen real e imaginario de los miedos; revela cómo se asoma la ansiedad ante los temores, en qué momento el miedo puede ser tu mejor asesor emocional, por qué puede aterrorizarnos una araña y no cosas realmente peligrosas; en estas páginas se detalla qué son los miedos instintivos y de qué manera el miedo nos aleja de la felicidad, cómo afecta nuestras relaciones o se viste de arrogancia, ataque verbal o intransigencia. Con ejercicios infalibles para comprender y enfrentar nuestros miedos, este libro es una obra que rompe con numerosos tabúes e ideas falsas sobre la negatividad del miedo; a cambio nos invita a entrar en su esencia, analizarlo profundamente con intenciones positivas y cruzar esos umbrales que nos impiden llegar al otro lado, donde nos espera la felicidad. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del otro lado del miedo: Cómo superar las adversidades para relacionarnos mejor Author: Mario Guerra Narrator: Mario Guerra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: El miedo no es tu enemigo, es un gran aliado que te avisa de peligros inminentes, no lo evadas, no lo niegues, no lo escondas: conócelo para vivir con certeza y plena libertad. ¿Qué es el miedo? ¿A qué le tememos más en esta vida: a la muerte, al abandono, al fracaso? ¿Por qué pensamos que el miedo es un monstruo al que debemos vencer? ¿Por qué mantenemos la creencia de que lo mejor es alejarnos del miedo? Con su inigualable amenidad e incuestionable información, Mario Guerra nos explica que los miedos nos acompañan toda la vida y es normal tenerlos, pero también afirma que muchas veces tanto mujeres como hombres crean miedos en realidades imaginarias, incluso los alimentan con pensamientos negativos y se vuelven presas de ideas falsas. Del otro lado del miedo repasa las características del origen real e imaginario de los miedos; revela cómo se asoma la ansiedad ante los temores, en qué momento el miedo puede ser tu mejor asesor emocional, por qué puede aterrorizarnos una araña y no cosas realmente peligrosas; en estas páginas se detalla qué son los miedos instintivos y de qué manera el miedo nos aleja de la felicidad, cómo afecta nuestras relaciones o se viste de arrogancia, ataque verbal o intransigencia. Con ejercicios infalibles para comprender y enfrentar nuestros miedos, este libro es una obra que rompe con numerosos tabúes e ideas falsas sobre la negatividad del miedo; a cambio nos invita a entrar en su esencia, analizarlo profundamente con intenciones positivas y cruzar esos umbrales que nos impiden llegar al otro lado, donde nos espera la felicidad. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417344 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Your Voice: A Path to Recovery for Survivors of Abuse Author: Mannette Morgan Narrator: Mannette Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Finding Your Voice is a personal, comprehensive guide for survivors of abuse making the journey toward healing. Led by an author who has walked the path for more than three decades, readers will find encouragement and hope as they move step-by-step to a place of recovery. Part memoir, part blueprint for recovery, Finding Your Voice uses a mix of personal anecdotes, accumulated knowledge, expert techniques and good, common sense to help readers navigate a new path in the aftermath of abuse. With clear instructions and insightful examples, the author leads readers through the five stages of healing— while teaching them how to improve and strengthen their relationships - built upon the foundation of years of self-help work, therapy, and reflection, and the author’s own transformative approach to healing. Recognize abuseEmbrace the Big 3- Self acceptance, love and self-respectUnderstand how your behaviors are the key to lasting changeLearn how to manifest your true desireDiscover the joy you deserve by applying the “Happy Booster.”The healing journey takes time and patience. The mix of empathy, practicality and encouragement running throughout Finding Your Voice provides the ideal guide for that journey. A workbook is available as a companion to Finding Your Voice. Mannette Morgan Tue, 22 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417344 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Your Voice: A Path to Recovery for Survivors of Abuse Author: Mannette Morgan Narrator: Mannette Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Finding Your Voice is a personal, comprehensive guide for survivors of abuse making the journey toward healing. Led by an author who has walked the path for more than three decades, readers will find encouragement and hope as they move step-by-step to a place of recovery. Part memoir, part blueprint for recovery, Finding Your Voice uses a mix of personal anecdotes, accumulated knowledge, expert techniques and good, common sense to help readers navigate a new path in the aftermath of abuse. With clear instructions and insightful examples, the author leads readers through the five stages of healing— while teaching them how to improve and strengthen their relationships - built upon the foundation of years of self-help work, therapy, and reflection, and the author’s own transformative approach to healing. Recognize abuseEmbrace the Big 3- Self acceptance, love and self-respectUnderstand how your behaviors are the key to lasting changeLearn how to manifest your true desireDiscover the joy you deserve by applying the “Happy Booster.”The healing journey takes time and patience. The mix of empathy, practicality and encouragement running throughout Finding Your Voice provides the ideal guide for that journey. A workbook is available as a companion to Finding Your Voice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Your Voice: A Path to Recovery for Survivors of Abuse Author: Mannette Morgan Narrator: Mannette Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Finding Your Voice is a personal, comprehensive guide for survivors of abuse making the journey toward healing. Led by an author who has walked the path for more than three decades, readers will find encouragement and hope as they move step-by-step to a place of recovery. Part memoir, part blueprint for recovery, Finding Your Voice uses a mix of personal anecdotes, accumulated knowledge, expert techniques and good, common sense to help readers navigate a new path in the aftermath of abuse. With clear instructions and insightful examples, the author leads readers through the five stages of healing— while teaching them how to improve and strengthen their relationships - built upon the foundation of years of self-help work, therapy, and reflection, and the author’s own transformative approach to healing. Recognize abuseEmbrace the Big 3- Self acceptance, love and self-respectUnderstand how your behaviors are the key to lasting changeLearn how to manifest your true desireDiscover the joy you deserve by applying the “Happy Booster.”The healing journey takes time and patience. The mix of empathy, practicality and encouragement running throughout Finding Your Voice provides the ideal guide for that journey. A workbook is available as a companion to Finding Your Voice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416993 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416993]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Deeper Perspective on Alzheimer's and other Dementias: Practical Tools with Spiritual Insights Author: Megan Carnarius Narrator: Megan Carnarius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Soul-searing, life-testing situations have what some call “fall-out blessings.” The book is about understanding some of the deeper lessons we are exposed to through caring for individuals with Alzheimer’s and other types of dementia. We all want a cure. But in the meantime, while this illness is still with us, how can we create a quality of life for each person in each stage of the disease? How can we look deeper into situations that, at first glance, look hopeless and destructive in order to find opportunities for insight, inspiration, and great understanding of ourselves and those we love? How can we allow the full measure of the experience to unfold and be felt with as much of ourselves as we can bring to bear? This book will help people caring for those going through the difficult dementia journey find a way, through the tumultuous waves, to remain awake and open to the blessing of a journey that opens the heart, nurtures compassion, and ultimately enables each of us to be better human beings. It is also for those brave individuals living with memory loss illnesses, so that they be supported and allowed to live their experience fully in their own unique way, to express themselves, to love and be loved, and to be sheltered from harm--that with each stage of the progression, those around the person with dementia find ways to emphasize the loved one’s remaining strengths rather than spotlight their weaknesses. A person with dementia has a whole and well spirit and, in the broadest sense, their brain is a vehicle of self-expression; it does not define their essence. Finally, this book addresses head on the final stage of the disease, when the brain has exhausted all its compensatory ability and the individual is no longer able to take part in regular day-to-day life. At this advanced stage of the disease process, people with dementia are in a deep, internal state that caregivers generally cannot access and share. It can be a very disheartening time. This internal state separates the person with dementia from those around them; however, rather than thinking of it as a prison wall separating the person with dementia from the caregiver, it may be more helpful to think of the person having retreated into a cloistered existence for a while, affording them the time needed by the soul to attend to deeper aspect of the self on a spiritual level. This phase also allows those around the person to honor the vessel, or body, that has housed the loved in in this life and prepare to let them go. When ready the individual will know the time to leave, and if allowed, will let go. Coming from a rich professional background in caring, Megan Carnarius clearly outlines the different stages of dementia and highlights many practical aspects of dementia care, suggesting accessible tools for family and professionals alike. She also addresses the more subtle, spiritual dimensions of this illness with much compassion and understanding, offering new insights into areas that have not been explored in other books on the disease. Megan Carnarius Tue, 11 Feb 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416993 thebookvoice.com 9:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416993]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Deeper Perspective on Alzheimer's and other Dementias: Practical Tools with Spiritual Insights Author: Megan Carnarius Narrator: Megan Carnarius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Soul-searing, life-testing situations have what some call “fall-out blessings.” The book is about understanding some of the deeper lessons we are exposed to through caring for individuals with Alzheimer’s and other types of dementia. We all want a cure. But in the meantime, while this illness is still with us, how can we create a quality of life for each person in each stage of the disease? How can we look deeper into situations that, at first glance, look hopeless and destructive in order to find opportunities for insight, inspiration, and great understanding of ourselves and those we love? How can we allow the full measure of the experience to unfold and be felt with as much of ourselves as we can bring to bear? This book will help people caring for those going through the difficult dementia journey find a way, through the tumultuous waves, to remain awake and open to the blessing of a journey that opens the heart, nurtures compassion, and ultimately enables each of us to be better human beings. It is also for those brave individuals living with memory loss illnesses, so that they be supported and allowed to live their experience fully in their own unique way, to express themselves, to love and be loved, and to be sheltered from harm--that with each stage of the progression, those around the person with dementia find ways to emphasize the loved one’s remaining strengths rather than spotlight their weaknesses. A person with dementia has a whole and well spirit and, in the broadest sense, their brain is a vehicle of self-expression; it does not define their essence. Finally, this book addresses head on the final stage of the disease, when the brain has exhausted all its compensatory ability and the individual is no longer able to take part in regular day-to-day life. At this advanced stage of the disease process, people with dementia are in a deep, internal state that caregivers generally cannot access and share. It can be a very disheartening time. This internal state separates the person with dementia from those around them; however, rather than thinking of it as a prison wall separating the person with dementia from the caregiver, it may be more helpful to think of the person having retreated into a cloistered existence for a while, affording them the time needed by the soul to attend to deeper aspect of the self on a spiritual level. This phase also allows those around the person to honor the vessel, or body, that has housed the loved in in this life and prepare to let them go. When ready the individual will know the time to leave, and if allowed, will let go. Coming from a rich professional background in caring, Megan Carnarius clearly outlines the different stages of dementia and highlights many practical aspects of dementia care, suggesting accessible tools for family and professionals alike. She also addresses the more subtle, spiritual dimensions of this illness with much compassion and understanding, offering new insights into areas that have not been explored in other books on the disease. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416993]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Deeper Perspective on Alzheimer's and other Dementias: Practical Tools with Spiritual Insights Author: Megan Carnarius Narrator: Megan Carnarius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Soul-searing, life-testing situations have what some call “fall-out blessings.” The book is about understanding some of the deeper lessons we are exposed to through caring for individuals with Alzheimer’s and other types of dementia. We all want a cure. But in the meantime, while this illness is still with us, how can we create a quality of life for each person in each stage of the disease? How can we look deeper into situations that, at first glance, look hopeless and destructive in order to find opportunities for insight, inspiration, and great understanding of ourselves and those we love? How can we allow the full measure of the experience to unfold and be felt with as much of ourselves as we can bring to bear? This book will help people caring for those going through the difficult dementia journey find a way, through the tumultuous waves, to remain awake and open to the blessing of a journey that opens the heart, nurtures compassion, and ultimately enables each of us to be better human beings. It is also for those brave individuals living with memory loss illnesses, so that they be supported and allowed to live their experience fully in their own unique way, to express themselves, to love and be loved, and to be sheltered from harm--that with each stage of the progression, those around the person with dementia find ways to emphasize the loved one’s remaining strengths rather than spotlight their weaknesses. A person with dementia has a whole and well spirit and, in the broadest sense, their brain is a vehicle of self-expression; it does not define their essence. Finally, this book addresses head on the final stage of the disease, when the brain has exhausted all its compensatory ability and the individual is no longer able to take part in regular day-to-day life. At this advanced stage of the disease process, people with dementia are in a deep, internal state that caregivers generally cannot access and share. It can be a very disheartening time. This internal state separates the person with dementia from those around them; however, rather than thinking of it as a prison wall separating the person with dementia from the caregiver, it may be more helpful to think of the person having retreated into a cloistered existence for a while, affording them the time needed by the soul to attend to deeper aspect of the self on a spiritual level. This phase also allows those around the person to honor the vessel, or body, that has housed the loved in in this life and prepare to let them go. When ready the individual will know the time to leave, and if allowed, will let go. Coming from a rich professional background in caring, Megan Carnarius clearly outlines the different stages of dementia and highlights many practical aspects of dementia care, suggesting accessible tools for family and professionals alike. She also addresses the more subtle, spiritual dimensions of this illness with much compassion and understanding, offering new insights into areas that have not been explored in other books on the disease. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416850 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quitting Smoking & Vaping For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Charles H. Elliot PhD, Laura L. Smith PhD Narrator: Matthew Boston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Give up smoking and vaping for good Most people know that smoking is bad for their health and believe vaping is a better alternative. Now, vaping has become a national epidemic and shows no sign of slowing. Quitting Smoking & Vaping For Dummies delivers facts about the differences between smoking and vaping, the effects on their short-term and long-term health, and how addiction works. Whether you're a smoker or a vaper, or have a loved one that needs to break the habit, this trusted guidebook walks you through building a personal quitting plan. Offering information on new and effective medication treatments, Cognitive Behavior Therapy (CBT), and building resilience, it sets you or a family member on the path to recovery. This book breaks down the psychology of your addiction so you can identify the methods that are most useful and effective for becoming smoke free for good. Start your recovery today, and look forward to a long and healthy life. Charles H. Elliot PhD, Laura L. Smith PhD Tue, 17 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416850 thebookvoice.com 11:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quitting Smoking & Vaping For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Charles H. Elliot PhD, Laura L. Smith PhD Narrator: Matthew Boston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Give up smoking and vaping for good Most people know that smoking is bad for their health and believe vaping is a better alternative. Now, vaping has become a national epidemic and shows no sign of slowing. Quitting Smoking & Vaping For Dummies delivers facts about the differences between smoking and vaping, the effects on their short-term and long-term health, and how addiction works. Whether you're a smoker or a vaper, or have a loved one that needs to break the habit, this trusted guidebook walks you through building a personal quitting plan. Offering information on new and effective medication treatments, Cognitive Behavior Therapy (CBT), and building resilience, it sets you or a family member on the path to recovery. This book breaks down the psychology of your addiction so you can identify the methods that are most useful and effective for becoming smoke free for good. Start your recovery today, and look forward to a long and healthy life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quitting Smoking & Vaping For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Charles H. Elliot PhD, Laura L. Smith PhD Narrator: Matthew Boston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Give up smoking and vaping for good Most people know that smoking is bad for their health and believe vaping is a better alternative. Now, vaping has become a national epidemic and shows no sign of slowing. Quitting Smoking & Vaping For Dummies delivers facts about the differences between smoking and vaping, the effects on their short-term and long-term health, and how addiction works. Whether you're a smoker or a vaper, or have a loved one that needs to break the habit, this trusted guidebook walks you through building a personal quitting plan. Offering information on new and effective medication treatments, Cognitive Behavior Therapy (CBT), and building resilience, it sets you or a family member on the path to recovery. This book breaks down the psychology of your addiction so you can identify the methods that are most useful and effective for becoming smoke free for good. Start your recovery today, and look forward to a long and healthy life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415872 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do You Really Need Spine Surgery? Take Control with a Surgeon's Advice Author: David Hanscom, M.D. Narrator: Braden Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Deciding whether to undergo spine surgery is one of the most important choices you will ever make. Author and spine surgeon Dr. David Hanscom has observed that in this era of corporate medicine, surgical decisions are often made quickly without a complete evaluation or attempt at non-surgical rehabilitation before proceeding. The result? The majority of spine operations are unnecessary and many surgeries are performed on spines with normal, age-related conditions. When performed for a specific anatomical problem with matching symptoms, the outcomes are consistently satisfying. Conversely, when surgery is conducted to address pain without a clear source, the consequences can be unpredictable, with a high percent of patients faring poorly or becoming much worse (catastrophic). A failed spinal surgery can virtually destroy one's life. Additionally, when a patient's nervous system is fired up from stress, results are often poor. A common cry from patients is, "If I only knew how badly this could turn out, I would have never had this surgery." The depth of frustration at making the wrong decision is beyond words because there is no turning back. If you are facing a decision about spine surgery, Do You Really Need Spine Surgery? provides you and your medical providers important information to help make the best choice. All relevant variables are addressed and organized into a "treatment grid." With this grid, you and your health care team can determine the most effective approach and course of action, with full consideration to the potential downside of a failed spinal surgery. Do You Really Need Spine Surgery? gives back control of the surgical decision to you, the patient. Take it!! David Hanscom, M.D. Tue, 14 Jan 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415872 thebookvoice.com 9:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do You Really Need Spine Surgery? Take Control with a Surgeon's Advice Author: David Hanscom, M.D. Narrator: Braden Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Deciding whether to undergo spine surgery is one of the most important choices you will ever make. Author and spine surgeon Dr. David Hanscom has observed that in this era of corporate medicine, surgical decisions are often made quickly without a complete evaluation or attempt at non-surgical rehabilitation before proceeding. The result? The majority of spine operations are unnecessary and many surgeries are performed on spines with normal, age-related conditions. When performed for a specific anatomical problem with matching symptoms, the outcomes are consistently satisfying. Conversely, when surgery is conducted to address pain without a clear source, the consequences can be unpredictable, with a high percent of patients faring poorly or becoming much worse (catastrophic). A failed spinal surgery can virtually destroy one's life. Additionally, when a patient's nervous system is fired up from stress, results are often poor. A common cry from patients is, "If I only knew how badly this could turn out, I would have never had this surgery." The depth of frustration at making the wrong decision is beyond words because there is no turning back. If you are facing a decision about spine surgery, Do You Really Need Spine Surgery? provides you and your medical providers important information to help make the best choice. All relevant variables are addressed and organized into a "treatment grid." With this grid, you and your health care team can determine the most effective approach and course of action, with full consideration to the potential downside of a failed spinal surgery. Do You Really Need Spine Surgery? gives back control of the surgical decision to you, the patient. Take it!! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do You Really Need Spine Surgery? Take Control with a Surgeon's Advice Author: David Hanscom, M.D. Narrator: Braden Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Deciding whether to undergo spine surgery is one of the most important choices you will ever make. Author and spine surgeon Dr. David Hanscom has observed that in this era of corporate medicine, surgical decisions are often made quickly without a complete evaluation or attempt at non-surgical rehabilitation before proceeding. The result? The majority of spine operations are unnecessary and many surgeries are performed on spines with normal, age-related conditions. When performed for a specific anatomical problem with matching symptoms, the outcomes are consistently satisfying. Conversely, when surgery is conducted to address pain without a clear source, the consequences can be unpredictable, with a high percent of patients faring poorly or becoming much worse (catastrophic). A failed spinal surgery can virtually destroy one's life. Additionally, when a patient's nervous system is fired up from stress, results are often poor. A common cry from patients is, "If I only knew how badly this could turn out, I would have never had this surgery." The depth of frustration at making the wrong decision is beyond words because there is no turning back. If you are facing a decision about spine surgery, Do You Really Need Spine Surgery? provides you and your medical providers important information to help make the best choice. All relevant variables are addressed and organized into a "treatment grid." With this grid, you and your health care team can determine the most effective approach and course of action, with full consideration to the potential downside of a failed spinal surgery. Do You Really Need Spine Surgery? gives back control of the surgical decision to you, the patient. Take it!! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415534 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Your Daughter Has BPD: Essential Skills to Help Families Manage Borderline Personality Disorder Author: Daniel S. Lobel PhD Narrator: Terrence Bayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: If you have a daughter with borderline personality disorder (BPD), you may feel frustration, shame, and your family may be at the breaking point dealing with angry outbursts, threats, and constant emergencies. You may even feel guilty for not enjoying spending time with your child—but how can you when her behavior is abusive toward you and the rest of your family? You need solid skills you can use now to help your daughter and hold your family together. In this important guide, you'll learn real solutions and strategies based in proven-effective DBT and CBT to help you weather the storm of BPD and restore a sense of normalcy and balance in your life. You'll find an overview of BPD so you can better understand the driving forces behind your daughter's difficult behavior. You'll discover how you can help your daughter get the help she needs while also setting boundaries that foster respect and self-care for you and others in your family. And, most importantly, you'll learn 'emergency parenting techniques' to help you put a stop to abusive patterns and restore peace. If your daughter has BPD and your family is struggling to make it through each day, this book offers essential skills to help you cope and recover a sense of stability. Daniel S. Lobel PhD Tue, 25 Feb 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415534 thebookvoice.com 6:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Your Daughter Has BPD: Essential Skills to Help Families Manage Borderline Personality Disorder Author: Daniel S. Lobel PhD Narrator: Terrence Bayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: If you have a daughter with borderline personality disorder (BPD), you may feel frustration, shame, and your family may be at the breaking point dealing with angry outbursts, threats, and constant emergencies. You may even feel guilty for not enjoying spending time with your child—but how can you when her behavior is abusive toward you and the rest of your family? You need solid skills you can use now to help your daughter and hold your family together. In this important guide, you'll learn real solutions and strategies based in proven-effective DBT and CBT to help you weather the storm of BPD and restore a sense of normalcy and balance in your life. You'll find an overview of BPD so you can better understand the driving forces behind your daughter's difficult behavior. You'll discover how you can help your daughter get the help she needs while also setting boundaries that foster respect and self-care for you and others in your family. And, most importantly, you'll learn 'emergency parenting techniques' to help you put a stop to abusive patterns and restore peace. If your daughter has BPD and your family is struggling to make it through each day, this book offers essential skills to help you cope and recover a sense of stability. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Your Daughter Has BPD: Essential Skills to Help Families Manage Borderline Personality Disorder Author: Daniel S. Lobel PhD Narrator: Terrence Bayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: If you have a daughter with borderline personality disorder (BPD), you may feel frustration, shame, and your family may be at the breaking point dealing with angry outbursts, threats, and constant emergencies. You may even feel guilty for not enjoying spending time with your child—but how can you when her behavior is abusive toward you and the rest of your family? You need solid skills you can use now to help your daughter and hold your family together. In this important guide, you'll learn real solutions and strategies based in proven-effective DBT and CBT to help you weather the storm of BPD and restore a sense of normalcy and balance in your life. You'll find an overview of BPD so you can better understand the driving forces behind your daughter's difficult behavior. You'll discover how you can help your daughter get the help she needs while also setting boundaries that foster respect and self-care for you and others in your family. And, most importantly, you'll learn 'emergency parenting techniques' to help you put a stop to abusive patterns and restore peace. If your daughter has BPD and your family is struggling to make it through each day, this book offers essential skills to help you cope and recover a sense of stability. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415531 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Your Teen Has an Eating Disorder: Practical Strategies to Help Your Teen Recover from Anorexia, Bulimia, and Binge Eating Author: Lauren Muhlheim PsyD Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: When Your Teen Has an Eating Disorder will empower you to help your teen using a unique, family-based treatment (FBT) approach. With this guide, you'll learn to respectfully and lovingly oversee your teen's nutritional rehabilitation, which includes helping to normalize eating behaviors, managing meals, expanding food flexibility, teaching independent and intuitive eating habits, and using coping strategies and recovery skills to prevent relapse. In addition to helping parents and caregivers, this book is a wonderful resource for mental health professionals, teachers, counselors, and coaches who work with parents of and teens with eating disorders. It clearly outlines the principles of FBT and the process of involving parents collaboratively in treatment. As a parent, feeding your child is a fundamental act of love—it has been from the start! However, when a child is affected by an eating disorder, parents often lose confidence in performing this basic task. This compassionate guide will help you gain the confidence needed to nurture your teen and help them heal. Lauren Muhlheim PsyD Tue, 25 Feb 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415531 thebookvoice.com 5:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Your Teen Has an Eating Disorder: Practical Strategies to Help Your Teen Recover from Anorexia, Bulimia, and Binge Eating Author: Lauren Muhlheim PsyD Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: When Your Teen Has an Eating Disorder will empower you to help your teen using a unique, family-based treatment (FBT) approach. With this guide, you'll learn to respectfully and lovingly oversee your teen's nutritional rehabilitation, which includes helping to normalize eating behaviors, managing meals, expanding food flexibility, teaching independent and intuitive eating habits, and using coping strategies and recovery skills to prevent relapse. In addition to helping parents and caregivers, this book is a wonderful resource for mental health professionals, teachers, counselors, and coaches who work with parents of and teens with eating disorders. It clearly outlines the principles of FBT and the process of involving parents collaboratively in treatment. As a parent, feeding your child is a fundamental act of love—it has been from the start! However, when a child is affected by an eating disorder, parents often lose confidence in performing this basic task. This compassionate guide will help you gain the confidence needed to nurture your teen and help them heal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Your Teen Has an Eating Disorder: Practical Strategies to Help Your Teen Recover from Anorexia, Bulimia, and Binge Eating Author: Lauren Muhlheim PsyD Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: When Your Teen Has an Eating Disorder will empower you to help your teen using a unique, family-based treatment (FBT) approach. With this guide, you'll learn to respectfully and lovingly oversee your teen's nutritional rehabilitation, which includes helping to normalize eating behaviors, managing meals, expanding food flexibility, teaching independent and intuitive eating habits, and using coping strategies and recovery skills to prevent relapse. In addition to helping parents and caregivers, this book is a wonderful resource for mental health professionals, teachers, counselors, and coaches who work with parents of and teens with eating disorders. It clearly outlines the principles of FBT and the process of involving parents collaboratively in treatment. As a parent, feeding your child is a fundamental act of love—it has been from the start! However, when a child is affected by an eating disorder, parents often lose confidence in performing this basic task. This compassionate guide will help you gain the confidence needed to nurture your teen and help them heal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415476 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Free from Emotional Eating Author: Geneen Roth Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: There is an end to the anguish of emotional eating—and this book explains how to achieve it. Geneen Roth, whose Feeding the Hungry Heart and When Food Is Love have brought understanding and acceptance to tens of thousands of fans over the last two decades, here outlines her proven program for resolving the conflicts at the root of overeating. Using simple techniques developed in her highly successful seminars, she offers reassuring, practical advice on: ● Learning to recognize the signals of physical hunger ● Eating without distraction ● Knowing when to stop ● Kicking the scale-watching habit ● Withstanding social and family pressures And many more strategies to help you break the binge-diet cycle—forever. Geneen Roth Tue, 10 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415476 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Free from Emotional Eating Author: Geneen Roth Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: There is an end to the anguish of emotional eating—and this book explains how to achieve it. Geneen Roth, whose Feeding the Hungry Heart and When Food Is Love have brought understanding and acceptance to tens of thousands of fans over the last two decades, here outlines her proven program for resolving the conflicts at the root of overeating. Using simple techniques developed in her highly successful seminars, she offers reassuring, practical advice on: ● Learning to recognize the signals of physical hunger ● Eating without distraction ● Knowing when to stop ● Kicking the scale-watching habit ● Withstanding social and family pressures And many more strategies to help you break the binge-diet cycle—forever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Free from Emotional Eating Author: Geneen Roth Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: There is an end to the anguish of emotional eating—and this book explains how to achieve it. Geneen Roth, whose Feeding the Hungry Heart and When Food Is Love have brought understanding and acceptance to tens of thousands of fans over the last two decades, here outlines her proven program for resolving the conflicts at the root of overeating. Using simple techniques developed in her highly successful seminars, she offers reassuring, practical advice on: ● Learning to recognize the signals of physical hunger ● Eating without distraction ● Knowing when to stop ● Kicking the scale-watching habit ● Withstanding social and family pressures And many more strategies to help you break the binge-diet cycle—forever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415174 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cannabis Is Medicine: How Medical Cannabis and CBD Are Healing Everything from Anxiety to Chronic Pain Author: Bonni Goldstein Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Unlock the healing power of cannabis medicine and discover the cutting-edge science behind its remarkable impact on human health. Millions of people around the world are healing illnesses with cannabis. Nonetheless, many physicians remain reluctant to discuss cannabis medicine with their patients. And with so much conflicting misinformation from unreliable sources, finding out if cannabis could be an effective treatment for you or a loved one can feel nearly impossible. This book is the comprehensive resource for people who have not found relief from conventional medicines. Bonni Goldstein, MD, has helped thousands of patients suffering from chronic, difficult-to-treat conditions improve with cannabis. In this revelatory book, she explains the current state of scientific research on how cannabis interacts with human physiology to create homeostasis -- balance -- leading to good health. Many of the plant's compounds, including CBD, and their therapeutic effects are explained in detail. Readers will learn how to best navigate the multitude of available cannabis-based products, with detailed guidance on safety and usage, and how to customize a personalized cannabis regimen. And Dr. Goldstein presents 28 common conditions for which patients have found cannabis treatment to be effective, including cancer, insomnia and gastrointestinal disorders. As medical cannabis laws continue to evolve, it is more vital than ever for struggling patients to understand the benefits of this plant from an honest, medicine-based perspective. Educational, practical, and thorough, Cannabis Is Medicine empowers patients to make informed decisions about this natural medicine and improve the quality of their lives. Bonni Goldstein Tue, 29 Sep 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415174 thebookvoice.com 10:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cannabis Is Medicine: How Medical Cannabis and CBD Are Healing Everything from Anxiety to Chronic Pain Author: Bonni Goldstein Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Unlock the healing power of cannabis medicine and discover the cutting-edge science behind its remarkable impact on human health. Millions of people around the world are healing illnesses with cannabis. Nonetheless, many physicians remain reluctant to discuss cannabis medicine with their patients. And with so much conflicting misinformation from unreliable sources, finding out if cannabis could be an effective treatment for you or a loved one can feel nearly impossible. This book is the comprehensive resource for people who have not found relief from conventional medicines. Bonni Goldstein, MD, has helped thousands of patients suffering from chronic, difficult-to-treat conditions improve with cannabis. In this revelatory book, she explains the current state of scientific research on how cannabis interacts with human physiology to create homeostasis -- balance -- leading to good health. Many of the plant's compounds, including CBD, and their therapeutic effects are explained in detail. Readers will learn how to best navigate the multitude of available cannabis-based products, with detailed guidance on safety and usage, and how to customize a personalized cannabis regimen. And Dr. Goldstein presents 28 common conditions for which patients have found cannabis treatment to be effective, including cancer, insomnia and gastrointestinal disorders. As medical cannabis laws continue to evolve, it is more vital than ever for struggling patients to understand the benefits of this plant from an honest, medicine-based perspective. Educational, practical, and thorough, Cannabis Is Medicine empowers patients to make informed decisions about this natural medicine and improve the quality of their lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cannabis Is Medicine: How Medical Cannabis and CBD Are Healing Everything from Anxiety to Chronic Pain Author: Bonni Goldstein Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Unlock the healing power of cannabis medicine and discover the cutting-edge science behind its remarkable impact on human health. Millions of people around the world are healing illnesses with cannabis. Nonetheless, many physicians remain reluctant to discuss cannabis medicine with their patients. And with so much conflicting misinformation from unreliable sources, finding out if cannabis could be an effective treatment for you or a loved one can feel nearly impossible. This book is the comprehensive resource for people who have not found relief from conventional medicines. Bonni Goldstein, MD, has helped thousands of patients suffering from chronic, difficult-to-treat conditions improve with cannabis. In this revelatory book, she explains the current state of scientific research on how cannabis interacts with human physiology to create homeostasis -- balance -- leading to good health. Many of the plant's compounds, including CBD, and their therapeutic effects are explained in detail. Readers will learn how to best navigate the multitude of available cannabis-based products, with detailed guidance on safety and usage, and how to customize a personalized cannabis regimen. And Dr. Goldstein presents 28 common conditions for which patients have found cannabis treatment to be effective, including cancer, insomnia and gastrointestinal disorders. As medical cannabis laws continue to evolve, it is more vital than ever for struggling patients to understand the benefits of this plant from an honest, medicine-based perspective. Educational, practical, and thorough, Cannabis Is Medicine empowers patients to make informed decisions about this natural medicine and improve the quality of their lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415124 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Lives of Dreams: What They Can Tell Us and How They Can Change Our World Author: Melinda Powell Narrator: Jennifer Woodward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: On average, we spend around six years of our lives dreaming. Yet, astonishingly, few of us understand the purpose of dreams and even fewer recognise what our dreaming mind can tell us about ourselves and our world. Melinda Powell, psychotherapist and co-founder of the Dream Research Institute UK, reveals how better understanding our dreams can improve our waking lives. As well as examining the importance of sleep and dreams, The Hidden Lives of Dreams explores the role of light, colour, landscapes, space, healing presence and lucidity in dreams, dispels common misconceptions and addresses our fears of nightmares. Powell shows how to tap into our dreams as a source of guidance and inspiration to enhance our wellbeing and to discover a healthier, more balanced approach to life. 'Exploring the depths of dreaming with an experienced guide like Melinda Powell will bring you closer to your heart, your purpose and your truest self. Highly recommended.' Robert Waggoner Melinda Powell Thu, 19 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415124 thebookvoice.com 5:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Lives of Dreams: What They Can Tell Us and How They Can Change Our World Author: Melinda Powell Narrator: Jennifer Woodward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: On average, we spend around six years of our lives dreaming. Yet, astonishingly, few of us understand the purpose of dreams and even fewer recognise what our dreaming mind can tell us about ourselves and our world. Melinda Powell, psychotherapist and co-founder of the Dream Research Institute UK, reveals how better understanding our dreams can improve our waking lives. As well as examining the importance of sleep and dreams, The Hidden Lives of Dreams explores the role of light, colour, landscapes, space, healing presence and lucidity in dreams, dispels common misconceptions and addresses our fears of nightmares. Powell shows how to tap into our dreams as a source of guidance and inspiration to enhance our wellbeing and to discover a healthier, more balanced approach to life. 'Exploring the depths of dreaming with an experienced guide like Melinda Powell will bring you closer to your heart, your purpose and your truest self. Highly recommended.' Robert Waggoner Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Lives of Dreams: What They Can Tell Us and How They Can Change Our World Author: Melinda Powell Narrator: Jennifer Woodward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: On average, we spend around six years of our lives dreaming. Yet, astonishingly, few of us understand the purpose of dreams and even fewer recognise what our dreaming mind can tell us about ourselves and our world. Melinda Powell, psychotherapist and co-founder of the Dream Research Institute UK, reveals how better understanding our dreams can improve our waking lives. As well as examining the importance of sleep and dreams, The Hidden Lives of Dreams explores the role of light, colour, landscapes, space, healing presence and lucidity in dreams, dispels common misconceptions and addresses our fears of nightmares. Powell shows how to tap into our dreams as a source of guidance and inspiration to enhance our wellbeing and to discover a healthier, more balanced approach to life. 'Exploring the depths of dreaming with an experienced guide like Melinda Powell will bring you closer to your heart, your purpose and your truest self. Highly recommended.' Robert Waggoner https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415085 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415085]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleep: Harness the Power of Sleep for Optimal Health and Wellbeing Author: Petra Hawker Narrator: Charlotte Hamblin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Make excellent sleep a life-changing reality for you - now. New science has revealed the importance of sleep as one of the key foundation stones of good health. Take control of your sleep with over 40 proven strategies, based on a 360-degree approach to achieving excellent sleep. Find targeted meditation, movement and breathing exercises; discover how light, colour, and sound could hold the key to healthy sleep; and find out how to get to the root of the underlying causes of chronic sleep problems. Listen to Charlotte Hamblin narrate this audiobook and reset your sleep patterns to suit your lifestyle and draw on practical techniques to overcome common sleep disruptors, including stress, jet-lag, and shift-work. Let the dream of better sleep become a life-changing reality. Petra Hawker PhD leads the Sleep Psychotherapy service at The London Sleep Centre in Harley Street, London, offering Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Insomnia (CBT-I) and other forms of Counselling, Coaching and Therapy to assist with Sleep Health and Wellbeing. She has a PhD in Social Science which includes Psychology, Hypnotherapy, Counselling and Analysis and over 25 years of experience in psychotherapy and counselling. © 2019 Petre Hawker, PhD © 2020 DK Audio Petra Hawker Thu, 26 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415085 thebookvoice.com 2:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415085]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleep: Harness the Power of Sleep for Optimal Health and Wellbeing Author: Petra Hawker Narrator: Charlotte Hamblin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Make excellent sleep a life-changing reality for you - now. New science has revealed the importance of sleep as one of the key foundation stones of good health. Take control of your sleep with over 40 proven strategies, based on a 360-degree approach to achieving excellent sleep. Find targeted meditation, movement and breathing exercises; discover how light, colour, and sound could hold the key to healthy sleep; and find out how to get to the root of the underlying causes of chronic sleep problems. Listen to Charlotte Hamblin narrate this audiobook and reset your sleep patterns to suit your lifestyle and draw on practical techniques to overcome common sleep disruptors, including stress, jet-lag, and shift-work. Let the dream of better sleep become a life-changing reality. Petra Hawker PhD leads the Sleep Psychotherapy service at The London Sleep Centre in Harley Street, London, offering Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Insomnia (CBT-I) and other forms of Counselling, Coaching and Therapy to assist with Sleep Health and Wellbeing. She has a PhD in Social Science which includes Psychology, Hypnotherapy, Counselling and Analysis and over 25 years of experience in psychotherapy and counselling. © 2019 Petre Hawker, PhD © 2020 DK Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415085]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleep: Harness the Power of Sleep for Optimal Health and Wellbeing Author: Petra Hawker Narrator: Charlotte Hamblin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Make excellent sleep a life-changing reality for you - now. New science has revealed the importance of sleep as one of the key foundation stones of good health. Take control of your sleep with over 40 proven strategies, based on a 360-degree approach to achieving excellent sleep. Find targeted meditation, movement and breathing exercises; discover how light, colour, and sound could hold the key to healthy sleep; and find out how to get to the root of the underlying causes of chronic sleep problems. Listen to Charlotte Hamblin narrate this audiobook and reset your sleep patterns to suit your lifestyle and draw on practical techniques to overcome common sleep disruptors, including stress, jet-lag, and shift-work. Let the dream of better sleep become a life-changing reality. Petra Hawker PhD leads the Sleep Psychotherapy service at The London Sleep Centre in Harley Street, London, offering Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Insomnia (CBT-I) and other forms of Counselling, Coaching and Therapy to assist with Sleep Health and Wellbeing. She has a PhD in Social Science which includes Psychology, Hypnotherapy, Counselling and Analysis and over 25 years of experience in psychotherapy and counselling. © 2019 Petre Hawker, PhD © 2020 DK Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415062 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surviving Cancerland: Intuitive Aspects of Healing Author: Kathleen O’keefe-Kanavos Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: When Kathleen O’Keefe-Kanavos discovered a pea-sized lump in her breast, she did what any sensible woman would do: She went to see her doctor, who assured her that she was in good health and that the lump was nothing but a fibrous tumor and posed no threat. Kathleen was not convinced, particularly in light of the fact that her mother had recently died of cancer. In a dream that night, Kathleen saw her spiritual guide/guardian angel who took her hand, placed it on her breast, and said, “You have cancer right here. Feel it? Go back to your doctor tomorrow. Don’t wait for an appointment.” So began a medical odyssey that would take Kathleen and her loved ones on a seemingly endless roller-coaster ride of fear and frustration, hope and healing, and profound spiritual growth. Kathleen O’keefe-Kanavos Tue, 01 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415062 thebookvoice.com 10:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surviving Cancerland: Intuitive Aspects of Healing Author: Kathleen O’keefe-Kanavos Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: When Kathleen O’Keefe-Kanavos discovered a pea-sized lump in her breast, she did what any sensible woman would do: She went to see her doctor, who assured her that she was in good health and that the lump was nothing but a fibrous tumor and posed no threat. Kathleen was not convinced, particularly in light of the fact that her mother had recently died of cancer. In a dream that night, Kathleen saw her spiritual guide/guardian angel who took her hand, placed it on her breast, and said, “You have cancer right here. Feel it? Go back to your doctor tomorrow. Don’t wait for an appointment.” So began a medical odyssey that would take Kathleen and her loved ones on a seemingly endless roller-coaster ride of fear and frustration, hope and healing, and profound spiritual growth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surviving Cancerland: Intuitive Aspects of Healing Author: Kathleen O’keefe-Kanavos Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: When Kathleen O’Keefe-Kanavos discovered a pea-sized lump in her breast, she did what any sensible woman would do: She went to see her doctor, who assured her that she was in good health and that the lump was nothing but a fibrous tumor and posed no threat. Kathleen was not convinced, particularly in light of the fact that her mother had recently died of cancer. In a dream that night, Kathleen saw her spiritual guide/guardian angel who took her hand, placed it on her breast, and said, “You have cancer right here. Feel it? Go back to your doctor tomorrow. Don’t wait for an appointment.” So began a medical odyssey that would take Kathleen and her loved ones on a seemingly endless roller-coaster ride of fear and frustration, hope and healing, and profound spiritual growth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415034 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 8 Keys to End Emotional Eating Series: Part of The 8 Keys to Mental Health Series Author: Howard S. Farkas Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Bring an end to emotional eating by getting to the root of the problem. Most books about emotional eating tend to focus on how to strengthen self-restraint or how to identify what triggers it. The former can make the problem worse, while the latter may be different each time it occurs. Both approaches fail to help emotional eaters understand why they feel compelled to do something that they don’t want to do in the first place. This understanding is the key to changing this behavior. Howard Farkas, who has more than two decades of professional and teaching experience as a clinical psychologist specializing in emotional eating, explains the underlying motive that drives the behavior: emotional eating is not a passive failure of self-control but an active impulse to reject the control of dieting. This defiant need “to be bad” usually leaves the person feeling guilty and anxious about their eating and recommitting to their diet until the cycle repeats and the compulsive eating recurs. 8 Keys to End Emotional Eating provides a detailed plan for breaking this pattern. By explaining the root cause that drives the desire to binge, Farkas offers practical skills to help you learn to change your mindset about dieting and end the impulse to binge. His road map for the future will help readers maintain healthy eating habits for years to come. Howard S. Farkas Tue, 24 Sep 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415034 thebookvoice.com 5:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 8 Keys to End Emotional Eating Series: Part of The 8 Keys to Mental Health Series Author: Howard S. Farkas Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Bring an end to emotional eating by getting to the root of the problem. Most books about emotional eating tend to focus on how to strengthen self-restraint or how to identify what triggers it. The former can make the problem worse, while the latter may be different each time it occurs. Both approaches fail to help emotional eaters understand why they feel compelled to do something that they don’t want to do in the first place. This understanding is the key to changing this behavior. Howard Farkas, who has more than two decades of professional and teaching experience as a clinical psychologist specializing in emotional eating, explains the underlying motive that drives the behavior: emotional eating is not a passive failure of self-control but an active impulse to reject the control of dieting. This defiant need “to be bad” usually leaves the person feeling guilty and anxious about their eating and recommitting to their diet until the cycle repeats and the compulsive eating recurs. 8 Keys to End Emotional Eating provides a detailed plan for breaking this pattern. By explaining the root cause that drives the desire to binge, Farkas offers practical skills to help you learn to change your mindset about dieting and end the impulse to binge. His road map for the future will help readers maintain healthy eating habits for years to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 8 Keys to End Emotional Eating Series: Part of The 8 Keys to Mental Health Series Author: Howard S. Farkas Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Bring an end to emotional eating by getting to the root of the problem. Most books about emotional eating tend to focus on how to strengthen self-restraint or how to identify what triggers it. The former can make the problem worse, while the latter may be different each time it occurs. Both approaches fail to help emotional eaters understand why they feel compelled to do something that they don’t want to do in the first place. This understanding is the key to changing this behavior. Howard Farkas, who has more than two decades of professional and teaching experience as a clinical psychologist specializing in emotional eating, explains the underlying motive that drives the behavior: emotional eating is not a passive failure of self-control but an active impulse to reject the control of dieting. This defiant need “to be bad” usually leaves the person feeling guilty and anxious about their eating and recommitting to their diet until the cycle repeats and the compulsive eating recurs. 8 Keys to End Emotional Eating provides a detailed plan for breaking this pattern. By explaining the root cause that drives the desire to binge, Farkas offers practical skills to help you learn to change your mindset about dieting and end the impulse to binge. His road map for the future will help readers maintain healthy eating habits for years to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414740 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tu ciclo vital: Descubre tu ritmo circadiano ideal para sanar desde el interior Author: Suhas G. Kshirsagar Narrator: Nacho Casas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ¡Aprovecha al máximo el poder de tu reloj genético para optimizar tu actividad física, perder peso y dormir como nunca! Dime cuál es tu rutina diaria y te diré qué tan saludable te sientes. Dime a qué hora comes o duermes y te diré si te es difícil perder peso o qué tan sensible eres al estrés. Aunque la ciencia ha demostrado la cercanía entre el funcionamiento de nuestro cuerpo y el ritmo circadiano de luz y oscuridad, las exigencias de la vida moderna nos mantienen en un estado constante de jet lag, imponiéndonos horarios que no coinciden con los ciclos naturales de nuestra fisiología. Durante milenios, el ayurveda ha enfatizado la importancia de una rutina saludable para prosperar, y en esta guía revolucionaria el doctor Suhas G. Kshirsagar combina su profundo conocimiento de esta disciplina tradicional con los últimos descubrimientos de la cronobiología y la genética para enseñarnos, a través de test fáciles de aplicar y un plan holístico de 30 días, a balancear nuestros hábitos cotidianos y a encontrar las rutinas estacionales personalizadas que nuestro cuerpo realmente necesita. Trabaja en armonía con los ritmos naturales de tu cuerpo, no en su contra, y diseña la rutina óptima que transformará tu salud y tu vida para siempre. PRÓLOGO DE DEEPAK CHOPRA Suhas G. Kshirsagar Tue, 31 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414740 thebookvoice.com 10:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tu ciclo vital: Descubre tu ritmo circadiano ideal para sanar desde el interior Author: Suhas G. Kshirsagar Narrator: Nacho Casas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ¡Aprovecha al máximo el poder de tu reloj genético para optimizar tu actividad física, perder peso y dormir como nunca! Dime cuál es tu rutina diaria y te diré qué tan saludable te sientes. Dime a qué hora comes o duermes y te diré si te es difícil perder peso o qué tan sensible eres al estrés. Aunque la ciencia ha demostrado la cercanía entre el funcionamiento de nuestro cuerpo y el ritmo circadiano de luz y oscuridad, las exigencias de la vida moderna nos mantienen en un estado constante de jet lag, imponiéndonos horarios que no coinciden con los ciclos naturales de nuestra fisiología. Durante milenios, el ayurveda ha enfatizado la importancia de una rutina saludable para prosperar, y en esta guía revolucionaria el doctor Suhas G. Kshirsagar combina su profundo conocimiento de esta disciplina tradicional con los últimos descubrimientos de la cronobiología y la genética para enseñarnos, a través de test fáciles de aplicar y un plan holístico de 30 días, a balancear nuestros hábitos cotidianos y a encontrar las rutinas estacionales personalizadas que nuestro cuerpo realmente necesita. Trabaja en armonía con los ritmos naturales de tu cuerpo, no en su contra, y diseña la rutina óptima que transformará tu salud y tu vida para siempre. PRÓLOGO DE DEEPAK CHOPRA Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tu ciclo vital: Descubre tu ritmo circadiano ideal para sanar desde el interior Author: Suhas G. Kshirsagar Narrator: Nacho Casas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ¡Aprovecha al máximo el poder de tu reloj genético para optimizar tu actividad física, perder peso y dormir como nunca! Dime cuál es tu rutina diaria y te diré qué tan saludable te sientes. Dime a qué hora comes o duermes y te diré si te es difícil perder peso o qué tan sensible eres al estrés. Aunque la ciencia ha demostrado la cercanía entre el funcionamiento de nuestro cuerpo y el ritmo circadiano de luz y oscuridad, las exigencias de la vida moderna nos mantienen en un estado constante de jet lag, imponiéndonos horarios que no coinciden con los ciclos naturales de nuestra fisiología. Durante milenios, el ayurveda ha enfatizado la importancia de una rutina saludable para prosperar, y en esta guía revolucionaria el doctor Suhas G. Kshirsagar combina su profundo conocimiento de esta disciplina tradicional con los últimos descubrimientos de la cronobiología y la genética para enseñarnos, a través de test fáciles de aplicar y un plan holístico de 30 días, a balancear nuestros hábitos cotidianos y a encontrar las rutinas estacionales personalizadas que nuestro cuerpo realmente necesita. Trabaja en armonía con los ritmos naturales de tu cuerpo, no en su contra, y diseña la rutina óptima que transformará tu salud y tu vida para siempre. PRÓLOGO DE DEEPAK CHOPRA https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414611 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and Addiction: Ending the Cycle of Pain Through Emotional Literacy Author: Tian Dayton Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: For the past decade, author Tian Dayton has been researching trauma and addiction, and how psychodrama (or sociometry group psychotherapy) can be used in their treatment. Since trauma responses are stored in the body, a method of therapy that engages the body through role play can be more effective in accessing the full complement of trauma-related memories. This latest book identifies the interconnection of trauma and addictive behavior, and shows why they can become an unending cycle. Emotional and psychological pain so often lead to self-medicating, which leads to more pain, and inevitably more self-medicating, and so on—ad infinitum. This groundbreaking book offers listeners effective ways to work through their traumas in order to heal their addictions and their predilection toward what clinicians call self-medicating (the abuse of substances [alcohol, drugs, food], activities [work, sex, gambling, etc.], and/or possessions [money, material things].) Therapists treating patients for whom no other avenue of therapy has proved effective will find that this book offers practical, lasting solutions. Case studies and examples of this behavioral phenomenon will illustrate the connection, helping listeners understand its dynamics, recognize their own situations and realize that they are not alone in experiencing this syndrome. Tian Dayton Tue, 25 Feb 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414611 thebookvoice.com 10:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and Addiction: Ending the Cycle of Pain Through Emotional Literacy Author: Tian Dayton Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: For the past decade, author Tian Dayton has been researching trauma and addiction, and how psychodrama (or sociometry group psychotherapy) can be used in their treatment. Since trauma responses are stored in the body, a method of therapy that engages the body through role play can be more effective in accessing the full complement of trauma-related memories. This latest book identifies the interconnection of trauma and addictive behavior, and shows why they can become an unending cycle. Emotional and psychological pain so often lead to self-medicating, which leads to more pain, and inevitably more self-medicating, and so on—ad infinitum. This groundbreaking book offers listeners effective ways to work through their traumas in order to heal their addictions and their predilection toward what clinicians call self-medicating (the abuse of substances [alcohol, drugs, food], activities [work, sex, gambling, etc.], and/or possessions [money, material things].) Therapists treating patients for whom no other avenue of therapy has proved effective will find that this book offers practical, lasting solutions. Case studies and examples of this behavioral phenomenon will illustrate the connection, helping listeners understand its dynamics, recognize their own situations and realize that they are not alone in experiencing this syndrome. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and Addiction: Ending the Cycle of Pain Through Emotional Literacy Author: Tian Dayton Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: For the past decade, author Tian Dayton has been researching trauma and addiction, and how psychodrama (or sociometry group psychotherapy) can be used in their treatment. Since trauma responses are stored in the body, a method of therapy that engages the body through role play can be more effective in accessing the full complement of trauma-related memories. This latest book identifies the interconnection of trauma and addictive behavior, and shows why they can become an unending cycle. Emotional and psychological pain so often lead to self-medicating, which leads to more pain, and inevitably more self-medicating, and so on—ad infinitum. This groundbreaking book offers listeners effective ways to work through their traumas in order to heal their addictions and their predilection toward what clinicians call self-medicating (the abuse of substances [alcohol, drugs, food], activities [work, sex, gambling, etc.], and/or possessions [money, material things].) Therapists treating patients for whom no other avenue of therapy has proved effective will find that this book offers practical, lasting solutions. Case studies and examples of this behavioral phenomenon will illustrate the connection, helping listeners understand its dynamics, recognize their own situations and realize that they are not alone in experiencing this syndrome. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414147 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Thinking and Self-Confidence: How to Use Critical Thinking Techniques to Build Your Self-Confidence Author: Steven West Narrator: Raymond Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Is not having self-confidence holding you back from experiencing life to the fullest? Or are you missing out on opportunities because of fear and doubt? Then pay attention.... Whether you are a businessman, a student, a housewife, a CEO of your own company, or an athlete - enormity is established by turning problems into chance and confidently overcoming a difficulty. It doesn't matter what the situation is. It doesn't even really matter how much knowledge you have about the subject beforehand or even how many different talents and skills you have. Confidence is the ultimate factor in achieving the results you want in life. Confidence is what gives us our strength and the motivation to turn the outcome of our situation into positive results through our actions. This audiobook will give you practical thinking techniques that will build confidence in any situation. When you download this audiobook, you'll also learn: Daily exercises to build confidence How to get rid of self-doubt and fear Critical-thinking techniques How to train yourself The importance of self-confidence Decision-making and problem-solving skills Much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and discover how to build your confidence by using critical-thinking techniques. Steven West Tue, 17 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414147 thebookvoice.com 1:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Thinking and Self-Confidence: How to Use Critical Thinking Techniques to Build Your Self-Confidence Author: Steven West Narrator: Raymond Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Is not having self-confidence holding you back from experiencing life to the fullest? Or are you missing out on opportunities because of fear and doubt? Then pay attention.... Whether you are a businessman, a student, a housewife, a CEO of your own company, or an athlete - enormity is established by turning problems into chance and confidently overcoming a difficulty. It doesn't matter what the situation is. It doesn't even really matter how much knowledge you have about the subject beforehand or even how many different talents and skills you have. Confidence is the ultimate factor in achieving the results you want in life. Confidence is what gives us our strength and the motivation to turn the outcome of our situation into positive results through our actions. This audiobook will give you practical thinking techniques that will build confidence in any situation. When you download this audiobook, you'll also learn: Daily exercises to build confidence How to get rid of self-doubt and fear Critical-thinking techniques How to train yourself The importance of self-confidence Decision-making and problem-solving skills Much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and discover how to build your confidence by using critical-thinking techniques. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Thinking and Self-Confidence: How to Use Critical Thinking Techniques to Build Your Self-Confidence Author: Steven West Narrator: Raymond Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Is not having self-confidence holding you back from experiencing life to the fullest? Or are you missing out on opportunities because of fear and doubt? Then pay attention.... Whether you are a businessman, a student, a housewife, a CEO of your own company, or an athlete - enormity is established by turning problems into chance and confidently overcoming a difficulty. It doesn't matter what the situation is. It doesn't even really matter how much knowledge you have about the subject beforehand or even how many different talents and skills you have. Confidence is the ultimate factor in achieving the results you want in life. Confidence is what gives us our strength and the motivation to turn the outcome of our situation into positive results through our actions. This audiobook will give you practical thinking techniques that will build confidence in any situation. When you download this audiobook, you'll also learn: Daily exercises to build confidence How to get rid of self-doubt and fear Critical-thinking techniques How to train yourself The importance of self-confidence Decision-making and problem-solving skills Much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and discover how to build your confidence by using critical-thinking techniques. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413987 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holistic Keto for Gut Health: A Program for Resetting Your Metabolism Author: Kristin Grayce Mcgary Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: January 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A step-by-step guide to addressing autoimmune and other health challenges through a healthy digestive system • Offers a therapeutic ketogenic gut repair program that differs from mainstream ketogenic diets because it excludes inflammatory foods that cause gut damage, immune dysfunction, accelerated aging, and tissue damage • Provides a science-based explanation for why almost everyone has some degree of gut damage and how this impacts your immune function and health issues • Details the right kind of lab tests needed for proper diagnosis of food sensitivities and autoimmune disorders • Includes dozens of delicious, easy-to-prepare recipes that keep you feeling satisfied Do you feel exhausted? Experience foggy thinking and mysterious symptoms that come and go--symptoms your doctors can’t figure out and yet they keep prescribing more and more medications? Do you have headaches, congestion, or allergies? Do you suffer from joint pain, sleep challenges, hormone imbalances, skin problems such as eczema and psoriasis, thyroid dysfunction, or any other autoimmune disorder? Holistic healthcare expert Kristin Grayce McGary reveals that the answer to resolving your health challenges may lie in comprehensive gut repair. Combining the best gut-healthy elements of primal, paleo, and ketogenic nutritional plans, McGary offers a one-of-a-kind approach for optimal digestive health. Unlike the traditional keto diet, which contains inflammatory foods, McGary’s science-based, functional ketogenic program emphasizes a holistic nutritional and lifestyle plan to repair your gut while avoiding the dangers of gluten, dairy, soy, starches, sugars, chemicals, and pesticides. She reveals how nearly everyone has some degree of gut damage and explains how this impacts your immune function, energy levels, and many health issues. Drawing on her extensive knowledge of blood chemistry analysis and how to halt and prevent autoimmune challenges, McGary details the right kind of lab tests needed for proper diagnosis of food sensitivities and autoimmune disorders and where to get them--helping readers overcome the ongoing misdiagnosis that millions with gut problems and autoimmunity symptoms suffer. Additionally, she provides a thorough list of supplements and foods for gut healing, delicious recipes that leave you feeling satisfied and strong, and contemplative exercises to help you dive even deeper into healing. Blending humor, scientific information, client examples, and personal stories with unique insights into achieving optimal health, McGary gives you the practical tools necessary to achieve a healthy digestive system, sustainable well-being, and vibrant longevity. Kristin Grayce Mcgary Tue, 07 Jan 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413987 thebookvoice.com 7:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holistic Keto for Gut Health: A Program for Resetting Your Metabolism Author: Kristin Grayce Mcgary Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: January 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A step-by-step guide to addressing autoimmune and other health challenges through a healthy digestive system • Offers a therapeutic ketogenic gut repair program that differs from mainstream ketogenic diets because it excludes inflammatory foods that cause gut damage, immune dysfunction, accelerated aging, and tissue damage • Provides a science-based explanation for why almost everyone has some degree of gut damage and how this impacts your immune function and health issues • Details the right kind of lab tests needed for proper diagnosis of food sensitivities and autoimmune disorders • Includes dozens of delicious, easy-to-prepare recipes that keep you feeling satisfied Do you feel exhausted? Experience foggy thinking and mysterious symptoms that come and go--symptoms your doctors can’t figure out and yet they keep prescribing more and more medications? Do you have headaches, congestion, or allergies? Do you suffer from joint pain, sleep challenges, hormone imbalances, skin problems such as eczema and psoriasis, thyroid dysfunction, or any other autoimmune disorder? Holistic healthcare expert Kristin Grayce McGary reveals that the answer to resolving your health challenges may lie in comprehensive gut repair. Combining the best gut-healthy elements of primal, paleo, and ketogenic nutritional plans, McGary offers a one-of-a-kind approach for optimal digestive health. Unlike the traditional keto diet, which contains inflammatory foods, McGary’s science-based, functional ketogenic program emphasizes a holistic nutritional and lifestyle plan to repair your gut while avoiding the dangers of gluten, dairy, soy, starches, sugars, chemicals, and pesticides. She reveals how nearly everyone has some degree of gut damage and explains how this impacts your immune function, energy levels, and many health issues. Drawing on her extensive knowledge of blood chemistry analysis and how to halt and prevent autoimmune challenges, McGary details the right kind of lab tests needed for proper diagnosis of food sensitivities and autoimmune disorders and where to get them--helping readers overcome the ongoing misdiagnosis that millions with gut problems and autoimmunity symptoms suffer. Additionally, she provides a thorough list of supplements and foods for gut healing, delicious recipes that leave you feeling satisfied and strong, and contemplative exercises to help you dive even deeper into healing. Blending humor, scientific information, client examples, and personal stories with unique insights into achieving optimal health, McGary gives you the practical tools necessary to achieve a healthy digestive system, sustainable well-being, and vibrant longevity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holistic Keto for Gut Health: A Program for Resetting Your Metabolism Author: Kristin Grayce Mcgary Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: January 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A step-by-step guide to addressing autoimmune and other health challenges through a healthy digestive system • Offers a therapeutic ketogenic gut repair program that differs from mainstream ketogenic diets because it excludes inflammatory foods that cause gut damage, immune dysfunction, accelerated aging, and tissue damage • Provides a science-based explanation for why almost everyone has some degree of gut damage and how this impacts your immune function and health issues • Details the right kind of lab tests needed for proper diagnosis of food sensitivities and autoimmune disorders • Includes dozens of delicious, easy-to-prepare recipes that keep you feeling satisfied Do you feel exhausted? Experience foggy thinking and mysterious symptoms that come and go--symptoms your doctors can’t figure out and yet they keep prescribing more and more medications? Do you have headaches, congestion, or allergies? Do you suffer from joint pain, sleep challenges, hormone imbalances, skin problems such as eczema and psoriasis, thyroid dysfunction, or any other autoimmune disorder? Holistic healthcare expert Kristin Grayce McGary reveals that the answer to resolving your health challenges may lie in comprehensive gut repair. Combining the best gut-healthy elements of primal, paleo, and ketogenic nutritional plans, McGary offers a one-of-a-kind approach for optimal digestive health. Unlike the traditional keto diet, which contains inflammatory foods, McGary’s science-based, functional ketogenic program emphasizes a holistic nutritional and lifestyle plan to repair your gut while avoiding the dangers of gluten, dairy, soy, starches, sugars, chemicals, and pesticides. She reveals how nearly everyone has some degree of gut damage and explains how this impacts your immune function, energy levels, and many health issues. Drawing on her extensive knowledge of blood chemistry analysis and how to halt and prevent autoimmune challenges, McGary details the right kind of lab tests needed for proper diagnosis of food sensitivities and autoimmune disorders and where to get them--helping readers overcome the ongoing misdiagnosis that millions with gut problems and autoimmunity symptoms suffer. Additionally, she provides a thorough list of supplements and foods for gut healing, delicious recipes that leave you feeling satisfied and strong, and contemplative exercises to help you dive even deeper into healing. Blending humor, scientific information, client examples, and personal stories with unique insights into achieving optimal health, McGary gives you the practical tools necessary to achieve a healthy digestive system, sustainable well-being, and vibrant longevity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413875 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Nights of the Soul: A Guide to Finding Your Way Through Life's Ordeals Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Thomas Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 3, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Every human life is made up of the light and the dark, the happy and the sad, the vital and the deadening. How you think about this rhythm of moods makes all the difference. Our lives are filled with emotional tunnels: the loss of a loved one or end of a relationship, aging and illness, career disappointments or just an ongoing sense of dissatisfaction with life. Society tends to view these “dark nights” in clinical terms as obstacles to be overcome as quickly as possible. But Moore shows how honoring these periods of fragility as periods of incubation and positive opportunities to delve the soul’s deepest needs can provide healing and a new understanding of life’s meaning. Dark Nights of the Soul presents these metaphoric dark nights not as the enemy, but as times of transition, occasions to restore yourself, and transforming rites of passage, revealing an uplifting and inspiring new outlook on such topics as: • The healing power of melancholy • The sexual dark night and the mysteries of matrimony • Finding solace during illness and in aging • Anxiety, anger, and temporary Insanities • Linking creativity, spirituality, and emotional struggles • Finding meaning and beauty in the darkness Thomas Moore Mon, 03 May 2004 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413875 thebookvoice.com 11:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Nights of the Soul: A Guide to Finding Your Way Through Life's Ordeals Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Thomas Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 3, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Every human life is made up of the light and the dark, the happy and the sad, the vital and the deadening. How you think about this rhythm of moods makes all the difference. Our lives are filled with emotional tunnels: the loss of a loved one or end of a relationship, aging and illness, career disappointments or just an ongoing sense of dissatisfaction with life. Society tends to view these “dark nights” in clinical terms as obstacles to be overcome as quickly as possible. But Moore shows how honoring these periods of fragility as periods of incubation and positive opportunities to delve the soul’s deepest needs can provide healing and a new understanding of life’s meaning. Dark Nights of the Soul presents these metaphoric dark nights not as the enemy, but as times of transition, occasions to restore yourself, and transforming rites of passage, revealing an uplifting and inspiring new outlook on such topics as: • The healing power of melancholy • The sexual dark night and the mysteries of matrimony • Finding solace during illness and in aging • Anxiety, anger, and temporary Insanities • Linking creativity, spirituality, and emotional struggles • Finding meaning and beauty in the darkness Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Nights of the Soul: A Guide to Finding Your Way Through Life's Ordeals Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Thomas Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 3, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Every human life is made up of the light and the dark, the happy and the sad, the vital and the deadening. How you think about this rhythm of moods makes all the difference. Our lives are filled with emotional tunnels: the loss of a loved one or end of a relationship, aging and illness, career disappointments or just an ongoing sense of dissatisfaction with life. Society tends to view these “dark nights” in clinical terms as obstacles to be overcome as quickly as possible. But Moore shows how honoring these periods of fragility as periods of incubation and positive opportunities to delve the soul’s deepest needs can provide healing and a new understanding of life’s meaning. Dark Nights of the Soul presents these metaphoric dark nights not as the enemy, but as times of transition, occasions to restore yourself, and transforming rites of passage, revealing an uplifting and inspiring new outlook on such topics as: • The healing power of melancholy • The sexual dark night and the mysteries of matrimony • Finding solace during illness and in aging • Anxiety, anger, and temporary Insanities • Linking creativity, spirituality, and emotional struggles • Finding meaning and beauty in the darkness https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413867 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Alzheimer's Program: The First Protocol to Enhance Cognition and Reverse Decline at Any Age Author: Dale Bredesen Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The New York Times Best Selling author of The End of Alzheimer's lays out a specific plan to help everyone prevent and reverse cognitive decline or simply maximize brainpower. In The End of Alzheimer's Dale Bredesen laid out the science behind his revolutionary new program that is the first to both prevent and reverse symptoms of Alzheimer's disease. Now he lays out the detailed program he uses with his own patients. Accessible and detailed, it can be tailored to anyone's needs and will enhance cognitive ability at any age. What we call Alzheimer's disease is actually a protective response to a wide variety of insults to the brain: inflammation, insulin resistance, toxins, infections, and inadequate levels of nutrients, hormones, and growth factors. Bredesen starts by having us figure out which of these insults we need to address and continues by laying out a personalized lifestyle plan. Focusing on the Ketoflex 12/3 Diet, which triggers ketosis and lets the brain restore itself with a minimum 12-hour fast, Dr. Bredesen drills down on restorative sleep, targeted supplementation, exercise, and brain training. He also examines the tricky question of toxic exposure and provides workarounds for many difficult problems. The takeaway is that we do not need to do the program perfectly but will see tremendous results if we can do it well enough. With inspiring stories from patients who have reversed cognitive decline and are now thriving, this book shifts the treatment paradigm and offers a new and effective way to enhance cognition as well as unprecedented hope to sufferers of this now no longer deadly disease. *Includes a PDF containing relevant illustrations, tables, lists, and food choice examples referenced in the audiobook. Dale Bredesen Tue, 18 Aug 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413867 thebookvoice.com 11:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Alzheimer's Program: The First Protocol to Enhance Cognition and Reverse Decline at Any Age Author: Dale Bredesen Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The New York Times Best Selling author of The End of Alzheimer's lays out a specific plan to help everyone prevent and reverse cognitive decline or simply maximize brainpower. In The End of Alzheimer's Dale Bredesen laid out the science behind his revolutionary new program that is the first to both prevent and reverse symptoms of Alzheimer's disease. Now he lays out the detailed program he uses with his own patients. Accessible and detailed, it can be tailored to anyone's needs and will enhance cognitive ability at any age. What we call Alzheimer's disease is actually a protective response to a wide variety of insults to the brain: inflammation, insulin resistance, toxins, infections, and inadequate levels of nutrients, hormones, and growth factors. Bredesen starts by having us figure out which of these insults we need to address and continues by laying out a personalized lifestyle plan. Focusing on the Ketoflex 12/3 Diet, which triggers ketosis and lets the brain restore itself with a minimum 12-hour fast, Dr. Bredesen drills down on restorative sleep, targeted supplementation, exercise, and brain training. He also examines the tricky question of toxic exposure and provides workarounds for many difficult problems. The takeaway is that we do not need to do the program perfectly but will see tremendous results if we can do it well enough. With inspiring stories from patients who have reversed cognitive decline and are now thriving, this book shifts the treatment paradigm and offers a new and effective way to enhance cognition as well as unprecedented hope to sufferers of this now no longer deadly disease. *Includes a PDF containing relevant illustrations, tables, lists, and food choice examples referenced in the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Alzheimer's Program: The First Protocol to Enhance Cognition and Reverse Decline at Any Age Author: Dale Bredesen Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The New York Times Best Selling author of The End of Alzheimer's lays out a specific plan to help everyone prevent and reverse cognitive decline or simply maximize brainpower. In The End of Alzheimer's Dale Bredesen laid out the science behind his revolutionary new program that is the first to both prevent and reverse symptoms of Alzheimer's disease. Now he lays out the detailed program he uses with his own patients. Accessible and detailed, it can be tailored to anyone's needs and will enhance cognitive ability at any age. What we call Alzheimer's disease is actually a protective response to a wide variety of insults to the brain: inflammation, insulin resistance, toxins, infections, and inadequate levels of nutrients, hormones, and growth factors. Bredesen starts by having us figure out which of these insults we need to address and continues by laying out a personalized lifestyle plan. Focusing on the Ketoflex 12/3 Diet, which triggers ketosis and lets the brain restore itself with a minimum 12-hour fast, Dr. Bredesen drills down on restorative sleep, targeted supplementation, exercise, and brain training. He also examines the tricky question of toxic exposure and provides workarounds for many difficult problems. The takeaway is that we do not need to do the program perfectly but will see tremendous results if we can do it well enough. With inspiring stories from patients who have reversed cognitive decline and are now thriving, this book shifts the treatment paradigm and offers a new and effective way to enhance cognition as well as unprecedented hope to sufferers of this now no longer deadly disease. *Includes a PDF containing relevant illustrations, tables, lists, and food choice examples referenced in the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413831 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Place for Everything Author: Anna Wilson Narrator: Rachel Bavidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 9, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ‘Painful, raw and with an honesty that rings clear as a bell’ Catherine Simpson, author of When I Had a Little Sister A searing account of a mother’s late-diagnosis of autism – and its reaching effects on a whole family. ‘[A] vividly told and profoundly affecting memoir’ The Bookseller ‘A brilliant, searing account and I defy anyone not to be gripped by it.’ Sally Magnusson Anna grew up in a house that was loving, even if her mum was ‘a little eccentric’. They knew to keep things clean, to stay quiet, and to look the other way when things started to get ‘a bit much for your mum’. It’s only when her mother reaches her 70s, and Anna has a family of her own, that the cracks really start to appear. More manic. More irrational. More detached from the world. And when her father, the man who has calmed and cajoled her mother through her entire life becomes unwell, the whole world turns upside down. This is a story of a life lived with undiagnosed autism, about the person behind the disorder, those big unspoken family truths, and what it means to care for our parents in their final years. Anna Wilson Thu, 09 Jul 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413831 thebookvoice.com 10:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Place for Everything Author: Anna Wilson Narrator: Rachel Bavidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 9, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ‘Painful, raw and with an honesty that rings clear as a bell’ Catherine Simpson, author of When I Had a Little Sister A searing account of a mother’s late-diagnosis of autism – and its reaching effects on a whole family. ‘[A] vividly told and profoundly affecting memoir’ The Bookseller ‘A brilliant, searing account and I defy anyone not to be gripped by it.’ Sally Magnusson Anna grew up in a house that was loving, even if her mum was ‘a little eccentric’. They knew to keep things clean, to stay quiet, and to look the other way when things started to get ‘a bit much for your mum’. It’s only when her mother reaches her 70s, and Anna has a family of her own, that the cracks really start to appear. More manic. More irrational. More detached from the world. And when her father, the man who has calmed and cajoled her mother through her entire life becomes unwell, the whole world turns upside down. This is a story of a life lived with undiagnosed autism, about the person behind the disorder, those big unspoken family truths, and what it means to care for our parents in their final years. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Place for Everything Author: Anna Wilson Narrator: Rachel Bavidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 9, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ‘Painful, raw and with an honesty that rings clear as a bell’ Catherine Simpson, author of When I Had a Little Sister A searing account of a mother’s late-diagnosis of autism – and its reaching effects on a whole family. ‘[A] vividly told and profoundly affecting memoir’ The Bookseller ‘A brilliant, searing account and I defy anyone not to be gripped by it.’ Sally Magnusson Anna grew up in a house that was loving, even if her mum was ‘a little eccentric’. They knew to keep things clean, to stay quiet, and to look the other way when things started to get ‘a bit much for your mum’. It’s only when her mother reaches her 70s, and Anna has a family of her own, that the cracks really start to appear. More manic. More irrational. More detached from the world. And when her father, the man who has calmed and cajoled her mother through her entire life becomes unwell, the whole world turns upside down. This is a story of a life lived with undiagnosed autism, about the person behind the disorder, those big unspoken family truths, and what it means to care for our parents in their final years. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413824 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are the Luckiest: The Surprising Magic of a Sober Life Author: Laura Mckowen Narrator: Laura Mckowen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: - By one of the pioneers and leading lights of the “recovering out loud” movement, which seeks to banish the secrecy and shame around addiction and recovery. - The author has discussed motherhood and drinking on NBC’s TODAY and her writing has been published in Elephant Journal, Scary Mommy, Rebelle Society, the Huffington Post, and the New York Post - “We Are The Luckiest” started as an Instagram post the author did early in her sobriety. The hashtag has now been used over 20,000 times as a way of coming out as sober, celebrating sobriety, being proud. - The author has a highly engaged platform of almost 100,000 followers (Instagram, Facebook, and her website); her personal blog receives 50,000 unique visits per month; and her website has received more than a million unique visits since 2015 - Insights apply to anyone dealing with loss and change, whether death or divorce, illness or eating disorder, drink or drugs Laura Mckowen Tue, 07 Jan 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413824 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are the Luckiest: The Surprising Magic of a Sober Life Author: Laura Mckowen Narrator: Laura Mckowen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: - By one of the pioneers and leading lights of the “recovering out loud” movement, which seeks to banish the secrecy and shame around addiction and recovery. - The author has discussed motherhood and drinking on NBC’s TODAY and her writing has been published in Elephant Journal, Scary Mommy, Rebelle Society, the Huffington Post, and the New York Post - “We Are The Luckiest” started as an Instagram post the author did early in her sobriety. The hashtag has now been used over 20,000 times as a way of coming out as sober, celebrating sobriety, being proud. - The author has a highly engaged platform of almost 100,000 followers (Instagram, Facebook, and her website); her personal blog receives 50,000 unique visits per month; and her website has received more than a million unique visits since 2015 - Insights apply to anyone dealing with loss and change, whether death or divorce, illness or eating disorder, drink or drugs Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are the Luckiest: The Surprising Magic of a Sober Life Author: Laura Mckowen Narrator: Laura Mckowen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: - By one of the pioneers and leading lights of the “recovering out loud” movement, which seeks to banish the secrecy and shame around addiction and recovery. - The author has discussed motherhood and drinking on NBC’s TODAY and her writing has been published in Elephant Journal, Scary Mommy, Rebelle Society, the Huffington Post, and the New York Post - “We Are The Luckiest” started as an Instagram post the author did early in her sobriety. The hashtag has now been used over 20,000 times as a way of coming out as sober, celebrating sobriety, being proud. - The author has a highly engaged platform of almost 100,000 followers (Instagram, Facebook, and her website); her personal blog receives 50,000 unique visits per month; and her website has received more than a million unique visits since 2015 - Insights apply to anyone dealing with loss and change, whether death or divorce, illness or eating disorder, drink or drugs https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413714 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Love You, More: Short Stories of Addiction, Recovery, and Loss From the Family's Perspective Author: Blake E. Cohen CAP Narrator: Joe Hempel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The compulsion to use substances tends to drain every ounce of life from an individual, but this is often equally as true for their family. Most family members do not know where to turn for support and guidance when a child, parent, or spouse becomes ill. Society offers little to educate the public or destigmatize the problem of addiction. I Love You More is distinct from other books on the market on addiction as it is meant to be an emotional education on the family systems affected by addiction using three fictional short stories, all with very different endings. These three powerful stories have common threads of hope, pain, mistrust, grief, worry, change, acceptance, belief, and the constant presence of varying levels of sanity across a broad spectrum. I Love You More offers insight into the various perspectives and experiences of family members who have dealt with the harrowing disease of addiction. The goal of this quick, accessible book is to be the conduit that allows you to enter the body and mind of a substance abuser and their family, to see the world through their eyes as they navigate their way through one of the most heart-breaking and gut-wrenching hardships they will ever face. Blake E. Cohen CAP Tue, 03 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413714 thebookvoice.com 2:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Love You, More: Short Stories of Addiction, Recovery, and Loss From the Family's Perspective Author: Blake E. Cohen CAP Narrator: Joe Hempel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The compulsion to use substances tends to drain every ounce of life from an individual, but this is often equally as true for their family. Most family members do not know where to turn for support and guidance when a child, parent, or spouse becomes ill. Society offers little to educate the public or destigmatize the problem of addiction. I Love You More is distinct from other books on the market on addiction as it is meant to be an emotional education on the family systems affected by addiction using three fictional short stories, all with very different endings. These three powerful stories have common threads of hope, pain, mistrust, grief, worry, change, acceptance, belief, and the constant presence of varying levels of sanity across a broad spectrum. I Love You More offers insight into the various perspectives and experiences of family members who have dealt with the harrowing disease of addiction. The goal of this quick, accessible book is to be the conduit that allows you to enter the body and mind of a substance abuser and their family, to see the world through their eyes as they navigate their way through one of the most heart-breaking and gut-wrenching hardships they will ever face. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Love You, More: Short Stories of Addiction, Recovery, and Loss From the Family's Perspective Author: Blake E. Cohen CAP Narrator: Joe Hempel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The compulsion to use substances tends to drain every ounce of life from an individual, but this is often equally as true for their family. Most family members do not know where to turn for support and guidance when a child, parent, or spouse becomes ill. Society offers little to educate the public or destigmatize the problem of addiction. I Love You More is distinct from other books on the market on addiction as it is meant to be an emotional education on the family systems affected by addiction using three fictional short stories, all with very different endings. These three powerful stories have common threads of hope, pain, mistrust, grief, worry, change, acceptance, belief, and the constant presence of varying levels of sanity across a broad spectrum. I Love You More offers insight into the various perspectives and experiences of family members who have dealt with the harrowing disease of addiction. The goal of this quick, accessible book is to be the conduit that allows you to enter the body and mind of a substance abuser and their family, to see the world through their eyes as they navigate their way through one of the most heart-breaking and gut-wrenching hardships they will ever face. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413155 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our House Is on Fire: Scenes of a Family and a Planet in Crisis Author: Beata Ernman, Svante Thunberg, Malena Ernman, Greta Thunberg Narrator: Maya Lindh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'A must-read ecological message of hope . . . Everyone with an interest in the future of this planet should read this book.' --David Mitchell, The Guardian When climate activist Greta Thunberg was eleven, her parents Malena and Svante, and her little sister Beata, were facing a crisis in their own home. Greta had stopped eating and speaking, and her mother and father had reconfigured their lives to care for her. Desperate and searching for answers, her parents discovered what was at the heart of Greta’s distress: her imperiled future on a rapidly heating planet.   Steered by Greta’s determination to understand the truth and generate change, they began to see the deep connections between their own suffering and the planet’s. Written by a remarkable family and told through the voice of an iconoclastic mother, Our House Is on Fire is the story of how they fought their problems at home by taking global action. And it is the story of how Greta decided to go on strike from school, igniting a worldwide rebellion. Beata Ernman, Svante Thunberg, Malena Ernman, Greta Thunberg Tue, 17 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413155 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our House Is on Fire: Scenes of a Family and a Planet in Crisis Author: Beata Ernman, Svante Thunberg, Malena Ernman, Greta Thunberg Narrator: Maya Lindh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'A must-read ecological message of hope . . . Everyone with an interest in the future of this planet should read this book.' --David Mitchell, The Guardian When climate activist Greta Thunberg was eleven, her parents Malena and Svante, and her little sister Beata, were facing a crisis in their own home. Greta had stopped eating and speaking, and her mother and father had reconfigured their lives to care for her. Desperate and searching for answers, her parents discovered what was at the heart of Greta’s distress: her imperiled future on a rapidly heating planet.   Steered by Greta’s determination to understand the truth and generate change, they began to see the deep connections between their own suffering and the planet’s. Written by a remarkable family and told through the voice of an iconoclastic mother, Our House Is on Fire is the story of how they fought their problems at home by taking global action. And it is the story of how Greta decided to go on strike from school, igniting a worldwide rebellion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our House Is on Fire: Scenes of a Family and a Planet in Crisis Author: Beata Ernman, Svante Thunberg, Malena Ernman, Greta Thunberg Narrator: Maya Lindh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'A must-read ecological message of hope . . . Everyone with an interest in the future of this planet should read this book.' --David Mitchell, The Guardian When climate activist Greta Thunberg was eleven, her parents Malena and Svante, and her little sister Beata, were facing a crisis in their own home. Greta had stopped eating and speaking, and her mother and father had reconfigured their lives to care for her. Desperate and searching for answers, her parents discovered what was at the heart of Greta’s distress: her imperiled future on a rapidly heating planet.   Steered by Greta’s determination to understand the truth and generate change, they began to see the deep connections between their own suffering and the planet’s. Written by a remarkable family and told through the voice of an iconoclastic mother, Our House Is on Fire is the story of how they fought their problems at home by taking global action. And it is the story of how Greta decided to go on strike from school, igniting a worldwide rebellion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413151 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sober Lush: A Hedonist's Guide to Living a Decadent, Adventurous, Soulful Life--Alcohol Free Author: Jardine Libaire, Amanda Eyre Ward Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 2.83 of Total 6 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A sober hedonist's guide to living a decadent, wild, and soulful life--alcohol-free. In a culture where sipping 'rosé all day' is seen as the epitome of relaxation, 'grabbing a drink' the only way to network; and meeting at a bar the quintessential 'first date,' many of us are left wondering if drinking alcohol really is the only way to cultivate joy and connection in life. Jardine Libaire and Amanda Eyre Ward wanted to live spontaneous and luxurious lives, to escape the ordinary and enjoy the intoxicating. Their drinking, however, had started to numb them to the present moment instead of unlocking it. Ward was introduced to Libaire when she first got sober. As they became friends, the two women talked about how they yearned to create lives that were Technicolor, beautifully raw, connected, blissed out, and outside the lines . . . but how? In The Sober Lush, Libaire and Ward provide a road map for living a lush and sensual life without booze. This audiobook offers ideas and instruction for such nonalcoholic joys as:   •  The allure of 'the Vanish,' in which one disappears early from the party without saying goodbye to a soul, to amble home under the stars   •  The art of creating zero-proof cocktails for all seasons   •  Having a fantastic first date while completely sober   •  A primer on setting up your own backyard beehive, and honey tastings For anyone curious about lowering their alcohol consumption or quitting drinking altogether, or anyone established in sobriety who wants inspiration, this shimmering and sumptuous audiobook will show you how to keep indulging in life even if you stop indulging in alcohol. *Includes a PDF of the appendix in the book. Jardine Libaire, Amanda Eyre Ward Tue, 02 Jun 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413151 thebookvoice.com 6:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sober Lush: A Hedonist's Guide to Living a Decadent, Adventurous, Soulful Life--Alcohol Free Author: Jardine Libaire, Amanda Eyre Ward Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 2.83 of Total 6 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A sober hedonist's guide to living a decadent, wild, and soulful life--alcohol-free. In a culture where sipping 'rosé all day' is seen as the epitome of relaxation, 'grabbing a drink' the only way to network; and meeting at a bar the quintessential 'first date,' many of us are left wondering if drinking alcohol really is the only way to cultivate joy and connection in life. Jardine Libaire and Amanda Eyre Ward wanted to live spontaneous and luxurious lives, to escape the ordinary and enjoy the intoxicating. Their drinking, however, had started to numb them to the present moment instead of unlocking it. Ward was introduced to Libaire when she first got sober. As they became friends, the two women talked about how they yearned to create lives that were Technicolor, beautifully raw, connected, blissed out, and outside the lines . . . but how? In The Sober Lush, Libaire and Ward provide a road map for living a lush and sensual life without booze. This audiobook offers ideas and instruction for such nonalcoholic joys as:   •  The allure of 'the Vanish,' in which one disappears early from the party without saying goodbye to a soul, to amble home under the stars   •  The art of creating zero-proof cocktails for all seasons   •  Having a fantastic first date while completely sober   •  A primer on setting up your own backyard beehive, and honey tastings For anyone curious about lowering their alcohol consumption or quitting drinking altogether, or anyone established in sobriety who wants inspiration, this shimmering and sumptuous audiobook will show you how to keep indulging in life even if you stop indulging in alcohol. *Includes a PDF of the appendix in the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sober Lush: A Hedonist's Guide to Living a Decadent, Adventurous, Soulful Life--Alcohol Free Author: Jardine Libaire, Amanda Eyre Ward Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 2.83 of Total 6 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A sober hedonist's guide to living a decadent, wild, and soulful life--alcohol-free. In a culture where sipping 'rosé all day' is seen as the epitome of relaxation, 'grabbing a drink' the only way to network; and meeting at a bar the quintessential 'first date,' many of us are left wondering if drinking alcohol really is the only way to cultivate joy and connection in life. Jardine Libaire and Amanda Eyre Ward wanted to live spontaneous and luxurious lives, to escape the ordinary and enjoy the intoxicating. Their drinking, however, had started to numb them to the present moment instead of unlocking it. Ward was introduced to Libaire when she first got sober. As they became friends, the two women talked about how they yearned to create lives that were Technicolor, beautifully raw, connected, blissed out, and outside the lines . . . but how? In The Sober Lush, Libaire and Ward provide a road map for living a lush and sensual life without booze. This audiobook offers ideas and instruction for such nonalcoholic joys as:   •  The allure of 'the Vanish,' in which one disappears early from the party without saying goodbye to a soul, to amble home under the stars   •  The art of creating zero-proof cocktails for all seasons   •  Having a fantastic first date while completely sober   •  A primer on setting up your own backyard beehive, and honey tastings For anyone curious about lowering their alcohol consumption or quitting drinking altogether, or anyone established in sobriety who wants inspiration, this shimmering and sumptuous audiobook will show you how to keep indulging in life even if you stop indulging in alcohol. *Includes a PDF of the appendix in the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413034 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Recovery 2.0: Move Beyond Addiction and Upgrade Your Life Author: Tommy Rosen Narrator: Tommy Rosen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Through more than 20 years of recovery from addiction, noted yoga teacher Tommy Rosen learned a lot about what works and what doesn't work in recovery. From his explorations on the yoga mat and in 12-Step rooms, he found a path to sustainable recovery that includes mind-body practices, a profound look at diet, and a more holistic and inclusive perspective on the 12 Steps. This led him to realize that recovery happens in stages and that by utilizing the best practices of the 12 Steps in combination with yoga and meditation, he could achieve lasting freedom from addiction. In Recovery 2.0, Tommy shares his own past struggles with addiction and the powerful insights that helped him to identify and break free from the obstacles that stand in the way of recovery. Building off the key tenets of the 12-Step program, he lays out an innovative approach where deeper levels of detoxification and transformation allow you to uproot addiction and thrive. In these pages, you'll find: •A new way of looking at addiction as a vibratory frequency that has roots in family history and one's 'Addiction Story,' which helps to destigmatize addiction and remove associated guilt and shame. •Fresh perspectives on how to get the most out of the 12-Step teachings and community, while avoiding pitfalls. •Daily practices in breathing, meditation, and yoga will give you access to the extraordinary power within you. •A pathway to a newer, healthier relationship with food designed to boost immunity, increase vitality, support recovery, and prevent relapse. •Inspiration to help you discover your personal mission and be of service to others. The point is not to survive addiction. The point is to thrive in recovery and live a life second to none. Tommy Rosen Mon, 09 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413034 thebookvoice.com 10:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Recovery 2.0: Move Beyond Addiction and Upgrade Your Life Author: Tommy Rosen Narrator: Tommy Rosen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Through more than 20 years of recovery from addiction, noted yoga teacher Tommy Rosen learned a lot about what works and what doesn't work in recovery. From his explorations on the yoga mat and in 12-Step rooms, he found a path to sustainable recovery that includes mind-body practices, a profound look at diet, and a more holistic and inclusive perspective on the 12 Steps. This led him to realize that recovery happens in stages and that by utilizing the best practices of the 12 Steps in combination with yoga and meditation, he could achieve lasting freedom from addiction. In Recovery 2.0, Tommy shares his own past struggles with addiction and the powerful insights that helped him to identify and break free from the obstacles that stand in the way of recovery. Building off the key tenets of the 12-Step program, he lays out an innovative approach where deeper levels of detoxification and transformation allow you to uproot addiction and thrive. In these pages, you'll find: •A new way of looking at addiction as a vibratory frequency that has roots in family history and one's 'Addiction Story,' which helps to destigmatize addiction and remove associated guilt and shame. •Fresh perspectives on how to get the most out of the 12-Step teachings and community, while avoiding pitfalls. •Daily practices in breathing, meditation, and yoga will give you access to the extraordinary power within you. •A pathway to a newer, healthier relationship with food designed to boost immunity, increase vitality, support recovery, and prevent relapse. •Inspiration to help you discover your personal mission and be of service to others. The point is not to survive addiction. The point is to thrive in recovery and live a life second to none. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Recovery 2.0: Move Beyond Addiction and Upgrade Your Life Author: Tommy Rosen Narrator: Tommy Rosen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Through more than 20 years of recovery from addiction, noted yoga teacher Tommy Rosen learned a lot about what works and what doesn't work in recovery. From his explorations on the yoga mat and in 12-Step rooms, he found a path to sustainable recovery that includes mind-body practices, a profound look at diet, and a more holistic and inclusive perspective on the 12 Steps. This led him to realize that recovery happens in stages and that by utilizing the best practices of the 12 Steps in combination with yoga and meditation, he could achieve lasting freedom from addiction. In Recovery 2.0, Tommy shares his own past struggles with addiction and the powerful insights that helped him to identify and break free from the obstacles that stand in the way of recovery. Building off the key tenets of the 12-Step program, he lays out an innovative approach where deeper levels of detoxification and transformation allow you to uproot addiction and thrive. In these pages, you'll find: •A new way of looking at addiction as a vibratory frequency that has roots in family history and one's 'Addiction Story,' which helps to destigmatize addiction and remove associated guilt and shame. •Fresh perspectives on how to get the most out of the 12-Step teachings and community, while avoiding pitfalls. •Daily practices in breathing, meditation, and yoga will give you access to the extraordinary power within you. •A pathway to a newer, healthier relationship with food designed to boost immunity, increase vitality, support recovery, and prevent relapse. •Inspiration to help you discover your personal mission and be of service to others. The point is not to survive addiction. The point is to thrive in recovery and live a life second to none. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411694 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blood Sugar Solution: The UltraHealthy Program for Losing Weight, Preventing Disease, and Feeling Great Now! Series: #1 of The Dr. Hyman Library Author: Mark Hyman Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Find balance in your life and in your blood sugar with the easy to follow guide on leading a healthier life and being a happier person - perfect for anyone looking to take control of their body! In The Blood Sugar Solution, Dr. Mark Hyman reveals that the secret solution to losing weight and preventing not just diabetes but also heart disease, stroke, dementia, and cancer is balanced insulin levels. Dr. Hyman describes the seven keys to achieving wellness -- nutrition, hormones, inflammation, digestion, detoxification, energy metabolism, and a calm mind -- and explains his revolutionary six-week healthy-living program. With advice on diet, green living, supplements and medication, exercise, and personalizing the plan for optimal results, the book also teaches readers how to maintain lifelong health. Groundbreaking and timely, The Blood Sugar Solution is the fastest way to lose weight, prevent disease, and feel better than ever. Mark Hyman Tue, 11 Aug 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411694 thebookvoice.com 12:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blood Sugar Solution: The UltraHealthy Program for Losing Weight, Preventing Disease, and Feeling Great Now! Series: #1 of The Dr. Hyman Library Author: Mark Hyman Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Find balance in your life and in your blood sugar with the easy to follow guide on leading a healthier life and being a happier person - perfect for anyone looking to take control of their body! In The Blood Sugar Solution, Dr. Mark Hyman reveals that the secret solution to losing weight and preventing not just diabetes but also heart disease, stroke, dementia, and cancer is balanced insulin levels. Dr. Hyman describes the seven keys to achieving wellness -- nutrition, hormones, inflammation, digestion, detoxification, energy metabolism, and a calm mind -- and explains his revolutionary six-week healthy-living program. With advice on diet, green living, supplements and medication, exercise, and personalizing the plan for optimal results, the book also teaches readers how to maintain lifelong health. Groundbreaking and timely, The Blood Sugar Solution is the fastest way to lose weight, prevent disease, and feel better than ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blood Sugar Solution: The UltraHealthy Program for Losing Weight, Preventing Disease, and Feeling Great Now! Series: #1 of The Dr. Hyman Library Author: Mark Hyman Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Find balance in your life and in your blood sugar with the easy to follow guide on leading a healthier life and being a happier person - perfect for anyone looking to take control of their body! In The Blood Sugar Solution, Dr. Mark Hyman reveals that the secret solution to losing weight and preventing not just diabetes but also heart disease, stroke, dementia, and cancer is balanced insulin levels. Dr. Hyman describes the seven keys to achieving wellness -- nutrition, hormones, inflammation, digestion, detoxification, energy metabolism, and a calm mind -- and explains his revolutionary six-week healthy-living program. With advice on diet, green living, supplements and medication, exercise, and personalizing the plan for optimal results, the book also teaches readers how to maintain lifelong health. Groundbreaking and timely, The Blood Sugar Solution is the fastest way to lose weight, prevent disease, and feel better than ever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411488 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Depressão Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Marco Martelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 2, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Na vida ocorrem acontecimentos, fatos positivos e negativos, que influenciarão a nossa forma de pensar e de nos comportar, mas também na maneira como nos sentimos.A tristeza normalmente provém de uma perda ou de um acontecimento que nos parece negativo ou, simplesmente, porque não cumpriram nossas expectativas. Esta tristeza pode ser passageira, durando apenas horas, dias ou até mesmo semanas. Porém, quando esta tristeza se prolonga e muda a nossa forma de sentir, pensar e agir, pode ser que estejamos diante de um problema mais grave, ou seja, a Depressão. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Juan Moisés De La Serna Mon, 02 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411488 thebookvoice.com 2:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Depressão Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Marco Martelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 2, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Na vida ocorrem acontecimentos, fatos positivos e negativos, que influenciarão a nossa forma de pensar e de nos comportar, mas também na maneira como nos sentimos.A tristeza normalmente provém de uma perda ou de um acontecimento que nos parece negativo ou, simplesmente, porque não cumpriram nossas expectativas. Esta tristeza pode ser passageira, durando apenas horas, dias ou até mesmo semanas. Porém, quando esta tristeza se prolonga e muda a nossa forma de sentir, pensar e agir, pode ser que estejamos diante de um problema mais grave, ou seja, a Depressão. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Depressão Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Marco Martelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 2, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Na vida ocorrem acontecimentos, fatos positivos e negativos, que influenciarão a nossa forma de pensar e de nos comportar, mas também na maneira como nos sentimos.A tristeza normalmente provém de uma perda ou de um acontecimento que nos parece negativo ou, simplesmente, porque não cumpriram nossas expectativas. Esta tristeza pode ser passageira, durando apenas horas, dias ou até mesmo semanas. Porém, quando esta tristeza se prolonga e muda a nossa forma de sentir, pensar e agir, pode ser que estejamos diante de um problema mais grave, ou seja, a Depressão. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410931 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quitter: A Memoir of Drinking, Relapse, and Recovery Author: Erica C. Barnett Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'Barnett's prose style is brassy and cleareyed, with echoes of Anne Lamott.' --Beth Macy, The New York Times Book Review 'Emotionally devastating and self-aware, this cautionary tale about substance abuse is a worthy heir to Cat Marnell's How to Murder Your Life.' --Publishers Weekly (starred review) A startlingly frank memoir of one woman's struggles with alcoholism and recovery, with essential new insights into addiction and treatment Erica C. Barnett had her first sip of alcohol when she was thirteen, and she quickly developed a taste for drinking to oblivion with her friends. In her late twenties, her addiction became inescapable. Volatile relationships, blackouts, and unsuccessful stints in detox defined her life, with the vodka bottles she hid throughout her apartment and offices acting as both her tormentors and closest friends. By the time she was in her late thirties, Erica Barnett had run the gauntlet of alcoholism. She had recovered and relapsed time and again, but after each new program or detox center would find herself far from rehabilitated. 'Rock bottom,' Barnett writes, 'is a lie.' It is always possible, she learned, to go lower than your lowest point. She found that the terms other alcoholics used to describe the trajectory of their addiction--'rock bottom' and 'moment of clarity'--and the mottos touted by Alcoholics Anonymous, such as 'let go and let God' and 'you're only as sick as your secrets'--didn't correspond to her experience and could actually be detrimental. With remarkably brave and vulnerable writing, Barnett expands on her personal story to confront the dire state of addiction in America, the rise of alcoholism in American women in the last century, and the lack of rehabilitation options available to addicts. At a time when opioid addiction is a national epidemic and one in twelve Americans suffers from alcohol abuse disorder, Quitter is essential reading for our age and an ultimately hopeful story of Barnett's own hard-fought path to sobriety. Erica C. Barnett Tue, 07 Jul 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410931 thebookvoice.com 10:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quitter: A Memoir of Drinking, Relapse, and Recovery Author: Erica C. Barnett Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'Barnett's prose style is brassy and cleareyed, with echoes of Anne Lamott.' --Beth Macy, The New York Times Book Review 'Emotionally devastating and self-aware, this cautionary tale about substance abuse is a worthy heir to Cat Marnell's How to Murder Your Life.' --Publishers Weekly (starred review) A startlingly frank memoir of one woman's struggles with alcoholism and recovery, with essential new insights into addiction and treatment Erica C. Barnett had her first sip of alcohol when she was thirteen, and she quickly developed a taste for drinking to oblivion with her friends. In her late twenties, her addiction became inescapable. Volatile relationships, blackouts, and unsuccessful stints in detox defined her life, with the vodka bottles she hid throughout her apartment and offices acting as both her tormentors and closest friends. By the time she was in her late thirties, Erica Barnett had run the gauntlet of alcoholism. She had recovered and relapsed time and again, but after each new program or detox center would find herself far from rehabilitated. 'Rock bottom,' Barnett writes, 'is a lie.' It is always possible, she learned, to go lower than your lowest point. She found that the terms other alcoholics used to describe the trajectory of their addiction--'rock bottom' and 'moment of clarity'--and the mottos touted by Alcoholics Anonymous, such as 'let go and let God' and 'you're only as sick as your secrets'--didn't correspond to her experience and could actually be detrimental. With remarkably brave and vulnerable writing, Barnett expands on her personal story to confront the dire state of addiction in America, the rise of alcoholism in American women in the last century, and the lack of rehabilitation options available to addicts. At a time when opioid addiction is a national epidemic and one in twelve Americans suffers from alcohol abuse disorder, Quitter is essential reading for our age and an ultimately hopeful story of Barnett's own hard-fought path to sobriety. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quitter: A Memoir of Drinking, Relapse, and Recovery Author: Erica C. Barnett Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'Barnett's prose style is brassy and cleareyed, with echoes of Anne Lamott.' --Beth Macy, The New York Times Book Review 'Emotionally devastating and self-aware, this cautionary tale about substance abuse is a worthy heir to Cat Marnell's How to Murder Your Life.' --Publishers Weekly (starred review) A startlingly frank memoir of one woman's struggles with alcoholism and recovery, with essential new insights into addiction and treatment Erica C. Barnett had her first sip of alcohol when she was thirteen, and she quickly developed a taste for drinking to oblivion with her friends. In her late twenties, her addiction became inescapable. Volatile relationships, blackouts, and unsuccessful stints in detox defined her life, with the vodka bottles she hid throughout her apartment and offices acting as both her tormentors and closest friends. By the time she was in her late thirties, Erica Barnett had run the gauntlet of alcoholism. She had recovered and relapsed time and again, but after each new program or detox center would find herself far from rehabilitated. 'Rock bottom,' Barnett writes, 'is a lie.' It is always possible, she learned, to go lower than your lowest point. She found that the terms other alcoholics used to describe the trajectory of their addiction--'rock bottom' and 'moment of clarity'--and the mottos touted by Alcoholics Anonymous, such as 'let go and let God' and 'you're only as sick as your secrets'--didn't correspond to her experience and could actually be detrimental. With remarkably brave and vulnerable writing, Barnett expands on her personal story to confront the dire state of addiction in America, the rise of alcoholism in American women in the last century, and the lack of rehabilitation options available to addicts. At a time when opioid addiction is a national epidemic and one in twelve Americans suffers from alcohol abuse disorder, Quitter is essential reading for our age and an ultimately hopeful story of Barnett's own hard-fought path to sobriety. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410919 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quit Vaping: Your Four-Step, 28-Day Program to Stop Smoking E-Cigarettes Author: Brad Lamm Narrator: Brad Lamm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The first-ever book on how to quit vaping will help you stop for good. Vaping has become an urgent public health crisis. Almost 15 million Americans not only are consuming concentrations of nicotine more potent and addictive than traditional cigarettes, but they also are inhaling deadly carcinogens such as formaldehyde, benzene, and propylene glycol, an ingredient in anti-freeze. Vapers are dying, health professionals are sounding the alarm, and parents are struggling to help their addicted teenagers. Certified interventionist Brad Lamm debunks the myths spread by the thriving e-cigarette industry and its supporters, revealing the truth about the effects of inhaling these highly dangerous aerosols. Then he offers a step-by-step blueprint to break free of its grip. This simple, 28-day program provides specific actions to take, day by day, as you free yourself from nicotine addiction. Key information and special considerations throughout help and guide parents of young vapers through the process as well. Learn how to create a quit plan, build a support team, follow a detox, change your inner dialogue, manage your cravings, and become a non-vaper. The plan offers a rich variety of strategies, tactics, hacks, exercises, research, and inspiring stories of people who have quit the habit using Lamm's proven program. A PENGUIN LIFE TITLE *Includes a Quit Kit PDF Brad Lamm Tue, 07 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410919 thebookvoice.com 4:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quit Vaping: Your Four-Step, 28-Day Program to Stop Smoking E-Cigarettes Author: Brad Lamm Narrator: Brad Lamm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The first-ever book on how to quit vaping will help you stop for good. Vaping has become an urgent public health crisis. Almost 15 million Americans not only are consuming concentrations of nicotine more potent and addictive than traditional cigarettes, but they also are inhaling deadly carcinogens such as formaldehyde, benzene, and propylene glycol, an ingredient in anti-freeze. Vapers are dying, health professionals are sounding the alarm, and parents are struggling to help their addicted teenagers. Certified interventionist Brad Lamm debunks the myths spread by the thriving e-cigarette industry and its supporters, revealing the truth about the effects of inhaling these highly dangerous aerosols. Then he offers a step-by-step blueprint to break free of its grip. This simple, 28-day program provides specific actions to take, day by day, as you free yourself from nicotine addiction. Key information and special considerations throughout help and guide parents of young vapers through the process as well. Learn how to create a quit plan, build a support team, follow a detox, change your inner dialogue, manage your cravings, and become a non-vaper. The plan offers a rich variety of strategies, tactics, hacks, exercises, research, and inspiring stories of people who have quit the habit using Lamm's proven program. A PENGUIN LIFE TITLE *Includes a Quit Kit PDF Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quit Vaping: Your Four-Step, 28-Day Program to Stop Smoking E-Cigarettes Author: Brad Lamm Narrator: Brad Lamm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The first-ever book on how to quit vaping will help you stop for good. Vaping has become an urgent public health crisis. Almost 15 million Americans not only are consuming concentrations of nicotine more potent and addictive than traditional cigarettes, but they also are inhaling deadly carcinogens such as formaldehyde, benzene, and propylene glycol, an ingredient in anti-freeze. Vapers are dying, health professionals are sounding the alarm, and parents are struggling to help their addicted teenagers. Certified interventionist Brad Lamm debunks the myths spread by the thriving e-cigarette industry and its supporters, revealing the truth about the effects of inhaling these highly dangerous aerosols. Then he offers a step-by-step blueprint to break free of its grip. This simple, 28-day program provides specific actions to take, day by day, as you free yourself from nicotine addiction. Key information and special considerations throughout help and guide parents of young vapers through the process as well. Learn how to create a quit plan, build a support team, follow a detox, change your inner dialogue, manage your cravings, and become a non-vaper. The plan offers a rich variety of strategies, tactics, hacks, exercises, research, and inspiring stories of people who have quit the habit using Lamm's proven program. A PENGUIN LIFE TITLE *Includes a Quit Kit PDF https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409964 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat the Cookie: The Imperfectionist’s Guide to Food, Faith, and Fitness Author: Taylor Kiser Narrator: Chloe Dolandis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Finally--a real-life plan for eating and thinking healthy. Nutrition and fitness coach Taylor Kiser's Eat the Cookie is your invitation to give yourself the grace to be both a masterpiece and a work in progress. From diets to detoxes to fitness plans, there's no shortage when it comes to plans for perfection. But what happens when our quest for health and perfection leads to fear, insecurity, and over-control? Written with her characteristic straight talk and humor, Taylor Kiser draws insights from her own journey to help you find freedom from the impossible quest of perfection. Whether you struggle with body image, eating disorders, unhealthy habits, or the never-ending comparison game, Eat the Cookie provides an easy-to-follow roadmap to spiritual and physical health. Each chapter delivers God's truth to help you redefine your identity in healthy ways, embrace progress over perfection, and use practical tools--such as never-before-published recipes and fitness plans--to love and care for the body God gave you. Taylor understands the pendulum swings we experience with our weight and self-perception. She knows what it's like to let fear of falling short turn into a belief that you're not worthy, and this belief turned into destructive habits that controlled her life for far too long. Now a certified nutrition and fitness coach, Taylor enjoys eating a cookie now and then, even as she enjoys discovering recipes and habits that give her renewed physical energy and health. In Eat the Cookie, you'll learn the secrets of balance that can help us all live health-conscious without being calorie-obsessed. Recipes and exercise plans are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Taylor Kiser Tue, 09 Jun 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409964 thebookvoice.com 4:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat the Cookie: The Imperfectionist’s Guide to Food, Faith, and Fitness Author: Taylor Kiser Narrator: Chloe Dolandis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Finally--a real-life plan for eating and thinking healthy. Nutrition and fitness coach Taylor Kiser's Eat the Cookie is your invitation to give yourself the grace to be both a masterpiece and a work in progress. From diets to detoxes to fitness plans, there's no shortage when it comes to plans for perfection. But what happens when our quest for health and perfection leads to fear, insecurity, and over-control? Written with her characteristic straight talk and humor, Taylor Kiser draws insights from her own journey to help you find freedom from the impossible quest of perfection. Whether you struggle with body image, eating disorders, unhealthy habits, or the never-ending comparison game, Eat the Cookie provides an easy-to-follow roadmap to spiritual and physical health. Each chapter delivers God's truth to help you redefine your identity in healthy ways, embrace progress over perfection, and use practical tools--such as never-before-published recipes and fitness plans--to love and care for the body God gave you. Taylor understands the pendulum swings we experience with our weight and self-perception. She knows what it's like to let fear of falling short turn into a belief that you're not worthy, and this belief turned into destructive habits that controlled her life for far too long. Now a certified nutrition and fitness coach, Taylor enjoys eating a cookie now and then, even as she enjoys discovering recipes and habits that give her renewed physical energy and health. In Eat the Cookie, you'll learn the secrets of balance that can help us all live health-conscious without being calorie-obsessed. Recipes and exercise plans are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat the Cookie: The Imperfectionist’s Guide to Food, Faith, and Fitness Author: Taylor Kiser Narrator: Chloe Dolandis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Finally--a real-life plan for eating and thinking healthy. Nutrition and fitness coach Taylor Kiser's Eat the Cookie is your invitation to give yourself the grace to be both a masterpiece and a work in progress. From diets to detoxes to fitness plans, there's no shortage when it comes to plans for perfection. But what happens when our quest for health and perfection leads to fear, insecurity, and over-control? Written with her characteristic straight talk and humor, Taylor Kiser draws insights from her own journey to help you find freedom from the impossible quest of perfection. Whether you struggle with body image, eating disorders, unhealthy habits, or the never-ending comparison game, Eat the Cookie provides an easy-to-follow roadmap to spiritual and physical health. Each chapter delivers God's truth to help you redefine your identity in healthy ways, embrace progress over perfection, and use practical tools--such as never-before-published recipes and fitness plans--to love and care for the body God gave you. Taylor understands the pendulum swings we experience with our weight and self-perception. She knows what it's like to let fear of falling short turn into a belief that you're not worthy, and this belief turned into destructive habits that controlled her life for far too long. Now a certified nutrition and fitness coach, Taylor enjoys eating a cookie now and then, even as she enjoys discovering recipes and habits that give her renewed physical energy and health. In Eat the Cookie, you'll learn the secrets of balance that can help us all live health-conscious without being calorie-obsessed. Recipes and exercise plans are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409907 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409907]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facing Fear: Step Out in Faith and Rise Above What's Holding You Back Author: Nik Wallenda Narrator: Jakob Lewis, Heath Mcclure Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A practical guide to overcoming fear from the daredevil who has walked on a tightrope across Times Square and the Grand Canyon. Nik Wallenda is a seventh-generation member of the Flying Wallendas, a circus family known for performing dangerous feats without safety nets. Nik is known for his daring televised tightrope walks over Niagara Falls, the Grand Canyon, Times Square, and an active volcano. Nik has been walking the wire since he took his first steps, but he had never experienced fear until a tragic accident in 2017. The eight-person pyramid he and several members of his family were practicing collapsed, and five of its members fell thirty feet to the ground. While severely injured,  they all survived miraculously, but the accident changed Nik’s life forever. For the first time he felt overwhelming fear, and Nik had to find it in himself to move on, release the past, and get back out on the wire. Most of us will never walk a tightrope, but we face things that scare us every day. Whether putting ourselves out there socially or seeking a dream job, all of us allow anxieties and fears to hold us back. In Facing Fear, you will: - Discover how to overcome lifelong areas of personal fear - Understand the importance of dealing with trauma to fully heal and move forward - Gain the determination to pick yourself up, grow in faith, and purposely walk toward success one step at a time Facing Fear weaves parts of Nik’s personal story of the accident and how he conquered his fear with practical advice to help you overcome whatever fears are holding you back. This practical book will help you step out in faith and trust that God will hold you steady, even when you're afraid. Bring Nik and his family's story to life with photos available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Nik Wallenda Tue, 15 Sep 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409907 thebookvoice.com 5:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409907]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facing Fear: Step Out in Faith and Rise Above What's Holding You Back Author: Nik Wallenda Narrator: Jakob Lewis, Heath Mcclure Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A practical guide to overcoming fear from the daredevil who has walked on a tightrope across Times Square and the Grand Canyon. Nik Wallenda is a seventh-generation member of the Flying Wallendas, a circus family known for performing dangerous feats without safety nets. Nik is known for his daring televised tightrope walks over Niagara Falls, the Grand Canyon, Times Square, and an active volcano. Nik has been walking the wire since he took his first steps, but he had never experienced fear until a tragic accident in 2017. The eight-person pyramid he and several members of his family were practicing collapsed, and five of its members fell thirty feet to the ground. While severely injured,  they all survived miraculously, but the accident changed Nik’s life forever. For the first time he felt overwhelming fear, and Nik had to find it in himself to move on, release the past, and get back out on the wire. Most of us will never walk a tightrope, but we face things that scare us every day. Whether putting ourselves out there socially or seeking a dream job, all of us allow anxieties and fears to hold us back. In Facing Fear, you will: - Discover how to overcome lifelong areas of personal fear - Understand the importance of dealing with trauma to fully heal and move forward - Gain the determination to pick yourself up, grow in faith, and purposely walk toward success one step at a time Facing Fear weaves parts of Nik’s personal story of the accident and how he conquered his fear with practical advice to help you overcome whatever fears are holding you back. This practical book will help you step out in faith and trust that God will hold you steady, even when you're afraid. Bring Nik and his family's story to life with photos available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409907]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facing Fear: Step Out in Faith and Rise Above What's Holding You Back Author: Nik Wallenda Narrator: Jakob Lewis, Heath Mcclure Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A practical guide to overcoming fear from the daredevil who has walked on a tightrope across Times Square and the Grand Canyon. Nik Wallenda is a seventh-generation member of the Flying Wallendas, a circus family known for performing dangerous feats without safety nets. Nik is known for his daring televised tightrope walks over Niagara Falls, the Grand Canyon, Times Square, and an active volcano. Nik has been walking the wire since he took his first steps, but he had never experienced fear until a tragic accident in 2017. The eight-person pyramid he and several members of his family were practicing collapsed, and five of its members fell thirty feet to the ground. While severely injured,  they all survived miraculously, but the accident changed Nik’s life forever. For the first time he felt overwhelming fear, and Nik had to find it in himself to move on, release the past, and get back out on the wire. Most of us will never walk a tightrope, but we face things that scare us every day. Whether putting ourselves out there socially or seeking a dream job, all of us allow anxieties and fears to hold us back. In Facing Fear, you will: - Discover how to overcome lifelong areas of personal fear - Understand the importance of dealing with trauma to fully heal and move forward - Gain the determination to pick yourself up, grow in faith, and purposely walk toward success one step at a time Facing Fear weaves parts of Nik’s personal story of the accident and how he conquered his fear with practical advice to help you overcome whatever fears are holding you back. This practical book will help you step out in faith and trust that God will hold you steady, even when you're afraid. Bring Nik and his family's story to life with photos available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409046 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change Maker: Turn Your Passion for Health and Fitness into a Powerful Purpose and a Wildly Successful Career Author: John Berardi Narrator: John Berardi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: With thousands of certifications, seminars, websites, and gurus promising advice, it’s difficult for even the best pros to turn their passion for health and fitness into meaningful—and measurable—success. Enter Change Maker. In this definitive career guide, John Berardi shares his blueprint for becoming the ultimate change maker, one with a powerful purpose, an enthusiastic client base, and the ability to fund your own ideal lifestyle. Whether you’re new to the industry and looking for a head-start or you’re already an expert but need a fresh approach, consider this your go-to career guide. With six helpful steps, this book covers the range of logistical, financial, psychological, and practical issues that every health and fitness pro needs to know: How to discover your deeper purpose and values How to choose your specialty based on your unique strengths How to identify what your clients really want and deliver it every time How to build new relationships and become a next-level coach How to get new clients, make more money, and manage a thriving business How to nurture and protect your most precious asset, your reputation How to create a life-long, growth-oriented continuing education plan If you work as a trainer, nutritionist, functional-medicine doctor, group instructor, rehab specialist, or health coach—or you eventually want to—this step-by-step guide will help you turn your passion for health and fitness into work you find joy in, your clients into raving fans, and your career into something powerful, meaningful, and change-making. John Berardi Tue, 17 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409046 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change Maker: Turn Your Passion for Health and Fitness into a Powerful Purpose and a Wildly Successful Career Author: John Berardi Narrator: John Berardi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: With thousands of certifications, seminars, websites, and gurus promising advice, it’s difficult for even the best pros to turn their passion for health and fitness into meaningful—and measurable—success. Enter Change Maker. In this definitive career guide, John Berardi shares his blueprint for becoming the ultimate change maker, one with a powerful purpose, an enthusiastic client base, and the ability to fund your own ideal lifestyle. Whether you’re new to the industry and looking for a head-start or you’re already an expert but need a fresh approach, consider this your go-to career guide. With six helpful steps, this book covers the range of logistical, financial, psychological, and practical issues that every health and fitness pro needs to know: How to discover your deeper purpose and values How to choose your specialty based on your unique strengths How to identify what your clients really want and deliver it every time How to build new relationships and become a next-level coach How to get new clients, make more money, and manage a thriving business How to nurture and protect your most precious asset, your reputation How to create a life-long, growth-oriented continuing education plan If you work as a trainer, nutritionist, functional-medicine doctor, group instructor, rehab specialist, or health coach—or you eventually want to—this step-by-step guide will help you turn your passion for health and fitness into work you find joy in, your clients into raving fans, and your career into something powerful, meaningful, and change-making. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change Maker: Turn Your Passion for Health and Fitness into a Powerful Purpose and a Wildly Successful Career Author: John Berardi Narrator: John Berardi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: With thousands of certifications, seminars, websites, and gurus promising advice, it’s difficult for even the best pros to turn their passion for health and fitness into meaningful—and measurable—success. Enter Change Maker. In this definitive career guide, John Berardi shares his blueprint for becoming the ultimate change maker, one with a powerful purpose, an enthusiastic client base, and the ability to fund your own ideal lifestyle. Whether you’re new to the industry and looking for a head-start or you’re already an expert but need a fresh approach, consider this your go-to career guide. With six helpful steps, this book covers the range of logistical, financial, psychological, and practical issues that every health and fitness pro needs to know: How to discover your deeper purpose and values How to choose your specialty based on your unique strengths How to identify what your clients really want and deliver it every time How to build new relationships and become a next-level coach How to get new clients, make more money, and manage a thriving business How to nurture and protect your most precious asset, your reputation How to create a life-long, growth-oriented continuing education plan If you work as a trainer, nutritionist, functional-medicine doctor, group instructor, rehab specialist, or health coach—or you eventually want to—this step-by-step guide will help you turn your passion for health and fitness into work you find joy in, your clients into raving fans, and your career into something powerful, meaningful, and change-making. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408413 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fat Cow, Fat Chance: The science and psychology of size Author: Jenni Murray Narrator: Jenni Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. At sixty-four, Jenni Murray's weight had become a disability. She avoided the scales, she wore a uniform of baggy black clothes, refused to make connections between her weight and health issues and told herself that she was fat and happy. She was certainly fat. But the happy part was an Oscar-winning performance. In private she lived with a growing sense of fear and misery that it would probably kill her before she made it to seventy. Interwoven with the science, social history and psychology of weight management Fat Cow, Fat Chance is a refreshingly honest account of what it’s like to be fat when society dictates that skinny is the norm. It asks why we overeat and why, when the weight is finally lost through dieting, do we simply pile the pounds back on again? How do we help young people become comfortable with the way they look? What are the consequences of the obesity epidemic for an already overstretched NHS? And, whilst fat shaming is so often called out, why is it that shouting ‘fat cow’ at a woman in the street hasn’t been included in the list of hate crimes? Fusing politics, science and personal pain, this is a powerful exploration of our battle with obesity. ©Jenni Murray 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Jenni Murray Thu, 16 Jul 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408413 thebookvoice.com 8:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fat Cow, Fat Chance: The science and psychology of size Author: Jenni Murray Narrator: Jenni Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. At sixty-four, Jenni Murray's weight had become a disability. She avoided the scales, she wore a uniform of baggy black clothes, refused to make connections between her weight and health issues and told herself that she was fat and happy. She was certainly fat. But the happy part was an Oscar-winning performance. In private she lived with a growing sense of fear and misery that it would probably kill her before she made it to seventy. Interwoven with the science, social history and psychology of weight management Fat Cow, Fat Chance is a refreshingly honest account of what it’s like to be fat when society dictates that skinny is the norm. It asks why we overeat and why, when the weight is finally lost through dieting, do we simply pile the pounds back on again? How do we help young people become comfortable with the way they look? What are the consequences of the obesity epidemic for an already overstretched NHS? And, whilst fat shaming is so often called out, why is it that shouting ‘fat cow’ at a woman in the street hasn’t been included in the list of hate crimes? Fusing politics, science and personal pain, this is a powerful exploration of our battle with obesity. ©Jenni Murray 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fat Cow, Fat Chance: The science and psychology of size Author: Jenni Murray Narrator: Jenni Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. At sixty-four, Jenni Murray's weight had become a disability. She avoided the scales, she wore a uniform of baggy black clothes, refused to make connections between her weight and health issues and told herself that she was fat and happy. She was certainly fat. But the happy part was an Oscar-winning performance. In private she lived with a growing sense of fear and misery that it would probably kill her before she made it to seventy. Interwoven with the science, social history and psychology of weight management Fat Cow, Fat Chance is a refreshingly honest account of what it’s like to be fat when society dictates that skinny is the norm. It asks why we overeat and why, when the weight is finally lost through dieting, do we simply pile the pounds back on again? How do we help young people become comfortable with the way they look? What are the consequences of the obesity epidemic for an already overstretched NHS? And, whilst fat shaming is so often called out, why is it that shouting ‘fat cow’ at a woman in the street hasn’t been included in the list of hate crimes? Fusing politics, science and personal pain, this is a powerful exploration of our battle with obesity. ©Jenni Murray 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408350 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los dos hemisferios de Lucca Author: Bárbara Anderson Narrator: Andrés Bianciotto, Bárbara Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: El viaje a India de un niño mexicano para reparar su cerebro con un tratamiento futurista. Bárbara Anderson narra con brutal franqueza el día a día de tener un hijo con discapacidad: los retos dentro y fuera de casa, las complicaciones de salud y de vida; los cambios de prioridades; el Everest de cada día al tener un hijo con -hasta ahora- un diagnóstico irreversible como es la parálisis cerebral infantil. La autora detalla cómo emprende un viaje a India con toda su familia para que Lucca sea uno de los primeros niños en someterse a un tratamiento de 28 días, dos ocasiones durante 2017 y otra en 2019, y los asombrosos resultados que vieron en él: una neurogénesis que arranca con el Cytotron, aparato creado por el científico indio Rajah Kumar. Como buen viaje de todo héroe, la historia no termina ahí: Bárbara, a quien no le gusta aceptar un no por respuesta, se embarca en una lucha para lograr impulsar el uso del Cytotron en México. Un vistazo a las posibilidades que se abren desde ahora para pacientes con parálisis cerebral y otras condiciones neurológicas además de otro tipo de enfermedades como el cáncer desde México, el punto más lejano en el mundo a Bangalore. 'Un libro estremecedor, hermoso, y últimamente esperanzador. Los dos hemisferios de Lucca es la prueba de que la perseverancia y el empeño siempre tienen su recompensa, y de que el Cytotron marcará un cambio de paradigma para millones de personas a nivel mundial que sufren problemas de salud hasta ahora intratables. Una joya de historia.' -Michael Rowe, director de cine. Bárbara Anderson Mon, 11 Nov 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408350 thebookvoice.com 6:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los dos hemisferios de Lucca Author: Bárbara Anderson Narrator: Andrés Bianciotto, Bárbara Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: El viaje a India de un niño mexicano para reparar su cerebro con un tratamiento futurista. Bárbara Anderson narra con brutal franqueza el día a día de tener un hijo con discapacidad: los retos dentro y fuera de casa, las complicaciones de salud y de vida; los cambios de prioridades; el Everest de cada día al tener un hijo con -hasta ahora- un diagnóstico irreversible como es la parálisis cerebral infantil. La autora detalla cómo emprende un viaje a India con toda su familia para que Lucca sea uno de los primeros niños en someterse a un tratamiento de 28 días, dos ocasiones durante 2017 y otra en 2019, y los asombrosos resultados que vieron en él: una neurogénesis que arranca con el Cytotron, aparato creado por el científico indio Rajah Kumar. Como buen viaje de todo héroe, la historia no termina ahí: Bárbara, a quien no le gusta aceptar un no por respuesta, se embarca en una lucha para lograr impulsar el uso del Cytotron en México. Un vistazo a las posibilidades que se abren desde ahora para pacientes con parálisis cerebral y otras condiciones neurológicas además de otro tipo de enfermedades como el cáncer desde México, el punto más lejano en el mundo a Bangalore. 'Un libro estremecedor, hermoso, y últimamente esperanzador. Los dos hemisferios de Lucca es la prueba de que la perseverancia y el empeño siempre tienen su recompensa, y de que el Cytotron marcará un cambio de paradigma para millones de personas a nivel mundial que sufren problemas de salud hasta ahora intratables. Una joya de historia.' -Michael Rowe, director de cine. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los dos hemisferios de Lucca Author: Bárbara Anderson Narrator: Andrés Bianciotto, Bárbara Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: El viaje a India de un niño mexicano para reparar su cerebro con un tratamiento futurista. Bárbara Anderson narra con brutal franqueza el día a día de tener un hijo con discapacidad: los retos dentro y fuera de casa, las complicaciones de salud y de vida; los cambios de prioridades; el Everest de cada día al tener un hijo con -hasta ahora- un diagnóstico irreversible como es la parálisis cerebral infantil. La autora detalla cómo emprende un viaje a India con toda su familia para que Lucca sea uno de los primeros niños en someterse a un tratamiento de 28 días, dos ocasiones durante 2017 y otra en 2019, y los asombrosos resultados que vieron en él: una neurogénesis que arranca con el Cytotron, aparato creado por el científico indio Rajah Kumar. Como buen viaje de todo héroe, la historia no termina ahí: Bárbara, a quien no le gusta aceptar un no por respuesta, se embarca en una lucha para lograr impulsar el uso del Cytotron en México. Un vistazo a las posibilidades que se abren desde ahora para pacientes con parálisis cerebral y otras condiciones neurológicas además de otro tipo de enfermedades como el cáncer desde México, el punto más lejano en el mundo a Bangalore. 'Un libro estremecedor, hermoso, y últimamente esperanzador. Los dos hemisferios de Lucca es la prueba de que la perseverancia y el empeño siempre tienen su recompensa, y de que el Cytotron marcará un cambio de paradigma para millones de personas a nivel mundial que sufren problemas de salud hasta ahora intratables. Una joya de historia.' -Michael Rowe, director de cine. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407195 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pound for Pound: A Story of One Woman's Recovery and the Shelter Dogs Who Loved Her Back to Life Author: Shannon Kopp Narrator: Tina Wolstencroft Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'The dogs don't judge me or give me a motivational speech. They don't rush me to heal or grow. They sit in my lap and lick my face and make me feel chosen. And sometimes, it hits me hard that I'm doing the exact thing I say I cannot do. Changing.' Pound for Pound is an inspirational tale about one woman's journey back to herself, and a heartfelt homage to the four-legged heroes who unexpectedly saved her life. For seven years, Shannon Kopp battled the silent, horrific, and all-too-common disease of bulimia. Then, at twenty-four, she got a job working at the San Diego Humane Society and SPCA, where in caring for shelter dogs, she found the inspiration to heal and the courage to forgive herself. With the help of some extraordinary homeless animals, Shannon realized that her suffering was the birthplace of something beautiful. Compassion. Shannon's poignant memoir is a story of hope, resilience, and the spiritual healing animals bring to our lives. Pound for Pound vividly reminds us that animals are more than just friends and companions—they can teach us how to savor the present moment and reclaim our joy. Shannon Kopp Tue, 14 Jan 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407195 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pound for Pound: A Story of One Woman's Recovery and the Shelter Dogs Who Loved Her Back to Life Author: Shannon Kopp Narrator: Tina Wolstencroft Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'The dogs don't judge me or give me a motivational speech. They don't rush me to heal or grow. They sit in my lap and lick my face and make me feel chosen. And sometimes, it hits me hard that I'm doing the exact thing I say I cannot do. Changing.' Pound for Pound is an inspirational tale about one woman's journey back to herself, and a heartfelt homage to the four-legged heroes who unexpectedly saved her life. For seven years, Shannon Kopp battled the silent, horrific, and all-too-common disease of bulimia. Then, at twenty-four, she got a job working at the San Diego Humane Society and SPCA, where in caring for shelter dogs, she found the inspiration to heal and the courage to forgive herself. With the help of some extraordinary homeless animals, Shannon realized that her suffering was the birthplace of something beautiful. Compassion. Shannon's poignant memoir is a story of hope, resilience, and the spiritual healing animals bring to our lives. Pound for Pound vividly reminds us that animals are more than just friends and companions—they can teach us how to savor the present moment and reclaim our joy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pound for Pound: A Story of One Woman's Recovery and the Shelter Dogs Who Loved Her Back to Life Author: Shannon Kopp Narrator: Tina Wolstencroft Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'The dogs don't judge me or give me a motivational speech. They don't rush me to heal or grow. They sit in my lap and lick my face and make me feel chosen. And sometimes, it hits me hard that I'm doing the exact thing I say I cannot do. Changing.' Pound for Pound is an inspirational tale about one woman's journey back to herself, and a heartfelt homage to the four-legged heroes who unexpectedly saved her life. For seven years, Shannon Kopp battled the silent, horrific, and all-too-common disease of bulimia. Then, at twenty-four, she got a job working at the San Diego Humane Society and SPCA, where in caring for shelter dogs, she found the inspiration to heal and the courage to forgive herself. With the help of some extraordinary homeless animals, Shannon realized that her suffering was the birthplace of something beautiful. Compassion. Shannon's poignant memoir is a story of hope, resilience, and the spiritual healing animals bring to our lives. Pound for Pound vividly reminds us that animals are more than just friends and companions—they can teach us how to savor the present moment and reclaim our joy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406874 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wer heilt, hat Recht - Chancen und Grenzen der Alternativmedizin (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Lars Amend, Sven Gottschling Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 27, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'Die Frage ist nicht Schul- oder Alternativmedizin, sondern: Was hilft dem Patienten.' Sven Gottschling repräsentiert eine neue Generation von Medizinern: den Patienten gegenüber offen und zugewandt setzt er sich für die Therapieform ein, die wirklich hilft. Zum Wohle seiner Patienten überschreitet er dabei auch die starren Grenzen der konventionellen Schulmedizin und wendet alternative Heilmethoden an. Doch was hilft wirklich? Was ist Scharlatanerie? Was Geldmacherei? Als einer der anerkanntesten Schmerztherapeuten, macht Gottschlingden Praxistest: Von Akupunktur und Hypnose über Bachblüten und Bioresonanz bis hin zur aktuell viel diskutierten Cannabis-Therapie, bei der Sven Gottschling einer der führenden Experten in Europa ist, stellt er die Heilungsmethoden auf den Prüfstand. Er erklärt gut verständlich die Wirksamkeit und Risiken der unterschiedlichen Therapien und gibt viele Tipps, worauf Patienten achten sollten: bei der Auswahl des Therapeuten, im Gespräch mit dem Arzt und bei der Anwendung der Heilmethode. Lars Amend, Sven Gottschling Wed, 27 Feb 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406874 thebookvoice.com 8:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wer heilt, hat Recht - Chancen und Grenzen der Alternativmedizin (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Lars Amend, Sven Gottschling Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 27, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'Die Frage ist nicht Schul- oder Alternativmedizin, sondern: Was hilft dem Patienten.' Sven Gottschling repräsentiert eine neue Generation von Medizinern: den Patienten gegenüber offen und zugewandt setzt er sich für die Therapieform ein, die wirklich hilft. Zum Wohle seiner Patienten überschreitet er dabei auch die starren Grenzen der konventionellen Schulmedizin und wendet alternative Heilmethoden an. Doch was hilft wirklich? Was ist Scharlatanerie? Was Geldmacherei? Als einer der anerkanntesten Schmerztherapeuten, macht Gottschlingden Praxistest: Von Akupunktur und Hypnose über Bachblüten und Bioresonanz bis hin zur aktuell viel diskutierten Cannabis-Therapie, bei der Sven Gottschling einer der führenden Experten in Europa ist, stellt er die Heilungsmethoden auf den Prüfstand. Er erklärt gut verständlich die Wirksamkeit und Risiken der unterschiedlichen Therapien und gibt viele Tipps, worauf Patienten achten sollten: bei der Auswahl des Therapeuten, im Gespräch mit dem Arzt und bei der Anwendung der Heilmethode. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wer heilt, hat Recht - Chancen und Grenzen der Alternativmedizin (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Lars Amend, Sven Gottschling Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 27, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'Die Frage ist nicht Schul- oder Alternativmedizin, sondern: Was hilft dem Patienten.' Sven Gottschling repräsentiert eine neue Generation von Medizinern: den Patienten gegenüber offen und zugewandt setzt er sich für die Therapieform ein, die wirklich hilft. Zum Wohle seiner Patienten überschreitet er dabei auch die starren Grenzen der konventionellen Schulmedizin und wendet alternative Heilmethoden an. Doch was hilft wirklich? Was ist Scharlatanerie? Was Geldmacherei? Als einer der anerkanntesten Schmerztherapeuten, macht Gottschlingden Praxistest: Von Akupunktur und Hypnose über Bachblüten und Bioresonanz bis hin zur aktuell viel diskutierten Cannabis-Therapie, bei der Sven Gottschling einer der führenden Experten in Europa ist, stellt er die Heilungsmethoden auf den Prüfstand. Er erklärt gut verständlich die Wirksamkeit und Risiken der unterschiedlichen Therapien und gibt viele Tipps, worauf Patienten achten sollten: bei der Auswahl des Therapeuten, im Gespräch mit dem Arzt und bei der Anwendung der Heilmethode. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406734 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mit Ernährung heilen - Besser essen, einfach fasten, länger leben. Neuestes Wissen aus Forschung und Praxis (Autorisierte Lesefassung) Author: Andreas Michalsen Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 27, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Andreas Michalsen widmet sich in seinem neuen Hörbuch wieder seinem größten Anliegen: uns gesünder zu machen. Auf seine sehr persönliche, kompetente und überzeugende Art zeigt er, dass die richtige Ernährung dem Körper nicht nur Impulse zur Regenerierung und Selbstheilung gibt. Sie ist nichts weniger als der Schlüssel zu einem längeren Leben. Welche sind die lebenswichtigen Nahrungsmittel und ihre Nährstoffe, und welche Ernährungsformen (von mediterraner Kost über vegetarisch bis vegan) sind die gesündesten? Welche Art von Fasten (Heilfasten, intermediäres Fasten oder Intervallfasten) passt zu wem? Die neuesten Erkenntnisse aus der Praxis und eigenen Studien der Charité werden ergänzt um weitere aktuelle Forschungsergebnisse. Dieses Hörbuch ist erhellend und wegweisend, zur einfachen Anwendung für jedermann und immer mit dem Credo: Genuss statt Verzicht. Andreas Michalsen Wed, 27 Mar 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406734 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mit Ernährung heilen - Besser essen, einfach fasten, länger leben. Neuestes Wissen aus Forschung und Praxis (Autorisierte Lesefassung) Author: Andreas Michalsen Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 27, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Andreas Michalsen widmet sich in seinem neuen Hörbuch wieder seinem größten Anliegen: uns gesünder zu machen. Auf seine sehr persönliche, kompetente und überzeugende Art zeigt er, dass die richtige Ernährung dem Körper nicht nur Impulse zur Regenerierung und Selbstheilung gibt. Sie ist nichts weniger als der Schlüssel zu einem längeren Leben. Welche sind die lebenswichtigen Nahrungsmittel und ihre Nährstoffe, und welche Ernährungsformen (von mediterraner Kost über vegetarisch bis vegan) sind die gesündesten? Welche Art von Fasten (Heilfasten, intermediäres Fasten oder Intervallfasten) passt zu wem? Die neuesten Erkenntnisse aus der Praxis und eigenen Studien der Charité werden ergänzt um weitere aktuelle Forschungsergebnisse. Dieses Hörbuch ist erhellend und wegweisend, zur einfachen Anwendung für jedermann und immer mit dem Credo: Genuss statt Verzicht. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mit Ernährung heilen - Besser essen, einfach fasten, länger leben. Neuestes Wissen aus Forschung und Praxis (Autorisierte Lesefassung) Author: Andreas Michalsen Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 27, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Andreas Michalsen widmet sich in seinem neuen Hörbuch wieder seinem größten Anliegen: uns gesünder zu machen. Auf seine sehr persönliche, kompetente und überzeugende Art zeigt er, dass die richtige Ernährung dem Körper nicht nur Impulse zur Regenerierung und Selbstheilung gibt. Sie ist nichts weniger als der Schlüssel zu einem längeren Leben. Welche sind die lebenswichtigen Nahrungsmittel und ihre Nährstoffe, und welche Ernährungsformen (von mediterraner Kost über vegetarisch bis vegan) sind die gesündesten? Welche Art von Fasten (Heilfasten, intermediäres Fasten oder Intervallfasten) passt zu wem? Die neuesten Erkenntnisse aus der Praxis und eigenen Studien der Charité werden ergänzt um weitere aktuelle Forschungsergebnisse. Dieses Hörbuch ist erhellend und wegweisend, zur einfachen Anwendung für jedermann und immer mit dem Credo: Genuss statt Verzicht. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406735 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Heilung geschieht von selbst - Ein Mediziner entschlüsselt den geheimen Gesundheitscode unseres Körpers (Autorisierte Lesefassung) Author: Wayne Jonas Narrator: Andreas Neumann Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 27, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Wayne Jonas erklärt, wie wir Erkrankungen entgegenwirken können - indem wir vom Placeboeffekt lernen und aus einer ganzheitlichen Medizin schöpfen. Studien haben gezeigt, dass 80 Prozent der Heilung auf unsere Körper-Geist-Verbindung und andere natürliche Prozesse zurückzuführen sind und nur 20 Prozent auf Therapie und Medikamente. Anhand zahlreicher Patientengeschichten aus seiner 40-jährigen Praxis als Arzt beschreibt Jonas anschaulich und wissenschaftlich untermauert, wie dieser Heilungsprozess funktioniert und was wir tun können, um unsere angeborene Heilfähigkeit zu aktivieren. Das Hörbuch gibt konkrete Anleitungen, durch welche Verhaltensweisen wir unsere Selbstheilungskräfte unterstützen können. Wayne Jonas Wed, 27 Mar 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406735 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Heilung geschieht von selbst - Ein Mediziner entschlüsselt den geheimen Gesundheitscode unseres Körpers (Autorisierte Lesefassung) Author: Wayne Jonas Narrator: Andreas Neumann Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 27, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Wayne Jonas erklärt, wie wir Erkrankungen entgegenwirken können - indem wir vom Placeboeffekt lernen und aus einer ganzheitlichen Medizin schöpfen. Studien haben gezeigt, dass 80 Prozent der Heilung auf unsere Körper-Geist-Verbindung und andere natürliche Prozesse zurückzuführen sind und nur 20 Prozent auf Therapie und Medikamente. Anhand zahlreicher Patientengeschichten aus seiner 40-jährigen Praxis als Arzt beschreibt Jonas anschaulich und wissenschaftlich untermauert, wie dieser Heilungsprozess funktioniert und was wir tun können, um unsere angeborene Heilfähigkeit zu aktivieren. Das Hörbuch gibt konkrete Anleitungen, durch welche Verhaltensweisen wir unsere Selbstheilungskräfte unterstützen können. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Heilung geschieht von selbst - Ein Mediziner entschlüsselt den geheimen Gesundheitscode unseres Körpers (Autorisierte Lesefassung) Author: Wayne Jonas Narrator: Andreas Neumann Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 27, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Wayne Jonas erklärt, wie wir Erkrankungen entgegenwirken können - indem wir vom Placeboeffekt lernen und aus einer ganzheitlichen Medizin schöpfen. Studien haben gezeigt, dass 80 Prozent der Heilung auf unsere Körper-Geist-Verbindung und andere natürliche Prozesse zurückzuführen sind und nur 20 Prozent auf Therapie und Medikamente. Anhand zahlreicher Patientengeschichten aus seiner 40-jährigen Praxis als Arzt beschreibt Jonas anschaulich und wissenschaftlich untermauert, wie dieser Heilungsprozess funktioniert und was wir tun können, um unsere angeborene Heilfähigkeit zu aktivieren. Das Hörbuch gibt konkrete Anleitungen, durch welche Verhaltensweisen wir unsere Selbstheilungskräfte unterstützen können. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406418 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gesundheit? Ein Kinderspiel! - Alles, was Eltern wissen müssen, damit ihr Kind gesund und rundum glücklich ist (Autorinnenlesung) Author: June Karlinder, Charlotte Karlinder Narrator: Charlotte Karlinder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Familiengesundheit leicht gemacht: Die Gesundheitsexpertin Charlotte Karlinder vermittelt in diesem Hörbuch alles, was Eltern für die Gesundheit ihrer Kinder zwischen 4 und 12 Jahren wissen müssen:bestechend einfache Ratschläge, anschaulich dargestellt, wissenschaftlich fundiert und sofort umsetzbar. Auf ihre humorvolle Art erklärt die Medizin-Journalistin alle wichtigen Fragen für einen gesunden Lebensstil u. a.: Wie viel Screentime pro Tag sollten wir erlauben? Brauchen Kinder wirklich täglich Gemüse? Wie viel Schlaf ist genug? Wie kann ich kleine Wehwehchen selbst versorgen? June Karlinder, Charlotte Karlinder Wed, 24 Apr 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406418 thebookvoice.com 2:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gesundheit? Ein Kinderspiel! - Alles, was Eltern wissen müssen, damit ihr Kind gesund und rundum glücklich ist (Autorinnenlesung) Author: June Karlinder, Charlotte Karlinder Narrator: Charlotte Karlinder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Familiengesundheit leicht gemacht: Die Gesundheitsexpertin Charlotte Karlinder vermittelt in diesem Hörbuch alles, was Eltern für die Gesundheit ihrer Kinder zwischen 4 und 12 Jahren wissen müssen:bestechend einfache Ratschläge, anschaulich dargestellt, wissenschaftlich fundiert und sofort umsetzbar. Auf ihre humorvolle Art erklärt die Medizin-Journalistin alle wichtigen Fragen für einen gesunden Lebensstil u. a.: Wie viel Screentime pro Tag sollten wir erlauben? Brauchen Kinder wirklich täglich Gemüse? Wie viel Schlaf ist genug? Wie kann ich kleine Wehwehchen selbst versorgen? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gesundheit? Ein Kinderspiel! - Alles, was Eltern wissen müssen, damit ihr Kind gesund und rundum glücklich ist (Autorinnenlesung) Author: June Karlinder, Charlotte Karlinder Narrator: Charlotte Karlinder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Familiengesundheit leicht gemacht: Die Gesundheitsexpertin Charlotte Karlinder vermittelt in diesem Hörbuch alles, was Eltern für die Gesundheit ihrer Kinder zwischen 4 und 12 Jahren wissen müssen:bestechend einfache Ratschläge, anschaulich dargestellt, wissenschaftlich fundiert und sofort umsetzbar. Auf ihre humorvolle Art erklärt die Medizin-Journalistin alle wichtigen Fragen für einen gesunden Lebensstil u. a.: Wie viel Screentime pro Tag sollten wir erlauben? Brauchen Kinder wirklich täglich Gemüse? Wie viel Schlaf ist genug? Wie kann ich kleine Wehwehchen selbst versorgen? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406333 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Llewellyn's Complete Book of Lucid Dreaming: A Comprehensive Guide to Promote Creativity, Overcome Sleep Disturbances & Enhance Health and Wellness Author: Clare R. Johnson PhD Narrator: Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A lucid dream is a dream in which you become aware you are dreaming. It's a powerful opportunity to explore the unfathomable depths of reality, solve problems, create new possibilities, and take charge of your own healing and happiness. This book provides a range of practical techniques, artistic activities, and guided visualizations to help you bring the creativity and super-conscious awareness of lucid dreaming into your life. Includes tips on how to get and stay lucid, cutting-edge advice from leading dreamers, techniques for using lucid dreams to assist with sleep disturbances and overcome nightmares, and ways to integrate lucid creativity for healing and mindfulness in daily life. Clare R. Johnson PhD Tue, 03 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406333 thebookvoice.com 19:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Llewellyn's Complete Book of Lucid Dreaming: A Comprehensive Guide to Promote Creativity, Overcome Sleep Disturbances & Enhance Health and Wellness Author: Clare R. Johnson PhD Narrator: Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A lucid dream is a dream in which you become aware you are dreaming. It's a powerful opportunity to explore the unfathomable depths of reality, solve problems, create new possibilities, and take charge of your own healing and happiness. This book provides a range of practical techniques, artistic activities, and guided visualizations to help you bring the creativity and super-conscious awareness of lucid dreaming into your life. Includes tips on how to get and stay lucid, cutting-edge advice from leading dreamers, techniques for using lucid dreams to assist with sleep disturbances and overcome nightmares, and ways to integrate lucid creativity for healing and mindfulness in daily life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Llewellyn's Complete Book of Lucid Dreaming: A Comprehensive Guide to Promote Creativity, Overcome Sleep Disturbances & Enhance Health and Wellness Author: Clare R. Johnson PhD Narrator: Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A lucid dream is a dream in which you become aware you are dreaming. It's a powerful opportunity to explore the unfathomable depths of reality, solve problems, create new possibilities, and take charge of your own healing and happiness. This book provides a range of practical techniques, artistic activities, and guided visualizations to help you bring the creativity and super-conscious awareness of lucid dreaming into your life. Includes tips on how to get and stay lucid, cutting-edge advice from leading dreamers, techniques for using lucid dreams to assist with sleep disturbances and overcome nightmares, and ways to integrate lucid creativity for healing and mindfulness in daily life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406114 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das neue Rückentraining - Mit Audiotrainer für einen gesunden Rücken (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Ingo Froböse Narrator: Johannes Hitzelberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Der Audiotrainer für einen gesunden Rücken. Jeder dritte Erwachsene in Deutschland leidet oft oder ständig unter Rückenbeschwerden. Höchste Zeit für dieses Übungshörbuch vom führenden Rückenexperten Prof. Dr. Ingo Froböse! Sein Training mobilisiert den Rücken und löst Schmerzmuster auf. Bewegung steht dabei an erster Stelle. Wir erfahren, wie unser Rücken funktioniert und wie wir richtig Bewegung in den Alltag bringen. Aus verschiedenen angeleiteten Übungen können wir uns ein individuelles Muskeltraining für einen starken Rücken zusammenstellen und uns dabei nach und nach steigern. Jede dieser Trainingseinheiten gibt es für Anfänger, Fortgeschrittene und Könner. Ingo Froböse Wed, 24 Apr 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406114 thebookvoice.com 3:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das neue Rückentraining - Mit Audiotrainer für einen gesunden Rücken (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Ingo Froböse Narrator: Johannes Hitzelberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Der Audiotrainer für einen gesunden Rücken. Jeder dritte Erwachsene in Deutschland leidet oft oder ständig unter Rückenbeschwerden. Höchste Zeit für dieses Übungshörbuch vom führenden Rückenexperten Prof. Dr. Ingo Froböse! Sein Training mobilisiert den Rücken und löst Schmerzmuster auf. Bewegung steht dabei an erster Stelle. Wir erfahren, wie unser Rücken funktioniert und wie wir richtig Bewegung in den Alltag bringen. Aus verschiedenen angeleiteten Übungen können wir uns ein individuelles Muskeltraining für einen starken Rücken zusammenstellen und uns dabei nach und nach steigern. Jede dieser Trainingseinheiten gibt es für Anfänger, Fortgeschrittene und Könner. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das neue Rückentraining - Mit Audiotrainer für einen gesunden Rücken (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Ingo Froböse Narrator: Johannes Hitzelberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Der Audiotrainer für einen gesunden Rücken. Jeder dritte Erwachsene in Deutschland leidet oft oder ständig unter Rückenbeschwerden. Höchste Zeit für dieses Übungshörbuch vom führenden Rückenexperten Prof. Dr. Ingo Froböse! Sein Training mobilisiert den Rücken und löst Schmerzmuster auf. Bewegung steht dabei an erster Stelle. Wir erfahren, wie unser Rücken funktioniert und wie wir richtig Bewegung in den Alltag bringen. Aus verschiedenen angeleiteten Übungen können wir uns ein individuelles Muskeltraining für einen starken Rücken zusammenstellen und uns dabei nach und nach steigern. Jede dieser Trainingseinheiten gibt es für Anfänger, Fortgeschrittene und Könner. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405874 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Súper Keto: Las claves cetogénicas para descubrir el poder de las grasas en tu dieta Author: James Dinicolantonio, Dr. Joseph Mercola Narrator: Ricardo Correa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Respuestas que disiparán la desinformación en torno al tema de las grasas, para perder peso y maximizar nuestra salud. ¿Es dañino cocinar con aceite de coco? ¿Los aceites vegetales son más saludables que las grasas animales? ¿Las grasas saturadas aumentan el colesterol y el riesgo de ataques cardíacos? ¿Comer grasa nos hace subir de peso? Si en Contra el cáncer el doctor Mercola, líder en el campo de la medicina natural, nos habló sobre la cetosis el proceso bioquímíco que permite a nuestros cuerpos quemar grasa como combustible, en lugar de carbohidratos en Súper Keto une fuerzas con el doctor DiNicolantonio, experto en enfermedades cardiovasculares, para eliminar la confusión acerca de cómo las grasas en la dieta afectan nuestros cuerpos. Aquí leerás sobre: -El mito de los problemas de salud causados por las grasas saturadas. -Por qué los llamados aceites vegetales saludables en realidad te engordan y te enferman. -Qué alimentos nos ayudan a aliviar la inflamación, aumentan la longevidad y son esenciales en la prevención de enfermedades crónicas. -Un plan de alimentación cetogénica cíclica que mantendrá tu cuerpo quemando grasa. Al sintetizar las últimas investigaciones en la ciencia de las grasas dietéticas en una propuesta accesible, Súper Keto será la guía de cabecera de la dieta cetogénica para cualquiera interesado en gozar sus asombrosos beneficios. James Dinicolantonio, Dr. Joseph Mercola Thu, 31 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405874 thebookvoice.com 9:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Súper Keto: Las claves cetogénicas para descubrir el poder de las grasas en tu dieta Author: James Dinicolantonio, Dr. Joseph Mercola Narrator: Ricardo Correa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Respuestas que disiparán la desinformación en torno al tema de las grasas, para perder peso y maximizar nuestra salud. ¿Es dañino cocinar con aceite de coco? ¿Los aceites vegetales son más saludables que las grasas animales? ¿Las grasas saturadas aumentan el colesterol y el riesgo de ataques cardíacos? ¿Comer grasa nos hace subir de peso? Si en Contra el cáncer el doctor Mercola, líder en el campo de la medicina natural, nos habló sobre la cetosis el proceso bioquímíco que permite a nuestros cuerpos quemar grasa como combustible, en lugar de carbohidratos en Súper Keto une fuerzas con el doctor DiNicolantonio, experto en enfermedades cardiovasculares, para eliminar la confusión acerca de cómo las grasas en la dieta afectan nuestros cuerpos. Aquí leerás sobre: -El mito de los problemas de salud causados por las grasas saturadas. -Por qué los llamados aceites vegetales saludables en realidad te engordan y te enferman. -Qué alimentos nos ayudan a aliviar la inflamación, aumentan la longevidad y son esenciales en la prevención de enfermedades crónicas. -Un plan de alimentación cetogénica cíclica que mantendrá tu cuerpo quemando grasa. Al sintetizar las últimas investigaciones en la ciencia de las grasas dietéticas en una propuesta accesible, Súper Keto será la guía de cabecera de la dieta cetogénica para cualquiera interesado en gozar sus asombrosos beneficios. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Súper Keto: Las claves cetogénicas para descubrir el poder de las grasas en tu dieta Author: James Dinicolantonio, Dr. Joseph Mercola Narrator: Ricardo Correa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Respuestas que disiparán la desinformación en torno al tema de las grasas, para perder peso y maximizar nuestra salud. ¿Es dañino cocinar con aceite de coco? ¿Los aceites vegetales son más saludables que las grasas animales? ¿Las grasas saturadas aumentan el colesterol y el riesgo de ataques cardíacos? ¿Comer grasa nos hace subir de peso? Si en Contra el cáncer el doctor Mercola, líder en el campo de la medicina natural, nos habló sobre la cetosis el proceso bioquímíco que permite a nuestros cuerpos quemar grasa como combustible, en lugar de carbohidratos en Súper Keto une fuerzas con el doctor DiNicolantonio, experto en enfermedades cardiovasculares, para eliminar la confusión acerca de cómo las grasas en la dieta afectan nuestros cuerpos. Aquí leerás sobre: -El mito de los problemas de salud causados por las grasas saturadas. -Por qué los llamados aceites vegetales saludables en realidad te engordan y te enferman. -Qué alimentos nos ayudan a aliviar la inflamación, aumentan la longevidad y son esenciales en la prevención de enfermedades crónicas. -Un plan de alimentación cetogénica cíclica que mantendrá tu cuerpo quemando grasa. Al sintetizar las últimas investigaciones en la ciencia de las grasas dietéticas en una propuesta accesible, Súper Keto será la guía de cabecera de la dieta cetogénica para cualquiera interesado en gozar sus asombrosos beneficios. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405448 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Never Talk About This Again: A Memoir Author: Sara Faith Alterman Narrator: Sara Faith Alterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Samantha Irby meets Bettyville in this darkly funny and poignant memoir about love, loss, Alzheimer's, and reviving her father's pornographic writing career, from writer and Mortified liveproducer Sara Faith Alterman. Twelve-year-old Sara enjoyed an G-rated existence in suburban New England, filled with over-the-top birthday cakes, Revolutionary War reenactments, and nerdy word games invented by her prudish father, Ira. But Sara's world changed for the icky when she discovered that Ira had been shielding her from the truth: that he was a campy sex writer who'd sold millions of books in multiple languages, including the wildly popular Games You Can Play with Your Pussy. Which was, to the naïve Sara's horror, not a book about cats. For decades the books remained an unspoken family secret, until Ira developed early onset Alzheimer's disease . . . and announced he'd be reviving his writing career. With Sara's help. In this cringeworthy, hilarious, and moving memoir, Sara shares the profound experience of discovering new facets of her father; once as a child, and again as an adult. Let's Never Talk About This Again is a must-read confessional from a woman who spent years trying to find humor in the perverse and optimism in the darkness, and succeeded. Sara Faith Alterman Tue, 28 Jul 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405448 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Never Talk About This Again: A Memoir Author: Sara Faith Alterman Narrator: Sara Faith Alterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Samantha Irby meets Bettyville in this darkly funny and poignant memoir about love, loss, Alzheimer's, and reviving her father's pornographic writing career, from writer and Mortified liveproducer Sara Faith Alterman. Twelve-year-old Sara enjoyed an G-rated existence in suburban New England, filled with over-the-top birthday cakes, Revolutionary War reenactments, and nerdy word games invented by her prudish father, Ira. But Sara's world changed for the icky when she discovered that Ira had been shielding her from the truth: that he was a campy sex writer who'd sold millions of books in multiple languages, including the wildly popular Games You Can Play with Your Pussy. Which was, to the naïve Sara's horror, not a book about cats. For decades the books remained an unspoken family secret, until Ira developed early onset Alzheimer's disease . . . and announced he'd be reviving his writing career. With Sara's help. In this cringeworthy, hilarious, and moving memoir, Sara shares the profound experience of discovering new facets of her father; once as a child, and again as an adult. Let's Never Talk About This Again is a must-read confessional from a woman who spent years trying to find humor in the perverse and optimism in the darkness, and succeeded. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Never Talk About This Again: A Memoir Author: Sara Faith Alterman Narrator: Sara Faith Alterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Samantha Irby meets Bettyville in this darkly funny and poignant memoir about love, loss, Alzheimer's, and reviving her father's pornographic writing career, from writer and Mortified liveproducer Sara Faith Alterman. Twelve-year-old Sara enjoyed an G-rated existence in suburban New England, filled with over-the-top birthday cakes, Revolutionary War reenactments, and nerdy word games invented by her prudish father, Ira. But Sara's world changed for the icky when she discovered that Ira had been shielding her from the truth: that he was a campy sex writer who'd sold millions of books in multiple languages, including the wildly popular Games You Can Play with Your Pussy. Which was, to the naïve Sara's horror, not a book about cats. For decades the books remained an unspoken family secret, until Ira developed early onset Alzheimer's disease . . . and announced he'd be reviving his writing career. With Sara's help. In this cringeworthy, hilarious, and moving memoir, Sara shares the profound experience of discovering new facets of her father; once as a child, and again as an adult. Let's Never Talk About This Again is a must-read confessional from a woman who spent years trying to find humor in the perverse and optimism in the darkness, and succeeded. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405404 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Matters: How Male-Centric Medicine Endangers Women's Health and What We Can Do About It Author: Alyson J. Mcgregor Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Get the right care for your body -- and avoid treatments that can endanger women -- with this important manual from a physician who is a leading expert on sex and gender medicine. Sex Matters tackles one of the most urgent, yet unspoken issues facing women's health care today: all models of medical research and practice are based on male-centric models that ignore the unique biological and emotional differences between men and women -- an omission that can endanger women's lives. The facts surrounding how male-centric medicine impacts women's health every day are chilling: in the ER, women are more likely to receive a psychiatric diagnosis with regard to opioid use, while men are more likely to be referred for detoxification; the more vocal women become about their pain, the more likely their providers are to prescribe either inadequate or inappropriate pain relief medication; women often present with nontraditional symptoms of stroke, which causes delays in recognition by both them and their health professionals; and a government accountability study found that 80% of drugs that are withdrawn from the market are due to side effects that happen to women (a result of testing drugs mostly on men). Leading expert on sex and gender medicine Dr. Alyson McGregor focuses on the key areas where these differences are most potentially harmful, addressing: - Cardiac and stroke diagnosis and treatment in women - Prescription and dosing of pharmaceuticals; - Subjective evaluation of women's symptoms; - Pain and pain management; - Hormones and female biochemistry (including prescribed hormones); - How economic status, race, and gender identity are additional critical factors. Not only does Dr. McGregor explore these disparities in depth, she shares clear, practical suggestions for what women can do to protect themselves. A work of riveting exposé with revelatory insights and actionable guidance for navigating the medical establishment, Sex Matters is an empowering roadmap for reinventing modern medicine -- and for self-care. Alyson J. Mcgregor Tue, 19 May 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405404 thebookvoice.com 6:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Matters: How Male-Centric Medicine Endangers Women's Health and What We Can Do About It Author: Alyson J. Mcgregor Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Get the right care for your body -- and avoid treatments that can endanger women -- with this important manual from a physician who is a leading expert on sex and gender medicine. Sex Matters tackles one of the most urgent, yet unspoken issues facing women's health care today: all models of medical research and practice are based on male-centric models that ignore the unique biological and emotional differences between men and women -- an omission that can endanger women's lives. The facts surrounding how male-centric medicine impacts women's health every day are chilling: in the ER, women are more likely to receive a psychiatric diagnosis with regard to opioid use, while men are more likely to be referred for detoxification; the more vocal women become about their pain, the more likely their providers are to prescribe either inadequate or inappropriate pain relief medication; women often present with nontraditional symptoms of stroke, which causes delays in recognition by both them and their health professionals; and a government accountability study found that 80% of drugs that are withdrawn from the market are due to side effects that happen to women (a result of testing drugs mostly on men). Leading expert on sex and gender medicine Dr. Alyson McGregor focuses on the key areas where these differences are most potentially harmful, addressing: - Cardiac and stroke diagnosis and treatment in women - Prescription and dosing of pharmaceuticals; - Subjective evaluation of women's symptoms; - Pain and pain management; - Hormones and female biochemistry (including prescribed hormones); - How economic status, race, and gender identity are additional critical factors. Not only does Dr. McGregor explore these disparities in depth, she shares clear, practical suggestions for what women can do to protect themselves. A work of riveting exposé with revelatory insights and actionable guidance for navigating the medical establishment, Sex Matters is an empowering roadmap for reinventing modern medicine -- and for self-care. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Matters: How Male-Centric Medicine Endangers Women's Health and What We Can Do About It Author: Alyson J. Mcgregor Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Get the right care for your body -- and avoid treatments that can endanger women -- with this important manual from a physician who is a leading expert on sex and gender medicine. Sex Matters tackles one of the most urgent, yet unspoken issues facing women's health care today: all models of medical research and practice are based on male-centric models that ignore the unique biological and emotional differences between men and women -- an omission that can endanger women's lives. The facts surrounding how male-centric medicine impacts women's health every day are chilling: in the ER, women are more likely to receive a psychiatric diagnosis with regard to opioid use, while men are more likely to be referred for detoxification; the more vocal women become about their pain, the more likely their providers are to prescribe either inadequate or inappropriate pain relief medication; women often present with nontraditional symptoms of stroke, which causes delays in recognition by both them and their health professionals; and a government accountability study found that 80% of drugs that are withdrawn from the market are due to side effects that happen to women (a result of testing drugs mostly on men). Leading expert on sex and gender medicine Dr. Alyson McGregor focuses on the key areas where these differences are most potentially harmful, addressing: - Cardiac and stroke diagnosis and treatment in women - Prescription and dosing of pharmaceuticals; - Subjective evaluation of women's symptoms; - Pain and pain management; - Hormones and female biochemistry (including prescribed hormones); - How economic status, race, and gender identity are additional critical factors. Not only does Dr. McGregor explore these disparities in depth, she shares clear, practical suggestions for what women can do to protect themselves. A work of riveting exposé with revelatory insights and actionable guidance for navigating the medical establishment, Sex Matters is an empowering roadmap for reinventing modern medicine -- and for self-care. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405362 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yoga Effect: A Proven Program for Depression and Anxiety Author: Liz Owen, Holly Lebowitz Rossi Narrator: Kristin Condon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Based on cutting-edge NIH studies, a practical, accessible guide to yoga for reduction in stress, anxiety, and depression, with the goal of balanced emotional health. The Yoga Effect helps readers overcome the de-energizing effects of depression and move into a state of calm and focus. Based on the program developed through three NIH-funded studies at Boston University School of Medicine, these sequences are medically proven to trigger a physical and mental release of fear and worry. The book offers: - A customizable prescription for maintaining centeredness, confidence, and balance - Straightforward, accessible sequences, with 40 black & white photos clearly illustrating the poses - A short, well-rounded practice that includes breath work and poses with clear explanation of how each sequence contributes to physical, mental, and emotional wellness - Differing levels of practice for readers' varying levels of physical abilities Written with an MD, The Yoga Effect is a proven pathway for cultivating inner strength that can be accessed at any time, offering hope and a solution for anyone looking to transform their mental and emotional health. Liz Owen, Holly Lebowitz Rossi Tue, 17 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405362 thebookvoice.com 6:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yoga Effect: A Proven Program for Depression and Anxiety Author: Liz Owen, Holly Lebowitz Rossi Narrator: Kristin Condon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Based on cutting-edge NIH studies, a practical, accessible guide to yoga for reduction in stress, anxiety, and depression, with the goal of balanced emotional health. The Yoga Effect helps readers overcome the de-energizing effects of depression and move into a state of calm and focus. Based on the program developed through three NIH-funded studies at Boston University School of Medicine, these sequences are medically proven to trigger a physical and mental release of fear and worry. The book offers: - A customizable prescription for maintaining centeredness, confidence, and balance - Straightforward, accessible sequences, with 40 black & white photos clearly illustrating the poses - A short, well-rounded practice that includes breath work and poses with clear explanation of how each sequence contributes to physical, mental, and emotional wellness - Differing levels of practice for readers' varying levels of physical abilities Written with an MD, The Yoga Effect is a proven pathway for cultivating inner strength that can be accessed at any time, offering hope and a solution for anyone looking to transform their mental and emotional health. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yoga Effect: A Proven Program for Depression and Anxiety Author: Liz Owen, Holly Lebowitz Rossi Narrator: Kristin Condon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Based on cutting-edge NIH studies, a practical, accessible guide to yoga for reduction in stress, anxiety, and depression, with the goal of balanced emotional health. The Yoga Effect helps readers overcome the de-energizing effects of depression and move into a state of calm and focus. Based on the program developed through three NIH-funded studies at Boston University School of Medicine, these sequences are medically proven to trigger a physical and mental release of fear and worry. The book offers: - A customizable prescription for maintaining centeredness, confidence, and balance - Straightforward, accessible sequences, with 40 black & white photos clearly illustrating the poses - A short, well-rounded practice that includes breath work and poses with clear explanation of how each sequence contributes to physical, mental, and emotional wellness - Differing levels of practice for readers' varying levels of physical abilities Written with an MD, The Yoga Effect is a proven pathway for cultivating inner strength that can be accessed at any time, offering hope and a solution for anyone looking to transform their mental and emotional health. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405312 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Big: How the Founder of Weight Watchers Changed the World -- and Me Author: Marisa Meltzer Narrator: Marisa Meltzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From a contributor to The Cut, one of Vogue's most anticipated books "bravely and honestly" (Busy Philipps) talks about weight loss and sheds a light on Weight Watchers founder Jean Nidetch: "a triumphant chronicle" (New York Times).  Marisa Meltzer began her first diet at the age of five. Growing up an indoors-loving child in Northern California, she learned from an early age that weight was the one part of her life she could neither change nor even really understand. Fast forward nearly four decades. Marisa, also a contributor to the New Yorker and the New York Times, comes across an obituary for Jean Nidetch, the Queens, New York housewife who founded Weight Watchers in 1963. Weaving Jean's incredible story as weight loss maven and pathbreaking entrepreneur with Marisa's own journey through Weight Watchers, she chronicles the deep parallels, and enduring frustrations, in each woman's decades-long efforts to lose weight and keep it off. The result is funny, unexpected, and unforgettable: a testament to how transformation goes far beyond a number on the scale. Marisa Meltzer Tue, 14 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405312 thebookvoice.com 8:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Big: How the Founder of Weight Watchers Changed the World -- and Me Author: Marisa Meltzer Narrator: Marisa Meltzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From a contributor to The Cut, one of Vogue's most anticipated books "bravely and honestly" (Busy Philipps) talks about weight loss and sheds a light on Weight Watchers founder Jean Nidetch: "a triumphant chronicle" (New York Times).  Marisa Meltzer began her first diet at the age of five. Growing up an indoors-loving child in Northern California, she learned from an early age that weight was the one part of her life she could neither change nor even really understand. Fast forward nearly four decades. Marisa, also a contributor to the New Yorker and the New York Times, comes across an obituary for Jean Nidetch, the Queens, New York housewife who founded Weight Watchers in 1963. Weaving Jean's incredible story as weight loss maven and pathbreaking entrepreneur with Marisa's own journey through Weight Watchers, she chronicles the deep parallels, and enduring frustrations, in each woman's decades-long efforts to lose weight and keep it off. The result is funny, unexpected, and unforgettable: a testament to how transformation goes far beyond a number on the scale. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Big: How the Founder of Weight Watchers Changed the World -- and Me Author: Marisa Meltzer Narrator: Marisa Meltzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From a contributor to The Cut, one of Vogue's most anticipated books "bravely and honestly" (Busy Philipps) talks about weight loss and sheds a light on Weight Watchers founder Jean Nidetch: "a triumphant chronicle" (New York Times).  Marisa Meltzer began her first diet at the age of five. Growing up an indoors-loving child in Northern California, she learned from an early age that weight was the one part of her life she could neither change nor even really understand. Fast forward nearly four decades. Marisa, also a contributor to the New Yorker and the New York Times, comes across an obituary for Jean Nidetch, the Queens, New York housewife who founded Weight Watchers in 1963. Weaving Jean's incredible story as weight loss maven and pathbreaking entrepreneur with Marisa's own journey through Weight Watchers, she chronicles the deep parallels, and enduring frustrations, in each woman's decades-long efforts to lose weight and keep it off. The result is funny, unexpected, and unforgettable: a testament to how transformation goes far beyond a number on the scale. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405264 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ending Parkinson's Disease: A Prescription for Action Author: Ray Dorsey, Bastiaan R. Bloem, Michael S. Okun, Todd Sherer Narrator: Alex Hyde-White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In this 'must-read' guide (Lonnie Ali), four leading doctors and advocates offer a bold action plan to prevent, care for, and treat Parkinson's disease-one of the great health challenges of our time. Brain diseases are now the world's leading source of disability. The fastest growing of these is Parkinson's: the number of impacted patients has doubled to more than six million over the last twenty-five years and is projected to double again by 2040. Harmful pesticides that increase the risk of Parkinson's continue to proliferate, many people remain undiagnosed and untreated, research funding stagnates, and the most effective treatment is now a half century old. In Ending Parkinson's Disease, four top experts provide a plan to help prevent Parkinson's, improve care and treatment, and end the silence associated with this devastating disease. Ray Dorsey, Bastiaan R. Bloem, Michael S. Okun, Todd Sherer Tue, 17 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405264 thebookvoice.com 6:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ending Parkinson's Disease: A Prescription for Action Author: Ray Dorsey, Bastiaan R. Bloem, Michael S. Okun, Todd Sherer Narrator: Alex Hyde-White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In this 'must-read' guide (Lonnie Ali), four leading doctors and advocates offer a bold action plan to prevent, care for, and treat Parkinson's disease-one of the great health challenges of our time. Brain diseases are now the world's leading source of disability. The fastest growing of these is Parkinson's: the number of impacted patients has doubled to more than six million over the last twenty-five years and is projected to double again by 2040. Harmful pesticides that increase the risk of Parkinson's continue to proliferate, many people remain undiagnosed and untreated, research funding stagnates, and the most effective treatment is now a half century old. In Ending Parkinson's Disease, four top experts provide a plan to help prevent Parkinson's, improve care and treatment, and end the silence associated with this devastating disease. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ending Parkinson's Disease: A Prescription for Action Author: Ray Dorsey, Bastiaan R. Bloem, Michael S. Okun, Todd Sherer Narrator: Alex Hyde-White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In this 'must-read' guide (Lonnie Ali), four leading doctors and advocates offer a bold action plan to prevent, care for, and treat Parkinson's disease-one of the great health challenges of our time. Brain diseases are now the world's leading source of disability. The fastest growing of these is Parkinson's: the number of impacted patients has doubled to more than six million over the last twenty-five years and is projected to double again by 2040. Harmful pesticides that increase the risk of Parkinson's continue to proliferate, many people remain undiagnosed and untreated, research funding stagnates, and the most effective treatment is now a half century old. In Ending Parkinson's Disease, four top experts provide a plan to help prevent Parkinson's, improve care and treatment, and end the silence associated with this devastating disease. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405219 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between Heaven and Hell: The Story of My Stroke (Inspirational Memoir, Stroke Recovery Book, Near Death Experiences) Author: David Talbot Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Acclaimed writer, bestselling author, and founder of Salon magazine, David Talbot has brought us masterful and explosive headline-breaking stories for over 25 years with books like the New York Times bestsellers Brothers, The Devil's Chessboard, and nationally recognized Season of the Witch. Now for the first time, journalist and historian David Talbot turns inward in this intimate journey through the life-changing year following his stroke, a year that turned his life upside down, and ultimately, saved him. In his signature voice and with powerful storytelling, Talbot examines the physical, emotional, and psychological impact his stroke has had on his identity. Along the way Talbot offers readers insider stories on the wild early days of Internet journalism, insights into the new tech culture, the down and dirty of Hollywood, and much more. This is an illuminating, often humorous, portrait of how a health crisis can truly shift one's perspective on life and purpose. David Talbot Tue, 14 Jan 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405219 thebookvoice.com 4:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between Heaven and Hell: The Story of My Stroke (Inspirational Memoir, Stroke Recovery Book, Near Death Experiences) Author: David Talbot Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Acclaimed writer, bestselling author, and founder of Salon magazine, David Talbot has brought us masterful and explosive headline-breaking stories for over 25 years with books like the New York Times bestsellers Brothers, The Devil's Chessboard, and nationally recognized Season of the Witch. Now for the first time, journalist and historian David Talbot turns inward in this intimate journey through the life-changing year following his stroke, a year that turned his life upside down, and ultimately, saved him. In his signature voice and with powerful storytelling, Talbot examines the physical, emotional, and psychological impact his stroke has had on his identity. Along the way Talbot offers readers insider stories on the wild early days of Internet journalism, insights into the new tech culture, the down and dirty of Hollywood, and much more. This is an illuminating, often humorous, portrait of how a health crisis can truly shift one's perspective on life and purpose. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between Heaven and Hell: The Story of My Stroke (Inspirational Memoir, Stroke Recovery Book, Near Death Experiences) Author: David Talbot Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Acclaimed writer, bestselling author, and founder of Salon magazine, David Talbot has brought us masterful and explosive headline-breaking stories for over 25 years with books like the New York Times bestsellers Brothers, The Devil's Chessboard, and nationally recognized Season of the Witch. Now for the first time, journalist and historian David Talbot turns inward in this intimate journey through the life-changing year following his stroke, a year that turned his life upside down, and ultimately, saved him. In his signature voice and with powerful storytelling, Talbot examines the physical, emotional, and psychological impact his stroke has had on his identity. Along the way Talbot offers readers insider stories on the wild early days of Internet journalism, insights into the new tech culture, the down and dirty of Hollywood, and much more. This is an illuminating, often humorous, portrait of how a health crisis can truly shift one's perspective on life and purpose. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405215 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100 Days to a Younger Brain: Maximize Your Memory, Boost Your Brain Health, and Defy Dementia Author: Sabina Brennan Narrator: Sabina Brennan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: An easy program of one-a-day exercises to assess your brain health, improve your memory, protect your brain from cognitive decline and slow the effects of dementia Living a brain-healthy life is not just to reduce the risk of dementia and other serious health issues but also to improve the quality of your life and brain performance now. Investing in brain health will cost you nothing but time and effort -- and the brain-healthy recommendations in this book can all be followed for free! Brain health expert Dr. Sabina Brennan's steps are simple to follow and within your control so can be integrated into daily life with ease over the course of 100 days, including: - Creating a sleep profile and plan - Assessing your stress levels and targeting specific areas to improve - Building and maintaining a social life, mental health, and emotional wellbeing - Planning out physical activity and heart-health practices Dr. Brennan's assessments and quizzes empowers readers to make informed choices every day about sleeping, eating and lifestyle habits that will benefit all aspects of life, from work to relationships and achieving personal goals. This motivating book proves that you don't need to understand complicated neuroscience in order to keep your brain healthy, inspiring you to do at least one small thing every day to radically improve your brain health. Sabina Brennan Tue, 14 Jan 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405215 thebookvoice.com 6:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100 Days to a Younger Brain: Maximize Your Memory, Boost Your Brain Health, and Defy Dementia Author: Sabina Brennan Narrator: Sabina Brennan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: An easy program of one-a-day exercises to assess your brain health, improve your memory, protect your brain from cognitive decline and slow the effects of dementia Living a brain-healthy life is not just to reduce the risk of dementia and other serious health issues but also to improve the quality of your life and brain performance now. Investing in brain health will cost you nothing but time and effort -- and the brain-healthy recommendations in this book can all be followed for free! Brain health expert Dr. Sabina Brennan's steps are simple to follow and within your control so can be integrated into daily life with ease over the course of 100 days, including: - Creating a sleep profile and plan - Assessing your stress levels and targeting specific areas to improve - Building and maintaining a social life, mental health, and emotional wellbeing - Planning out physical activity and heart-health practices Dr. Brennan's assessments and quizzes empowers readers to make informed choices every day about sleeping, eating and lifestyle habits that will benefit all aspects of life, from work to relationships and achieving personal goals. This motivating book proves that you don't need to understand complicated neuroscience in order to keep your brain healthy, inspiring you to do at least one small thing every day to radically improve your brain health. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100 Days to a Younger Brain: Maximize Your Memory, Boost Your Brain Health, and Defy Dementia Author: Sabina Brennan Narrator: Sabina Brennan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: An easy program of one-a-day exercises to assess your brain health, improve your memory, protect your brain from cognitive decline and slow the effects of dementia Living a brain-healthy life is not just to reduce the risk of dementia and other serious health issues but also to improve the quality of your life and brain performance now. Investing in brain health will cost you nothing but time and effort -- and the brain-healthy recommendations in this book can all be followed for free! Brain health expert Dr. Sabina Brennan's steps are simple to follow and within your control so can be integrated into daily life with ease over the course of 100 days, including: - Creating a sleep profile and plan - Assessing your stress levels and targeting specific areas to improve - Building and maintaining a social life, mental health, and emotional wellbeing - Planning out physical activity and heart-health practices Dr. Brennan's assessments and quizzes empowers readers to make informed choices every day about sleeping, eating and lifestyle habits that will benefit all aspects of life, from work to relationships and achieving personal goals. This motivating book proves that you don't need to understand complicated neuroscience in order to keep your brain healthy, inspiring you to do at least one small thing every day to radically improve your brain health. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405192 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Wash: Detox Your Mind for Clearer Thinking, Deeper Relationships, and Lasting Happiness Author: Austin Perlmutter, David Perlmutter Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Fight back against a modern culture that is rewiring our brains and damaging our health with this practical, doctor-approved plan for healing that includes a ten-day boot camp and forty delicious recipes. Contemporary life provides us with infinite opportunities, along with endless temptations. We can eat whatever we want, whenever we want. We can immerse ourselves in the vast, enticing world of digital media. We can buy goods and services for rapid delivery with our fingertips or voice commands. But living in this 24/7 hyper-reality poses serious risks to our physical and mental states, our connections to others, and even to the world at large. Brain Wash builds from a simple premise: Our brains are being gravely manipulated, resulting in behaviors that leave us more lonely, anxious, depressed, distrustful, illness-prone, and overweight than ever before. Based on the latest science, the book identifies the mental hijacking that undermines each and every one of us, and presents the tools necessary to think more clearly, make better decisions, strengthen bonds with others, and develop healthier habits. Featuring a 10-day bootcamp program, including a meal plan and 40 delicious original recipes, Brain Wash is the key to cultivating a more purposeful and fulfilling life. Austin Perlmutter, David Perlmutter Tue, 14 Jan 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405192 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Wash: Detox Your Mind for Clearer Thinking, Deeper Relationships, and Lasting Happiness Author: Austin Perlmutter, David Perlmutter Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Fight back against a modern culture that is rewiring our brains and damaging our health with this practical, doctor-approved plan for healing that includes a ten-day boot camp and forty delicious recipes. Contemporary life provides us with infinite opportunities, along with endless temptations. We can eat whatever we want, whenever we want. We can immerse ourselves in the vast, enticing world of digital media. We can buy goods and services for rapid delivery with our fingertips or voice commands. But living in this 24/7 hyper-reality poses serious risks to our physical and mental states, our connections to others, and even to the world at large. Brain Wash builds from a simple premise: Our brains are being gravely manipulated, resulting in behaviors that leave us more lonely, anxious, depressed, distrustful, illness-prone, and overweight than ever before. Based on the latest science, the book identifies the mental hijacking that undermines each and every one of us, and presents the tools necessary to think more clearly, make better decisions, strengthen bonds with others, and develop healthier habits. Featuring a 10-day bootcamp program, including a meal plan and 40 delicious original recipes, Brain Wash is the key to cultivating a more purposeful and fulfilling life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Wash: Detox Your Mind for Clearer Thinking, Deeper Relationships, and Lasting Happiness Author: Austin Perlmutter, David Perlmutter Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Fight back against a modern culture that is rewiring our brains and damaging our health with this practical, doctor-approved plan for healing that includes a ten-day boot camp and forty delicious recipes. Contemporary life provides us with infinite opportunities, along with endless temptations. We can eat whatever we want, whenever we want. We can immerse ourselves in the vast, enticing world of digital media. We can buy goods and services for rapid delivery with our fingertips or voice commands. But living in this 24/7 hyper-reality poses serious risks to our physical and mental states, our connections to others, and even to the world at large. Brain Wash builds from a simple premise: Our brains are being gravely manipulated, resulting in behaviors that leave us more lonely, anxious, depressed, distrustful, illness-prone, and overweight than ever before. Based on the latest science, the book identifies the mental hijacking that undermines each and every one of us, and presents the tools necessary to think more clearly, make better decisions, strengthen bonds with others, and develop healthier habits. Featuring a 10-day bootcamp program, including a meal plan and 40 delicious original recipes, Brain Wash is the key to cultivating a more purposeful and fulfilling life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405180 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Isn't Terrible: Conquer Your Insecurities, Interrupt Your Anxiety, and Finally Calm Down Author: Kathleen Smith Narrator: Kathleen Smith, Christine Lakin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of You Are a Badass and The Life-Changing Magic of Not Giving a F*ck, a helpful and humorous guide to shedding our anxious habits and building a more solid sense of self in an increasingly anxiety-inducing world. Licensed therapist and mental health writer Dr. Kathleen Smith offers a smart, practical antidote to our anxiety-ridden times. Everything Isn't Terrible is an informative and practical guide -- featuring a healthy dose of humor—for people who want to become beacons of calmness in their families, at work, and in our anxious world. Everything Isn't Terrible will inspire you to confront your anxious self, take charge of your anxiety, and increase your own capacity to choose how you respond to it. Comprised of short chapters containing anecdotal examples from Smith's work with her clients, in addition to engaging, actionable exercises for readers, Everything Isn't Terrible will give anyone suffering from anxiety all the tools they need to finally...calm...down. Ultimately, living a calmer, less anxious life—one that isn't terrible—is possible, and with this book you'll learn how to do it. Kathleen Smith Tue, 31 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405180 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Isn't Terrible: Conquer Your Insecurities, Interrupt Your Anxiety, and Finally Calm Down Author: Kathleen Smith Narrator: Kathleen Smith, Christine Lakin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of You Are a Badass and The Life-Changing Magic of Not Giving a F*ck, a helpful and humorous guide to shedding our anxious habits and building a more solid sense of self in an increasingly anxiety-inducing world. Licensed therapist and mental health writer Dr. Kathleen Smith offers a smart, practical antidote to our anxiety-ridden times. Everything Isn't Terrible is an informative and practical guide -- featuring a healthy dose of humor—for people who want to become beacons of calmness in their families, at work, and in our anxious world. Everything Isn't Terrible will inspire you to confront your anxious self, take charge of your anxiety, and increase your own capacity to choose how you respond to it. Comprised of short chapters containing anecdotal examples from Smith's work with her clients, in addition to engaging, actionable exercises for readers, Everything Isn't Terrible will give anyone suffering from anxiety all the tools they need to finally...calm...down. Ultimately, living a calmer, less anxious life—one that isn't terrible—is possible, and with this book you'll learn how to do it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Isn't Terrible: Conquer Your Insecurities, Interrupt Your Anxiety, and Finally Calm Down Author: Kathleen Smith Narrator: Kathleen Smith, Christine Lakin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of You Are a Badass and The Life-Changing Magic of Not Giving a F*ck, a helpful and humorous guide to shedding our anxious habits and building a more solid sense of self in an increasingly anxiety-inducing world. Licensed therapist and mental health writer Dr. Kathleen Smith offers a smart, practical antidote to our anxiety-ridden times. Everything Isn't Terrible is an informative and practical guide -- featuring a healthy dose of humor—for people who want to become beacons of calmness in their families, at work, and in our anxious world. Everything Isn't Terrible will inspire you to confront your anxious self, take charge of your anxiety, and increase your own capacity to choose how you respond to it. Comprised of short chapters containing anecdotal examples from Smith's work with her clients, in addition to engaging, actionable exercises for readers, Everything Isn't Terrible will give anyone suffering from anxiety all the tools they need to finally...calm...down. Ultimately, living a calmer, less anxious life—one that isn't terrible—is possible, and with this book you'll learn how to do it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405179 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hanger Management: Master Your Hunger and Improve Your Mood, Mind, and Relationships Author: Susan Albers Narrator: Dara Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The complete program for mastering your 'hanger,' from mindful-eating pioneer Dr. Susan Albers -- with 45 tips to turn hanger into happiness. It happens to all of us. One minute you're happily going about your day, and a few seconds later you're a snappy, illogical version of yourself. The culprit? Hanger. We're living busier lives than ever before, and when we forget to eat -- or accidentally overeat -- hunger can make us angry, unreasonable, and dull, with big impacts on our emotional and psychological well being. And hanger can become a cycle. When we get too hungry, we're more likely to make food decisions we regret, which sets us up for another hanger crash later on. The good news: when we make better decisions about food, we think more clearly, connect better in our relationships, and improve our performance. Hanger Management is the book that can help you break this cycle and create healthy habits that fuel and empower you. In Hanger Management, New York Times bestselling author and clinical psychologist Susan Albers sheds light on the causes of hanger, and shares 45 of her best tips for managing it well. By learning to stay on top of your hunger cues, cultivating a better understanding of your appetite, and creating a better overall relationship with food, you'll become happier -- and healthier -- for life. Susan Albers Tue, 24 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405179 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hanger Management: Master Your Hunger and Improve Your Mood, Mind, and Relationships Author: Susan Albers Narrator: Dara Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The complete program for mastering your 'hanger,' from mindful-eating pioneer Dr. Susan Albers -- with 45 tips to turn hanger into happiness. It happens to all of us. One minute you're happily going about your day, and a few seconds later you're a snappy, illogical version of yourself. The culprit? Hanger. We're living busier lives than ever before, and when we forget to eat -- or accidentally overeat -- hunger can make us angry, unreasonable, and dull, with big impacts on our emotional and psychological well being. And hanger can become a cycle. When we get too hungry, we're more likely to make food decisions we regret, which sets us up for another hanger crash later on. The good news: when we make better decisions about food, we think more clearly, connect better in our relationships, and improve our performance. Hanger Management is the book that can help you break this cycle and create healthy habits that fuel and empower you. In Hanger Management, New York Times bestselling author and clinical psychologist Susan Albers sheds light on the causes of hanger, and shares 45 of her best tips for managing it well. By learning to stay on top of your hunger cues, cultivating a better understanding of your appetite, and creating a better overall relationship with food, you'll become happier -- and healthier -- for life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hanger Management: Master Your Hunger and Improve Your Mood, Mind, and Relationships Author: Susan Albers Narrator: Dara Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The complete program for mastering your 'hanger,' from mindful-eating pioneer Dr. Susan Albers -- with 45 tips to turn hanger into happiness. It happens to all of us. One minute you're happily going about your day, and a few seconds later you're a snappy, illogical version of yourself. The culprit? Hanger. We're living busier lives than ever before, and when we forget to eat -- or accidentally overeat -- hunger can make us angry, unreasonable, and dull, with big impacts on our emotional and psychological well being. And hanger can become a cycle. When we get too hungry, we're more likely to make food decisions we regret, which sets us up for another hanger crash later on. The good news: when we make better decisions about food, we think more clearly, connect better in our relationships, and improve our performance. Hanger Management is the book that can help you break this cycle and create healthy habits that fuel and empower you. In Hanger Management, New York Times bestselling author and clinical psychologist Susan Albers sheds light on the causes of hanger, and shares 45 of her best tips for managing it well. By learning to stay on top of your hunger cues, cultivating a better understanding of your appetite, and creating a better overall relationship with food, you'll become happier -- and healthier -- for life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404922 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Immunity: The Science of Staying Well Author: Dr Jenna Macciochi Narrator: Dr Jenna Macciochi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Start strengthening your immunity for good. In this ground-breaking book, expert immunologist Dr Jenna Macciochi unravels the new science around immunity. Immunity decodes exactly what it takes to be well in the modern day and reveals tips and tricks you can start putting into practice immediately, including chapters on: · Immunity-nourishing nutrition and the best foods to eat · The importance of movement and how often to exercise · How immunity and sleep are deeply linked · Why mental health matters when it comes to your immunity Offering simple, clear and expert advice, debunking popular myths along the way, this fascinating book explores the secrets of people who never seem to get ill, how to protect yourself against viruses and why some germs are actually good for us. Learn how to cultivate your long term health today. Dr Jenna Macciochi Thu, 09 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404922 thebookvoice.com 9:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Immunity: The Science of Staying Well Author: Dr Jenna Macciochi Narrator: Dr Jenna Macciochi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Start strengthening your immunity for good. In this ground-breaking book, expert immunologist Dr Jenna Macciochi unravels the new science around immunity. Immunity decodes exactly what it takes to be well in the modern day and reveals tips and tricks you can start putting into practice immediately, including chapters on: · Immunity-nourishing nutrition and the best foods to eat · The importance of movement and how often to exercise · How immunity and sleep are deeply linked · Why mental health matters when it comes to your immunity Offering simple, clear and expert advice, debunking popular myths along the way, this fascinating book explores the secrets of people who never seem to get ill, how to protect yourself against viruses and why some germs are actually good for us. Learn how to cultivate your long term health today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Immunity: The Science of Staying Well Author: Dr Jenna Macciochi Narrator: Dr Jenna Macciochi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Start strengthening your immunity for good. In this ground-breaking book, expert immunologist Dr Jenna Macciochi unravels the new science around immunity. Immunity decodes exactly what it takes to be well in the modern day and reveals tips and tricks you can start putting into practice immediately, including chapters on: · Immunity-nourishing nutrition and the best foods to eat · The importance of movement and how often to exercise · How immunity and sleep are deeply linked · Why mental health matters when it comes to your immunity Offering simple, clear and expert advice, debunking popular myths along the way, this fascinating book explores the secrets of people who never seem to get ill, how to protect yourself against viruses and why some germs are actually good for us. Learn how to cultivate your long term health today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404694 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Switch: How to change things when change is hard Author: Chip Heath, Dan Heath Narrator: Charles Kahlenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Change is hard. It doesn't have to be. We all know that change is hard. It's unsettling, it's time-consuming, and all too often we give up at the first sign of a setback. But why do we insist on seeing the obstacles rather than the goal? This is the question that bestselling authors Chip and Dan Heath tackle in their compelling and insightful book. They argue that we need only understand how our minds function in order to unlock shortcuts to switches in behaviour. Illustrating their ideas with scientific studies and remarkable real-life turnarounds - from the secrets of successful marriage counselling to the pile of gloves that transformed one company's finances - the brothers Heath prove that deceptively simple methods can yield truly extraordinary results. © Chip and Dan Heath 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Chip Heath, Dan Heath Thu, 02 Jan 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404694 thebookvoice.com 7:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Switch: How to change things when change is hard Author: Chip Heath, Dan Heath Narrator: Charles Kahlenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Change is hard. It doesn't have to be. We all know that change is hard. It's unsettling, it's time-consuming, and all too often we give up at the first sign of a setback. But why do we insist on seeing the obstacles rather than the goal? This is the question that bestselling authors Chip and Dan Heath tackle in their compelling and insightful book. They argue that we need only understand how our minds function in order to unlock shortcuts to switches in behaviour. Illustrating their ideas with scientific studies and remarkable real-life turnarounds - from the secrets of successful marriage counselling to the pile of gloves that transformed one company's finances - the brothers Heath prove that deceptively simple methods can yield truly extraordinary results. © Chip and Dan Heath 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Switch: How to change things when change is hard Author: Chip Heath, Dan Heath Narrator: Charles Kahlenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Change is hard. It doesn't have to be. We all know that change is hard. It's unsettling, it's time-consuming, and all too often we give up at the first sign of a setback. But why do we insist on seeing the obstacles rather than the goal? This is the question that bestselling authors Chip and Dan Heath tackle in their compelling and insightful book. They argue that we need only understand how our minds function in order to unlock shortcuts to switches in behaviour. Illustrating their ideas with scientific studies and remarkable real-life turnarounds - from the secrets of successful marriage counselling to the pile of gloves that transformed one company's finances - the brothers Heath prove that deceptively simple methods can yield truly extraordinary results. © Chip and Dan Heath 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403987 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fair Junkie: Booktrack Edition: A Memoir of Getting Dirty and Staying Clean Author: Amy Dresner Narrator: Amy Dresner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Blackout and Permanent Midnight, a darkly funny and revealing debut memoir of one woman's twenty-year battle with sex, drugs, and alcohol addiction, and what happens when she finally emerges on the other side. Growing up in Beverly Hills, Amy Dresner had it all: a top-notch private-school education, the most expensive summer camps, and even a weekly clothing allowance. But at 24, she started dabbling in meth in San Francisco and unleashed a fiendish addiction monster. Soon, if you could snort it, smoke it, or have sex with it, she did. Thus began a spiral that eventually landed her in the psych ward--and then penniless, divorced, and looking at 240 hours of court-ordered community service. For two years, assigned to a Hollywood Boulevard 'chain gang,' she swept up syringes (and worse) as she bounced from rehabs to halfway houses, all while struggling with sobriety, sex addiction, and starting over in her forties. In the tradition of Orange Is the New Black and Jerry Stahl's Permanent Midnight, this is an insightful, darkly funny, and shamelessly honest memoir of one woman's battle with all forms of addiction, hitting rock bottom, and forging a path to a life worth living. *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout. Amy Dresner Tue, 24 Sep 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403987 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fair Junkie: Booktrack Edition: A Memoir of Getting Dirty and Staying Clean Author: Amy Dresner Narrator: Amy Dresner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Blackout and Permanent Midnight, a darkly funny and revealing debut memoir of one woman's twenty-year battle with sex, drugs, and alcohol addiction, and what happens when she finally emerges on the other side. Growing up in Beverly Hills, Amy Dresner had it all: a top-notch private-school education, the most expensive summer camps, and even a weekly clothing allowance. But at 24, she started dabbling in meth in San Francisco and unleashed a fiendish addiction monster. Soon, if you could snort it, smoke it, or have sex with it, she did. Thus began a spiral that eventually landed her in the psych ward--and then penniless, divorced, and looking at 240 hours of court-ordered community service. For two years, assigned to a Hollywood Boulevard 'chain gang,' she swept up syringes (and worse) as she bounced from rehabs to halfway houses, all while struggling with sobriety, sex addiction, and starting over in her forties. In the tradition of Orange Is the New Black and Jerry Stahl's Permanent Midnight, this is an insightful, darkly funny, and shamelessly honest memoir of one woman's battle with all forms of addiction, hitting rock bottom, and forging a path to a life worth living. *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fair Junkie: Booktrack Edition: A Memoir of Getting Dirty and Staying Clean Author: Amy Dresner Narrator: Amy Dresner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Blackout and Permanent Midnight, a darkly funny and revealing debut memoir of one woman's twenty-year battle with sex, drugs, and alcohol addiction, and what happens when she finally emerges on the other side. Growing up in Beverly Hills, Amy Dresner had it all: a top-notch private-school education, the most expensive summer camps, and even a weekly clothing allowance. But at 24, she started dabbling in meth in San Francisco and unleashed a fiendish addiction monster. Soon, if you could snort it, smoke it, or have sex with it, she did. Thus began a spiral that eventually landed her in the psych ward--and then penniless, divorced, and looking at 240 hours of court-ordered community service. For two years, assigned to a Hollywood Boulevard 'chain gang,' she swept up syringes (and worse) as she bounced from rehabs to halfway houses, all while struggling with sobriety, sex addiction, and starting over in her forties. In the tradition of Orange Is the New Black and Jerry Stahl's Permanent Midnight, this is an insightful, darkly funny, and shamelessly honest memoir of one woman's battle with all forms of addiction, hitting rock bottom, and forging a path to a life worth living. *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401425 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yoga for Chronic Fatigue: 7 Steps to Aid Recovery from Chronic Fatigue Syndrome with Yoga Author: Kayla Kurin Narrator: Kayla Kurin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 41 minutes Release date: October 9, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Are you living with chronic fatigue syndrome or extreme exhaustion? Are you tired of being passed around from doctor to doctor or spending thousands of dollars on programs without seeing any lasting results? Yoga isn't just a fad exercise. It's part of a medical system that's been supporting conditions like chronic fatigue syndrome for thousands of years. In this book, the author shares what she's learnt from over 10 years of practising yoga, and the steps she took to recover from chronic fatigue syndrome. In this book you'll learn: - The yogic and scientific perspectives on chronic fatigue - How to use mindfulness as a tool to boost your energy - How to breathe correctly to give you more energy throughout the day - Several yoga practices appropriate for all energy and ability levels - Self-care rituals and yogic lifestyle changes to improve your health and wellbeing - How to incorporate mindfulness into everyday life Kayla Kurin Wed, 09 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401425 thebookvoice.com 1:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yoga for Chronic Fatigue: 7 Steps to Aid Recovery from Chronic Fatigue Syndrome with Yoga Author: Kayla Kurin Narrator: Kayla Kurin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 41 minutes Release date: October 9, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Are you living with chronic fatigue syndrome or extreme exhaustion? Are you tired of being passed around from doctor to doctor or spending thousands of dollars on programs without seeing any lasting results? Yoga isn't just a fad exercise. It's part of a medical system that's been supporting conditions like chronic fatigue syndrome for thousands of years. In this book, the author shares what she's learnt from over 10 years of practising yoga, and the steps she took to recover from chronic fatigue syndrome. In this book you'll learn: - The yogic and scientific perspectives on chronic fatigue - How to use mindfulness as a tool to boost your energy - How to breathe correctly to give you more energy throughout the day - Several yoga practices appropriate for all energy and ability levels - Self-care rituals and yogic lifestyle changes to improve your health and wellbeing - How to incorporate mindfulness into everyday life Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yoga for Chronic Fatigue: 7 Steps to Aid Recovery from Chronic Fatigue Syndrome with Yoga Author: Kayla Kurin Narrator: Kayla Kurin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 41 minutes Release date: October 9, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Are you living with chronic fatigue syndrome or extreme exhaustion? Are you tired of being passed around from doctor to doctor or spending thousands of dollars on programs without seeing any lasting results? Yoga isn't just a fad exercise. It's part of a medical system that's been supporting conditions like chronic fatigue syndrome for thousands of years. In this book, the author shares what she's learnt from over 10 years of practising yoga, and the steps she took to recover from chronic fatigue syndrome. In this book you'll learn: - The yogic and scientific perspectives on chronic fatigue - How to use mindfulness as a tool to boost your energy - How to breathe correctly to give you more energy throughout the day - Several yoga practices appropriate for all energy and ability levels - Self-care rituals and yogic lifestyle changes to improve your health and wellbeing - How to incorporate mindfulness into everyday life https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401270 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Self-Care Prescription: Powerful Solutions to Manage Stress, Reduce Anxiety & Increase Well-Being Author: Robyn L. Gobin Narrator: Joniece Abbott-Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Real self-care practices to enrich every part of your life Picture your best life: Where would you work? What would your social calendar look like? What personal interests would you be exploring? This book is your prescription to turn those visions into a reality―with proven self-care strategies for every area of your life. The Self-Care Prescription empowers you to find balance and purpose in your relationships, work, and life. From creating a plan to spend more time with family and friends, to zeroing-in on a career that you can feel good about, the book will help you create a personalized self-care plan. You’ll also learn actionable techniques to fight anxiety, demotivation, or whatever else is holding you back from building the life you want to live. The Self-Care Prescription includes: Self-care 101―Learn what “self-care” really means, and how you can start practicing it every day.A full-spectrum plan―Bring self-care to the physical, spiritual, emotional, intellectual, vocational, and social areas of your life.Best-life strategies―Unwind with mindfulness breathing practices or start eating right with healthy meal planning―you’ll find tons of actionable self care techniques to help you reach your goals.Be the friend you want to be to yourself and others. Be engaged with what you do. Whatever self-care means to you, you’ll find your own personal practice in this book. Robyn L. Gobin Tue, 09 Jul 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401270 thebookvoice.com 4:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Self-Care Prescription: Powerful Solutions to Manage Stress, Reduce Anxiety & Increase Well-Being Author: Robyn L. Gobin Narrator: Joniece Abbott-Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Real self-care practices to enrich every part of your life Picture your best life: Where would you work? What would your social calendar look like? What personal interests would you be exploring? This book is your prescription to turn those visions into a reality―with proven self-care strategies for every area of your life. The Self-Care Prescription empowers you to find balance and purpose in your relationships, work, and life. From creating a plan to spend more time with family and friends, to zeroing-in on a career that you can feel good about, the book will help you create a personalized self-care plan. You’ll also learn actionable techniques to fight anxiety, demotivation, or whatever else is holding you back from building the life you want to live. The Self-Care Prescription includes: Self-care 101―Learn what “self-care” really means, and how you can start practicing it every day.A full-spectrum plan―Bring self-care to the physical, spiritual, emotional, intellectual, vocational, and social areas of your life.Best-life strategies―Unwind with mindfulness breathing practices or start eating right with healthy meal planning―you’ll find tons of actionable self care techniques to help you reach your goals.Be the friend you want to be to yourself and others. Be engaged with what you do. Whatever self-care means to you, you’ll find your own personal practice in this book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Self-Care Prescription: Powerful Solutions to Manage Stress, Reduce Anxiety & Increase Well-Being Author: Robyn L. Gobin Narrator: Joniece Abbott-Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Real self-care practices to enrich every part of your life Picture your best life: Where would you work? What would your social calendar look like? What personal interests would you be exploring? This book is your prescription to turn those visions into a reality―with proven self-care strategies for every area of your life. The Self-Care Prescription empowers you to find balance and purpose in your relationships, work, and life. From creating a plan to spend more time with family and friends, to zeroing-in on a career that you can feel good about, the book will help you create a personalized self-care plan. You’ll also learn actionable techniques to fight anxiety, demotivation, or whatever else is holding you back from building the life you want to live. The Self-Care Prescription includes: Self-care 101―Learn what “self-care” really means, and how you can start practicing it every day.A full-spectrum plan―Bring self-care to the physical, spiritual, emotional, intellectual, vocational, and social areas of your life.Best-life strategies―Unwind with mindfulness breathing practices or start eating right with healthy meal planning―you’ll find tons of actionable self care techniques to help you reach your goals.Be the friend you want to be to yourself and others. Be engaged with what you do. Whatever self-care means to you, you’ll find your own personal practice in this book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400779 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Remission: Surviving Cancer Against All Odds Author: Kelly A. Turner Narrator: Kelly A. Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking and inspiring book that provides the nine keys that can lead to a spontaneous remission from cancer-even after conventional medicine has failed. Early in her career, Kelly Turner, Ph.D., a researcher, lecturer, and counselor in Integrative Oncology, was shocked to discover that no one was studying episodes of radical remission, when people recover against all odds without the help of conventional medicine, or after conventional medicine has failed. She was so fascinated by this kind of remission that she spent eight years travelling through ten countries to learn what factors that people experiencing this phenomenon encountered. Her evidence presents nine factors that she believes can help even terminal patients turn their lives around. They are: “ Radically changing your diet “ Deepening your spiritual connection “ Increasing positive emotions “ Releasing suppressed emotions “ Taking herbs and vitamins “ Using intuition to help inform health decisions “ Taking control of one’s health “ Having strong reasons to live “ Receiving social support Every chapter of Radical Remission includes a dramatic story of one person’s journey back to wellness. The insight that the possibilities for healing are more abundant than we had previously known will give people concrete ways to defy the prognoisis of terminal cancer. It chronicles people from all walks of life, and from all over the world. This is a book for those who are in the midst of receiving conventional cancer treatment, who are looking for other options because that treatment has done all that it can, but who still have hope. Kelly A. Turner Tue, 10 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400779 thebookvoice.com 9:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Remission: Surviving Cancer Against All Odds Author: Kelly A. Turner Narrator: Kelly A. Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking and inspiring book that provides the nine keys that can lead to a spontaneous remission from cancer-even after conventional medicine has failed. Early in her career, Kelly Turner, Ph.D., a researcher, lecturer, and counselor in Integrative Oncology, was shocked to discover that no one was studying episodes of radical remission, when people recover against all odds without the help of conventional medicine, or after conventional medicine has failed. She was so fascinated by this kind of remission that she spent eight years travelling through ten countries to learn what factors that people experiencing this phenomenon encountered. Her evidence presents nine factors that she believes can help even terminal patients turn their lives around. They are: “ Radically changing your diet “ Deepening your spiritual connection “ Increasing positive emotions “ Releasing suppressed emotions “ Taking herbs and vitamins “ Using intuition to help inform health decisions “ Taking control of one’s health “ Having strong reasons to live “ Receiving social support Every chapter of Radical Remission includes a dramatic story of one person’s journey back to wellness. The insight that the possibilities for healing are more abundant than we had previously known will give people concrete ways to defy the prognoisis of terminal cancer. It chronicles people from all walks of life, and from all over the world. This is a book for those who are in the midst of receiving conventional cancer treatment, who are looking for other options because that treatment has done all that it can, but who still have hope. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Remission: Surviving Cancer Against All Odds Author: Kelly A. Turner Narrator: Kelly A. Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking and inspiring book that provides the nine keys that can lead to a spontaneous remission from cancer-even after conventional medicine has failed. Early in her career, Kelly Turner, Ph.D., a researcher, lecturer, and counselor in Integrative Oncology, was shocked to discover that no one was studying episodes of radical remission, when people recover against all odds without the help of conventional medicine, or after conventional medicine has failed. She was so fascinated by this kind of remission that she spent eight years travelling through ten countries to learn what factors that people experiencing this phenomenon encountered. Her evidence presents nine factors that she believes can help even terminal patients turn their lives around. They are: “ Radically changing your diet “ Deepening your spiritual connection “ Increasing positive emotions “ Releasing suppressed emotions “ Taking herbs and vitamins “ Using intuition to help inform health decisions “ Taking control of one’s health “ Having strong reasons to live “ Receiving social support Every chapter of Radical Remission includes a dramatic story of one person’s journey back to wellness. The insight that the possibilities for healing are more abundant than we had previously known will give people concrete ways to defy the prognoisis of terminal cancer. It chronicles people from all walks of life, and from all over the world. This is a book for those who are in the midst of receiving conventional cancer treatment, who are looking for other options because that treatment has done all that it can, but who still have hope. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400553 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ADHD: A Hunter in a Farmer's World Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A newly revised and updated edition of the classic guide to reframing our view of ADHD and embracing its benefits • Explains that people with ADHD are not disordered or dysfunctional, but simply “hunters in a farmer’s world”--possessing a unique mental skill set that would have allowed them to thrive in a hunter-gatherer society • Offers concrete non-drug methods and practices to help hunters--and their parents, teachers, and managers--embrace their differences, nurture creativity, and find success in school, at work, and at home • Reveals how some of the world’s most successful people can be labeled as ADHD hunters, including Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Edison, and Andrew Carnegie With 10 percent of the Western world’s children suspected of having Attention Deficit Disorder, or ADHD, and a growing number of adults self-diagnosing after decades of struggle, the question must be raised: How could Nature make such a “mistake”? In this updated edition of his groundbreaking classic, Thom Hartmann explains that people with ADHD are not abnormal, disordered, or dysfunctional, but simply “hunters in a farmer’s world.” Often highly creative and single-minded in pursuit of a self-chosen goal, those with ADHD symptoms possess a unique mental skill set that would have allowed them to thrive in a hunter-gatherer society. As hunters, they would have been constantly scanning their environment, looking for food or threats (distractibility); they’d have to act without hesitation (impulsivity); and they’d have to love the high-stimulation and risk-filled environment of the hunting field. With our structured public schools, office workplaces, and factories those who inherit a surplus of “hunter skills” are often left frustrated in a world that doesn’t understand or support them. As Hartmann shows, by reframing our view of ADHD, we can begin to see it not as a disorder, but as simply a difference and, in some ways, an advantage. He reveals how some of the world’s most successful people can be labeled as ADHD hunters and offers concrete non-drug methods and practices to help hunters--and their parents, teachers, and managers--embrace their differences, nurture creativity, and find success in school, at work, and at home. Providing a supportive “survival” guide to help fine tune your natural skill set, rather than suppress it, Hartmann shows that each mind--whether hunter, farmer, or somewhere in between--has value and great potential waiting to be tapped. Thom Hartmann Tue, 29 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400553 thebookvoice.com 7:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ADHD: A Hunter in a Farmer's World Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A newly revised and updated edition of the classic guide to reframing our view of ADHD and embracing its benefits • Explains that people with ADHD are not disordered or dysfunctional, but simply “hunters in a farmer’s world”--possessing a unique mental skill set that would have allowed them to thrive in a hunter-gatherer society • Offers concrete non-drug methods and practices to help hunters--and their parents, teachers, and managers--embrace their differences, nurture creativity, and find success in school, at work, and at home • Reveals how some of the world’s most successful people can be labeled as ADHD hunters, including Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Edison, and Andrew Carnegie With 10 percent of the Western world’s children suspected of having Attention Deficit Disorder, or ADHD, and a growing number of adults self-diagnosing after decades of struggle, the question must be raised: How could Nature make such a “mistake”? In this updated edition of his groundbreaking classic, Thom Hartmann explains that people with ADHD are not abnormal, disordered, or dysfunctional, but simply “hunters in a farmer’s world.” Often highly creative and single-minded in pursuit of a self-chosen goal, those with ADHD symptoms possess a unique mental skill set that would have allowed them to thrive in a hunter-gatherer society. As hunters, they would have been constantly scanning their environment, looking for food or threats (distractibility); they’d have to act without hesitation (impulsivity); and they’d have to love the high-stimulation and risk-filled environment of the hunting field. With our structured public schools, office workplaces, and factories those who inherit a surplus of “hunter skills” are often left frustrated in a world that doesn’t understand or support them. As Hartmann shows, by reframing our view of ADHD, we can begin to see it not as a disorder, but as simply a difference and, in some ways, an advantage. He reveals how some of the world’s most successful people can be labeled as ADHD hunters and offers concrete non-drug methods and practices to help hunters--and their parents, teachers, and managers--embrace their differences, nurture creativity, and find success in school, at work, and at home. Providing a supportive “survival” guide to help fine tune your natural skill set, rather than suppress it, Hartmann shows that each mind--whether hunter, farmer, or somewhere in between--has value and great potential waiting to be tapped. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ADHD: A Hunter in a Farmer's World Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A newly revised and updated edition of the classic guide to reframing our view of ADHD and embracing its benefits • Explains that people with ADHD are not disordered or dysfunctional, but simply “hunters in a farmer’s world”--possessing a unique mental skill set that would have allowed them to thrive in a hunter-gatherer society • Offers concrete non-drug methods and practices to help hunters--and their parents, teachers, and managers--embrace their differences, nurture creativity, and find success in school, at work, and at home • Reveals how some of the world’s most successful people can be labeled as ADHD hunters, including Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Edison, and Andrew Carnegie With 10 percent of the Western world’s children suspected of having Attention Deficit Disorder, or ADHD, and a growing number of adults self-diagnosing after decades of struggle, the question must be raised: How could Nature make such a “mistake”? In this updated edition of his groundbreaking classic, Thom Hartmann explains that people with ADHD are not abnormal, disordered, or dysfunctional, but simply “hunters in a farmer’s world.” Often highly creative and single-minded in pursuit of a self-chosen goal, those with ADHD symptoms possess a unique mental skill set that would have allowed them to thrive in a hunter-gatherer society. As hunters, they would have been constantly scanning their environment, looking for food or threats (distractibility); they’d have to act without hesitation (impulsivity); and they’d have to love the high-stimulation and risk-filled environment of the hunting field. With our structured public schools, office workplaces, and factories those who inherit a surplus of “hunter skills” are often left frustrated in a world that doesn’t understand or support them. As Hartmann shows, by reframing our view of ADHD, we can begin to see it not as a disorder, but as simply a difference and, in some ways, an advantage. He reveals how some of the world’s most successful people can be labeled as ADHD hunters and offers concrete non-drug methods and practices to help hunters--and their parents, teachers, and managers--embrace their differences, nurture creativity, and find success in school, at work, and at home. Providing a supportive “survival” guide to help fine tune your natural skill set, rather than suppress it, Hartmann shows that each mind--whether hunter, farmer, or somewhere in between--has value and great potential waiting to be tapped. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400547 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Information Medicine: The Revolutionary Cell-Reprogramming Discovery that Reverses Cancer and Degenerative Diseases Author: Ervin Laszlo, Pier Mario Biava Narrator: Kathleen Roche-Zujko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A look at the future of medicine based on cutting-edge stem cell research • Shares Dr. Biava’s groundbreaking research on stem cell differentiation stage factors (SCDSFs) as a cellular “reprogramming” treatment for cancer and other degenerative diseases • Explains how SCDSFs restore communication between cells and the epigenetic code, the information that programs the normal function and growth of every living cell • Explores how the universe operates like a cosmic information-network and how this new scientific worldview will shape the future of healing and medicine The universe is not a mechanical system of matter--it operates like a cosmic network that runs on and is connected by information. Information “in-forms” and underlies all of the physical world, including the human body. In this book, Pier Mario Biava, M.D., and Ervin Laszlo, Ph.D., show how this “information” worldview can be applied to healing and medicine and, specifically, how it underlies a revolutionary new approach to cancer and disease treatment, one that works directly with the epigenetic code--the information that programs the function and growth of every living cell. The authors explain how tumor growth and cellular dysfunction are manifestations of disconnections in the information network of an organism. Unveiling Dr. Biava’s groundbreaking research on stem cell differentiation stage factors (SCDSFs), they explain how SCDSFs work directly as epigenetic regulators to reconnect aberrant cells to the body’s information network and reset them to their original function--in the case of cancer cells transforming them from malignant to benign, from dysfunction back to normalcy and health. Dr. Biava’s research on SCDSFs--derived from Zebrafish embryos, which have a very high percentage of proteins identical with those of human beings--has shown good success in reprogramming and inhibiting cancer cells in clinical trials with patients with advanced liver cancer, as well as success in in vitro studies with 7 different human tumor lines. SCDSFs have also shown promise in the treatment of chronic diseases such as psoriasis and neurodegenerative diseases. This research will also allow the development of new treatments for Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s, and multiple sclerosis. Unveiling the holistic future of medicine, the authors show how we will no longer need to approach the treatment of cancer and other degenerative diseases as a “fight,” but as a restoration of our cells’ original programming. With the advent of Information Medicine, we now have the power to program ourselves to heal. Ervin Laszlo, Pier Mario Biava Tue, 29 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400547 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Information Medicine: The Revolutionary Cell-Reprogramming Discovery that Reverses Cancer and Degenerative Diseases Author: Ervin Laszlo, Pier Mario Biava Narrator: Kathleen Roche-Zujko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A look at the future of medicine based on cutting-edge stem cell research • Shares Dr. Biava’s groundbreaking research on stem cell differentiation stage factors (SCDSFs) as a cellular “reprogramming” treatment for cancer and other degenerative diseases • Explains how SCDSFs restore communication between cells and the epigenetic code, the information that programs the normal function and growth of every living cell • Explores how the universe operates like a cosmic information-network and how this new scientific worldview will shape the future of healing and medicine The universe is not a mechanical system of matter--it operates like a cosmic network that runs on and is connected by information. Information “in-forms” and underlies all of the physical world, including the human body. In this book, Pier Mario Biava, M.D., and Ervin Laszlo, Ph.D., show how this “information” worldview can be applied to healing and medicine and, specifically, how it underlies a revolutionary new approach to cancer and disease treatment, one that works directly with the epigenetic code--the information that programs the function and growth of every living cell. The authors explain how tumor growth and cellular dysfunction are manifestations of disconnections in the information network of an organism. Unveiling Dr. Biava’s groundbreaking research on stem cell differentiation stage factors (SCDSFs), they explain how SCDSFs work directly as epigenetic regulators to reconnect aberrant cells to the body’s information network and reset them to their original function--in the case of cancer cells transforming them from malignant to benign, from dysfunction back to normalcy and health. Dr. Biava’s research on SCDSFs--derived from Zebrafish embryos, which have a very high percentage of proteins identical with those of human beings--has shown good success in reprogramming and inhibiting cancer cells in clinical trials with patients with advanced liver cancer, as well as success in in vitro studies with 7 different human tumor lines. SCDSFs have also shown promise in the treatment of chronic diseases such as psoriasis and neurodegenerative diseases. This research will also allow the development of new treatments for Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s, and multiple sclerosis. Unveiling the holistic future of medicine, the authors show how we will no longer need to approach the treatment of cancer and other degenerative diseases as a “fight,” but as a restoration of our cells’ original programming. With the advent of Information Medicine, we now have the power to program ourselves to heal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Information Medicine: The Revolutionary Cell-Reprogramming Discovery that Reverses Cancer and Degenerative Diseases Author: Ervin Laszlo, Pier Mario Biava Narrator: Kathleen Roche-Zujko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A look at the future of medicine based on cutting-edge stem cell research • Shares Dr. Biava’s groundbreaking research on stem cell differentiation stage factors (SCDSFs) as a cellular “reprogramming” treatment for cancer and other degenerative diseases • Explains how SCDSFs restore communication between cells and the epigenetic code, the information that programs the normal function and growth of every living cell • Explores how the universe operates like a cosmic information-network and how this new scientific worldview will shape the future of healing and medicine The universe is not a mechanical system of matter--it operates like a cosmic network that runs on and is connected by information. Information “in-forms” and underlies all of the physical world, including the human body. In this book, Pier Mario Biava, M.D., and Ervin Laszlo, Ph.D., show how this “information” worldview can be applied to healing and medicine and, specifically, how it underlies a revolutionary new approach to cancer and disease treatment, one that works directly with the epigenetic code--the information that programs the function and growth of every living cell. The authors explain how tumor growth and cellular dysfunction are manifestations of disconnections in the information network of an organism. Unveiling Dr. Biava’s groundbreaking research on stem cell differentiation stage factors (SCDSFs), they explain how SCDSFs work directly as epigenetic regulators to reconnect aberrant cells to the body’s information network and reset them to their original function--in the case of cancer cells transforming them from malignant to benign, from dysfunction back to normalcy and health. Dr. Biava’s research on SCDSFs--derived from Zebrafish embryos, which have a very high percentage of proteins identical with those of human beings--has shown good success in reprogramming and inhibiting cancer cells in clinical trials with patients with advanced liver cancer, as well as success in in vitro studies with 7 different human tumor lines. SCDSFs have also shown promise in the treatment of chronic diseases such as psoriasis and neurodegenerative diseases. This research will also allow the development of new treatments for Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s, and multiple sclerosis. Unveiling the holistic future of medicine, the authors show how we will no longer need to approach the treatment of cancer and other degenerative diseases as a “fight,” but as a restoration of our cells’ original programming. With the advent of Information Medicine, we now have the power to program ourselves to heal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400535 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400535]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Detox for Anxiety: 7 Steps to Release Anxiety and Energize Joy Author: Sherianna Boyle Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Author and wellness expert Sherianna Boyle shows you how to C.L.E.A.N.S.E your anxieties, clearing a path for new positive habits, behaviors, and emotions. Most of us view a detox as a physical experience, but what we don’t realize is that it’s not just our physical bodies that need to be cleansed in order to return to a healthy state. When we’re unable to process our stress and worries, they can become toxic to ourselves and those around us. Wellness expert and author of Emotional Detox, Sherianna Boyle modifies the revolutionary C.L.E.A.N.S.E method to guide you through the 7 steps to a successful anxiety detox. The 7 steps include: Clear, Look Inward, Emit, Activate Joy, Nourish, Surrender, and Ease. Experiencing reactions to worries, stress, and doubt can put obstacles in our path to a happy and fulfilled life. An anxiety detox is a systematic and mindful way to purge these harmful thoughts. Once freed from this burden, an anxiety detox returns us to our joyful, carefree state. Emotional Detox for Anxiety is a reset for the soul, flushing out negative feelings, clearing a path for new habits and behaviors, and energizing you to accept peace, acceptance, and pure joy. Sherianna Boyle Tue, 24 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400535 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400535]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Detox for Anxiety: 7 Steps to Release Anxiety and Energize Joy Author: Sherianna Boyle Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Author and wellness expert Sherianna Boyle shows you how to C.L.E.A.N.S.E your anxieties, clearing a path for new positive habits, behaviors, and emotions. Most of us view a detox as a physical experience, but what we don’t realize is that it’s not just our physical bodies that need to be cleansed in order to return to a healthy state. When we’re unable to process our stress and worries, they can become toxic to ourselves and those around us. Wellness expert and author of Emotional Detox, Sherianna Boyle modifies the revolutionary C.L.E.A.N.S.E method to guide you through the 7 steps to a successful anxiety detox. The 7 steps include: Clear, Look Inward, Emit, Activate Joy, Nourish, Surrender, and Ease. Experiencing reactions to worries, stress, and doubt can put obstacles in our path to a happy and fulfilled life. An anxiety detox is a systematic and mindful way to purge these harmful thoughts. Once freed from this burden, an anxiety detox returns us to our joyful, carefree state. Emotional Detox for Anxiety is a reset for the soul, flushing out negative feelings, clearing a path for new habits and behaviors, and energizing you to accept peace, acceptance, and pure joy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400535]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Detox for Anxiety: 7 Steps to Release Anxiety and Energize Joy Author: Sherianna Boyle Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Author and wellness expert Sherianna Boyle shows you how to C.L.E.A.N.S.E your anxieties, clearing a path for new positive habits, behaviors, and emotions. Most of us view a detox as a physical experience, but what we don’t realize is that it’s not just our physical bodies that need to be cleansed in order to return to a healthy state. When we’re unable to process our stress and worries, they can become toxic to ourselves and those around us. Wellness expert and author of Emotional Detox, Sherianna Boyle modifies the revolutionary C.L.E.A.N.S.E method to guide you through the 7 steps to a successful anxiety detox. The 7 steps include: Clear, Look Inward, Emit, Activate Joy, Nourish, Surrender, and Ease. Experiencing reactions to worries, stress, and doubt can put obstacles in our path to a happy and fulfilled life. An anxiety detox is a systematic and mindful way to purge these harmful thoughts. Once freed from this burden, an anxiety detox returns us to our joyful, carefree state. Emotional Detox for Anxiety is a reset for the soul, flushing out negative feelings, clearing a path for new habits and behaviors, and energizing you to accept peace, acceptance, and pure joy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399506 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Food Allergy: The Science-Based Plan That Turns Food into Medicine Author: Kari Nadeau, Sloan Barnett Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A life-changing, research-based program that will end food allergies in children and adults forever. The problem of food allergy is exploding around us. But this book offers the first glimpse of hope with a powerful message: You can work with your family and your doctor to eliminate your food allergy forever. The trailblazing research of Dr. Kari Nadeau at Stanford University reveals that food allergy is not a life sentence, because the immune system can be retrained. Food allergies--from mild hives to life-threatening airway constriction--can be disrupted, slowed, and stopped. The key is a strategy called immunotherapy (IT)--the controlled, gradual reintroduction of an allergen into the body. With innovations that include state-of-the-art therapies targeting specific components of the immune system, Dr. Nadeau and her team have increased the speed and effectiveness of this treatment to a matter of months. New York Times bestselling author Sloan Barnett, the mother of two children with food allergies, provides a lay perspective that helps make Dr. Nadeau's research accessible for everyone. Together, they walk listeners through every aspect of food allergy, including how to find the right treatment and how to manage the ongoing fear of allergens that haunts so many sufferers, to give us a clear, supportive plan to combat a major national and global health issue. *Includes a PDF of helpful charts and graphs related to food allergy. Kari Nadeau, Sloan Barnett Tue, 29 Sep 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399506 thebookvoice.com 10:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Food Allergy: The Science-Based Plan That Turns Food into Medicine Author: Kari Nadeau, Sloan Barnett Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A life-changing, research-based program that will end food allergies in children and adults forever. The problem of food allergy is exploding around us. But this book offers the first glimpse of hope with a powerful message: You can work with your family and your doctor to eliminate your food allergy forever. The trailblazing research of Dr. Kari Nadeau at Stanford University reveals that food allergy is not a life sentence, because the immune system can be retrained. Food allergies--from mild hives to life-threatening airway constriction--can be disrupted, slowed, and stopped. The key is a strategy called immunotherapy (IT)--the controlled, gradual reintroduction of an allergen into the body. With innovations that include state-of-the-art therapies targeting specific components of the immune system, Dr. Nadeau and her team have increased the speed and effectiveness of this treatment to a matter of months. New York Times bestselling author Sloan Barnett, the mother of two children with food allergies, provides a lay perspective that helps make Dr. Nadeau's research accessible for everyone. Together, they walk listeners through every aspect of food allergy, including how to find the right treatment and how to manage the ongoing fear of allergens that haunts so many sufferers, to give us a clear, supportive plan to combat a major national and global health issue. *Includes a PDF of helpful charts and graphs related to food allergy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Food Allergy: The Science-Based Plan That Turns Food into Medicine Author: Kari Nadeau, Sloan Barnett Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A life-changing, research-based program that will end food allergies in children and adults forever. The problem of food allergy is exploding around us. But this book offers the first glimpse of hope with a powerful message: You can work with your family and your doctor to eliminate your food allergy forever. The trailblazing research of Dr. Kari Nadeau at Stanford University reveals that food allergy is not a life sentence, because the immune system can be retrained. Food allergies--from mild hives to life-threatening airway constriction--can be disrupted, slowed, and stopped. The key is a strategy called immunotherapy (IT)--the controlled, gradual reintroduction of an allergen into the body. With innovations that include state-of-the-art therapies targeting specific components of the immune system, Dr. Nadeau and her team have increased the speed and effectiveness of this treatment to a matter of months. New York Times bestselling author Sloan Barnett, the mother of two children with food allergies, provides a lay perspective that helps make Dr. Nadeau's research accessible for everyone. Together, they walk listeners through every aspect of food allergy, including how to find the right treatment and how to manage the ongoing fear of allergens that haunts so many sufferers, to give us a clear, supportive plan to combat a major national and global health issue. *Includes a PDF of helpful charts and graphs related to food allergy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399502 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399502]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natural Killer: A Memoir Author: Harriet Alida Lye Narrator: Harriet Alida Lye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'I need people to know that I exist, that their experiment worked, that by some combination of luck and science, I'm alive.' In this harrowing and intimate memoir, Harriet Alida Lye explores how, at just fifteen years old, she was diagnosed with a form of leukemia called Natural Killer, named 'the rarest and worst malignancy.' The average survival time of patients with this diagnosis is fifty-eight days. There are no known survivors. There were no known survivors. Fifteen years after Harriet's diagnosis, she became pregnant, despite having been told that her chemotherapy treatment would likely make conception impossible. To be a mother is to make a death, as death is bound up in life. She knew her body had the ability to create death. She never trusted, was told to not even imagine, that it also had the power, that magical banality, to create life. Weaving in source material from the year she spent in hospital, written by both of her parents and her teenage self, this personal reflection is told through a seamless blend of narrative, snapshots, journal entries, and blog updates posted for friends and family. With probing lyricism and searing honesty, Natural Killer explores what it's like to live with a life-threatening illness and survive it; what it means for a body to turn against itself, to self-destruct from within; and what it takes to regain trust in a body that has committed the ultimate betrayal. Harriet Alida Lye Tue, 29 Dec 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399502 thebookvoice.com 5:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399502]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natural Killer: A Memoir Author: Harriet Alida Lye Narrator: Harriet Alida Lye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'I need people to know that I exist, that their experiment worked, that by some combination of luck and science, I'm alive.' In this harrowing and intimate memoir, Harriet Alida Lye explores how, at just fifteen years old, she was diagnosed with a form of leukemia called Natural Killer, named 'the rarest and worst malignancy.' The average survival time of patients with this diagnosis is fifty-eight days. There are no known survivors. There were no known survivors. Fifteen years after Harriet's diagnosis, she became pregnant, despite having been told that her chemotherapy treatment would likely make conception impossible. To be a mother is to make a death, as death is bound up in life. She knew her body had the ability to create death. She never trusted, was told to not even imagine, that it also had the power, that magical banality, to create life. Weaving in source material from the year she spent in hospital, written by both of her parents and her teenage self, this personal reflection is told through a seamless blend of narrative, snapshots, journal entries, and blog updates posted for friends and family. With probing lyricism and searing honesty, Natural Killer explores what it's like to live with a life-threatening illness and survive it; what it means for a body to turn against itself, to self-destruct from within; and what it takes to regain trust in a body that has committed the ultimate betrayal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399502]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natural Killer: A Memoir Author: Harriet Alida Lye Narrator: Harriet Alida Lye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'I need people to know that I exist, that their experiment worked, that by some combination of luck and science, I'm alive.' In this harrowing and intimate memoir, Harriet Alida Lye explores how, at just fifteen years old, she was diagnosed with a form of leukemia called Natural Killer, named 'the rarest and worst malignancy.' The average survival time of patients with this diagnosis is fifty-eight days. There are no known survivors. There were no known survivors. Fifteen years after Harriet's diagnosis, she became pregnant, despite having been told that her chemotherapy treatment would likely make conception impossible. To be a mother is to make a death, as death is bound up in life. She knew her body had the ability to create death. She never trusted, was told to not even imagine, that it also had the power, that magical banality, to create life. Weaving in source material from the year she spent in hospital, written by both of her parents and her teenage self, this personal reflection is told through a seamless blend of narrative, snapshots, journal entries, and blog updates posted for friends and family. With probing lyricism and searing honesty, Natural Killer explores what it's like to live with a life-threatening illness and survive it; what it means for a body to turn against itself, to self-destruct from within; and what it takes to regain trust in a body that has committed the ultimate betrayal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399234 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waste: One Woman’s Fight Against America’s Dirty Secret Author: Catherine Coleman Flowers Narrator: Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Catherine Coleman Flowers grew up in Lowndes County, Alabama, a place that’s been called “Bloody Lowndes” because of its violent, racist history. Once the epicenter of the voting rightsstruggle, today it’s Ground Zero for a new movement that is Flowers’s life’s work. It’s a fight to ensure human dignity through a right most Americans take for granted: basic sanitation. Too manypeople, especially the rural poor, lack an affordable means of disposing cleanly of the waste from their toilets and, as a consequence, live amid filth.Flowers calls this America’s dirty secret. In this powerful book she tells the story of systemic class, racial, and geographic prejudice that foster Third World conditions, not just in Alabama, but acrossAmerica—in Appalachia, Central California, coastal Florida, Alaska, the urban Midwest, and on Native American reservations in the West. Flowers’s book is the inspiring story of the evolution of an activist, from country girl to student civil rights organizer to environmental justice champion at Bryan Stevenson’s Equal JusticeInitiative. It shows how sanitation is becoming too big a problem to ignore as climate change brings sewage to more backyards, and not only those of poor minorities. Catherine Coleman Flowers Tue, 17 Nov 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399234 thebookvoice.com 6:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waste: One Woman’s Fight Against America’s Dirty Secret Author: Catherine Coleman Flowers Narrator: Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Catherine Coleman Flowers grew up in Lowndes County, Alabama, a place that’s been called “Bloody Lowndes” because of its violent, racist history. Once the epicenter of the voting rightsstruggle, today it’s Ground Zero for a new movement that is Flowers’s life’s work. It’s a fight to ensure human dignity through a right most Americans take for granted: basic sanitation. Too manypeople, especially the rural poor, lack an affordable means of disposing cleanly of the waste from their toilets and, as a consequence, live amid filth.Flowers calls this America’s dirty secret. In this powerful book she tells the story of systemic class, racial, and geographic prejudice that foster Third World conditions, not just in Alabama, but acrossAmerica—in Appalachia, Central California, coastal Florida, Alaska, the urban Midwest, and on Native American reservations in the West. Flowers’s book is the inspiring story of the evolution of an activist, from country girl to student civil rights organizer to environmental justice champion at Bryan Stevenson’s Equal JusticeInitiative. It shows how sanitation is becoming too big a problem to ignore as climate change brings sewage to more backyards, and not only those of poor minorities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waste: One Woman’s Fight Against America’s Dirty Secret Author: Catherine Coleman Flowers Narrator: Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Catherine Coleman Flowers grew up in Lowndes County, Alabama, a place that’s been called “Bloody Lowndes” because of its violent, racist history. Once the epicenter of the voting rightsstruggle, today it’s Ground Zero for a new movement that is Flowers’s life’s work. It’s a fight to ensure human dignity through a right most Americans take for granted: basic sanitation. Too manypeople, especially the rural poor, lack an affordable means of disposing cleanly of the waste from their toilets and, as a consequence, live amid filth.Flowers calls this America’s dirty secret. In this powerful book she tells the story of systemic class, racial, and geographic prejudice that foster Third World conditions, not just in Alabama, but acrossAmerica—in Appalachia, Central California, coastal Florida, Alaska, the urban Midwest, and on Native American reservations in the West. Flowers’s book is the inspiring story of the evolution of an activist, from country girl to student civil rights organizer to environmental justice champion at Bryan Stevenson’s Equal JusticeInitiative. It shows how sanitation is becoming too big a problem to ignore as climate change brings sewage to more backyards, and not only those of poor minorities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399222 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living beyond Pain: A Holistic Approach to Manage Pain and Get Your Life Back Author: Linda S. Mintle, James W. Kribs Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Our national attention is firmly focused on the growing opioid crises. We know the problem. But what is the solution for the 100 million Americans living with chronic pain? In Living beyond Pain, a physician and a therapist offer a whole person approach to pain management, addressing the physical, mental, and spiritual aspects of pain and providing alternative strategies that don't rely on opioids. Through education, pain triumph stories, daily guided cognitive activity, and as-needed pain rescue techniques, readers will reprogram their neurologic pathways, increase functioning, and experience improvement in their symptoms. For anyone suffering from pain or suffering alongside someone who is, this book offers real, research-based hope that there are better days ahead. Linda S. Mintle, James W. Kribs Tue, 15 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399222 thebookvoice.com 7:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living beyond Pain: A Holistic Approach to Manage Pain and Get Your Life Back Author: Linda S. Mintle, James W. Kribs Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Our national attention is firmly focused on the growing opioid crises. We know the problem. But what is the solution for the 100 million Americans living with chronic pain? In Living beyond Pain, a physician and a therapist offer a whole person approach to pain management, addressing the physical, mental, and spiritual aspects of pain and providing alternative strategies that don't rely on opioids. Through education, pain triumph stories, daily guided cognitive activity, and as-needed pain rescue techniques, readers will reprogram their neurologic pathways, increase functioning, and experience improvement in their symptoms. For anyone suffering from pain or suffering alongside someone who is, this book offers real, research-based hope that there are better days ahead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living beyond Pain: A Holistic Approach to Manage Pain and Get Your Life Back Author: Linda S. Mintle, James W. Kribs Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Our national attention is firmly focused on the growing opioid crises. We know the problem. But what is the solution for the 100 million Americans living with chronic pain? In Living beyond Pain, a physician and a therapist offer a whole person approach to pain management, addressing the physical, mental, and spiritual aspects of pain and providing alternative strategies that don't rely on opioids. Through education, pain triumph stories, daily guided cognitive activity, and as-needed pain rescue techniques, readers will reprogram their neurologic pathways, increase functioning, and experience improvement in their symptoms. For anyone suffering from pain or suffering alongside someone who is, this book offers real, research-based hope that there are better days ahead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399044 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beat Autoimmune: The 6 Keys to Reverse Your Condition and Reclaim Your Health Author: Palmer Kippola Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Reverse your negative health trajectory and start the journey towards healing and resilient health with Palmer Kippola’s groundbreaking plan to erase the effects of autoimmune disease.Palmer Kippola is on a mission to make autoimmune disease history. When she was diagnosed with Multiple Sclerosis at age 19, she began a journey toward healing that resulted in a complete reversal of her symptoms. Now, with the help of leading medical experts, including renowned specialists in immunology and longevity from UCLA and Stanford medical schools, as well as leading practitioners in the field of autoimmunity and functional medicine, Kippola wants to help you find freedom from disease too.This comprehensive book is the first to explore all six of the critical lifestyle factors that are the root causes of autoimmune conditions—and the sources of regaining health:• Discover the foods that can trigger disease as well as healthy solutions to fit your personal nutritional profile• Explore the impact of common, often-undiagnosed infections and ways to optimize your immunity naturally• Learn how gut health is the key to recovery• Gain insight on how hormone imbalances can disrupt healing and how to assess your hormone levels• Eliminate environmental toxins in your home and body, and learn how to live a detox lifestyle• Reduce stress and build resilienceDrawing on her own inspiring return to resilient health, as well as the healing stories of a dozen medical doctors and practitioners, plus years of research with autoimmune experts, Palmer Kippola gives readers the tools to beat autoimmune disease—and the hope that relief and healing are possible.“An empowering and actionable guidebook that simplifies the steps back to health. Highly recommended!”—Izabella Wentz, PharmD, FASCP and #1 New York Times bestselling author of Hashimoto's Protocol Palmer Kippola Tue, 22 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399044 thebookvoice.com 12:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beat Autoimmune: The 6 Keys to Reverse Your Condition and Reclaim Your Health Author: Palmer Kippola Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Reverse your negative health trajectory and start the journey towards healing and resilient health with Palmer Kippola’s groundbreaking plan to erase the effects of autoimmune disease.Palmer Kippola is on a mission to make autoimmune disease history. When she was diagnosed with Multiple Sclerosis at age 19, she began a journey toward healing that resulted in a complete reversal of her symptoms. Now, with the help of leading medical experts, including renowned specialists in immunology and longevity from UCLA and Stanford medical schools, as well as leading practitioners in the field of autoimmunity and functional medicine, Kippola wants to help you find freedom from disease too.This comprehensive book is the first to explore all six of the critical lifestyle factors that are the root causes of autoimmune conditions—and the sources of regaining health:• Discover the foods that can trigger disease as well as healthy solutions to fit your personal nutritional profile• Explore the impact of common, often-undiagnosed infections and ways to optimize your immunity naturally• Learn how gut health is the key to recovery• Gain insight on how hormone imbalances can disrupt healing and how to assess your hormone levels• Eliminate environmental toxins in your home and body, and learn how to live a detox lifestyle• Reduce stress and build resilienceDrawing on her own inspiring return to resilient health, as well as the healing stories of a dozen medical doctors and practitioners, plus years of research with autoimmune experts, Palmer Kippola gives readers the tools to beat autoimmune disease—and the hope that relief and healing are possible.“An empowering and actionable guidebook that simplifies the steps back to health. Highly recommended!”—Izabella Wentz, PharmD, FASCP and #1 New York Times bestselling author of Hashimoto's Protocol Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beat Autoimmune: The 6 Keys to Reverse Your Condition and Reclaim Your Health Author: Palmer Kippola Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Reverse your negative health trajectory and start the journey towards healing and resilient health with Palmer Kippola’s groundbreaking plan to erase the effects of autoimmune disease.Palmer Kippola is on a mission to make autoimmune disease history. When she was diagnosed with Multiple Sclerosis at age 19, she began a journey toward healing that resulted in a complete reversal of her symptoms. Now, with the help of leading medical experts, including renowned specialists in immunology and longevity from UCLA and Stanford medical schools, as well as leading practitioners in the field of autoimmunity and functional medicine, Kippola wants to help you find freedom from disease too.This comprehensive book is the first to explore all six of the critical lifestyle factors that are the root causes of autoimmune conditions—and the sources of regaining health:• Discover the foods that can trigger disease as well as healthy solutions to fit your personal nutritional profile• Explore the impact of common, often-undiagnosed infections and ways to optimize your immunity naturally• Learn how gut health is the key to recovery• Gain insight on how hormone imbalances can disrupt healing and how to assess your hormone levels• Eliminate environmental toxins in your home and body, and learn how to live a detox lifestyle• Reduce stress and build resilienceDrawing on her own inspiring return to resilient health, as well as the healing stories of a dozen medical doctors and practitioners, plus years of research with autoimmune experts, Palmer Kippola gives readers the tools to beat autoimmune disease—and the hope that relief and healing are possible.“An empowering and actionable guidebook that simplifies the steps back to health. Highly recommended!”—Izabella Wentz, PharmD, FASCP and #1 New York Times bestselling author of Hashimoto's Protocol https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398942 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayo Clinic Healthy Heart For Life: The Mayo Clinic Plan For Preventing and Conquering Heart Disease Author: Martha Grogan, Mayo Clinic Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Improving your heart health and reducing your risk of heart disease are two central goals of Mayo Clinic HealthyHeart for Life! This book identifies all the factors Mayo Clinic doctors know you can use to achieve those ends,organized into 10 easy-to-follow steps.Heart disease is very serious. It kills more of us than all cancers combined. And yet advances in medicine and selfcare give you far more control over your heart health than ever.This book helps you start making the changes that will improve your heart health. You can start small. In fact, we’llbring you page after page of ordinary but effective things you can do to fight heart disease. In Mayo Clinic HealthyHeart for Life you’ll learn:• How to calculate your chance of a heart attack in the next 10 years.• Tips for improving medication effectiveness and avoiding harmful side effects.• Three heart-healthy goals you can set to make your heart healthier and stronger.• The causes, symptoms, complications, diagnostic techniques and treatments for coronary artery disease.• What your test results mean and how they can direct your next steps to better health.• Five keys to sleep and heart health.This book is not only for people who know they have heart disease—it will prove to be of potentially lifesavingvalue to them. It is also dedicated to anyone who wants to enjoy a healthy heart at any age and the extraordinary healthand lifestyle benefits that go with it. Let Mayo Clinic’s expertise in cardiology help you improve your heart health. Martha Grogan, Mayo Clinic Tue, 25 Feb 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398942 thebookvoice.com 8:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayo Clinic Healthy Heart For Life: The Mayo Clinic Plan For Preventing and Conquering Heart Disease Author: Martha Grogan, Mayo Clinic Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Improving your heart health and reducing your risk of heart disease are two central goals of Mayo Clinic HealthyHeart for Life! This book identifies all the factors Mayo Clinic doctors know you can use to achieve those ends,organized into 10 easy-to-follow steps.Heart disease is very serious. It kills more of us than all cancers combined. And yet advances in medicine and selfcare give you far more control over your heart health than ever.This book helps you start making the changes that will improve your heart health. You can start small. In fact, we’llbring you page after page of ordinary but effective things you can do to fight heart disease. In Mayo Clinic HealthyHeart for Life you’ll learn:• How to calculate your chance of a heart attack in the next 10 years.• Tips for improving medication effectiveness and avoiding harmful side effects.• Three heart-healthy goals you can set to make your heart healthier and stronger.• The causes, symptoms, complications, diagnostic techniques and treatments for coronary artery disease.• What your test results mean and how they can direct your next steps to better health.• Five keys to sleep and heart health.This book is not only for people who know they have heart disease—it will prove to be of potentially lifesavingvalue to them. It is also dedicated to anyone who wants to enjoy a healthy heart at any age and the extraordinary healthand lifestyle benefits that go with it. Let Mayo Clinic’s expertise in cardiology help you improve your heart health. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mayo Clinic Healthy Heart For Life: The Mayo Clinic Plan For Preventing and Conquering Heart Disease Author: Martha Grogan, Mayo Clinic Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Improving your heart health and reducing your risk of heart disease are two central goals of Mayo Clinic HealthyHeart for Life! This book identifies all the factors Mayo Clinic doctors know you can use to achieve those ends,organized into 10 easy-to-follow steps.Heart disease is very serious. It kills more of us than all cancers combined. And yet advances in medicine and selfcare give you far more control over your heart health than ever.This book helps you start making the changes that will improve your heart health. You can start small. In fact, we’llbring you page after page of ordinary but effective things you can do to fight heart disease. In Mayo Clinic HealthyHeart for Life you’ll learn:• How to calculate your chance of a heart attack in the next 10 years.• Tips for improving medication effectiveness and avoiding harmful side effects.• Three heart-healthy goals you can set to make your heart healthier and stronger.• The causes, symptoms, complications, diagnostic techniques and treatments for coronary artery disease.• What your test results mean and how they can direct your next steps to better health.• Five keys to sleep and heart health.This book is not only for people who know they have heart disease—it will prove to be of potentially lifesavingvalue to them. It is also dedicated to anyone who wants to enjoy a healthy heart at any age and the extraordinary healthand lifestyle benefits that go with it. Let Mayo Clinic’s expertise in cardiology help you improve your heart health. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398936 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mayo Clinic on Digestive Health Author: Sahil Khanna Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Chances are, you’ve experienced heartburn, gas, nausea, constipation or diarrhea. For most people, the discomfortis temporary and resolves without incident. Sometimes, however, digestive issues can signal a more serious concern,especially if they recur frequently or cause severe symptoms.Mayo Clinic on Digestive Health, Fourth Edition, is an authoritative yet practical reference manual that includesinformation on everything from healthy digestion to cancer treatment. Inside, you’ll find guidance and helpful tips ona variety of conditions, including:• Belching, bloating and gas • Celiac disease • Colorectal cancer • Constipation and diarrhea • Crohn’s diseaseand ulcerative colitis • Diverticular disease • Gallbladder disease • Heartburn and GERD • Irritable bowel syndrome• Liver disease • Pancreatic disease • Swallowing difficulties • Ulcers and stomach painThe book is packed with helpful advice about how to maintain a healthy gut, treat several common digestiveconditions and prevent serious disease. Let the experts at Mayo Clinic help you enjoy life with fewer digestive concerns. Sahil Khanna Tue, 18 Feb 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398936 thebookvoice.com 10:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mayo Clinic on Digestive Health Author: Sahil Khanna Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Chances are, you’ve experienced heartburn, gas, nausea, constipation or diarrhea. For most people, the discomfortis temporary and resolves without incident. Sometimes, however, digestive issues can signal a more serious concern,especially if they recur frequently or cause severe symptoms.Mayo Clinic on Digestive Health, Fourth Edition, is an authoritative yet practical reference manual that includesinformation on everything from healthy digestion to cancer treatment. Inside, you’ll find guidance and helpful tips ona variety of conditions, including:• Belching, bloating and gas • Celiac disease • Colorectal cancer • Constipation and diarrhea • Crohn’s diseaseand ulcerative colitis • Diverticular disease • Gallbladder disease • Heartburn and GERD • Irritable bowel syndrome• Liver disease • Pancreatic disease • Swallowing difficulties • Ulcers and stomach painThe book is packed with helpful advice about how to maintain a healthy gut, treat several common digestiveconditions and prevent serious disease. Let the experts at Mayo Clinic help you enjoy life with fewer digestive concerns. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mayo Clinic on Digestive Health Author: Sahil Khanna Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Chances are, you’ve experienced heartburn, gas, nausea, constipation or diarrhea. For most people, the discomfortis temporary and resolves without incident. Sometimes, however, digestive issues can signal a more serious concern,especially if they recur frequently or cause severe symptoms.Mayo Clinic on Digestive Health, Fourth Edition, is an authoritative yet practical reference manual that includesinformation on everything from healthy digestion to cancer treatment. Inside, you’ll find guidance and helpful tips ona variety of conditions, including:• Belching, bloating and gas • Celiac disease • Colorectal cancer • Constipation and diarrhea • Crohn’s diseaseand ulcerative colitis • Diverticular disease • Gallbladder disease • Heartburn and GERD • Irritable bowel syndrome• Liver disease • Pancreatic disease • Swallowing difficulties • Ulcers and stomach painThe book is packed with helpful advice about how to maintain a healthy gut, treat several common digestiveconditions and prevent serious disease. Let the experts at Mayo Clinic help you enjoy life with fewer digestive concerns. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398889 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical: The Science, Culture, and History of Breast Cancer in America Author: Kate Pickert Narrator: Kate Pickert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In this 'powerful and unflinching page-turner' (New York Times), a healthcare journalist examines the science, history, and culture of breast cancer. As a health-care journalist, Kate Pickert knew the emotional highs and lows of medical treatment well -- but always from a distance, through the stories of her subjects. That is, until she was unexpectedly diagnosed with an aggressive type of breast cancer at the age of 35. As she underwent more than a year of treatment, Pickert realized that the popular understanding of breast care in America bears little resemblance to the experiences of today's patients and the rapidly changing science designed to save their lives. After using her journalistic skills to navigate her own care, Pickert embarked on a quest to understand the cultural, scientific and historical forces shaping the lives of breast-cancer patients in the modern age. Breast cancer is one of history's most prolific killers. Despite billions spent on research and treatments, it remains one of the deadliest diseases facing women today. From the forests of the Pacific Northwest to an operating suite in Los Angeles to the epicenter of pink-ribbon advocacy in Dallas, Pickert reports on the turning points and people responsible for the progress that has been made against breast cancer and documents the challenges of defeating a disease that strikes one in eight American women and has helped shape the country's medical culture. Drawing on interviews with doctors, economists, researchers, advocates and patients, as well as on journal entries and recordings collected over the author's treatment, Radical puts the story of breast cancer into context, and shows how modern treatments represent a long overdue shift in the way doctors approach cancer -- and disease -- itself. Kate Pickert Tue, 01 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398889 thebookvoice.com 9:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical: The Science, Culture, and History of Breast Cancer in America Author: Kate Pickert Narrator: Kate Pickert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In this 'powerful and unflinching page-turner' (New York Times), a healthcare journalist examines the science, history, and culture of breast cancer. As a health-care journalist, Kate Pickert knew the emotional highs and lows of medical treatment well -- but always from a distance, through the stories of her subjects. That is, until she was unexpectedly diagnosed with an aggressive type of breast cancer at the age of 35. As she underwent more than a year of treatment, Pickert realized that the popular understanding of breast care in America bears little resemblance to the experiences of today's patients and the rapidly changing science designed to save their lives. After using her journalistic skills to navigate her own care, Pickert embarked on a quest to understand the cultural, scientific and historical forces shaping the lives of breast-cancer patients in the modern age. Breast cancer is one of history's most prolific killers. Despite billions spent on research and treatments, it remains one of the deadliest diseases facing women today. From the forests of the Pacific Northwest to an operating suite in Los Angeles to the epicenter of pink-ribbon advocacy in Dallas, Pickert reports on the turning points and people responsible for the progress that has been made against breast cancer and documents the challenges of defeating a disease that strikes one in eight American women and has helped shape the country's medical culture. Drawing on interviews with doctors, economists, researchers, advocates and patients, as well as on journal entries and recordings collected over the author's treatment, Radical puts the story of breast cancer into context, and shows how modern treatments represent a long overdue shift in the way doctors approach cancer -- and disease -- itself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical: The Science, Culture, and History of Breast Cancer in America Author: Kate Pickert Narrator: Kate Pickert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: In this 'powerful and unflinching page-turner' (New York Times), a healthcare journalist examines the science, history, and culture of breast cancer. As a health-care journalist, Kate Pickert knew the emotional highs and lows of medical treatment well -- but always from a distance, through the stories of her subjects. That is, until she was unexpectedly diagnosed with an aggressive type of breast cancer at the age of 35. As she underwent more than a year of treatment, Pickert realized that the popular understanding of breast care in America bears little resemblance to the experiences of today's patients and the rapidly changing science designed to save their lives. After using her journalistic skills to navigate her own care, Pickert embarked on a quest to understand the cultural, scientific and historical forces shaping the lives of breast-cancer patients in the modern age. Breast cancer is one of history's most prolific killers. Despite billions spent on research and treatments, it remains one of the deadliest diseases facing women today. From the forests of the Pacific Northwest to an operating suite in Los Angeles to the epicenter of pink-ribbon advocacy in Dallas, Pickert reports on the turning points and people responsible for the progress that has been made against breast cancer and documents the challenges of defeating a disease that strikes one in eight American women and has helped shape the country's medical culture. Drawing on interviews with doctors, economists, researchers, advocates and patients, as well as on journal entries and recordings collected over the author's treatment, Radical puts the story of breast cancer into context, and shows how modern treatments represent a long overdue shift in the way doctors approach cancer -- and disease -- itself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398878 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Help Your Anxious Teen Author: Jessica Thompson Narrator: Jessica Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: If your son or daughter is suffering from anxiety, you probably have more questions than answers: What is causing the anxiety? Is this normal teenage angst or something more serious? What can I do to help? Jessica Thompson, the mother of three teens, has seen kids struggle with anxiousness. She wants you to understand the issues surrounding teenage anxiety and how our culture, the church, and perhaps even you may be contributing to the problem. The culture tells kids that it's not okay to be normal, that social media is vital to their well-being, and that athletic, academic, and other accolades are all-important. The church, though well-intentioned, sometimes places undue pressure on teens to 'do big things for God' and 'be the best Christian you can be.' Caring parents may inadvertently overcorrect their teens' behavior and try to control it ('helicopter parenting'). They may also use their kids' accomplishments to build their own identity or try to be their children's best friend. But there is help and hope for you and your teenager. When you equip yourself with truth from the gospel and the rest of God's Word, you can help your child to cope with anxiety, and your family can experience greater freedom and peace. Jessica Thompson Tue, 17 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398878 thebookvoice.com 3:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Help Your Anxious Teen Author: Jessica Thompson Narrator: Jessica Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: If your son or daughter is suffering from anxiety, you probably have more questions than answers: What is causing the anxiety? Is this normal teenage angst or something more serious? What can I do to help? Jessica Thompson, the mother of three teens, has seen kids struggle with anxiousness. She wants you to understand the issues surrounding teenage anxiety and how our culture, the church, and perhaps even you may be contributing to the problem. The culture tells kids that it's not okay to be normal, that social media is vital to their well-being, and that athletic, academic, and other accolades are all-important. The church, though well-intentioned, sometimes places undue pressure on teens to 'do big things for God' and 'be the best Christian you can be.' Caring parents may inadvertently overcorrect their teens' behavior and try to control it ('helicopter parenting'). They may also use their kids' accomplishments to build their own identity or try to be their children's best friend. But there is help and hope for you and your teenager. When you equip yourself with truth from the gospel and the rest of God's Word, you can help your child to cope with anxiety, and your family can experience greater freedom and peace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Help Your Anxious Teen Author: Jessica Thompson Narrator: Jessica Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: If your son or daughter is suffering from anxiety, you probably have more questions than answers: What is causing the anxiety? Is this normal teenage angst or something more serious? What can I do to help? Jessica Thompson, the mother of three teens, has seen kids struggle with anxiousness. She wants you to understand the issues surrounding teenage anxiety and how our culture, the church, and perhaps even you may be contributing to the problem. The culture tells kids that it's not okay to be normal, that social media is vital to their well-being, and that athletic, academic, and other accolades are all-important. The church, though well-intentioned, sometimes places undue pressure on teens to 'do big things for God' and 'be the best Christian you can be.' Caring parents may inadvertently overcorrect their teens' behavior and try to control it ('helicopter parenting'). They may also use their kids' accomplishments to build their own identity or try to be their children's best friend. But there is help and hope for you and your teenager. When you equip yourself with truth from the gospel and the rest of God's Word, you can help your child to cope with anxiety, and your family can experience greater freedom and peace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398744 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El libro del cáncer de mama: La vida más allá del diagnóstico Author: Gerardo Castorena Narrator: Gerardo Castorena, Martha Debayle, Gabriela Ramírez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Un libro indispensable que detalla todo lo que debes saber sobre el cáncer de mama, en un lenguaje sencillo, empático pero profundo, para tomar las mejores decisiones de acuerdo a tus necesidades. Si consideras que hablar de cáncer es un tema tabú, si cada vez que escuchas la palabra la asocias con muerte o sientes ansiedad, si crees que sólo es necesario visitar al oncólogo cuando hay un diagnóstico, debes leer este libro ya. Ya sea que un ser querido haya padecido esta enfermedad o simplemente quieras informarte más sobre el tema, este libro será tu aliado para participar activamente en el cuidado de tu salud. Entre muchas cosas aprenderás: - Las diferencias entre un cáncer heredado, un cáncer familiar y un cáncer esporádico. - Las estrategias comprobadas que pueden hacer que disminuya considerablemente el riesgo de contraer la enfermedad. - Cuáles son las principales condicionantes para que se desarrolle un cáncer de mama. - Los 10 mitos más comunes. - Cómo diseñar un tratamiento individualizado y qué tipo de tratamientos existen. - Cómo hablar sobre el tema con los hijos, padres, cónyuges y amigos. El conocimiento es poder, y con la información que brinda El libro del cáncer de mama crearás un plan de vida enfocado al bienestar y a la prevención. ¡Infórmate y sé un agente activo en pro de tu salud! Prólogo de Martha Debayle Revisa la tabla de estándares IMC https://bit.ly/2uwHDZp Gerardo Castorena Thu, 24 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398744 thebookvoice.com 3:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El libro del cáncer de mama: La vida más allá del diagnóstico Author: Gerardo Castorena Narrator: Gerardo Castorena, Martha Debayle, Gabriela Ramírez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Un libro indispensable que detalla todo lo que debes saber sobre el cáncer de mama, en un lenguaje sencillo, empático pero profundo, para tomar las mejores decisiones de acuerdo a tus necesidades. Si consideras que hablar de cáncer es un tema tabú, si cada vez que escuchas la palabra la asocias con muerte o sientes ansiedad, si crees que sólo es necesario visitar al oncólogo cuando hay un diagnóstico, debes leer este libro ya. Ya sea que un ser querido haya padecido esta enfermedad o simplemente quieras informarte más sobre el tema, este libro será tu aliado para participar activamente en el cuidado de tu salud. Entre muchas cosas aprenderás: - Las diferencias entre un cáncer heredado, un cáncer familiar y un cáncer esporádico. - Las estrategias comprobadas que pueden hacer que disminuya considerablemente el riesgo de contraer la enfermedad. - Cuáles son las principales condicionantes para que se desarrolle un cáncer de mama. - Los 10 mitos más comunes. - Cómo diseñar un tratamiento individualizado y qué tipo de tratamientos existen. - Cómo hablar sobre el tema con los hijos, padres, cónyuges y amigos. El conocimiento es poder, y con la información que brinda El libro del cáncer de mama crearás un plan de vida enfocado al bienestar y a la prevención. ¡Infórmate y sé un agente activo en pro de tu salud! Prólogo de Martha Debayle Revisa la tabla de estándares IMC https://bit.ly/2uwHDZp Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El libro del cáncer de mama: La vida más allá del diagnóstico Author: Gerardo Castorena Narrator: Gerardo Castorena, Martha Debayle, Gabriela Ramírez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 24, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Un libro indispensable que detalla todo lo que debes saber sobre el cáncer de mama, en un lenguaje sencillo, empático pero profundo, para tomar las mejores decisiones de acuerdo a tus necesidades. Si consideras que hablar de cáncer es un tema tabú, si cada vez que escuchas la palabra la asocias con muerte o sientes ansiedad, si crees que sólo es necesario visitar al oncólogo cuando hay un diagnóstico, debes leer este libro ya. Ya sea que un ser querido haya padecido esta enfermedad o simplemente quieras informarte más sobre el tema, este libro será tu aliado para participar activamente en el cuidado de tu salud. Entre muchas cosas aprenderás: - Las diferencias entre un cáncer heredado, un cáncer familiar y un cáncer esporádico. - Las estrategias comprobadas que pueden hacer que disminuya considerablemente el riesgo de contraer la enfermedad. - Cuáles son las principales condicionantes para que se desarrolle un cáncer de mama. - Los 10 mitos más comunes. - Cómo diseñar un tratamiento individualizado y qué tipo de tratamientos existen. - Cómo hablar sobre el tema con los hijos, padres, cónyuges y amigos. El conocimiento es poder, y con la información que brinda El libro del cáncer de mama crearás un plan de vida enfocado al bienestar y a la prevención. ¡Infórmate y sé un agente activo en pro de tu salud! Prólogo de Martha Debayle Revisa la tabla de estándares IMC https://bit.ly/2uwHDZp https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398610 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Memory Code: The 10-Minute Solution for Healing Your Life Through Memory Engineering Author: Alexander Loyd Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: International bestselling author of The Healing Code and The Love Code Dr. Alexander Loyd offers a radical new approach to mindfulness, a powerful tool called Memory Reengineering that enables users to level up their lives in as little as 10 minutes. We have all had negative experiences in our lives, the memories of which can cause shame, embarrassment, fear, trauma, and worse. Those memories often prevent us from reaching our goals, whether they be related to weight, career, relationships, or success in other areas. But international bestselling author Alexander Loyd has developed a set of techniques that enable users to change the stories they tell about themselves to become healthier, happier, and more successful. Memory Reengineering is a toolbox of skills that disconnect painful emotions from memories, replacing them with happier and healthier feelings. In The Memory Code, Dr. Loyd teaches readers that the past does not have to dictate the future. You can change your behaviors by changing the way you tell your story-and once you understand the process, you can begin to feel the effects in as little as 10 minutes. Whether you want to improve at work, fix your relationships, end an addiction, or just finally move past painful memories to achieve self-growth, The Memory Code will give you the power to change. Alexander Loyd Tue, 08 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398610 thebookvoice.com 9:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Memory Code: The 10-Minute Solution for Healing Your Life Through Memory Engineering Author: Alexander Loyd Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: International bestselling author of The Healing Code and The Love Code Dr. Alexander Loyd offers a radical new approach to mindfulness, a powerful tool called Memory Reengineering that enables users to level up their lives in as little as 10 minutes. We have all had negative experiences in our lives, the memories of which can cause shame, embarrassment, fear, trauma, and worse. Those memories often prevent us from reaching our goals, whether they be related to weight, career, relationships, or success in other areas. But international bestselling author Alexander Loyd has developed a set of techniques that enable users to change the stories they tell about themselves to become healthier, happier, and more successful. Memory Reengineering is a toolbox of skills that disconnect painful emotions from memories, replacing them with happier and healthier feelings. In The Memory Code, Dr. Loyd teaches readers that the past does not have to dictate the future. You can change your behaviors by changing the way you tell your story-and once you understand the process, you can begin to feel the effects in as little as 10 minutes. Whether you want to improve at work, fix your relationships, end an addiction, or just finally move past painful memories to achieve self-growth, The Memory Code will give you the power to change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Memory Code: The 10-Minute Solution for Healing Your Life Through Memory Engineering Author: Alexander Loyd Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: International bestselling author of The Healing Code and The Love Code Dr. Alexander Loyd offers a radical new approach to mindfulness, a powerful tool called Memory Reengineering that enables users to level up their lives in as little as 10 minutes. We have all had negative experiences in our lives, the memories of which can cause shame, embarrassment, fear, trauma, and worse. Those memories often prevent us from reaching our goals, whether they be related to weight, career, relationships, or success in other areas. But international bestselling author Alexander Loyd has developed a set of techniques that enable users to change the stories they tell about themselves to become healthier, happier, and more successful. Memory Reengineering is a toolbox of skills that disconnect painful emotions from memories, replacing them with happier and healthier feelings. In The Memory Code, Dr. Loyd teaches readers that the past does not have to dictate the future. You can change your behaviors by changing the way you tell your story-and once you understand the process, you can begin to feel the effects in as little as 10 minutes. Whether you want to improve at work, fix your relationships, end an addiction, or just finally move past painful memories to achieve self-growth, The Memory Code will give you the power to change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overdose: Heartbreak and Hope in Canada's Opioid Crisis Author: Benjamin Perrin Narrator: John Cleland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER SHORTLISTED for the 2021 BC Book Awards' George Ryga Award for Social Awareness in Literature SHORTLISTED for the BC and Yukon Book Prizes, for both the Hubert Evans Non-Fiction Prize and Jim Deva Prize for Writing That Provokes SHORTLISTED for the 2021 J. W. Dafoe Book Prize SHORTLISTED for the 2020 Lane Anderson Award “Overdose is a necessary and searching investigation into a devastating epidemic that should never have happened. Benjamin Perrin painstakingly shows that it need not continue if we, as a society, heed the evidence.” —Gabor Maté M.D., author of In The Realm of Hungry Ghosts: Close Encounters With Addiction An astonishing and powerful look at the ongoing opioid crisis North America is in the middle of a health emergency. Life expectancies are declining. Someone is dying every two hours in Canada from illicit drug overdose. Fentanyl has become a looming presence—an opioid more powerful, pervasive, and deadly than any previous street drug. The victims are many—and often not whom we might expect. They include the poor and forgotten but also our neighbours: professionals, students, and parents. Despite the thousands of deaths, these victims have remained largely invisible. But not anymore. Benjamin Perrin, a law and policy expert, shines a light in this darkest of corners—and his findings challenge many assumptions about the crisis. Why do people use drugs despite the risk of overdosing? Can we crack down on the fentanyl supply? Do supervised consumption sites and providing “safe drugs” enable the problem? Which treatments work? Would decriminalizing all drugs help or do further harm? In this urgent and humane look at a devastating epidemic, Perrin draws on behind-the-scenes interviews with those on the frontlines, including undercover police officers, intelligence analysts, border agents, prosecutors, healthcare professionals, Indigenous organizations, activists, and people who use drugs. Not only does he unveil the many complexities of this situation, but he also offers a new way forward—one that may save thousands of lives. Benjamin Perrin Tue, 31 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398386 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overdose: Heartbreak and Hope in Canada's Opioid Crisis Author: Benjamin Perrin Narrator: John Cleland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER SHORTLISTED for the 2021 BC Book Awards' George Ryga Award for Social Awareness in Literature SHORTLISTED for the BC and Yukon Book Prizes, for both the Hubert Evans Non-Fiction Prize and Jim Deva Prize for Writing That Provokes SHORTLISTED for the 2021 J. W. Dafoe Book Prize SHORTLISTED for the 2020 Lane Anderson Award “Overdose is a necessary and searching investigation into a devastating epidemic that should never have happened. Benjamin Perrin painstakingly shows that it need not continue if we, as a society, heed the evidence.” —Gabor Maté M.D., author of In The Realm of Hungry Ghosts: Close Encounters With Addiction An astonishing and powerful look at the ongoing opioid crisis North America is in the middle of a health emergency. Life expectancies are declining. Someone is dying every two hours in Canada from illicit drug overdose. Fentanyl has become a looming presence—an opioid more powerful, pervasive, and deadly than any previous street drug. The victims are many—and often not whom we might expect. They include the poor and forgotten but also our neighbours: professionals, students, and parents. Despite the thousands of deaths, these victims have remained largely invisible. But not anymore. Benjamin Perrin, a law and policy expert, shines a light in this darkest of corners—and his findings challenge many assumptions about the crisis. Why do people use drugs despite the risk of overdosing? Can we crack down on the fentanyl supply? Do supervised consumption sites and providing “safe drugs” enable the problem? Which treatments work? Would decriminalizing all drugs help or do further harm? In this urgent and humane look at a devastating epidemic, Perrin draws on behind-the-scenes interviews with those on the frontlines, including undercover police officers, intelligence analysts, border agents, prosecutors, healthcare professionals, Indigenous organizations, activists, and people who use drugs. Not only does he unveil the many complexities of this situation, but he also offers a new way forward—one that may save thousands of lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overdose: Heartbreak and Hope in Canada's Opioid Crisis Author: Benjamin Perrin Narrator: John Cleland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER SHORTLISTED for the 2021 BC Book Awards' George Ryga Award for Social Awareness in Literature SHORTLISTED for the BC and Yukon Book Prizes, for both the Hubert Evans Non-Fiction Prize and Jim Deva Prize for Writing That Provokes SHORTLISTED for the 2021 J. W. Dafoe Book Prize SHORTLISTED for the 2020 Lane Anderson Award “Overdose is a necessary and searching investigation into a devastating epidemic that should never have happened. Benjamin Perrin painstakingly shows that it need not continue if we, as a society, heed the evidence.” —Gabor Maté M.D., author of In The Realm of Hungry Ghosts: Close Encounters With Addiction An astonishing and powerful look at the ongoing opioid crisis North America is in the middle of a health emergency. Life expectancies are declining. Someone is dying every two hours in Canada from illicit drug overdose. Fentanyl has become a looming presence—an opioid more powerful, pervasive, and deadly than any previous street drug. The victims are many—and often not whom we might expect. They include the poor and forgotten but also our neighbours: professionals, students, and parents. Despite the thousands of deaths, these victims have remained largely invisible. But not anymore. Benjamin Perrin, a law and policy expert, shines a light in this darkest of corners—and his findings challenge many assumptions about the crisis. Why do people use drugs despite the risk of overdosing? Can we crack down on the fentanyl supply? Do supervised consumption sites and providing “safe drugs” enable the problem? Which treatments work? Would decriminalizing all drugs help or do further harm? In this urgent and humane look at a devastating epidemic, Perrin draws on behind-the-scenes interviews with those on the frontlines, including undercover police officers, intelligence analysts, border agents, prosecutors, healthcare professionals, Indigenous organizations, activists, and people who use drugs. Not only does he unveil the many complexities of this situation, but he also offers a new way forward—one that may save thousands of lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398341 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Pear-Shaped Life Author: Carmel Harrington Narrator: Amy Mcallister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ‘So many women will find this book speaks to them. It makes you laugh and cry but it is truly inspiring’ Katie Fforde ‘Sweet, sad, insightful and joyful – this book pressed all the emotion buttons and I’m so glad it did’ Milly Johnson ‘A beautiful, tender and joyful story.’ Susan Lewis Meet Greta. She’s funny. She’s flawed. She’s hiding so much behind her big smile she’s forgotten who she is. But Greta is about to discover that the key to being happy is…being yourself. Greta Gale has played the part of the funny fat one her entire life, hiding her insecurities behind a big smile. But size doesn’t matter when you can laugh at yourself, right? Until Greta realises she’s the only one not laughing. And deep down, she’s not sure if she’ll ever laugh again. But Greta is about to discover that sometimes the best moments in life come when it’s all gone a bit pear-shaped… ‘Poignant and profound, warm and witty, Carmel’s brilliant writing invites us to look beyond the smiley face to the complex tangle of emotions inside us all. I absolutely adored it’ Sunday Times bestseller Cathy Bramley ‘Warm, engrossing storytelling at its best’ Irish Times bestseller Sheila O’Flanagan Carmel Harrington Sun, 01 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398341 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Pear-Shaped Life Author: Carmel Harrington Narrator: Amy Mcallister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ‘So many women will find this book speaks to them. It makes you laugh and cry but it is truly inspiring’ Katie Fforde ‘Sweet, sad, insightful and joyful – this book pressed all the emotion buttons and I’m so glad it did’ Milly Johnson ‘A beautiful, tender and joyful story.’ Susan Lewis Meet Greta. She’s funny. She’s flawed. She’s hiding so much behind her big smile she’s forgotten who she is. But Greta is about to discover that the key to being happy is…being yourself. Greta Gale has played the part of the funny fat one her entire life, hiding her insecurities behind a big smile. But size doesn’t matter when you can laugh at yourself, right? Until Greta realises she’s the only one not laughing. And deep down, she’s not sure if she’ll ever laugh again. But Greta is about to discover that sometimes the best moments in life come when it’s all gone a bit pear-shaped… ‘Poignant and profound, warm and witty, Carmel’s brilliant writing invites us to look beyond the smiley face to the complex tangle of emotions inside us all. I absolutely adored it’ Sunday Times bestseller Cathy Bramley ‘Warm, engrossing storytelling at its best’ Irish Times bestseller Sheila O’Flanagan Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Pear-Shaped Life Author: Carmel Harrington Narrator: Amy Mcallister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ‘So many women will find this book speaks to them. It makes you laugh and cry but it is truly inspiring’ Katie Fforde ‘Sweet, sad, insightful and joyful – this book pressed all the emotion buttons and I’m so glad it did’ Milly Johnson ‘A beautiful, tender and joyful story.’ Susan Lewis Meet Greta. She’s funny. She’s flawed. She’s hiding so much behind her big smile she’s forgotten who she is. But Greta is about to discover that the key to being happy is…being yourself. Greta Gale has played the part of the funny fat one her entire life, hiding her insecurities behind a big smile. But size doesn’t matter when you can laugh at yourself, right? Until Greta realises she’s the only one not laughing. And deep down, she’s not sure if she’ll ever laugh again. But Greta is about to discover that sometimes the best moments in life come when it’s all gone a bit pear-shaped… ‘Poignant and profound, warm and witty, Carmel’s brilliant writing invites us to look beyond the smiley face to the complex tangle of emotions inside us all. I absolutely adored it’ Sunday Times bestseller Cathy Bramley ‘Warm, engrossing storytelling at its best’ Irish Times bestseller Sheila O’Flanagan https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398289 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There I Am: The Journey from Hopelessness to Healing—A Memoir Author: Ruthie Lindsey Narrator: Ruthie Lindsey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brain on Fire meets Carry On, Warrior in this inspirational memoir and “testament to the things that break us, heal us, and make us who we are” (Glennon Doyle, #1 New York Times bestselling author) that explores one woman’s journey from chronic pain and hopelessness to finding joy, redemption, and healing. At seventeen years old, Ruthie Lindsey is hit by an ambulance near her home in rural Louisiana. She’s given a five percent chance of survival and one percent chance of walking again. One month later after a spinal fusion surgery, Ruthie defies the odds, leaving the hospital on her own two feet. Just a few years later, newly married and living in Nashville, Ruthie begins to experience debilitating pain. Her case confounds doctors and after numerous rounds of testing, imaging, and treatment, they prescribe narcotic painkillers—lots of them. Ruthie has become bedridden, dependent on painkillers, and hopeless, when an X-ray reveals that the wire used to fuse her spine is piercing her brain stem. Without another staggeringly expensive experimental surgery, she could well become paralyzed, but in many ways, she already is. Ruthie goes into the hospital in chronic pain, dependent on prescription painkillers, and leaves the same way. She can still walk but has no idea where she’s going. As her life unravels, Ruthie returns home to Louisiana and sets out on a journey to learn joy again. She trades fentanyl for sunsets and morphine for wildflowers, weaning herself off of the drugs and beginning the process of healing—of coming home to her body. Raw and redemptive, There I Am is not just about the magic of optimism, but the work of it. Ruthie’s extraordinary memoir “like going on a walk with a best friend and listening to a life-changing speech at the same time: it’s equal parts familiar and profound, warm and insightful, comforting and challenging, relatable and unlike anything you’ve read before” (Mari Andrew, New York Times bestselling author). Ruthie Lindsey Tue, 21 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398289 thebookvoice.com 8:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There I Am: The Journey from Hopelessness to Healing—A Memoir Author: Ruthie Lindsey Narrator: Ruthie Lindsey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brain on Fire meets Carry On, Warrior in this inspirational memoir and “testament to the things that break us, heal us, and make us who we are” (Glennon Doyle, #1 New York Times bestselling author) that explores one woman’s journey from chronic pain and hopelessness to finding joy, redemption, and healing. At seventeen years old, Ruthie Lindsey is hit by an ambulance near her home in rural Louisiana. She’s given a five percent chance of survival and one percent chance of walking again. One month later after a spinal fusion surgery, Ruthie defies the odds, leaving the hospital on her own two feet. Just a few years later, newly married and living in Nashville, Ruthie begins to experience debilitating pain. Her case confounds doctors and after numerous rounds of testing, imaging, and treatment, they prescribe narcotic painkillers—lots of them. Ruthie has become bedridden, dependent on painkillers, and hopeless, when an X-ray reveals that the wire used to fuse her spine is piercing her brain stem. Without another staggeringly expensive experimental surgery, she could well become paralyzed, but in many ways, she already is. Ruthie goes into the hospital in chronic pain, dependent on prescription painkillers, and leaves the same way. She can still walk but has no idea where she’s going. As her life unravels, Ruthie returns home to Louisiana and sets out on a journey to learn joy again. She trades fentanyl for sunsets and morphine for wildflowers, weaning herself off of the drugs and beginning the process of healing—of coming home to her body. Raw and redemptive, There I Am is not just about the magic of optimism, but the work of it. Ruthie’s extraordinary memoir “like going on a walk with a best friend and listening to a life-changing speech at the same time: it’s equal parts familiar and profound, warm and insightful, comforting and challenging, relatable and unlike anything you’ve read before” (Mari Andrew, New York Times bestselling author). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There I Am: The Journey from Hopelessness to Healing—A Memoir Author: Ruthie Lindsey Narrator: Ruthie Lindsey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brain on Fire meets Carry On, Warrior in this inspirational memoir and “testament to the things that break us, heal us, and make us who we are” (Glennon Doyle, #1 New York Times bestselling author) that explores one woman’s journey from chronic pain and hopelessness to finding joy, redemption, and healing. At seventeen years old, Ruthie Lindsey is hit by an ambulance near her home in rural Louisiana. She’s given a five percent chance of survival and one percent chance of walking again. One month later after a spinal fusion surgery, Ruthie defies the odds, leaving the hospital on her own two feet. Just a few years later, newly married and living in Nashville, Ruthie begins to experience debilitating pain. Her case confounds doctors and after numerous rounds of testing, imaging, and treatment, they prescribe narcotic painkillers—lots of them. Ruthie has become bedridden, dependent on painkillers, and hopeless, when an X-ray reveals that the wire used to fuse her spine is piercing her brain stem. Without another staggeringly expensive experimental surgery, she could well become paralyzed, but in many ways, she already is. Ruthie goes into the hospital in chronic pain, dependent on prescription painkillers, and leaves the same way. She can still walk but has no idea where she’s going. As her life unravels, Ruthie returns home to Louisiana and sets out on a journey to learn joy again. She trades fentanyl for sunsets and morphine for wildflowers, weaning herself off of the drugs and beginning the process of healing—of coming home to her body. Raw and redemptive, There I Am is not just about the magic of optimism, but the work of it. Ruthie’s extraordinary memoir “like going on a walk with a best friend and listening to a life-changing speech at the same time: it’s equal parts familiar and profound, warm and insightful, comforting and challenging, relatable and unlike anything you’ve read before” (Mari Andrew, New York Times bestselling author). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398259 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398259]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La Homosexualidad: Dimensiones De Las Ciencias Ocultas, La Salud Y La Psicología Author: Gabriel Agbo Narrator: Gabriel Agbo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 16, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ¿La homosexualidad es buena o mala? ¿Cuál es el origen de esta preferencia sexual y sus implicancias en la sociedad?¿ Estaba esto en el plan original de Dios (naturaleza)?¿ Quién está en realidad detrás de ella y con qué propósito?¿ Son los gays y lesbianas verdaderamente seducidos y atrapados por fuerzas invisibles? ¿Y cuáles serán sus efectos sobre las generaciones actuales y por venir? ¿Cuáles son las opiniones del Cristianismo, el Islam, la religión tradicional, etc, sobre el tema?¿ Qué tan peligrosos son el Sexo Anal y Oral-algún riesgo para la salud?¿ Pueden producir cáncer anal y oral y otras diversas infecciones? ¿Es la homosexualidad una práctica ocultista? Todas estas preguntas y muchas otras son las que estaremos tratando de responder desde este libro. La relación homosexual no es nueva para la humanidad, pero por algún tiempo ha estado ahora en la conciencia global, especialmente con el apoyo sistemático dado a ella por los líderes occidentales bajo el disfraz de dere¿La homosexualidad es buena o mala? ¿Cuál es el origen de esta preferencia sexual y sus implicancias en la sociedad?¿ Estaba esto en el plan original de Dios (naturaleza)?¿ Quién está en realidad detrás de ella y con qué propósito?¿ Son los gays y lesbianas verdaderamente seducidos y atrapados por fuerzas invisibles? ¿Y cuáles serán sus efectos sobre las generaciones actuales y por venir? ¿Cuáles son las opiniones del Cristianismo, el Islam, la religión tradicional, etc, sobre el tema?¿ Qué tan peligrosos son el Sexo Anal y Oral-algún riesgo para la salud?¿ Pueden producir cáncer anal y oral y otras diversas infecciones? ¿Es la homosexualidad una práctica ocultista? Todas estas preguntas y muchas otras son las que estaremos tratando de responder desde este libro. La relación homosexual no es nueva para la humanidad, pero por algún tiempo ha estado ahora en la conciencia global, especialmente con el apoyo sistemático dado a ella por los líderes occidentales bajo el disfraz de derechos humanos, derechos homosexuales, derechos de las minorías, movimientos de coalición, etc. De hecho, algunos de los líderes y sus organizaciones fantoche no solamente la predican sino que presionan a otras naciones para que la acepten y las promuevan. Prometen ayuda social, subsidios y otros tipos de asistencia para el desarrollo, como compensación. Por qué están tan obsesionados con esto y de quién es esta agenda? En este trabajo trataremos de resumir nuestras discusiones muy objetivas, en los siguientes electrizantes, iluminadores e informativos siete capítulos: La Rebelión Gay, En el Principio, La Dimensión de las Cs. Ocultas, Las Implicancias sobre la Salud, Los Efectos Psicológicos, Las Consecuencias Evitables y Qué Debemos Hacer? Estas discusiones son verdaderamente muy informativas, hechos que te ayudarán a tomar una valiosa decisión acerca de involucrarte o no en la homosexualidad. La decision será completamente tuya PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Gabriel Agbo Mon, 16 Sep 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398259 thebookvoice.com 2:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398259]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La Homosexualidad: Dimensiones De Las Ciencias Ocultas, La Salud Y La Psicología Author: Gabriel Agbo Narrator: Gabriel Agbo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 16, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ¿La homosexualidad es buena o mala? ¿Cuál es el origen de esta preferencia sexual y sus implicancias en la sociedad?¿ Estaba esto en el plan original de Dios (naturaleza)?¿ Quién está en realidad detrás de ella y con qué propósito?¿ Son los gays y lesbianas verdaderamente seducidos y atrapados por fuerzas invisibles? ¿Y cuáles serán sus efectos sobre las generaciones actuales y por venir? ¿Cuáles son las opiniones del Cristianismo, el Islam, la religión tradicional, etc, sobre el tema?¿ Qué tan peligrosos son el Sexo Anal y Oral-algún riesgo para la salud?¿ Pueden producir cáncer anal y oral y otras diversas infecciones? ¿Es la homosexualidad una práctica ocultista? Todas estas preguntas y muchas otras son las que estaremos tratando de responder desde este libro. La relación homosexual no es nueva para la humanidad, pero por algún tiempo ha estado ahora en la conciencia global, especialmente con el apoyo sistemático dado a ella por los líderes occidentales bajo el disfraz de dere¿La homosexualidad es buena o mala? ¿Cuál es el origen de esta preferencia sexual y sus implicancias en la sociedad?¿ Estaba esto en el plan original de Dios (naturaleza)?¿ Quién está en realidad detrás de ella y con qué propósito?¿ Son los gays y lesbianas verdaderamente seducidos y atrapados por fuerzas invisibles? ¿Y cuáles serán sus efectos sobre las generaciones actuales y por venir? ¿Cuáles son las opiniones del Cristianismo, el Islam, la religión tradicional, etc, sobre el tema?¿ Qué tan peligrosos son el Sexo Anal y Oral-algún riesgo para la salud?¿ Pueden producir cáncer anal y oral y otras diversas infecciones? ¿Es la homosexualidad una práctica ocultista? Todas estas preguntas y muchas otras son las que estaremos tratando de responder desde este libro. La relación homosexual no es nueva para la humanidad, pero por algún tiempo ha estado ahora en la conciencia global, especialmente con el apoyo sistemático dado a ella por los líderes occidentales bajo el disfraz de derechos humanos, derechos homosexuales, derechos de las minorías, movimientos de coalición, etc. De hecho, algunos de los líderes y sus organizaciones fantoche no solamente la predican sino que presionan a otras naciones para que la acepten y las promuevan. Prometen ayuda social, subsidios y otros tipos de asistencia para el desarrollo, como compensación. Por qué están tan obsesionados con esto y de quién es esta agenda? En este trabajo trataremos de resumir nuestras discusiones muy objetivas, en los siguientes electrizantes, iluminadores e informativos siete capítulos: La Rebelión Gay, En el Principio, La Dimensión de las Cs. Ocultas, Las Implicancias sobre la Salud, Los Efectos Psicológicos, Las Consecuencias Evitables y Qué Debemos Hacer? Estas discusiones son verdaderamente muy informativas, hechos que te ayudarán a tomar una valiosa decisión acerca de involucrarte o no en la homosexualidad. La decision será completamente tuya PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398259]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La Homosexualidad: Dimensiones De Las Ciencias Ocultas, La Salud Y La Psicología Author: Gabriel Agbo Narrator: Gabriel Agbo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 16, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ¿La homosexualidad es buena o mala? ¿Cuál es el origen de esta preferencia sexual y sus implicancias en la sociedad?¿ Estaba esto en el plan original de Dios (naturaleza)?¿ Quién está en realidad detrás de ella y con qué propósito?¿ Son los gays y lesbianas verdaderamente seducidos y atrapados por fuerzas invisibles? ¿Y cuáles serán sus efectos sobre las generaciones actuales y por venir? ¿Cuáles son las opiniones del Cristianismo, el Islam, la religión tradicional, etc, sobre el tema?¿ Qué tan peligrosos son el Sexo Anal y Oral-algún riesgo para la salud?¿ Pueden producir cáncer anal y oral y otras diversas infecciones? ¿Es la homosexualidad una práctica ocultista? Todas estas preguntas y muchas otras son las que estaremos tratando de responder desde este libro. La relación homosexual no es nueva para la humanidad, pero por algún tiempo ha estado ahora en la conciencia global, especialmente con el apoyo sistemático dado a ella por los líderes occidentales bajo el disfraz de dere¿La homosexualidad es buena o mala? ¿Cuál es el origen de esta preferencia sexual y sus implicancias en la sociedad?¿ Estaba esto en el plan original de Dios (naturaleza)?¿ Quién está en realidad detrás de ella y con qué propósito?¿ Son los gays y lesbianas verdaderamente seducidos y atrapados por fuerzas invisibles? ¿Y cuáles serán sus efectos sobre las generaciones actuales y por venir? ¿Cuáles son las opiniones del Cristianismo, el Islam, la religión tradicional, etc, sobre el tema?¿ Qué tan peligrosos son el Sexo Anal y Oral-algún riesgo para la salud?¿ Pueden producir cáncer anal y oral y otras diversas infecciones? ¿Es la homosexualidad una práctica ocultista? Todas estas preguntas y muchas otras son las que estaremos tratando de responder desde este libro. La relación homosexual no es nueva para la humanidad, pero por algún tiempo ha estado ahora en la conciencia global, especialmente con el apoyo sistemático dado a ella por los líderes occidentales bajo el disfraz de derechos humanos, derechos homosexuales, derechos de las minorías, movimientos de coalición, etc. De hecho, algunos de los líderes y sus organizaciones fantoche no solamente la predican sino que presionan a otras naciones para que la acepten y las promuevan. Prometen ayuda social, subsidios y otros tipos de asistencia para el desarrollo, como compensación. Por qué están tan obsesionados con esto y de quién es esta agenda? En este trabajo trataremos de resumir nuestras discusiones muy objetivas, en los siguientes electrizantes, iluminadores e informativos siete capítulos: La Rebelión Gay, En el Principio, La Dimensión de las Cs. Ocultas, Las Implicancias sobre la Salud, Los Efectos Psicológicos, Las Consecuencias Evitables y Qué Debemos Hacer? Estas discusiones son verdaderamente muy informativas, hechos que te ayudarán a tomar una valiosa decisión acerca de involucrarte o no en la homosexualidad. La decision será completamente tuya PUBLISHER: TEKTIME https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398025 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our House is on Fire: Scenes of a Family and a Planet in Crisis Author: Beata Ernman, Svante Thunberg, Malena Ernman, Greta Thunberg Narrator: Maya Lindh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 5, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'An extraordinary account of how one family rose, with unshakable moral clarity, to the tremendous responsibility of being alive at the moment when our immediate collective decisions will determine the fate of life on Earth. They share their story of courage not because they want our accolades, but because they demand our company. Greta Thunberg has already inspired a global moment - this book is part of how we will win' Naomi Klein This is the story of a family led to confront a crisis they had never foreseen. Of a happy life with two young daughters which suddenly falters, never to be the same again. Aged eleven, the eldest stops eating and speaking, and her younger sister struggles to cope. Slowly, alongside diagnoses of autism and selective mutism, their desperate parents become aware of another source for their firstborn daughter's distress: her imperilled future on a rapidly heating planet. Steered by her determination to understand the truth, the family begins to see the deep connections between their own and the planet's suffering. Against forces that try to silence them, disparaging them for being different, they discover ways to strengthen, heal, and act in the world. And then, one day, fifteen-year-old Greta decides to go on strike. © Beata and Malena Ernman, Greta and Svante Thunberg 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Beata Ernman, Svante Thunberg, Malena Ernman, Greta Thunberg Thu, 05 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398025 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our House is on Fire: Scenes of a Family and a Planet in Crisis Author: Beata Ernman, Svante Thunberg, Malena Ernman, Greta Thunberg Narrator: Maya Lindh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 5, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'An extraordinary account of how one family rose, with unshakable moral clarity, to the tremendous responsibility of being alive at the moment when our immediate collective decisions will determine the fate of life on Earth. They share their story of courage not because they want our accolades, but because they demand our company. Greta Thunberg has already inspired a global moment - this book is part of how we will win' Naomi Klein This is the story of a family led to confront a crisis they had never foreseen. Of a happy life with two young daughters which suddenly falters, never to be the same again. Aged eleven, the eldest stops eating and speaking, and her younger sister struggles to cope. Slowly, alongside diagnoses of autism and selective mutism, their desperate parents become aware of another source for their firstborn daughter's distress: her imperilled future on a rapidly heating planet. Steered by her determination to understand the truth, the family begins to see the deep connections between their own and the planet's suffering. Against forces that try to silence them, disparaging them for being different, they discover ways to strengthen, heal, and act in the world. And then, one day, fifteen-year-old Greta decides to go on strike. © Beata and Malena Ernman, Greta and Svante Thunberg 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our House is on Fire: Scenes of a Family and a Planet in Crisis Author: Beata Ernman, Svante Thunberg, Malena Ernman, Greta Thunberg Narrator: Maya Lindh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 5, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'An extraordinary account of how one family rose, with unshakable moral clarity, to the tremendous responsibility of being alive at the moment when our immediate collective decisions will determine the fate of life on Earth. They share their story of courage not because they want our accolades, but because they demand our company. Greta Thunberg has already inspired a global moment - this book is part of how we will win' Naomi Klein This is the story of a family led to confront a crisis they had never foreseen. Of a happy life with two young daughters which suddenly falters, never to be the same again. Aged eleven, the eldest stops eating and speaking, and her younger sister struggles to cope. Slowly, alongside diagnoses of autism and selective mutism, their desperate parents become aware of another source for their firstborn daughter's distress: her imperilled future on a rapidly heating planet. Steered by her determination to understand the truth, the family begins to see the deep connections between their own and the planet's suffering. Against forces that try to silence them, disparaging them for being different, they discover ways to strengthen, heal, and act in the world. And then, one day, fifteen-year-old Greta decides to go on strike. © Beata and Malena Ernman, Greta and Svante Thunberg 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397896 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397896]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thriving After Trauma: Stories of Living and Healing Author: Shari Botwin LCSW Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Often, those who live through trauma come away with feelings of shame, guilt, anger, and despair. These are common, even normal, responses in the immediate aftermath. Left unaddressed, though, those feelings may develop into substance abuse problems, eating disorders, depression, or anxiety. Learning how to move on, to pick up and live life again, takes effort and guidance. Botwin guides listeners through the stories of others who have gone on to live fulfilling, happy lives, and provides tips and tools for healing and moving on. Letting go of the shame, guilt, anger, and fear associated with tragic events is crucial to reclaiming a full life. Strategies such as journaling, mindfulness, cognitive-behavioral restructuring, and healthy relationships to aid in recovery are explored and explained, so listeners can adopt those strategies that work best for them. It is not the trauma itself that results in so many people developing self-destructive tendencies and life threatening illnesses. It is the lack of having a way to digest and make sense of the trauma-related feelings that can lead one to mental illness, disconnection, and in some cases, even death. Contains mature themes. Shari Botwin LCSW Fri, 08 Nov 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397896 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397896]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thriving After Trauma: Stories of Living and Healing Author: Shari Botwin LCSW Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Often, those who live through trauma come away with feelings of shame, guilt, anger, and despair. These are common, even normal, responses in the immediate aftermath. Left unaddressed, though, those feelings may develop into substance abuse problems, eating disorders, depression, or anxiety. Learning how to move on, to pick up and live life again, takes effort and guidance. Botwin guides listeners through the stories of others who have gone on to live fulfilling, happy lives, and provides tips and tools for healing and moving on. Letting go of the shame, guilt, anger, and fear associated with tragic events is crucial to reclaiming a full life. Strategies such as journaling, mindfulness, cognitive-behavioral restructuring, and healthy relationships to aid in recovery are explored and explained, so listeners can adopt those strategies that work best for them. It is not the trauma itself that results in so many people developing self-destructive tendencies and life threatening illnesses. It is the lack of having a way to digest and make sense of the trauma-related feelings that can lead one to mental illness, disconnection, and in some cases, even death. Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397896]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thriving After Trauma: Stories of Living and Healing Author: Shari Botwin LCSW Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Often, those who live through trauma come away with feelings of shame, guilt, anger, and despair. These are common, even normal, responses in the immediate aftermath. Left unaddressed, though, those feelings may develop into substance abuse problems, eating disorders, depression, or anxiety. Learning how to move on, to pick up and live life again, takes effort and guidance. Botwin guides listeners through the stories of others who have gone on to live fulfilling, happy lives, and provides tips and tools for healing and moving on. Letting go of the shame, guilt, anger, and fear associated with tragic events is crucial to reclaiming a full life. Strategies such as journaling, mindfulness, cognitive-behavioral restructuring, and healthy relationships to aid in recovery are explored and explained, so listeners can adopt those strategies that work best for them. It is not the trauma itself that results in so many people developing self-destructive tendencies and life threatening illnesses. It is the lack of having a way to digest and make sense of the trauma-related feelings that can lead one to mental illness, disconnection, and in some cases, even death. Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397645 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stop Drinking Expert: Alcohol Lied to Me Updated And Extended Edition Author: Craig Beck Narrator: Craig Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.74 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: When I wrote the book 'Alcohol Lied To Me,' I had no idea the impact it would make to problem drinkers around the world. I certainly had no idea it would end up helping hundreds of thousands of people out of the miserable loop of alcoholism. I only wanted to document how I had finally dealt with my problem without any of the usual pain and struggle. Alcohol Lied To Me is how I escaped the trap of functional alcoholism without any of those embarrassing group meetings, no dangerous medication, expensive rehab, or ineffective willpower. It has been a savior to so many successful, loving, caring, and amazing people whose only flaw is being in a loop with their drinking. It offers a compelling alternative solution to the twelve steps. 1. No need to label yourself an alcoholic 2. No religion or giving your problem to a higher power 3. A logical and intelligent approach to problem drinking 4. It's proven effective 5. The only Trustpilot 5-star rated quit drinking program This book features all the best advice of 'Alcohol Lied To Me,' and the secrets I share with attendees of Quit Drinking Bootcamp. Plus all the great sober living tips I have picked up over a decade of helping problem drinkers around the world. While it is true that you can go through this book, complete my online course, or come to Bootcamp and still go back to drinking after. However, it will not be the same. You will never be able to drink using the old excuses and justification you previously employed to explain your actions. This is the book that changes your view of alcohol, forever! www.StopDrinkingExpert.com Craig Beck Tue, 17 Sep 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397645 thebookvoice.com 7:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stop Drinking Expert: Alcohol Lied to Me Updated And Extended Edition Author: Craig Beck Narrator: Craig Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.74 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: When I wrote the book 'Alcohol Lied To Me,' I had no idea the impact it would make to problem drinkers around the world. I certainly had no idea it would end up helping hundreds of thousands of people out of the miserable loop of alcoholism. I only wanted to document how I had finally dealt with my problem without any of the usual pain and struggle. Alcohol Lied To Me is how I escaped the trap of functional alcoholism without any of those embarrassing group meetings, no dangerous medication, expensive rehab, or ineffective willpower. It has been a savior to so many successful, loving, caring, and amazing people whose only flaw is being in a loop with their drinking. It offers a compelling alternative solution to the twelve steps. 1. No need to label yourself an alcoholic 2. No religion or giving your problem to a higher power 3. A logical and intelligent approach to problem drinking 4. It's proven effective 5. The only Trustpilot 5-star rated quit drinking program This book features all the best advice of 'Alcohol Lied To Me,' and the secrets I share with attendees of Quit Drinking Bootcamp. Plus all the great sober living tips I have picked up over a decade of helping problem drinkers around the world. While it is true that you can go through this book, complete my online course, or come to Bootcamp and still go back to drinking after. However, it will not be the same. You will never be able to drink using the old excuses and justification you previously employed to explain your actions. This is the book that changes your view of alcohol, forever! www.StopDrinkingExpert.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stop Drinking Expert: Alcohol Lied to Me Updated And Extended Edition Author: Craig Beck Narrator: Craig Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.74 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: When I wrote the book 'Alcohol Lied To Me,' I had no idea the impact it would make to problem drinkers around the world. I certainly had no idea it would end up helping hundreds of thousands of people out of the miserable loop of alcoholism. I only wanted to document how I had finally dealt with my problem without any of the usual pain and struggle. Alcohol Lied To Me is how I escaped the trap of functional alcoholism without any of those embarrassing group meetings, no dangerous medication, expensive rehab, or ineffective willpower. It has been a savior to so many successful, loving, caring, and amazing people whose only flaw is being in a loop with their drinking. It offers a compelling alternative solution to the twelve steps. 1. No need to label yourself an alcoholic 2. No religion or giving your problem to a higher power 3. A logical and intelligent approach to problem drinking 4. It's proven effective 5. The only Trustpilot 5-star rated quit drinking program This book features all the best advice of 'Alcohol Lied To Me,' and the secrets I share with attendees of Quit Drinking Bootcamp. Plus all the great sober living tips I have picked up over a decade of helping problem drinkers around the world. While it is true that you can go through this book, complete my online course, or come to Bootcamp and still go back to drinking after. However, it will not be the same. You will never be able to drink using the old excuses and justification you previously employed to explain your actions. This is the book that changes your view of alcohol, forever! www.StopDrinkingExpert.com https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396958 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Focused: ADHD & ADD Parenting Strategies for Children with Attention Deficit Disorder Author: Blythe Grossberg PsyD Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Equip Yourself with Practical Strategies to Help Your Child Manage ADHD from Preschool to Adulthood Written by an expert with over fifteen years of experience in treating adult ADHD and ADHD in children, Focused offers essential information to empower parents and provide immediate assistance. Learn to uncover your child's considerable strengths and work around their obstacles with concrete, actionable strategies that improve executive functioning, support emotional development, and promote positive behavior. ● A concise overview of attention deficit disorder in children and their different treatment options ● Over forty parenting strategies targeting common ADHD challenges like hyperactivity and inattention ● Modification tips for adapting strategies to your child's unique needs ● Helpful tools like a quiz and worksheets to supplement your ADHD treatment plan ● Valuable parenting principles and advice for becoming your child's best advocate Blythe Grossberg PsyD Tue, 15 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396958 thebookvoice.com 4:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Focused: ADHD & ADD Parenting Strategies for Children with Attention Deficit Disorder Author: Blythe Grossberg PsyD Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Equip Yourself with Practical Strategies to Help Your Child Manage ADHD from Preschool to Adulthood Written by an expert with over fifteen years of experience in treating adult ADHD and ADHD in children, Focused offers essential information to empower parents and provide immediate assistance. Learn to uncover your child's considerable strengths and work around their obstacles with concrete, actionable strategies that improve executive functioning, support emotional development, and promote positive behavior. ● A concise overview of attention deficit disorder in children and their different treatment options ● Over forty parenting strategies targeting common ADHD challenges like hyperactivity and inattention ● Modification tips for adapting strategies to your child's unique needs ● Helpful tools like a quiz and worksheets to supplement your ADHD treatment plan ● Valuable parenting principles and advice for becoming your child's best advocate Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Focused: ADHD & ADD Parenting Strategies for Children with Attention Deficit Disorder Author: Blythe Grossberg PsyD Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Equip Yourself with Practical Strategies to Help Your Child Manage ADHD from Preschool to Adulthood Written by an expert with over fifteen years of experience in treating adult ADHD and ADHD in children, Focused offers essential information to empower parents and provide immediate assistance. Learn to uncover your child's considerable strengths and work around their obstacles with concrete, actionable strategies that improve executive functioning, support emotional development, and promote positive behavior. ● A concise overview of attention deficit disorder in children and their different treatment options ● Over forty parenting strategies targeting common ADHD challenges like hyperactivity and inattention ● Modification tips for adapting strategies to your child's unique needs ● Helpful tools like a quiz and worksheets to supplement your ADHD treatment plan ● Valuable parenting principles and advice for becoming your child's best advocate https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396731 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396731]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Stop Smoking Affirmations Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 8, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you will be able to stop smoking for good. It's great to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you stop smoking and decrease your desire for it. As you consider the benefits of quitting smoking, you might like to think of how your life and health will improve once you stop smoking. This program is designed to help you: • Take control of your thoughts around smoking • Rewire your thoughts to manage stress differently • Allow yourself to end the habit This audiobook includes: • Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Bright Soul Words Sun, 08 Sep 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396731 thebookvoice.com 3:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396731]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Stop Smoking Affirmations Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 8, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you will be able to stop smoking for good. It's great to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you stop smoking and decrease your desire for it. As you consider the benefits of quitting smoking, you might like to think of how your life and health will improve once you stop smoking. This program is designed to help you: • Take control of your thoughts around smoking • Rewire your thoughts to manage stress differently • Allow yourself to end the habit This audiobook includes: • Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396731]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Stop Smoking Affirmations Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 8, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you will be able to stop smoking for good. It's great to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you stop smoking and decrease your desire for it. As you consider the benefits of quitting smoking, you might like to think of how your life and health will improve once you stop smoking. This program is designed to help you: • Take control of your thoughts around smoking • Rewire your thoughts to manage stress differently • Allow yourself to end the habit This audiobook includes: • Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396718 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Healthy Eating Affirmations Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 8, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you develop healthier eating habits naturally. It's good to realize how this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it helps you develop a desire to want healthier food. As you consider the benefits of healthy eating, you might like to think of how you will look and feel when you eat healthier on a regular basis. This program is designed to help you: • Crave healthy food instead of junk food • Desire to eat healthy regularly • Develop thought patterns to choose healthy food more often This audiobook includes: • Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Bright Soul Words Sun, 08 Sep 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396718 thebookvoice.com 3:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Healthy Eating Affirmations Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 8, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you develop healthier eating habits naturally. It's good to realize how this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it helps you develop a desire to want healthier food. As you consider the benefits of healthy eating, you might like to think of how you will look and feel when you eat healthier on a regular basis. This program is designed to help you: • Crave healthy food instead of junk food • Desire to eat healthy regularly • Develop thought patterns to choose healthy food more often This audiobook includes: • Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Healthy Eating Affirmations Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 8, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you develop healthier eating habits naturally. It's good to realize how this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it helps you develop a desire to want healthier food. As you consider the benefits of healthy eating, you might like to think of how you will look and feel when you eat healthier on a regular basis. This program is designed to help you: • Crave healthy food instead of junk food • Desire to eat healthy regularly • Develop thought patterns to choose healthy food more often This audiobook includes: • Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395577 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: skinCARE: The ultimate no-nonsense guide Author: Caroline Hirons Narrator: Caroline Hirons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Non-Fiction Lifestyle Book of the Year 2021 (British Book Awards) As seen on This Morning Straight-talking advice from the Skincare Queen The Sunday Times Overall #1 bestseller for the w/e 27th June 2020 Caroline Hirons is the authority in skincare – and for the first time, she’s sharing her knowledge with the world. With over 100 million views of her blog and over 13 million views of her YouTube videos, she cuts out the jargon, tells you what you do and don’t need, and is finally going to get the nation off face wipes for good! Skincare is the go-to book for people of all ages and skin types who want to feel and look fantastic. It explains the facts, the myths and the best way to get good skin – on any budget. With everything from Caroline’s signature cheat sheets, simple tips and tricks to glow (inside and out!) understanding ingredients lists, and advice on how to choose the products that are right for you, this is the ultimate guide to healthier, brighter skin. Caroline Hirons Thu, 25 Jun 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395577 thebookvoice.com 5:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: skinCARE: The ultimate no-nonsense guide Author: Caroline Hirons Narrator: Caroline Hirons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Non-Fiction Lifestyle Book of the Year 2021 (British Book Awards) As seen on This Morning Straight-talking advice from the Skincare Queen The Sunday Times Overall #1 bestseller for the w/e 27th June 2020 Caroline Hirons is the authority in skincare – and for the first time, she’s sharing her knowledge with the world. With over 100 million views of her blog and over 13 million views of her YouTube videos, she cuts out the jargon, tells you what you do and don’t need, and is finally going to get the nation off face wipes for good! Skincare is the go-to book for people of all ages and skin types who want to feel and look fantastic. It explains the facts, the myths and the best way to get good skin – on any budget. With everything from Caroline’s signature cheat sheets, simple tips and tricks to glow (inside and out!) understanding ingredients lists, and advice on how to choose the products that are right for you, this is the ultimate guide to healthier, brighter skin. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: skinCARE: The ultimate no-nonsense guide Author: Caroline Hirons Narrator: Caroline Hirons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Non-Fiction Lifestyle Book of the Year 2021 (British Book Awards) As seen on This Morning Straight-talking advice from the Skincare Queen The Sunday Times Overall #1 bestseller for the w/e 27th June 2020 Caroline Hirons is the authority in skincare – and for the first time, she’s sharing her knowledge with the world. With over 100 million views of her blog and over 13 million views of her YouTube videos, she cuts out the jargon, tells you what you do and don’t need, and is finally going to get the nation off face wipes for good! Skincare is the go-to book for people of all ages and skin types who want to feel and look fantastic. It explains the facts, the myths and the best way to get good skin – on any budget. With everything from Caroline’s signature cheat sheets, simple tips and tricks to glow (inside and out!) understanding ingredients lists, and advice on how to choose the products that are right for you, this is the ultimate guide to healthier, brighter skin. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395492 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Is Fred in the Refrigerator?: Taming OCD and Reclaiming My Life Author: Shala Nicely Narrator: Shala Nicely Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 22, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Even at nine years old, Shala Nicely knew there was nothing normal about the horrifying thoughts that tormented her at bedtime, or the nightly rituals she summoned to beat them back. More importantly, she knew to obey her mind's Rule #1: keep it secret, or risk losing everything and everyone she loved. It would be almost two decades before she learned the name of the menacing monster holding her hostage: obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD). It would take years longer to piece together the keys to recovery that would change her life forever, beginning with the day she broke her monster's silence. Writing with wry wit, unflinching candor, and resounding insight, Shala takes readers on a riveting journey into the dark and dimly understood inner workings of OCD and its frequent co-conspirator, body dysmorphic disorder (BDD). Thwarted repeatedly as she struggles to escape the clutches of these formidable foes, she finally stumbles upon an unexpected path to freedom. As she journeys into the heart of fear to reclaim her life, she weaves a self-compassionate roadmap to recovery: to living in an uncertain world and being happy anyway. With an Afterword by Reid Wilson, PhD offering powerful guidance for applying Shala's strategies in daily life, Is Fred in the Refrigerator? will leave legions of those affected by mental illness, feeling seen, understood, and empowered. Shala Nicely Thu, 22 Aug 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395492 thebookvoice.com 9:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Is Fred in the Refrigerator?: Taming OCD and Reclaiming My Life Author: Shala Nicely Narrator: Shala Nicely Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 22, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Even at nine years old, Shala Nicely knew there was nothing normal about the horrifying thoughts that tormented her at bedtime, or the nightly rituals she summoned to beat them back. More importantly, she knew to obey her mind's Rule #1: keep it secret, or risk losing everything and everyone she loved. It would be almost two decades before she learned the name of the menacing monster holding her hostage: obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD). It would take years longer to piece together the keys to recovery that would change her life forever, beginning with the day she broke her monster's silence. Writing with wry wit, unflinching candor, and resounding insight, Shala takes readers on a riveting journey into the dark and dimly understood inner workings of OCD and its frequent co-conspirator, body dysmorphic disorder (BDD). Thwarted repeatedly as she struggles to escape the clutches of these formidable foes, she finally stumbles upon an unexpected path to freedom. As she journeys into the heart of fear to reclaim her life, she weaves a self-compassionate roadmap to recovery: to living in an uncertain world and being happy anyway. With an Afterword by Reid Wilson, PhD offering powerful guidance for applying Shala's strategies in daily life, Is Fred in the Refrigerator? will leave legions of those affected by mental illness, feeling seen, understood, and empowered. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Is Fred in the Refrigerator?: Taming OCD and Reclaiming My Life Author: Shala Nicely Narrator: Shala Nicely Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 22, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Even at nine years old, Shala Nicely knew there was nothing normal about the horrifying thoughts that tormented her at bedtime, or the nightly rituals she summoned to beat them back. More importantly, she knew to obey her mind's Rule #1: keep it secret, or risk losing everything and everyone she loved. It would be almost two decades before she learned the name of the menacing monster holding her hostage: obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD). It would take years longer to piece together the keys to recovery that would change her life forever, beginning with the day she broke her monster's silence. Writing with wry wit, unflinching candor, and resounding insight, Shala takes readers on a riveting journey into the dark and dimly understood inner workings of OCD and its frequent co-conspirator, body dysmorphic disorder (BDD). Thwarted repeatedly as she struggles to escape the clutches of these formidable foes, she finally stumbles upon an unexpected path to freedom. As she journeys into the heart of fear to reclaim her life, she weaves a self-compassionate roadmap to recovery: to living in an uncertain world and being happy anyway. With an Afterword by Reid Wilson, PhD offering powerful guidance for applying Shala's strategies in daily life, Is Fred in the Refrigerator? will leave legions of those affected by mental illness, feeling seen, understood, and empowered. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395218 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395218]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Depressione Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Stefano Trillini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Nella vita si susseguono gli avvenimenti, i fatti postivi e negativi, che influiscono sul nostro modo di pensare e di comportarci, ma anche su come noi ci sentiamo.La tristezza normalmente deriva da una perdita o da un avvenimento che percepiamo come negativo, o semplicemente perché non si sono realizzate le nostre aspettative. Questa tristezza può essere passeggera, durare ore, giorni o addirittura settimane, ma quando questa tristezza si prolunga nel tempo e cambia il nostro modo di sentire, pensare e agire, forse siamo di fronte ad un problema più grave, la Depressione. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Juan Moisés De La Serna Tue, 27 Aug 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395218 thebookvoice.com 2:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395218]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Depressione Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Stefano Trillini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Nella vita si susseguono gli avvenimenti, i fatti postivi e negativi, che influiscono sul nostro modo di pensare e di comportarci, ma anche su come noi ci sentiamo.La tristezza normalmente deriva da una perdita o da un avvenimento che percepiamo come negativo, o semplicemente perché non si sono realizzate le nostre aspettative. Questa tristezza può essere passeggera, durare ore, giorni o addirittura settimane, ma quando questa tristezza si prolunga nel tempo e cambia il nostro modo di sentire, pensare e agire, forse siamo di fronte ad un problema più grave, la Depressione. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395218]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Depressione Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Stefano Trillini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Nella vita si susseguono gli avvenimenti, i fatti postivi e negativi, che influiscono sul nostro modo di pensare e di comportarci, ma anche su come noi ci sentiamo.La tristezza normalmente deriva da una perdita o da un avvenimento che percepiamo come negativo, o semplicemente perché non si sono realizzate le nostre aspettative. Questa tristezza può essere passeggera, durare ore, giorni o addirittura settimane, ma quando questa tristezza si prolunga nel tempo e cambia il nostro modo di sentire, pensare e agire, forse siamo di fronte ad un problema più grave, la Depressione. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394541 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing the Thyroid with Ayurveda: Natural Treatments for Hashimoto's, Hypothyroidism, and Hyperthyroidism Author: Marianne Teitelbaum Narrator: Marianne Teitelbaum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive guide to addressing the growing epidemic of thyroid disease from the perspective of the Ayurvedic tradition • Details the author’s successful treatment protocols for Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, hypothyroidism, and hyperthyroidism developed over more than 30 years of Ayurvedic practice • Explores the underlying causes of thyroid malfunction, the thyroid’s connections to the liver and gall bladder, and the importance of early detection • Also includes treatments for common symptoms of thyroid disease, such as insomnia, depression, fatigue, and osteoporosis, as well as for weight loss and hair growth In this comprehensive guide for practitioners and those concerned with thyroid health, Marianne Teitelbaum, D.C., integrates the ancient medicine of Ayurveda with modern scientific findings to address the growing epidemic of thyroid disease. Revealing how the thyroid is the victim of many factors that conspire to create ill health--and how many cases of thyroid disease go undiagnosed--Teitelbaum focuses not only on treating thyroid problems and symptoms but also on diagnosing them at their earliest, most reversible stages. She outlines the basic principles of Ayurveda, including pulse diagnosis, a key tool for early detection, and explains the successful treatment protocols she has developed over more than 30 years of Ayurvedic practice. She details the underlying reasons for thyroid malfunction, such as inflammation, malnutrition, and toxins, and how the thyroid is connected with the health of the rest of body, including the liver and gall bladder. She explores the Ayurvedic treatment of thyroid-related conditions, such as Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, hypothyroidism, and hyperthyroidism, offering guidance on the targeted use of herbs, specific dietary recommendations, proper detoxification, and Ayurvedic recipes. She also includes treatments and remedies for common symptoms of thyroid disease, including insomnia, depression, fatigue, and osteoporosis, as well as for luxurious hair growth and weight loss. Based on the treatment of thousands of patients, this book also shares success stories of thyroid healing and the scientific studies that support the author’s Ayurvedic thyroid protocols. Offering an easy-to-follow yet comprehensive guide, Teitelbaum shows that optimum thyroid health as well as overall health are within everyone’s reach. Marianne Teitelbaum Tue, 17 Sep 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394541 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing the Thyroid with Ayurveda: Natural Treatments for Hashimoto's, Hypothyroidism, and Hyperthyroidism Author: Marianne Teitelbaum Narrator: Marianne Teitelbaum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive guide to addressing the growing epidemic of thyroid disease from the perspective of the Ayurvedic tradition • Details the author’s successful treatment protocols for Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, hypothyroidism, and hyperthyroidism developed over more than 30 years of Ayurvedic practice • Explores the underlying causes of thyroid malfunction, the thyroid’s connections to the liver and gall bladder, and the importance of early detection • Also includes treatments for common symptoms of thyroid disease, such as insomnia, depression, fatigue, and osteoporosis, as well as for weight loss and hair growth In this comprehensive guide for practitioners and those concerned with thyroid health, Marianne Teitelbaum, D.C., integrates the ancient medicine of Ayurveda with modern scientific findings to address the growing epidemic of thyroid disease. Revealing how the thyroid is the victim of many factors that conspire to create ill health--and how many cases of thyroid disease go undiagnosed--Teitelbaum focuses not only on treating thyroid problems and symptoms but also on diagnosing them at their earliest, most reversible stages. She outlines the basic principles of Ayurveda, including pulse diagnosis, a key tool for early detection, and explains the successful treatment protocols she has developed over more than 30 years of Ayurvedic practice. She details the underlying reasons for thyroid malfunction, such as inflammation, malnutrition, and toxins, and how the thyroid is connected with the health of the rest of body, including the liver and gall bladder. She explores the Ayurvedic treatment of thyroid-related conditions, such as Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, hypothyroidism, and hyperthyroidism, offering guidance on the targeted use of herbs, specific dietary recommendations, proper detoxification, and Ayurvedic recipes. She also includes treatments and remedies for common symptoms of thyroid disease, including insomnia, depression, fatigue, and osteoporosis, as well as for luxurious hair growth and weight loss. Based on the treatment of thousands of patients, this book also shares success stories of thyroid healing and the scientific studies that support the author’s Ayurvedic thyroid protocols. Offering an easy-to-follow yet comprehensive guide, Teitelbaum shows that optimum thyroid health as well as overall health are within everyone’s reach. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing the Thyroid with Ayurveda: Natural Treatments for Hashimoto's, Hypothyroidism, and Hyperthyroidism Author: Marianne Teitelbaum Narrator: Marianne Teitelbaum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive guide to addressing the growing epidemic of thyroid disease from the perspective of the Ayurvedic tradition • Details the author’s successful treatment protocols for Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, hypothyroidism, and hyperthyroidism developed over more than 30 years of Ayurvedic practice • Explores the underlying causes of thyroid malfunction, the thyroid’s connections to the liver and gall bladder, and the importance of early detection • Also includes treatments for common symptoms of thyroid disease, such as insomnia, depression, fatigue, and osteoporosis, as well as for weight loss and hair growth In this comprehensive guide for practitioners and those concerned with thyroid health, Marianne Teitelbaum, D.C., integrates the ancient medicine of Ayurveda with modern scientific findings to address the growing epidemic of thyroid disease. Revealing how the thyroid is the victim of many factors that conspire to create ill health--and how many cases of thyroid disease go undiagnosed--Teitelbaum focuses not only on treating thyroid problems and symptoms but also on diagnosing them at their earliest, most reversible stages. She outlines the basic principles of Ayurveda, including pulse diagnosis, a key tool for early detection, and explains the successful treatment protocols she has developed over more than 30 years of Ayurvedic practice. She details the underlying reasons for thyroid malfunction, such as inflammation, malnutrition, and toxins, and how the thyroid is connected with the health of the rest of body, including the liver and gall bladder. She explores the Ayurvedic treatment of thyroid-related conditions, such as Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, hypothyroidism, and hyperthyroidism, offering guidance on the targeted use of herbs, specific dietary recommendations, proper detoxification, and Ayurvedic recipes. She also includes treatments and remedies for common symptoms of thyroid disease, including insomnia, depression, fatigue, and osteoporosis, as well as for luxurious hair growth and weight loss. Based on the treatment of thousands of patients, this book also shares success stories of thyroid healing and the scientific studies that support the author’s Ayurvedic thyroid protocols. Offering an easy-to-follow yet comprehensive guide, Teitelbaum shows that optimum thyroid health as well as overall health are within everyone’s reach. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394014 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Badly: How I Worried Myself Sick Author: Georgie Dent Narrator: Georgie Dent Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: December 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: At 24, life was good for Georgie Dent. After graduating with top marks she landed her dream job at a prestigious Sydney law firm and moved in with a boyfriend she adored. She had the world at her feet and no right to break. But she did. Badly. Within a year Georgie was unemployed, back living with her parents and suffering such crippling anxiety that she ended up in a psychiatric hospital. Breaking Badly is the story of a nervous breakdown in slow motion, a life that fell apart and what it took to put it back together again. Brutally honest and warmly engaging, it's a must-read for anyone who sometimes feels close to the edge. “Funny shocking, beautifully written … a fascinating account of one woman's hand-to-hand combat with her own mind.” ANNABEL CRABB Georgie Dent Sun, 01 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394014 thebookvoice.com 6:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Badly: How I Worried Myself Sick Author: Georgie Dent Narrator: Georgie Dent Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: December 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: At 24, life was good for Georgie Dent. After graduating with top marks she landed her dream job at a prestigious Sydney law firm and moved in with a boyfriend she adored. She had the world at her feet and no right to break. But she did. Badly. Within a year Georgie was unemployed, back living with her parents and suffering such crippling anxiety that she ended up in a psychiatric hospital. Breaking Badly is the story of a nervous breakdown in slow motion, a life that fell apart and what it took to put it back together again. Brutally honest and warmly engaging, it's a must-read for anyone who sometimes feels close to the edge. “Funny shocking, beautifully written … a fascinating account of one woman's hand-to-hand combat with her own mind.” ANNABEL CRABB Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Badly: How I Worried Myself Sick Author: Georgie Dent Narrator: Georgie Dent Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: December 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: At 24, life was good for Georgie Dent. After graduating with top marks she landed her dream job at a prestigious Sydney law firm and moved in with a boyfriend she adored. She had the world at her feet and no right to break. But she did. Badly. Within a year Georgie was unemployed, back living with her parents and suffering such crippling anxiety that she ended up in a psychiatric hospital. Breaking Badly is the story of a nervous breakdown in slow motion, a life that fell apart and what it took to put it back together again. Brutally honest and warmly engaging, it's a must-read for anyone who sometimes feels close to the edge. “Funny shocking, beautifully written … a fascinating account of one woman's hand-to-hand combat with her own mind.” ANNABEL CRABB https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393864 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strange Bedfellows: Adventures in the Science, History, and Surprising Secrets of STDs Author: Ina Park Narrator: Ina Park Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. With curiosity and wit, Strange Bedfellows rips back the bedsheets to expose what really happens when STDs enter the sack. Sexually transmitted diseases have been hidden players in our lives for the whole of human history, with roles in everything from World War II to the growth of the Internet to The Bachelor. But despite their prominence, STDs have been shrouded in mystery and taboo for centuries, which begs the question: why do we know so little about them? Enter Ina Park, MD, who has been pushing boundaries to empower and inform others about sexual health for decades. With Strange Bedfellows, she ventures far beyond the bedroom to examine the hidden role and influence of these widely misunderstood infections and share their untold stories. Covering everything from AIDS to Zika, Park explores STDs on the cellular, individual, and population-level. She blends science and storytelling with historical tales, real life sexual escapades, and interviews with leading scientists—weaving in a healthy dose of hilarity along the way. The truth is, most of us are sexually active, yet we’re often unaware of the universe of microscopic bedfellows inside our pants. Park aims to change this by bringing knowledge to the masses in an accessible, no-nonsense, humorous way—helping listeners understand the broad impact STDs have on our lives, while at the same time erasing the unfair stigmas attached to them. A departure from the cone of awkward silence and shame that so often surrounds sexual health, Strange Bedfellows is the straight-shooting audiobook about the consequences of sex that all curious listeners have been looking for. A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books 'Ina Park is a seasoned expert with a finely calibrated sense of the absurd. In other words, she is exactly who you want writing a book about STDs. The science is here, but so too are the stories and people behind it. Park has a mission—to break down the stigma and clear the way for open conversation and wider funding. She's a hero and a hoot!'—Mary Roach, author of the New York Times bestsellers Bonk and Stiff “Strange Bedfellows—a book about how infections and viruses spread—is incredibly relevant to our time. But it is so much more than that: it’s about desire, it’s about history, it’s about humanity itself. Ina Park reveals the mystery and fascination inherent in STDs and, improbably, she does it while being laugh-out-loud funny.” — Peggy Orenstein, author of the New York Times Bestsellers Boys and Sex and Girls and Sex Ina Park Tue, 02 Feb 2021 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393864 thebookvoice.com 8:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strange Bedfellows: Adventures in the Science, History, and Surprising Secrets of STDs Author: Ina Park Narrator: Ina Park Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. With curiosity and wit, Strange Bedfellows rips back the bedsheets to expose what really happens when STDs enter the sack. Sexually transmitted diseases have been hidden players in our lives for the whole of human history, with roles in everything from World War II to the growth of the Internet to The Bachelor. But despite their prominence, STDs have been shrouded in mystery and taboo for centuries, which begs the question: why do we know so little about them? Enter Ina Park, MD, who has been pushing boundaries to empower and inform others about sexual health for decades. With Strange Bedfellows, she ventures far beyond the bedroom to examine the hidden role and influence of these widely misunderstood infections and share their untold stories. Covering everything from AIDS to Zika, Park explores STDs on the cellular, individual, and population-level. She blends science and storytelling with historical tales, real life sexual escapades, and interviews with leading scientists—weaving in a healthy dose of hilarity along the way. The truth is, most of us are sexually active, yet we’re often unaware of the universe of microscopic bedfellows inside our pants. Park aims to change this by bringing knowledge to the masses in an accessible, no-nonsense, humorous way—helping listeners understand the broad impact STDs have on our lives, while at the same time erasing the unfair stigmas attached to them. A departure from the cone of awkward silence and shame that so often surrounds sexual health, Strange Bedfellows is the straight-shooting audiobook about the consequences of sex that all curious listeners have been looking for. A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books 'Ina Park is a seasoned expert with a finely calibrated sense of the absurd. In other words, she is exactly who you want writing a book about STDs. The science is here, but so too are the stories and people behind it. Park has a mission—to break down the stigma and clear the way for open conversation and wider funding. She's a hero and a hoot!'—Mary Roach, author of the New York Times bestsellers Bonk and Stiff “Strange Bedfellows—a book about how infections and viruses spread—is incredibly relevant to our time. But it is so much more than that: it’s about desire, it’s about history, it’s about humanity itself. Ina Park reveals the mystery and fascination inherent in STDs and, improbably, she does it while being laugh-out-loud funny.” — Peggy Orenstein, author of the New York Times Bestsellers Boys and Sex and Girls and Sex Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strange Bedfellows: Adventures in the Science, History, and Surprising Secrets of STDs Author: Ina Park Narrator: Ina Park Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. With curiosity and wit, Strange Bedfellows rips back the bedsheets to expose what really happens when STDs enter the sack. Sexually transmitted diseases have been hidden players in our lives for the whole of human history, with roles in everything from World War II to the growth of the Internet to The Bachelor. But despite their prominence, STDs have been shrouded in mystery and taboo for centuries, which begs the question: why do we know so little about them? Enter Ina Park, MD, who has been pushing boundaries to empower and inform others about sexual health for decades. With Strange Bedfellows, she ventures far beyond the bedroom to examine the hidden role and influence of these widely misunderstood infections and share their untold stories. Covering everything from AIDS to Zika, Park explores STDs on the cellular, individual, and population-level. She blends science and storytelling with historical tales, real life sexual escapades, and interviews with leading scientists—weaving in a healthy dose of hilarity along the way. The truth is, most of us are sexually active, yet we’re often unaware of the universe of microscopic bedfellows inside our pants. Park aims to change this by bringing knowledge to the masses in an accessible, no-nonsense, humorous way—helping listeners understand the broad impact STDs have on our lives, while at the same time erasing the unfair stigmas attached to them. A departure from the cone of awkward silence and shame that so often surrounds sexual health, Strange Bedfellows is the straight-shooting audiobook about the consequences of sex that all curious listeners have been looking for. A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books 'Ina Park is a seasoned expert with a finely calibrated sense of the absurd. In other words, she is exactly who you want writing a book about STDs. The science is here, but so too are the stories and people behind it. Park has a mission—to break down the stigma and clear the way for open conversation and wider funding. She's a hero and a hoot!'—Mary Roach, author of the New York Times bestsellers Bonk and Stiff “Strange Bedfellows—a book about how infections and viruses spread—is incredibly relevant to our time. But it is so much more than that: it’s about desire, it’s about history, it’s about humanity itself. Ina Park reveals the mystery and fascination inherent in STDs and, improbably, she does it while being laugh-out-loud funny.” — Peggy Orenstein, author of the New York Times Bestsellers Boys and Sex and Girls and Sex https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393627 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fibromyalgia: Relieve Pain, Find Solutions, and Learn about Ischemic Pain Author: Nicholas Abbrey Narrator: Garet Goodison, Alyssa Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 11, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Book 1: Fibromyalgia - This contains all the information you need to know about fibromyalgia. In the past decade or so, fibromyalgia has been detected in more and more individuals. The origin of this unfortunate condition can cause a myriad of side-effects and symptoms that can damage and limit a person’s everyday functioning. Although the condition is incurable - according to physicians who might hope for a better future epiphany in science to occur at some point - there are definitely treatments, things to take into account, and solutions for minimizing the negative consequences of carrying this condition around. Certain foods and diets come with using common sense, as well as sophisticated injections, exercises, and other treatments. Diagnostic criteria must be established, in particular for those who tend to undergo said treatments, but when the verity of the diagnosis has been determined, solutions can be sought. This audiobook seeks to enlighten those who are puzzled by the symptoms and limitations of their body and who are attempting to figure out if they have fibromyalgia and what to do about it. Book 2: Ischemic Pain - Clinicians have discovered a variety of reasons for ischemic pain, and have come up with proven treatments to combat the said issue. Ischemic pain is caused by blood supply to an organ that does not receive sufficient oxygen or nutrients. The consequences can be dire. Cell death and ulcerations are just a few. Stabbing, sharp, biting pain may be a constant irritation to the ones who suffer from ischemic pain. In this guide, medical explanations will enlighten the minds of those seeking for answers. Ischemic colitis, ischemic heart diseases, strokes, and similar conditions and risks will be clarified in greater depth, so that frustrated patients may comprehend the nature of the pain and become more capable on acting on that knowledge to prevent future pain. Nicholas Abbrey Sun, 11 Aug 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393627 thebookvoice.com 3:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fibromyalgia: Relieve Pain, Find Solutions, and Learn about Ischemic Pain Author: Nicholas Abbrey Narrator: Garet Goodison, Alyssa Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 11, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Book 1: Fibromyalgia - This contains all the information you need to know about fibromyalgia. In the past decade or so, fibromyalgia has been detected in more and more individuals. The origin of this unfortunate condition can cause a myriad of side-effects and symptoms that can damage and limit a person’s everyday functioning. Although the condition is incurable - according to physicians who might hope for a better future epiphany in science to occur at some point - there are definitely treatments, things to take into account, and solutions for minimizing the negative consequences of carrying this condition around. Certain foods and diets come with using common sense, as well as sophisticated injections, exercises, and other treatments. Diagnostic criteria must be established, in particular for those who tend to undergo said treatments, but when the verity of the diagnosis has been determined, solutions can be sought. This audiobook seeks to enlighten those who are puzzled by the symptoms and limitations of their body and who are attempting to figure out if they have fibromyalgia and what to do about it. Book 2: Ischemic Pain - Clinicians have discovered a variety of reasons for ischemic pain, and have come up with proven treatments to combat the said issue. Ischemic pain is caused by blood supply to an organ that does not receive sufficient oxygen or nutrients. The consequences can be dire. Cell death and ulcerations are just a few. Stabbing, sharp, biting pain may be a constant irritation to the ones who suffer from ischemic pain. In this guide, medical explanations will enlighten the minds of those seeking for answers. Ischemic colitis, ischemic heart diseases, strokes, and similar conditions and risks will be clarified in greater depth, so that frustrated patients may comprehend the nature of the pain and become more capable on acting on that knowledge to prevent future pain. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fibromyalgia: Relieve Pain, Find Solutions, and Learn about Ischemic Pain Author: Nicholas Abbrey Narrator: Garet Goodison, Alyssa Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 11, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Book 1: Fibromyalgia - This contains all the information you need to know about fibromyalgia. In the past decade or so, fibromyalgia has been detected in more and more individuals. The origin of this unfortunate condition can cause a myriad of side-effects and symptoms that can damage and limit a person’s everyday functioning. Although the condition is incurable - according to physicians who might hope for a better future epiphany in science to occur at some point - there are definitely treatments, things to take into account, and solutions for minimizing the negative consequences of carrying this condition around. Certain foods and diets come with using common sense, as well as sophisticated injections, exercises, and other treatments. Diagnostic criteria must be established, in particular for those who tend to undergo said treatments, but when the verity of the diagnosis has been determined, solutions can be sought. This audiobook seeks to enlighten those who are puzzled by the symptoms and limitations of their body and who are attempting to figure out if they have fibromyalgia and what to do about it. Book 2: Ischemic Pain - Clinicians have discovered a variety of reasons for ischemic pain, and have come up with proven treatments to combat the said issue. Ischemic pain is caused by blood supply to an organ that does not receive sufficient oxygen or nutrients. The consequences can be dire. Cell death and ulcerations are just a few. Stabbing, sharp, biting pain may be a constant irritation to the ones who suffer from ischemic pain. In this guide, medical explanations will enlighten the minds of those seeking for answers. Ischemic colitis, ischemic heart diseases, strokes, and similar conditions and risks will be clarified in greater depth, so that frustrated patients may comprehend the nature of the pain and become more capable on acting on that knowledge to prevent future pain. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393440 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heal: Discover Your Unlimited Potential and Awaken the Powerful Healer Within Author: Kelly Noonan Gores Narrator: from the award-winning documentary the author with audi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: “A groundbreaking look at what happens when we become aware of our own innate healing powers and use them to change our health—for the better” (Maria Menounos) that is perfect for fans of Deepak Chopra and Anita Moorjani. Often when we receive a diagnosis from a medical professional, we can become so overwhelmed with fear or stress that we give up authority over our own health and well-being. But the truth is, we do have control over our physical health, and it is possible to awaken the healing potential in us all, to heal our bodies ourselves. Based on the groundbreaking documentary of the same name, Heal follows two people on their healing journeys, while combining science-backed research and real-world testimonials from experts like Marianne Williamson, Bruce Lipton, Deepak Chopra, Bernie Siegel, Anita Moorjani, Kelly Brogan, and many others, to offer hope and alternative treatments for the many people suffering from a variety of chronic illnesses. By identifying the emotional roots of illness, we can tap into the body’s revitalizing powers and discover that although healing can be complex and deeply personal, it can also happen spontaneously. Heal “will open your mind and help you recreate your perception” (Alejandro Junger, MD, New York Times bestselling author) by showing you that our thoughts, beliefs, and emotions have a huge impact on our overall health. Kelly Noonan Gores Tue, 22 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393440 thebookvoice.com 5:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heal: Discover Your Unlimited Potential and Awaken the Powerful Healer Within Author: Kelly Noonan Gores Narrator: from the award-winning documentary the author with audi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: “A groundbreaking look at what happens when we become aware of our own innate healing powers and use them to change our health—for the better” (Maria Menounos) that is perfect for fans of Deepak Chopra and Anita Moorjani. Often when we receive a diagnosis from a medical professional, we can become so overwhelmed with fear or stress that we give up authority over our own health and well-being. But the truth is, we do have control over our physical health, and it is possible to awaken the healing potential in us all, to heal our bodies ourselves. Based on the groundbreaking documentary of the same name, Heal follows two people on their healing journeys, while combining science-backed research and real-world testimonials from experts like Marianne Williamson, Bruce Lipton, Deepak Chopra, Bernie Siegel, Anita Moorjani, Kelly Brogan, and many others, to offer hope and alternative treatments for the many people suffering from a variety of chronic illnesses. By identifying the emotional roots of illness, we can tap into the body’s revitalizing powers and discover that although healing can be complex and deeply personal, it can also happen spontaneously. Heal “will open your mind and help you recreate your perception” (Alejandro Junger, MD, New York Times bestselling author) by showing you that our thoughts, beliefs, and emotions have a huge impact on our overall health. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heal: Discover Your Unlimited Potential and Awaken the Powerful Healer Within Author: Kelly Noonan Gores Narrator: from the award-winning documentary the author with audi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: “A groundbreaking look at what happens when we become aware of our own innate healing powers and use them to change our health—for the better” (Maria Menounos) that is perfect for fans of Deepak Chopra and Anita Moorjani. Often when we receive a diagnosis from a medical professional, we can become so overwhelmed with fear or stress that we give up authority over our own health and well-being. But the truth is, we do have control over our physical health, and it is possible to awaken the healing potential in us all, to heal our bodies ourselves. Based on the groundbreaking documentary of the same name, Heal follows two people on their healing journeys, while combining science-backed research and real-world testimonials from experts like Marianne Williamson, Bruce Lipton, Deepak Chopra, Bernie Siegel, Anita Moorjani, Kelly Brogan, and many others, to offer hope and alternative treatments for the many people suffering from a variety of chronic illnesses. By identifying the emotional roots of illness, we can tap into the body’s revitalizing powers and discover that although healing can be complex and deeply personal, it can also happen spontaneously. Heal “will open your mind and help you recreate your perception” (Alejandro Junger, MD, New York Times bestselling author) by showing you that our thoughts, beliefs, and emotions have a huge impact on our overall health. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393419 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs: The Simple Truth about Food, Weight, and Disease Author: David A. Kessler Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The American body is in trouble. Unprecedented numbers of us suffer from obesity, heart disease, diabetes, and other debilitating illnesses. The root cause is a once-revolutionary idea that seemed to offer so much promise, but instead has become the cause of a global health crisis: processed foods. Over the past seventy-five years, a number of factors aligned to create a reality in which processed carbohydrates became our main food source. In Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs, bestselling author and former FDA Commissioner David A. Kessler explains how the quest to feed a nation resulted in a population that is increasingly suffering from obesity and chronic disease and offers a solution for changing course. For decades, no one questioned the effects of these processed carbohydrates. The focus was on fertile grassland, ideal for growing vast amounts of wheat and corn; an industrial infrastructure perfect for refining those grains into starch; a food production behemoth that turns refined grains into affordable, appealing, and ever-present food items, from pizza to burritos to bagels; and an efficient distribution network that ensures consumption by Americans nationwide. But during those same decades, our bodies quietly contended with the metabolic chaos caused by consuming rapidly absorbable starch. Slowly but surely, these effects accumulated and became disastrous, leading to the public health crisis in which we find ourselves today. In Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs, Kessler explains how eating refined grains such as wheat, corn, and rice leads to a cascade of hormonal and metabolic issues that make it very easy to gain weight and nearly impossible to lose it. Worse still is how excess weight creates a very real link to diabetes, heart disease, cognitive decline, and a host of cancers. We can no longer afford to dismiss the consequences of eating food that is designed to be rapidly absorbed as sugar in our bodies. Informed by cutting-edge research as well as Dr. Kessler’s own personal quest to manage his weight, Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs reveals in illuminating detail how we got to this critical turning point in our health as a nation—and outlines a plan for eliminating heart disease, allowing us to, finally, regain control of our health. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. David A. Kessler Tue, 31 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393419 thebookvoice.com 4:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs: The Simple Truth about Food, Weight, and Disease Author: David A. Kessler Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The American body is in trouble. Unprecedented numbers of us suffer from obesity, heart disease, diabetes, and other debilitating illnesses. The root cause is a once-revolutionary idea that seemed to offer so much promise, but instead has become the cause of a global health crisis: processed foods. Over the past seventy-five years, a number of factors aligned to create a reality in which processed carbohydrates became our main food source. In Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs, bestselling author and former FDA Commissioner David A. Kessler explains how the quest to feed a nation resulted in a population that is increasingly suffering from obesity and chronic disease and offers a solution for changing course. For decades, no one questioned the effects of these processed carbohydrates. The focus was on fertile grassland, ideal for growing vast amounts of wheat and corn; an industrial infrastructure perfect for refining those grains into starch; a food production behemoth that turns refined grains into affordable, appealing, and ever-present food items, from pizza to burritos to bagels; and an efficient distribution network that ensures consumption by Americans nationwide. But during those same decades, our bodies quietly contended with the metabolic chaos caused by consuming rapidly absorbable starch. Slowly but surely, these effects accumulated and became disastrous, leading to the public health crisis in which we find ourselves today. In Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs, Kessler explains how eating refined grains such as wheat, corn, and rice leads to a cascade of hormonal and metabolic issues that make it very easy to gain weight and nearly impossible to lose it. Worse still is how excess weight creates a very real link to diabetes, heart disease, cognitive decline, and a host of cancers. We can no longer afford to dismiss the consequences of eating food that is designed to be rapidly absorbed as sugar in our bodies. Informed by cutting-edge research as well as Dr. Kessler’s own personal quest to manage his weight, Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs reveals in illuminating detail how we got to this critical turning point in our health as a nation—and outlines a plan for eliminating heart disease, allowing us to, finally, regain control of our health. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs: The Simple Truth about Food, Weight, and Disease Author: David A. Kessler Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The American body is in trouble. Unprecedented numbers of us suffer from obesity, heart disease, diabetes, and other debilitating illnesses. The root cause is a once-revolutionary idea that seemed to offer so much promise, but instead has become the cause of a global health crisis: processed foods. Over the past seventy-five years, a number of factors aligned to create a reality in which processed carbohydrates became our main food source. In Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs, bestselling author and former FDA Commissioner David A. Kessler explains how the quest to feed a nation resulted in a population that is increasingly suffering from obesity and chronic disease and offers a solution for changing course. For decades, no one questioned the effects of these processed carbohydrates. The focus was on fertile grassland, ideal for growing vast amounts of wheat and corn; an industrial infrastructure perfect for refining those grains into starch; a food production behemoth that turns refined grains into affordable, appealing, and ever-present food items, from pizza to burritos to bagels; and an efficient distribution network that ensures consumption by Americans nationwide. But during those same decades, our bodies quietly contended with the metabolic chaos caused by consuming rapidly absorbable starch. Slowly but surely, these effects accumulated and became disastrous, leading to the public health crisis in which we find ourselves today. In Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs, Kessler explains how eating refined grains such as wheat, corn, and rice leads to a cascade of hormonal and metabolic issues that make it very easy to gain weight and nearly impossible to lose it. Worse still is how excess weight creates a very real link to diabetes, heart disease, cognitive decline, and a host of cancers. We can no longer afford to dismiss the consequences of eating food that is designed to be rapidly absorbed as sugar in our bodies. Informed by cutting-edge research as well as Dr. Kessler’s own personal quest to manage his weight, Fast Carbs, Slow Carbs reveals in illuminating detail how we got to this critical turning point in our health as a nation—and outlines a plan for eliminating heart disease, allowing us to, finally, regain control of our health. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393396 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393396]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Penguin Sleep Tales: Ten stories to help you relax at night and encourage better sleep Series: #3 of Sleep Series Author: Penguin Narrator: Sally Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 91 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How often do you think about your bedtime routine? Almost half of people in Britain say they're kept awake at night due to worry and stress - so making time to switch off in the hour before bed is more important than ever. Penguin Sleep Tales are ten specially designed descriptive audio tales to help you wind down and relax before you drift off. Developed with The Sleep Council, each track will transport you to a different location, encouraging you to visualise calming settings and landscapes to ease away the day's anxiety or worry and get you in the right frame of mind for sleep. Lie in a hammock on a tropical beach, relax by a campfire or shelter from a distant thunderstorm. These mindful tales are read slowly and soothingly, accompanied by relaxing sounds of nature. One has been specially designed to appeal to those with Auto Sensory Meridian Response (ASMR), a physical reaction to sound which can be particularly relaxing. Create a focused, peaceful environment so you can get a deep, natural night's sleep and wake up refreshed in the morning. The perfect de-stressor after a long day. Each track is 15 minutes long, so you can put your sleep timer on for any duration with no need to return to the screen. So dim the lights, and get ready for a good night's rest. Includes ten relaxing tales: 'Wakarango Mai', 'Hammock on a Distant Shore', 'The Purring Temple', 'Pegasus in the Night Sky', 'Dancing Flames', 'A Bothy in a Storm', 'The Warm Smell of Hay', 'Travel on the Overnight Train', 'The Magic Bookshop' (ASMR story) and 'Yara's Song' (inspired by the Brazilian folk tale 'The Story of Yara'). The Sleep Council offered information and advice around the development of this product Search for 'Ladybird Sleepy Tales' and 'Puffin Sleepy Tales' to see our collections for children Penguin Thu, 29 Aug 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393396 thebookvoice.com 2:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393396]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Penguin Sleep Tales: Ten stories to help you relax at night and encourage better sleep Series: #3 of Sleep Series Author: Penguin Narrator: Sally Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 91 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How often do you think about your bedtime routine? Almost half of people in Britain say they're kept awake at night due to worry and stress - so making time to switch off in the hour before bed is more important than ever. Penguin Sleep Tales are ten specially designed descriptive audio tales to help you wind down and relax before you drift off. Developed with The Sleep Council, each track will transport you to a different location, encouraging you to visualise calming settings and landscapes to ease away the day's anxiety or worry and get you in the right frame of mind for sleep. Lie in a hammock on a tropical beach, relax by a campfire or shelter from a distant thunderstorm. These mindful tales are read slowly and soothingly, accompanied by relaxing sounds of nature. One has been specially designed to appeal to those with Auto Sensory Meridian Response (ASMR), a physical reaction to sound which can be particularly relaxing. Create a focused, peaceful environment so you can get a deep, natural night's sleep and wake up refreshed in the morning. The perfect de-stressor after a long day. Each track is 15 minutes long, so you can put your sleep timer on for any duration with no need to return to the screen. So dim the lights, and get ready for a good night's rest. Includes ten relaxing tales: 'Wakarango Mai', 'Hammock on a Distant Shore', 'The Purring Temple', 'Pegasus in the Night Sky', 'Dancing Flames', 'A Bothy in a Storm', 'The Warm Smell of Hay', 'Travel on the Overnight Train', 'The Magic Bookshop' (ASMR story) and 'Yara's Song' (inspired by the Brazilian folk tale 'The Story of Yara'). The Sleep Council offered information and advice around the development of this product Search for 'Ladybird Sleepy Tales' and 'Puffin Sleepy Tales' to see our collections for children Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393396]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Penguin Sleep Tales: Ten stories to help you relax at night and encourage better sleep Series: #3 of Sleep Series Author: Penguin Narrator: Sally Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 91 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How often do you think about your bedtime routine? Almost half of people in Britain say they're kept awake at night due to worry and stress - so making time to switch off in the hour before bed is more important than ever. Penguin Sleep Tales are ten specially designed descriptive audio tales to help you wind down and relax before you drift off. Developed with The Sleep Council, each track will transport you to a different location, encouraging you to visualise calming settings and landscapes to ease away the day's anxiety or worry and get you in the right frame of mind for sleep. Lie in a hammock on a tropical beach, relax by a campfire or shelter from a distant thunderstorm. These mindful tales are read slowly and soothingly, accompanied by relaxing sounds of nature. One has been specially designed to appeal to those with Auto Sensory Meridian Response (ASMR), a physical reaction to sound which can be particularly relaxing. Create a focused, peaceful environment so you can get a deep, natural night's sleep and wake up refreshed in the morning. The perfect de-stressor after a long day. Each track is 15 minutes long, so you can put your sleep timer on for any duration with no need to return to the screen. So dim the lights, and get ready for a good night's rest. Includes ten relaxing tales: 'Wakarango Mai', 'Hammock on a Distant Shore', 'The Purring Temple', 'Pegasus in the Night Sky', 'Dancing Flames', 'A Bothy in a Storm', 'The Warm Smell of Hay', 'Travel on the Overnight Train', 'The Magic Bookshop' (ASMR story) and 'Yara's Song' (inspired by the Brazilian folk tale 'The Story of Yara'). The Sleep Council offered information and advice around the development of this product Search for 'Ladybird Sleepy Tales' and 'Puffin Sleepy Tales' to see our collections for children https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393293 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Sugar 101: What They Don't Tell You About Diabetes Author: Jenny Ruhl Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Completely revised and expanded in 2016. Based on the award winning Bloodsugar101.com web site, this book explains what peer-reviewed research published in top medical journals has to say about: ● What is a normal blood sugar? ● How does diabetes develop? ● What really causes diabetes? ● What blood sugar levels cause complications? ● Must you deteriorate? ● What diet is right for you? ● How can you make that diet work? ● What medications are safe? ● What supplements lower blood sugar? Written in clear and understandable language, this book provides all the tools needed to understand how blood sugar works and achieve blood sugar health. Jenny Ruhl Tue, 03 Sep 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393293 thebookvoice.com 10:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Sugar 101: What They Don't Tell You About Diabetes Author: Jenny Ruhl Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Completely revised and expanded in 2016. Based on the award winning Bloodsugar101.com web site, this book explains what peer-reviewed research published in top medical journals has to say about: ● What is a normal blood sugar? ● How does diabetes develop? ● What really causes diabetes? ● What blood sugar levels cause complications? ● Must you deteriorate? ● What diet is right for you? ● How can you make that diet work? ● What medications are safe? ● What supplements lower blood sugar? Written in clear and understandable language, this book provides all the tools needed to understand how blood sugar works and achieve blood sugar health. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Sugar 101: What They Don't Tell You About Diabetes Author: Jenny Ruhl Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Completely revised and expanded in 2016. Based on the award winning Bloodsugar101.com web site, this book explains what peer-reviewed research published in top medical journals has to say about: ● What is a normal blood sugar? ● How does diabetes develop? ● What really causes diabetes? ● What blood sugar levels cause complications? ● Must you deteriorate? ● What diet is right for you? ● How can you make that diet work? ● What medications are safe? ● What supplements lower blood sugar? Written in clear and understandable language, this book provides all the tools needed to understand how blood sugar works and achieve blood sugar health. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393282 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Syndrome X: The Complete Nutritional Program to Prevent and Reverse Insulin Resistance Author: Burton Berkson MD, Melissa Diane Smith, Jack Challem Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: What is syndrome X? It's a resistance to insulin—the hormone needed to burn food for energy—combined with high cholesterol or triglycerides, high blood pressure, or too much body fat. Syndrome X ages you prematurely and significantly increases your risk of heart disease, hypertension, obesity, eye disease, nervous system disorders, diabetes, Alzheimer's, cancer, and other age-related diseases. Syndrome X is the first book to tell you how to fight the epidemic disorder that is derailing the health of nearly a third of North Americans. It outlines a complete three-step program-including easy-to-follow diets, light physical activity, and readily available vitamins and nutritional supplements—that will safeguard you against developing syndrome X or reverse it if you already have it. Burton Berkson MD, Melissa Diane Smith, Jack Challem Tue, 08 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393282 thebookvoice.com 9:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Syndrome X: The Complete Nutritional Program to Prevent and Reverse Insulin Resistance Author: Burton Berkson MD, Melissa Diane Smith, Jack Challem Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: What is syndrome X? It's a resistance to insulin—the hormone needed to burn food for energy—combined with high cholesterol or triglycerides, high blood pressure, or too much body fat. Syndrome X ages you prematurely and significantly increases your risk of heart disease, hypertension, obesity, eye disease, nervous system disorders, diabetes, Alzheimer's, cancer, and other age-related diseases. Syndrome X is the first book to tell you how to fight the epidemic disorder that is derailing the health of nearly a third of North Americans. It outlines a complete three-step program-including easy-to-follow diets, light physical activity, and readily available vitamins and nutritional supplements—that will safeguard you against developing syndrome X or reverse it if you already have it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Syndrome X: The Complete Nutritional Program to Prevent and Reverse Insulin Resistance Author: Burton Berkson MD, Melissa Diane Smith, Jack Challem Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: What is syndrome X? It's a resistance to insulin—the hormone needed to burn food for energy—combined with high cholesterol or triglycerides, high blood pressure, or too much body fat. Syndrome X ages you prematurely and significantly increases your risk of heart disease, hypertension, obesity, eye disease, nervous system disorders, diabetes, Alzheimer's, cancer, and other age-related diseases. Syndrome X is the first book to tell you how to fight the epidemic disorder that is derailing the health of nearly a third of North Americans. It outlines a complete three-step program-including easy-to-follow diets, light physical activity, and readily available vitamins and nutritional supplements—that will safeguard you against developing syndrome X or reverse it if you already have it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393055 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Prediabetes Now: The Ultimate Plan to Lose Weight and Prevent Diabetes Author: Ron Hunninghake MD, Jack Challem Narrator: Edward Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 30, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Intertwined with being overweight, prediabetes can lead to full-blown diabetes and its many associated and debilitating health problems. In Stop Prediabetes Now, you'll discover all-new, all-natural solutions for preventing or reversing prediabetes by improving your eating habits, taking advantage of nutritional supplements, and becoming more physically fit. Complete with meal plans and simple recipes, this proven four-week program will help put you on track to live a longer, healthier, more active life. Ron Hunninghake MD, Jack Challem Mon, 30 Sep 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393055 thebookvoice.com 7:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Prediabetes Now: The Ultimate Plan to Lose Weight and Prevent Diabetes Author: Ron Hunninghake MD, Jack Challem Narrator: Edward Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 30, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Intertwined with being overweight, prediabetes can lead to full-blown diabetes and its many associated and debilitating health problems. In Stop Prediabetes Now, you'll discover all-new, all-natural solutions for preventing or reversing prediabetes by improving your eating habits, taking advantage of nutritional supplements, and becoming more physically fit. Complete with meal plans and simple recipes, this proven four-week program will help put you on track to live a longer, healthier, more active life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Prediabetes Now: The Ultimate Plan to Lose Weight and Prevent Diabetes Author: Ron Hunninghake MD, Jack Challem Narrator: Edward Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 30, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Intertwined with being overweight, prediabetes can lead to full-blown diabetes and its many associated and debilitating health problems. In Stop Prediabetes Now, you'll discover all-new, all-natural solutions for preventing or reversing prediabetes by improving your eating habits, taking advantage of nutritional supplements, and becoming more physically fit. Complete with meal plans and simple recipes, this proven four-week program will help put you on track to live a longer, healthier, more active life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392928 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alzheimer’s and Dementia for Dummies Author: Consumer Dummies Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Your sensitive, authoritative guide to Alzheimer's and dementia If a loved one has recently been diagnosed with dementia or Alzheimer's disease, it's only natural to feel fraught with fear and uncertainty about what lies ahead. Fortunately, you don't have to do it alone. This friendly and authoritative guide is here to help you make smart, informed choices throughout the different scenarios you'll encounter as a person caring for someone diagnosed with dementia or Alzheimer's disease. From making sense of a diagnosis to the best ways to cope with symptoms, Alzheimer's and Dementia For Dummies is the trusted companion you can count on as you navigate your way through this difficult landscape. Affecting one's memory, thinking, and behavior, dementia and Alzheimer's disease can't be prevented, cured, or slowed—but a diagnosis doesn't mean you have to be left helpless! In this book you'll find out how to make sense of the symptoms of dementia and Alzheimer's disease, understand the stages of the illnesses, and, most importantly, keep your loved one safe and comfortable—no matter how severe their symptoms are. Consumer Dummies Tue, 24 Sep 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392928 thebookvoice.com 15:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alzheimer’s and Dementia for Dummies Author: Consumer Dummies Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Your sensitive, authoritative guide to Alzheimer's and dementia If a loved one has recently been diagnosed with dementia or Alzheimer's disease, it's only natural to feel fraught with fear and uncertainty about what lies ahead. Fortunately, you don't have to do it alone. This friendly and authoritative guide is here to help you make smart, informed choices throughout the different scenarios you'll encounter as a person caring for someone diagnosed with dementia or Alzheimer's disease. From making sense of a diagnosis to the best ways to cope with symptoms, Alzheimer's and Dementia For Dummies is the trusted companion you can count on as you navigate your way through this difficult landscape. Affecting one's memory, thinking, and behavior, dementia and Alzheimer's disease can't be prevented, cured, or slowed—but a diagnosis doesn't mean you have to be left helpless! In this book you'll find out how to make sense of the symptoms of dementia and Alzheimer's disease, understand the stages of the illnesses, and, most importantly, keep your loved one safe and comfortable—no matter how severe their symptoms are. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alzheimer’s and Dementia for Dummies Author: Consumer Dummies Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Your sensitive, authoritative guide to Alzheimer's and dementia If a loved one has recently been diagnosed with dementia or Alzheimer's disease, it's only natural to feel fraught with fear and uncertainty about what lies ahead. Fortunately, you don't have to do it alone. This friendly and authoritative guide is here to help you make smart, informed choices throughout the different scenarios you'll encounter as a person caring for someone diagnosed with dementia or Alzheimer's disease. From making sense of a diagnosis to the best ways to cope with symptoms, Alzheimer's and Dementia For Dummies is the trusted companion you can count on as you navigate your way through this difficult landscape. Affecting one's memory, thinking, and behavior, dementia and Alzheimer's disease can't be prevented, cured, or slowed—but a diagnosis doesn't mean you have to be left helpless! In this book you'll find out how to make sense of the symptoms of dementia and Alzheimer's disease, understand the stages of the illnesses, and, most importantly, keep your loved one safe and comfortable—no matter how severe their symptoms are. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392915 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Celiac Disease For Dummies Author: Ian Blumer MD, Sheila Crowe MD Narrator: Matthew Boston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Celiac Disease For Dummies is the ultimate reference for people with the disease and their family members. The book helps listeners identify symptoms of the disease, and explains how doctors definitively diagnose celiac disease. It outlines how celiac disease affects the body, and what its consequences could be if untreated. The authors explain how celiac disease is treated, not only through the elimination of gluten from the diet, but with additional nutritional measures and alternative and complementary therapies. Written by two practicing physicians, the book also offers practical, helpful guidance for parents of children with celiac disease, whose treatment may be a particular challenge. Ian Blumer MD, Sheila Crowe MD Tue, 01 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392915 thebookvoice.com 14:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Celiac Disease For Dummies Author: Ian Blumer MD, Sheila Crowe MD Narrator: Matthew Boston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Celiac Disease For Dummies is the ultimate reference for people with the disease and their family members. The book helps listeners identify symptoms of the disease, and explains how doctors definitively diagnose celiac disease. It outlines how celiac disease affects the body, and what its consequences could be if untreated. The authors explain how celiac disease is treated, not only through the elimination of gluten from the diet, but with additional nutritional measures and alternative and complementary therapies. Written by two practicing physicians, the book also offers practical, helpful guidance for parents of children with celiac disease, whose treatment may be a particular challenge. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Celiac Disease For Dummies Author: Ian Blumer MD, Sheila Crowe MD Narrator: Matthew Boston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Celiac Disease For Dummies is the ultimate reference for people with the disease and their family members. The book helps listeners identify symptoms of the disease, and explains how doctors definitively diagnose celiac disease. It outlines how celiac disease affects the body, and what its consequences could be if untreated. The authors explain how celiac disease is treated, not only through the elimination of gluten from the diet, but with additional nutritional measures and alternative and complementary therapies. Written by two practicing physicians, the book also offers practical, helpful guidance for parents of children with celiac disease, whose treatment may be a particular challenge. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392909 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Rosalind Kalb PhD, Barbara S. Giesser MD, Kathleen Costello MS ANP-BC Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Being diagnosed with multiple sclerosis (MS) doesn't mean your life is over. Everyone's MS is different and no one can predict exactly what yours will be like. The fact is, lots of people live their lives with MS without making a full-time job of it. Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies gives you accessible, easy-to-understand information about what happens with MS—what kinds of symptoms it can cause, how it can affect your life at home and at work, what you can do to feel and function better, and how you can protect yourself and your family against the long-term unpredictability of the disease. You'll learn how to make treatment and lifestyle choices that work for you, what qualities to look for in a neurologist and the rest of your healthcare team, how to manage fatigue, the pros and cons of alternative medicine, why and how to talk to your kids about MS, stress management strategies, your rights under the Americans with Disabilities act, and so much more. Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies gives you everything you need to make educated choices and comfortable decisions about living with MS. Rosalind Kalb PhD, Barbara S. Giesser MD, Kathleen Costello MS ANP-BC Tue, 01 Oct 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392909 thebookvoice.com 12:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Rosalind Kalb PhD, Barbara S. Giesser MD, Kathleen Costello MS ANP-BC Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Being diagnosed with multiple sclerosis (MS) doesn't mean your life is over. Everyone's MS is different and no one can predict exactly what yours will be like. The fact is, lots of people live their lives with MS without making a full-time job of it. Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies gives you accessible, easy-to-understand information about what happens with MS—what kinds of symptoms it can cause, how it can affect your life at home and at work, what you can do to feel and function better, and how you can protect yourself and your family against the long-term unpredictability of the disease. You'll learn how to make treatment and lifestyle choices that work for you, what qualities to look for in a neurologist and the rest of your healthcare team, how to manage fatigue, the pros and cons of alternative medicine, why and how to talk to your kids about MS, stress management strategies, your rights under the Americans with Disabilities act, and so much more. Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies gives you everything you need to make educated choices and comfortable decisions about living with MS. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Rosalind Kalb PhD, Barbara S. Giesser MD, Kathleen Costello MS ANP-BC Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Being diagnosed with multiple sclerosis (MS) doesn't mean your life is over. Everyone's MS is different and no one can predict exactly what yours will be like. The fact is, lots of people live their lives with MS without making a full-time job of it. Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies gives you accessible, easy-to-understand information about what happens with MS—what kinds of symptoms it can cause, how it can affect your life at home and at work, what you can do to feel and function better, and how you can protect yourself and your family against the long-term unpredictability of the disease. You'll learn how to make treatment and lifestyle choices that work for you, what qualities to look for in a neurologist and the rest of your healthcare team, how to manage fatigue, the pros and cons of alternative medicine, why and how to talk to your kids about MS, stress management strategies, your rights under the Americans with Disabilities act, and so much more. Multiple Sclerosis For Dummies gives you everything you need to make educated choices and comfortable decisions about living with MS. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392740 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety as an Ally: How I Turned a Worried Mind into My Best Friend Author: Dan Ryckert Narrator: Dan Ryckert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: After experiencing his first panic attack on New Year's Day of 2003, Dan Ryckert began a twelve-year process of learning how to channel panic disorder and generalized anxiety disorder until they became driving forces in his life. Using anxiety as his ally, he was able to land dream jobs within the video game industry and vastly improve the quality of his personal life. In this candid recollection, you'll learn about how he went from having panic attacks during college roll calls to speaking in front of large crowds with minimal interference from anxiety. More importantly, Ryckert details the methods in which he channeled these once-negative conditions until they became a driving force in his life and something he wouldn't get rid of even if he was given the chance. Dan Ryckert Wed, 18 Sep 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392740 thebookvoice.com 3:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety as an Ally: How I Turned a Worried Mind into My Best Friend Author: Dan Ryckert Narrator: Dan Ryckert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: After experiencing his first panic attack on New Year's Day of 2003, Dan Ryckert began a twelve-year process of learning how to channel panic disorder and generalized anxiety disorder until they became driving forces in his life. Using anxiety as his ally, he was able to land dream jobs within the video game industry and vastly improve the quality of his personal life. In this candid recollection, you'll learn about how he went from having panic attacks during college roll calls to speaking in front of large crowds with minimal interference from anxiety. More importantly, Ryckert details the methods in which he channeled these once-negative conditions until they became a driving force in his life and something he wouldn't get rid of even if he was given the chance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety as an Ally: How I Turned a Worried Mind into My Best Friend Author: Dan Ryckert Narrator: Dan Ryckert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: After experiencing his first panic attack on New Year's Day of 2003, Dan Ryckert began a twelve-year process of learning how to channel panic disorder and generalized anxiety disorder until they became driving forces in his life. Using anxiety as his ally, he was able to land dream jobs within the video game industry and vastly improve the quality of his personal life. In this candid recollection, you'll learn about how he went from having panic attacks during college roll calls to speaking in front of large crowds with minimal interference from anxiety. More importantly, Ryckert details the methods in which he channeled these once-negative conditions until they became a driving force in his life and something he wouldn't get rid of even if he was given the chance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392168 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dissolving Pain: Simple Brain-Training Exercises for Overcoming Chronic Pain Author: Les Fehmi, Jim Robbins Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: For four decades, Dr. Les Fehmi has been a leader in brainwave biofeedback (also called neurofeedback), training individuals how to balance and regulate their brainwave patterns to improve mental, emotional, and physical health. Dissolving Pain is based on the premise that although pain is perceived to exist in a particular part of the body, pain in fact resides in the brain. Dr. Fehmi shows us that it is possible to learn to resolve pain at the brain level, using simple attention exercises. Drawing on scientific research, Dr. Fehmi explains how to quiet the pain signal in the brain, empowering readers to free themselves from many forms of pain and discomfort. Les Fehmi, Jim Robbins Tue, 03 Sep 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392168 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dissolving Pain: Simple Brain-Training Exercises for Overcoming Chronic Pain Author: Les Fehmi, Jim Robbins Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: For four decades, Dr. Les Fehmi has been a leader in brainwave biofeedback (also called neurofeedback), training individuals how to balance and regulate their brainwave patterns to improve mental, emotional, and physical health. Dissolving Pain is based on the premise that although pain is perceived to exist in a particular part of the body, pain in fact resides in the brain. Dr. Fehmi shows us that it is possible to learn to resolve pain at the brain level, using simple attention exercises. Drawing on scientific research, Dr. Fehmi explains how to quiet the pain signal in the brain, empowering readers to free themselves from many forms of pain and discomfort. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dissolving Pain: Simple Brain-Training Exercises for Overcoming Chronic Pain Author: Les Fehmi, Jim Robbins Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: For four decades, Dr. Les Fehmi has been a leader in brainwave biofeedback (also called neurofeedback), training individuals how to balance and regulate their brainwave patterns to improve mental, emotional, and physical health. Dissolving Pain is based on the premise that although pain is perceived to exist in a particular part of the body, pain in fact resides in the brain. Dr. Fehmi shows us that it is possible to learn to resolve pain at the brain level, using simple attention exercises. Drawing on scientific research, Dr. Fehmi explains how to quiet the pain signal in the brain, empowering readers to free themselves from many forms of pain and discomfort. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392128 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Healthy Brain for Life: How to Prevent Alzheimer's, Dementia, and Memory Loss Author: Richard Furman Md Facs Narrator: Mike Carnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Many people claim they would rather be diagnosed with cancer than dementia or Alzheimer's. What they may not realize is that decreased or impaired brain function is not a foregone conclusion as we get older. Our own lifestyle choices and habits can have a significant impact—for good or ill—on our brains. And that means there's hope. Drawing from the latest medical research, Dr. Richard Furman helps listeners understand brain health and shows them how to make three powerful lifestyle changes that can help decrease the probability of developing dementia or Alzheimer's. He explains how eating the right foods, exercising, and sustaining an ideal weight can dramatically reduce the likelihood of developing brain disorders in the first place, and even how those habits can slow the progression of dementia in someone who has already received a diagnosis. Richard Furman Md Facs Tue, 16 Jun 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392128 thebookvoice.com 7:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Healthy Brain for Life: How to Prevent Alzheimer's, Dementia, and Memory Loss Author: Richard Furman Md Facs Narrator: Mike Carnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Many people claim they would rather be diagnosed with cancer than dementia or Alzheimer's. What they may not realize is that decreased or impaired brain function is not a foregone conclusion as we get older. Our own lifestyle choices and habits can have a significant impact—for good or ill—on our brains. And that means there's hope. Drawing from the latest medical research, Dr. Richard Furman helps listeners understand brain health and shows them how to make three powerful lifestyle changes that can help decrease the probability of developing dementia or Alzheimer's. He explains how eating the right foods, exercising, and sustaining an ideal weight can dramatically reduce the likelihood of developing brain disorders in the first place, and even how those habits can slow the progression of dementia in someone who has already received a diagnosis. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Healthy Brain for Life: How to Prevent Alzheimer's, Dementia, and Memory Loss Author: Richard Furman Md Facs Narrator: Mike Carnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Many people claim they would rather be diagnosed with cancer than dementia or Alzheimer's. What they may not realize is that decreased or impaired brain function is not a foregone conclusion as we get older. Our own lifestyle choices and habits can have a significant impact—for good or ill—on our brains. And that means there's hope. Drawing from the latest medical research, Dr. Richard Furman helps listeners understand brain health and shows them how to make three powerful lifestyle changes that can help decrease the probability of developing dementia or Alzheimer's. He explains how eating the right foods, exercising, and sustaining an ideal weight can dramatically reduce the likelihood of developing brain disorders in the first place, and even how those habits can slow the progression of dementia in someone who has already received a diagnosis. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391988 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Ansia: Come Superarla E Godersi La Vita Author: Glenn Laws Narrator: Maurizio Mosetti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Affrontare l'ansia e godersi la vitaHo scritto questo libro pensando ai pazienti afflitti da disordini mentali legati al panico, spesso alla disperata ricerca di aiuto professionale, che proiettano la responsabilità del lloro stato su altre persone e che vedono i professionisti come soggetti che spesso cercano di trarre vantaggio da questo loro stato allo scopo di tenere i pazienti legati a loro garantendo loro benefici materiali permanenti che risultano essere tutt'altro che etici. Il libro è diretto quindi a pazienti e professsionisti che siano spinti ad "aiutare se stessi" scoprendo il loro reale ruolo in questo tipo di situazione. Noi passiamo un tempo incalcolabile in piedi davanti allo specchio rivolgendoci a noi stessi (pensando di indirizzarci ad un pubblico o di parlare con estranei) ma quando siamo posti davanti a situazioni che mettono questo nostro tipo di esercizio alla prova ci ritroviamo spiazzati e senza difese; tutto quello che avevamo sperimentato svanisce. Beh, non sappiamo che questo non è giusto perché se vogliamo arrivare lontano nella nostra vita non possiamo vivere costantemente limitati da troppi paletti. L'ansia ci fa sprecare energie. Un sacco di energie. Energie che potrebbero essere impiegate efficacemente in un milione di modi. Riprendetevi l'energia che avete sprecato e indirizzatela verso la vostra carriera, la vostra famiglia, i vostri amici. i vostri obiettivi personali e qualsiasi cosa che sia importante per voi. Se vi sentite pronti ad agire e a migliorare la vostra vita questo libro vi guiderà sicuramente nella giusta direzione. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Glenn Laws Tue, 06 Aug 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391988 thebookvoice.com 0:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Ansia: Come Superarla E Godersi La Vita Author: Glenn Laws Narrator: Maurizio Mosetti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Affrontare l'ansia e godersi la vitaHo scritto questo libro pensando ai pazienti afflitti da disordini mentali legati al panico, spesso alla disperata ricerca di aiuto professionale, che proiettano la responsabilità del lloro stato su altre persone e che vedono i professionisti come soggetti che spesso cercano di trarre vantaggio da questo loro stato allo scopo di tenere i pazienti legati a loro garantendo loro benefici materiali permanenti che risultano essere tutt'altro che etici. Il libro è diretto quindi a pazienti e professsionisti che siano spinti ad "aiutare se stessi" scoprendo il loro reale ruolo in questo tipo di situazione. Noi passiamo un tempo incalcolabile in piedi davanti allo specchio rivolgendoci a noi stessi (pensando di indirizzarci ad un pubblico o di parlare con estranei) ma quando siamo posti davanti a situazioni che mettono questo nostro tipo di esercizio alla prova ci ritroviamo spiazzati e senza difese; tutto quello che avevamo sperimentato svanisce. Beh, non sappiamo che questo non è giusto perché se vogliamo arrivare lontano nella nostra vita non possiamo vivere costantemente limitati da troppi paletti. L'ansia ci fa sprecare energie. Un sacco di energie. Energie che potrebbero essere impiegate efficacemente in un milione di modi. Riprendetevi l'energia che avete sprecato e indirizzatela verso la vostra carriera, la vostra famiglia, i vostri amici. i vostri obiettivi personali e qualsiasi cosa che sia importante per voi. Se vi sentite pronti ad agire e a migliorare la vostra vita questo libro vi guiderà sicuramente nella giusta direzione. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Ansia: Come Superarla E Godersi La Vita Author: Glenn Laws Narrator: Maurizio Mosetti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Affrontare l'ansia e godersi la vitaHo scritto questo libro pensando ai pazienti afflitti da disordini mentali legati al panico, spesso alla disperata ricerca di aiuto professionale, che proiettano la responsabilità del lloro stato su altre persone e che vedono i professionisti come soggetti che spesso cercano di trarre vantaggio da questo loro stato allo scopo di tenere i pazienti legati a loro garantendo loro benefici materiali permanenti che risultano essere tutt'altro che etici. Il libro è diretto quindi a pazienti e professsionisti che siano spinti ad "aiutare se stessi" scoprendo il loro reale ruolo in questo tipo di situazione. Noi passiamo un tempo incalcolabile in piedi davanti allo specchio rivolgendoci a noi stessi (pensando di indirizzarci ad un pubblico o di parlare con estranei) ma quando siamo posti davanti a situazioni che mettono questo nostro tipo di esercizio alla prova ci ritroviamo spiazzati e senza difese; tutto quello che avevamo sperimentato svanisce. Beh, non sappiamo che questo non è giusto perché se vogliamo arrivare lontano nella nostra vita non possiamo vivere costantemente limitati da troppi paletti. L'ansia ci fa sprecare energie. Un sacco di energie. Energie che potrebbero essere impiegate efficacemente in un milione di modi. Riprendetevi l'energia che avete sprecato e indirizzatela verso la vostra carriera, la vostra famiglia, i vostri amici. i vostri obiettivi personali e qualsiasi cosa che sia importante per voi. Se vi sentite pronti ad agire e a migliorare la vostra vita questo libro vi guiderà sicuramente nella giusta direzione. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391791 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strung Out: One Last Hit and Other Lies That Nearly Killed Me Author: Erin Khar Narrator: Jayme Mattler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: “This is a story she needed to tell; and the rest of the country needs to listen.” — New York Times Book Review “This vital memoir will change how we look at the opioid crisis and how the media talks about it. A deeply moving and emotional read, STRUNG OUT challenges our preconceived ideas of what addiction looks like.” —Stephanie Land, New York Times bestselling author of Maid In this deeply personal and illuminating memoir about her fifteen-year struggle with heroin, Khar sheds profound light on the opioid crisis and gives a voice to the over two million people in America currently battling with this addiction. Growing up in LA, Erin Khar hid behind a picture-perfect childhood filled with excellent grades, a popular group of friends and horseback riding. After first experimenting with her grandmother’s expired painkillers, Khar started using heroin when she was thirteen. The drug allowed her to escape from pressures to be perfect and suppress all the heavy feelings she couldn’t understand. This fiercely honest memoir explores how heroin shaped every aspect of her life for the next fifteen years and details the various lies she told herself, and others, about her drug use. With enormous heart and wisdom, she shows how the shame and stigma surrounding addiction, which fuels denial and deceit, is so often what keeps addicts from getting help. There is no one path to recovery, and for Khar, it was in motherhood that she found the inner strength and self-forgiveness to quit heroin and fight for her life. Strung Out is a life-affirming story of resilience while also a gripping investigation into the psychology of addiction and why people turn to opioids in the first place. Erin Khar Tue, 25 Feb 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391791 thebookvoice.com 10:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strung Out: One Last Hit and Other Lies That Nearly Killed Me Author: Erin Khar Narrator: Jayme Mattler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: “This is a story she needed to tell; and the rest of the country needs to listen.” — New York Times Book Review “This vital memoir will change how we look at the opioid crisis and how the media talks about it. A deeply moving and emotional read, STRUNG OUT challenges our preconceived ideas of what addiction looks like.” —Stephanie Land, New York Times bestselling author of Maid In this deeply personal and illuminating memoir about her fifteen-year struggle with heroin, Khar sheds profound light on the opioid crisis and gives a voice to the over two million people in America currently battling with this addiction. Growing up in LA, Erin Khar hid behind a picture-perfect childhood filled with excellent grades, a popular group of friends and horseback riding. After first experimenting with her grandmother’s expired painkillers, Khar started using heroin when she was thirteen. The drug allowed her to escape from pressures to be perfect and suppress all the heavy feelings she couldn’t understand. This fiercely honest memoir explores how heroin shaped every aspect of her life for the next fifteen years and details the various lies she told herself, and others, about her drug use. With enormous heart and wisdom, she shows how the shame and stigma surrounding addiction, which fuels denial and deceit, is so often what keeps addicts from getting help. There is no one path to recovery, and for Khar, it was in motherhood that she found the inner strength and self-forgiveness to quit heroin and fight for her life. Strung Out is a life-affirming story of resilience while also a gripping investigation into the psychology of addiction and why people turn to opioids in the first place. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strung Out: One Last Hit and Other Lies That Nearly Killed Me Author: Erin Khar Narrator: Jayme Mattler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: “This is a story she needed to tell; and the rest of the country needs to listen.” — New York Times Book Review “This vital memoir will change how we look at the opioid crisis and how the media talks about it. A deeply moving and emotional read, STRUNG OUT challenges our preconceived ideas of what addiction looks like.” —Stephanie Land, New York Times bestselling author of Maid In this deeply personal and illuminating memoir about her fifteen-year struggle with heroin, Khar sheds profound light on the opioid crisis and gives a voice to the over two million people in America currently battling with this addiction. Growing up in LA, Erin Khar hid behind a picture-perfect childhood filled with excellent grades, a popular group of friends and horseback riding. After first experimenting with her grandmother’s expired painkillers, Khar started using heroin when she was thirteen. The drug allowed her to escape from pressures to be perfect and suppress all the heavy feelings she couldn’t understand. This fiercely honest memoir explores how heroin shaped every aspect of her life for the next fifteen years and details the various lies she told herself, and others, about her drug use. With enormous heart and wisdom, she shows how the shame and stigma surrounding addiction, which fuels denial and deceit, is so often what keeps addicts from getting help. There is no one path to recovery, and for Khar, it was in motherhood that she found the inner strength and self-forgiveness to quit heroin and fight for her life. Strung Out is a life-affirming story of resilience while also a gripping investigation into the psychology of addiction and why people turn to opioids in the first place. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391662 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo sanar tu ansiedad cuando nadie más puede hacerlo: Recuperar el balance de tu vida está en tus manos Author: Amy B. Scher Narrator: Gwendolyne Flores Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ¡Vivir una vida relajada, alegre y saludable es posible! La ansiedad no es sólo miedo y no viene de la nada. De hecho, todo lo que crees saber sobre la ansiedad está a punto de cambiar. Este excepcional libro es un enfoque único, lleno de técnicas prácticas y orientación que ilustra una verdad profunda: la curación de la ansiedad es posible. Amy B. Scher, autora del bestseller Cómo sanarte cuando nadie más puede hacerlo, comparte sus métodos comprobados para abordar y curar la raíz de la ansiedad: cambiar creencias dañinas, calmar tu cuerpo y liberar la vieja energía emocional que te detiene. Este libro será tu guía a través de una serie de herramientas transformadoras y ejercicios fáciles de seguir que pueden cambiar tu vida rápidamente. Utilizando las poderosas técnicas creadas por Amy, así como su propia versión de la ampliamente popular Técnica de Liberación Emocional (TLE), aprenderás cómo dejar de lado el equipaje emocional no resuelto para que puedas convertirte en tu versión más saludable, relajada y alegre. Amy B. Scher Wed, 31 Jul 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391662 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo sanar tu ansiedad cuando nadie más puede hacerlo: Recuperar el balance de tu vida está en tus manos Author: Amy B. Scher Narrator: Gwendolyne Flores Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ¡Vivir una vida relajada, alegre y saludable es posible! La ansiedad no es sólo miedo y no viene de la nada. De hecho, todo lo que crees saber sobre la ansiedad está a punto de cambiar. Este excepcional libro es un enfoque único, lleno de técnicas prácticas y orientación que ilustra una verdad profunda: la curación de la ansiedad es posible. Amy B. Scher, autora del bestseller Cómo sanarte cuando nadie más puede hacerlo, comparte sus métodos comprobados para abordar y curar la raíz de la ansiedad: cambiar creencias dañinas, calmar tu cuerpo y liberar la vieja energía emocional que te detiene. Este libro será tu guía a través de una serie de herramientas transformadoras y ejercicios fáciles de seguir que pueden cambiar tu vida rápidamente. Utilizando las poderosas técnicas creadas por Amy, así como su propia versión de la ampliamente popular Técnica de Liberación Emocional (TLE), aprenderás cómo dejar de lado el equipaje emocional no resuelto para que puedas convertirte en tu versión más saludable, relajada y alegre. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo sanar tu ansiedad cuando nadie más puede hacerlo: Recuperar el balance de tu vida está en tus manos Author: Amy B. Scher Narrator: Gwendolyne Flores Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: ¡Vivir una vida relajada, alegre y saludable es posible! La ansiedad no es sólo miedo y no viene de la nada. De hecho, todo lo que crees saber sobre la ansiedad está a punto de cambiar. Este excepcional libro es un enfoque único, lleno de técnicas prácticas y orientación que ilustra una verdad profunda: la curación de la ansiedad es posible. Amy B. Scher, autora del bestseller Cómo sanarte cuando nadie más puede hacerlo, comparte sus métodos comprobados para abordar y curar la raíz de la ansiedad: cambiar creencias dañinas, calmar tu cuerpo y liberar la vieja energía emocional que te detiene. Este libro será tu guía a través de una serie de herramientas transformadoras y ejercicios fáciles de seguir que pueden cambiar tu vida rápidamente. Utilizando las poderosas técnicas creadas por Amy, así como su propia versión de la ampliamente popular Técnica de Liberación Emocional (TLE), aprenderás cómo dejar de lado el equipaje emocional no resuelto para que puedas convertirte en tu versión más saludable, relajada y alegre. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391633 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The XX Brain: The Groundbreaking Science Empowering Women to Maximize Cognitive Health and Prevent Alzheimer's Disease Author: Lisa Mosconi Narrator: Brittany Pressley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'In The XX Brain, Lisa meticulously guides us in the ways we can both nourish and protect ourselves, body and mind, to ensure our brains remain resilient throughout our lives.' --from the foreword by Maria Shriver The first book to address cognitive enhancement and Alzheimer's prevention specifically in women--and to frame brain health as an essential component of Women's Health. In this revolutionary book, Dr. Lisa Mosconi, director of the Women's Brain Initiative at Weill Cornell Medical College, provides women with the first plan to address the unique risks of the female brain. Until now, medical research has focused on 'bikini medicine,' assuming that women are essentially men with breasts and tubes. Yet women are far more likely than men to suffer from anxiety, depression, migraines, brain injuries, and strokes. They are also twice as likely to end their lives suffering from Alzheimer's disease, even when their longer lifespans are taken into account. But in the past, the female brain has received astonishingly little attention and was rarely studied by medical researchers-- resulting in a wealth of misinformation about women's health. The XX Brain confronts this crisis by revealing how the two powerful X chromosomes that distinguish women from men impact the brain first and foremost and by focusing on a key brain-protective hormone: estrogen. Taking on all aspects of women's health, including brain fog, memory lapses, depression, stress, insomnia, hormonal imbalances, and the increased risk of dementia, Dr. Mosconi introduces cutting-edge, evidence-based approaches to protecting the female brain, including a specific diet proven to work for women, strategies to reduce stress, and useful tips for restorative sleep. She also examines the controversy about soy and hormonal replacement therapy, takes on the perils of environmental toxins, and examines the role of our microbiome. Perhaps best of all, she makes clear that it is never too late to take care of yourself. The XX Brain is a rallying cry for women to have full access to information regarding what is going on in their brains and bodies as well as a roadmap for the path to optimal, lifelong brain health. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains resources, a diet plan, and recipes. Lisa Mosconi Tue, 10 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391633 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The XX Brain: The Groundbreaking Science Empowering Women to Maximize Cognitive Health and Prevent Alzheimer's Disease Author: Lisa Mosconi Narrator: Brittany Pressley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'In The XX Brain, Lisa meticulously guides us in the ways we can both nourish and protect ourselves, body and mind, to ensure our brains remain resilient throughout our lives.' --from the foreword by Maria Shriver The first book to address cognitive enhancement and Alzheimer's prevention specifically in women--and to frame brain health as an essential component of Women's Health. In this revolutionary book, Dr. Lisa Mosconi, director of the Women's Brain Initiative at Weill Cornell Medical College, provides women with the first plan to address the unique risks of the female brain. Until now, medical research has focused on 'bikini medicine,' assuming that women are essentially men with breasts and tubes. Yet women are far more likely than men to suffer from anxiety, depression, migraines, brain injuries, and strokes. They are also twice as likely to end their lives suffering from Alzheimer's disease, even when their longer lifespans are taken into account. But in the past, the female brain has received astonishingly little attention and was rarely studied by medical researchers-- resulting in a wealth of misinformation about women's health. The XX Brain confronts this crisis by revealing how the two powerful X chromosomes that distinguish women from men impact the brain first and foremost and by focusing on a key brain-protective hormone: estrogen. Taking on all aspects of women's health, including brain fog, memory lapses, depression, stress, insomnia, hormonal imbalances, and the increased risk of dementia, Dr. Mosconi introduces cutting-edge, evidence-based approaches to protecting the female brain, including a specific diet proven to work for women, strategies to reduce stress, and useful tips for restorative sleep. She also examines the controversy about soy and hormonal replacement therapy, takes on the perils of environmental toxins, and examines the role of our microbiome. Perhaps best of all, she makes clear that it is never too late to take care of yourself. The XX Brain is a rallying cry for women to have full access to information regarding what is going on in their brains and bodies as well as a roadmap for the path to optimal, lifelong brain health. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains resources, a diet plan, and recipes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The XX Brain: The Groundbreaking Science Empowering Women to Maximize Cognitive Health and Prevent Alzheimer's Disease Author: Lisa Mosconi Narrator: Brittany Pressley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'In The XX Brain, Lisa meticulously guides us in the ways we can both nourish and protect ourselves, body and mind, to ensure our brains remain resilient throughout our lives.' --from the foreword by Maria Shriver The first book to address cognitive enhancement and Alzheimer's prevention specifically in women--and to frame brain health as an essential component of Women's Health. In this revolutionary book, Dr. Lisa Mosconi, director of the Women's Brain Initiative at Weill Cornell Medical College, provides women with the first plan to address the unique risks of the female brain. Until now, medical research has focused on 'bikini medicine,' assuming that women are essentially men with breasts and tubes. Yet women are far more likely than men to suffer from anxiety, depression, migraines, brain injuries, and strokes. They are also twice as likely to end their lives suffering from Alzheimer's disease, even when their longer lifespans are taken into account. But in the past, the female brain has received astonishingly little attention and was rarely studied by medical researchers-- resulting in a wealth of misinformation about women's health. The XX Brain confronts this crisis by revealing how the two powerful X chromosomes that distinguish women from men impact the brain first and foremost and by focusing on a key brain-protective hormone: estrogen. Taking on all aspects of women's health, including brain fog, memory lapses, depression, stress, insomnia, hormonal imbalances, and the increased risk of dementia, Dr. Mosconi introduces cutting-edge, evidence-based approaches to protecting the female brain, including a specific diet proven to work for women, strategies to reduce stress, and useful tips for restorative sleep. She also examines the controversy about soy and hormonal replacement therapy, takes on the perils of environmental toxins, and examines the role of our microbiome. Perhaps best of all, she makes clear that it is never too late to take care of yourself. The XX Brain is a rallying cry for women to have full access to information regarding what is going on in their brains and bodies as well as a roadmap for the path to optimal, lifelong brain health. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains resources, a diet plan, and recipes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391496 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life's That Way Author: Jim Beaver Narrator: Jim Beaver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Actor Jim Beaver (Supernatural, Deadwood, Justified) and his wife Cecily Adams (Star Trek: Deep Space Nine's Moogie) were at the peaks of their careers and happily raising a beautiful two-year old daughter, Madeline. Then tragedy struck, not once, but twice. What followed was laid down by Jim in a moving, poignant, and uplifting journal of the following year, a year filled with heartbreak as well as enormous gifts and invaluable lessons, not just for Jim and his family but for readers who traveled along with him on his journey. Jim Beaver Sun, 26 Aug 2018 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391496 thebookvoice.com 10:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life's That Way Author: Jim Beaver Narrator: Jim Beaver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Actor Jim Beaver (Supernatural, Deadwood, Justified) and his wife Cecily Adams (Star Trek: Deep Space Nine's Moogie) were at the peaks of their careers and happily raising a beautiful two-year old daughter, Madeline. Then tragedy struck, not once, but twice. What followed was laid down by Jim in a moving, poignant, and uplifting journal of the following year, a year filled with heartbreak as well as enormous gifts and invaluable lessons, not just for Jim and his family but for readers who traveled along with him on his journey. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life's That Way Author: Jim Beaver Narrator: Jim Beaver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Actor Jim Beaver (Supernatural, Deadwood, Justified) and his wife Cecily Adams (Star Trek: Deep Space Nine's Moogie) were at the peaks of their careers and happily raising a beautiful two-year old daughter, Madeline. Then tragedy struck, not once, but twice. What followed was laid down by Jim in a moving, poignant, and uplifting journal of the following year, a year filled with heartbreak as well as enormous gifts and invaluable lessons, not just for Jim and his family but for readers who traveled along with him on his journey. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391484 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Regulation Interventions and Strategies: Keeping the Body, Mind & Emotions on Task in Children with Autism, ADHD or Sensory Disorders Author: Teresa Garland Narrator: Laura Copland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Keeping children bodies, minds, and emotions on task just got easier with this new book from self-regulation expert Teresa Garland. Featuring more than 200 practical and proven interventions, strategies, and adaptations for helping children gain more control over their lives. Each chapter provides rich background and theoretical material to help the listener better understand the issues our children face. Topics include: basic and advanced methods to calm a child and to preventing outbursts and melt-downs; interventions to help with attention problems, impulse control, distractibility, and the ability to sit still; stories and video-modeling for autism, along with techniques to quell repetitive behaviors; sensory strategies for sensitivity and craving; behavioral and sensory approaches to picky eating; ways to increase organization skills using technology and apps; and strategies for managing strong emotions as well as techniques for releasing them. Teresa Garland Tue, 13 Aug 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391484 thebookvoice.com 7:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Regulation Interventions and Strategies: Keeping the Body, Mind & Emotions on Task in Children with Autism, ADHD or Sensory Disorders Author: Teresa Garland Narrator: Laura Copland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Keeping children bodies, minds, and emotions on task just got easier with this new book from self-regulation expert Teresa Garland. Featuring more than 200 practical and proven interventions, strategies, and adaptations for helping children gain more control over their lives. Each chapter provides rich background and theoretical material to help the listener better understand the issues our children face. Topics include: basic and advanced methods to calm a child and to preventing outbursts and melt-downs; interventions to help with attention problems, impulse control, distractibility, and the ability to sit still; stories and video-modeling for autism, along with techniques to quell repetitive behaviors; sensory strategies for sensitivity and craving; behavioral and sensory approaches to picky eating; ways to increase organization skills using technology and apps; and strategies for managing strong emotions as well as techniques for releasing them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Regulation Interventions and Strategies: Keeping the Body, Mind & Emotions on Task in Children with Autism, ADHD or Sensory Disorders Author: Teresa Garland Narrator: Laura Copland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Keeping children bodies, minds, and emotions on task just got easier with this new book from self-regulation expert Teresa Garland. Featuring more than 200 practical and proven interventions, strategies, and adaptations for helping children gain more control over their lives. Each chapter provides rich background and theoretical material to help the listener better understand the issues our children face. Topics include: basic and advanced methods to calm a child and to preventing outbursts and melt-downs; interventions to help with attention problems, impulse control, distractibility, and the ability to sit still; stories and video-modeling for autism, along with techniques to quell repetitive behaviors; sensory strategies for sensitivity and craving; behavioral and sensory approaches to picky eating; ways to increase organization skills using technology and apps; and strategies for managing strong emotions as well as techniques for releasing them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391349 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deceived: Facing the Trauma of Sexual Betrayal Author: Claudia Black, Ph.D. Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Multiple affairs, compulsive pornography, prostitutes, and voyeurism-no matter their "drug" of choice, men who act out sexually leave their partners reeling in fear, rage, shame, and isolation. But there is hope. Bestselling author Claudia Black's revised edition of her classic work Deceived offers women in relationships plagued by sexual betrayal the validation and guidance to create a new path of clarity, direction, and confidence. Dr. Black uses stories of women who have been through a wide variety of experiences to help readers develop the understanding and skills to confront the trauma of the betrayal. She offers them the opportunity to shift from their overwhelming emotions to action derived from self-esteem and integrity. Deceived encourages women to proactively emerge from traumatic stress and emotional isolation and discover their power to facilitate their own healing, allowing them to move forward in their lives. Claudia Black, Ph.D. Tue, 23 Jul 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391349 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deceived: Facing the Trauma of Sexual Betrayal Author: Claudia Black, Ph.D. Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Multiple affairs, compulsive pornography, prostitutes, and voyeurism-no matter their "drug" of choice, men who act out sexually leave their partners reeling in fear, rage, shame, and isolation. But there is hope. Bestselling author Claudia Black's revised edition of her classic work Deceived offers women in relationships plagued by sexual betrayal the validation and guidance to create a new path of clarity, direction, and confidence. Dr. Black uses stories of women who have been through a wide variety of experiences to help readers develop the understanding and skills to confront the trauma of the betrayal. She offers them the opportunity to shift from their overwhelming emotions to action derived from self-esteem and integrity. Deceived encourages women to proactively emerge from traumatic stress and emotional isolation and discover their power to facilitate their own healing, allowing them to move forward in their lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deceived: Facing the Trauma of Sexual Betrayal Author: Claudia Black, Ph.D. Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Multiple affairs, compulsive pornography, prostitutes, and voyeurism-no matter their "drug" of choice, men who act out sexually leave their partners reeling in fear, rage, shame, and isolation. But there is hope. Bestselling author Claudia Black's revised edition of her classic work Deceived offers women in relationships plagued by sexual betrayal the validation and guidance to create a new path of clarity, direction, and confidence. Dr. Black uses stories of women who have been through a wide variety of experiences to help readers develop the understanding and skills to confront the trauma of the betrayal. She offers them the opportunity to shift from their overwhelming emotions to action derived from self-esteem and integrity. Deceived encourages women to proactively emerge from traumatic stress and emotional isolation and discover their power to facilitate their own healing, allowing them to move forward in their lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391344 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heart Attack: The Ultimate Guide to Prevent Reverse Heart Disease and Stroke Author: Dr Christy Conson Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Have you suffered from a heart attack or stroke recently? Are you worried that you could be someone who may be prone to such? Do you want to be able to prevent getting a heart attack or reverse heart disease? Millions of people suffer from heart disease and every year millions more die from a heart attack or stroke. Living with the constant fear of something like this cutting short your life can be frightening and limit you to what you do. But there are ways that you can prevent and even reverse this condition from ever happening. Inside this audiobook, Heart Attack: The Ultimate Guide to Prevent or Reverse Heart Disease and Stroke, you will discover tips and tricks that will help you to avoid the chances of heart attack or stroke and allow you to live a better life, with advice on: - Understanding what the risks are - Making sure you have a health check - Why diet is important - Losing weight - The importance of exercise - And lots more... The last thing that anyone wants is to die from an entirely preventable disease, so take action now and make sure that you reduce the chances of having a heart attack as much as possible. Heart Attack is the audiobook that could well save your life! Dr Christy Conson Tue, 23 Jul 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391344 thebookvoice.com 0:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heart Attack: The Ultimate Guide to Prevent Reverse Heart Disease and Stroke Author: Dr Christy Conson Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Have you suffered from a heart attack or stroke recently? Are you worried that you could be someone who may be prone to such? Do you want to be able to prevent getting a heart attack or reverse heart disease? Millions of people suffer from heart disease and every year millions more die from a heart attack or stroke. Living with the constant fear of something like this cutting short your life can be frightening and limit you to what you do. But there are ways that you can prevent and even reverse this condition from ever happening. Inside this audiobook, Heart Attack: The Ultimate Guide to Prevent or Reverse Heart Disease and Stroke, you will discover tips and tricks that will help you to avoid the chances of heart attack or stroke and allow you to live a better life, with advice on: - Understanding what the risks are - Making sure you have a health check - Why diet is important - Losing weight - The importance of exercise - And lots more... The last thing that anyone wants is to die from an entirely preventable disease, so take action now and make sure that you reduce the chances of having a heart attack as much as possible. Heart Attack is the audiobook that could well save your life! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heart Attack: The Ultimate Guide to Prevent Reverse Heart Disease and Stroke Author: Dr Christy Conson Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Have you suffered from a heart attack or stroke recently? Are you worried that you could be someone who may be prone to such? Do you want to be able to prevent getting a heart attack or reverse heart disease? Millions of people suffer from heart disease and every year millions more die from a heart attack or stroke. Living with the constant fear of something like this cutting short your life can be frightening and limit you to what you do. But there are ways that you can prevent and even reverse this condition from ever happening. Inside this audiobook, Heart Attack: The Ultimate Guide to Prevent or Reverse Heart Disease and Stroke, you will discover tips and tricks that will help you to avoid the chances of heart attack or stroke and allow you to live a better life, with advice on: - Understanding what the risks are - Making sure you have a health check - Why diet is important - Losing weight - The importance of exercise - And lots more... The last thing that anyone wants is to die from an entirely preventable disease, so take action now and make sure that you reduce the chances of having a heart attack as much as possible. Heart Attack is the audiobook that could well save your life! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391326 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleep: The Ultimate Guide to Get Better Rest and Cure Sleep Disorders and Insomnia Author: Laura S. Proby Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Do you struggle to get enough sleep at night? Are you constantly tired and irritable as a result? Would you like to make sure you get proper rest so that you can face the day fresh and ready? Sleep is vitally important for our bodies. It allows us to regenerate, grow while we are young and is also a great form of relaxation. We are designed to sleep for roughly one third of our lives and when we don't get enough it can have a serious knock-on effect for concentration, stamina and mental agility. In this audiobook, Sleep: The Ultimate Guide to Get Better Rest and Cure Sleep Disorders and Insomnia, you will discover a range of tips that will help you to get a better night's sleep, like: - Keeping a Regular Schedule - Naturally Regulating Sleep Cycles - Bedtime Routine - Better Living - Stress and Tension - Getting Back to Sleep - When do you need a Doctor? Once you get your proper amount of sleep you will be ready to take on anything in work, your hobby or your private life. Your performances will get better, and you will feel better inside as well. If you haven't been getting the right amount of sleep then get this audiobook and find the way to make sure you do! Laura S. Proby Tue, 23 Jul 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391326 thebookvoice.com 0:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleep: The Ultimate Guide to Get Better Rest and Cure Sleep Disorders and Insomnia Author: Laura S. Proby Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Do you struggle to get enough sleep at night? Are you constantly tired and irritable as a result? Would you like to make sure you get proper rest so that you can face the day fresh and ready? Sleep is vitally important for our bodies. It allows us to regenerate, grow while we are young and is also a great form of relaxation. We are designed to sleep for roughly one third of our lives and when we don't get enough it can have a serious knock-on effect for concentration, stamina and mental agility. In this audiobook, Sleep: The Ultimate Guide to Get Better Rest and Cure Sleep Disorders and Insomnia, you will discover a range of tips that will help you to get a better night's sleep, like: - Keeping a Regular Schedule - Naturally Regulating Sleep Cycles - Bedtime Routine - Better Living - Stress and Tension - Getting Back to Sleep - When do you need a Doctor? Once you get your proper amount of sleep you will be ready to take on anything in work, your hobby or your private life. Your performances will get better, and you will feel better inside as well. If you haven't been getting the right amount of sleep then get this audiobook and find the way to make sure you do! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleep: The Ultimate Guide to Get Better Rest and Cure Sleep Disorders and Insomnia Author: Laura S. Proby Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Do you struggle to get enough sleep at night? Are you constantly tired and irritable as a result? Would you like to make sure you get proper rest so that you can face the day fresh and ready? Sleep is vitally important for our bodies. It allows us to regenerate, grow while we are young and is also a great form of relaxation. We are designed to sleep for roughly one third of our lives and when we don't get enough it can have a serious knock-on effect for concentration, stamina and mental agility. In this audiobook, Sleep: The Ultimate Guide to Get Better Rest and Cure Sleep Disorders and Insomnia, you will discover a range of tips that will help you to get a better night's sleep, like: - Keeping a Regular Schedule - Naturally Regulating Sleep Cycles - Bedtime Routine - Better Living - Stress and Tension - Getting Back to Sleep - When do you need a Doctor? Once you get your proper amount of sleep you will be ready to take on anything in work, your hobby or your private life. Your performances will get better, and you will feel better inside as well. If you haven't been getting the right amount of sleep then get this audiobook and find the way to make sure you do! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391323 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ear Candles: The Ultimate Guide to Removing Ear Wax and Keeping Your Ears Clean with Ear Candling Author: Charity L. Swift Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Do you have problems with your ears and wax build up? Does it cause knock-on problems for you with sore throats and blocked sinuses? Have you considered Ear Candling as a solution? Almost everyone suffers from a build up of wax inside their ears at some stage of their life. At best it is simply unsightly for others, but at its worst it can amplify and bring on other medical conditions that are painful and distressing. Luckily there is some help at hand. In this audibook, Ear Candles: The Ultimate Guide to Removing Ear Wax and Keeping Your Ears Clean with Ear Candling, you will discover what Ear Candling is all about and how it can help you through chapters that include: - What Is Ear Candling? - How Is Ear Candling Supposed To Work? - Sinus Problems And Issues With The Ear - Sore Throats And Ear Problems - Ear Candling And Spirituality - How To Do Ear Candling - What The Doctors Say - Other Natural Ways Of Cleaning The Ear If you have been suffering with wax in your ears and it has progressed from unpleasant to unwanted, then you should act now and be rid of it before it becomes much more. Download a copy of Ear Candles today and see how this innovative approach could help you! Charity L. Swift Tue, 23 Jul 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391323 thebookvoice.com 0:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ear Candles: The Ultimate Guide to Removing Ear Wax and Keeping Your Ears Clean with Ear Candling Author: Charity L. Swift Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Do you have problems with your ears and wax build up? Does it cause knock-on problems for you with sore throats and blocked sinuses? Have you considered Ear Candling as a solution? Almost everyone suffers from a build up of wax inside their ears at some stage of their life. At best it is simply unsightly for others, but at its worst it can amplify and bring on other medical conditions that are painful and distressing. Luckily there is some help at hand. In this audibook, Ear Candles: The Ultimate Guide to Removing Ear Wax and Keeping Your Ears Clean with Ear Candling, you will discover what Ear Candling is all about and how it can help you through chapters that include: - What Is Ear Candling? - How Is Ear Candling Supposed To Work? - Sinus Problems And Issues With The Ear - Sore Throats And Ear Problems - Ear Candling And Spirituality - How To Do Ear Candling - What The Doctors Say - Other Natural Ways Of Cleaning The Ear If you have been suffering with wax in your ears and it has progressed from unpleasant to unwanted, then you should act now and be rid of it before it becomes much more. Download a copy of Ear Candles today and see how this innovative approach could help you! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ear Candles: The Ultimate Guide to Removing Ear Wax and Keeping Your Ears Clean with Ear Candling Author: Charity L. Swift Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Do you have problems with your ears and wax build up? Does it cause knock-on problems for you with sore throats and blocked sinuses? Have you considered Ear Candling as a solution? Almost everyone suffers from a build up of wax inside their ears at some stage of their life. At best it is simply unsightly for others, but at its worst it can amplify and bring on other medical conditions that are painful and distressing. Luckily there is some help at hand. In this audibook, Ear Candles: The Ultimate Guide to Removing Ear Wax and Keeping Your Ears Clean with Ear Candling, you will discover what Ear Candling is all about and how it can help you through chapters that include: - What Is Ear Candling? - How Is Ear Candling Supposed To Work? - Sinus Problems And Issues With The Ear - Sore Throats And Ear Problems - Ear Candling And Spirituality - How To Do Ear Candling - What The Doctors Say - Other Natural Ways Of Cleaning The Ear If you have been suffering with wax in your ears and it has progressed from unpleasant to unwanted, then you should act now and be rid of it before it becomes much more. Download a copy of Ear Candles today and see how this innovative approach could help you! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391224 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391224]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dr. John Lee's Hormone Balance Made Simple: The Essential How-to Guide to Symptoms, Dosage, Timing, and More Author: Virginia Hopkins, John R. Lee Narrator: Brett Barry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling authors of the classic What Your Doctor May NOT Tell You books about menopause and pre-menopause comes an easy-to-use guide on balancing hormone levels safely and naturally. Dr. John Lee will help you answer key questions like: Are my symptoms caused by a hormonal imbalance? Which hormones do I need to regain hormone balance? How do I use hormones for optimal health and balance? Plus, learn how and when to use estrogen, testosterone and progesterone cream, in simple, effective language. If you want the ABCs of using natural hormones, this book is for you. Virginia Hopkins, John R. Lee Tue, 13 Aug 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391224 thebookvoice.com 3:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391224]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dr. John Lee's Hormone Balance Made Simple: The Essential How-to Guide to Symptoms, Dosage, Timing, and More Author: Virginia Hopkins, John R. Lee Narrator: Brett Barry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling authors of the classic What Your Doctor May NOT Tell You books about menopause and pre-menopause comes an easy-to-use guide on balancing hormone levels safely and naturally. Dr. John Lee will help you answer key questions like: Are my symptoms caused by a hormonal imbalance? Which hormones do I need to regain hormone balance? How do I use hormones for optimal health and balance? Plus, learn how and when to use estrogen, testosterone and progesterone cream, in simple, effective language. If you want the ABCs of using natural hormones, this book is for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391224]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dr. John Lee's Hormone Balance Made Simple: The Essential How-to Guide to Symptoms, Dosage, Timing, and More Author: Virginia Hopkins, John R. Lee Narrator: Brett Barry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling authors of the classic What Your Doctor May NOT Tell You books about menopause and pre-menopause comes an easy-to-use guide on balancing hormone levels safely and naturally. Dr. John Lee will help you answer key questions like: Are my symptoms caused by a hormonal imbalance? Which hormones do I need to regain hormone balance? How do I use hormones for optimal health and balance? Plus, learn how and when to use estrogen, testosterone and progesterone cream, in simple, effective language. If you want the ABCs of using natural hormones, this book is for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastering Diabetes: The Revolutionary Method to Reverse Insulin Resistance Permanently in Type 1, Type 1.5, Type 2, Prediabetes, and Gestational Diabetes Author: Cyrus Khambatta, Robby Barbaro Narrator: Robby Barbaro, Cyrus Khambatta, Neal Barnard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The instant New York Times bestseller. A groundbreaking method to master all types of diabetes by reversing insulin resistance. Current medical wisdom advises that anyone suffering from diabetes or prediabetes should eat a low-carbohydrate, high-fat diet. But in this revolutionary book, Cyrus Khambatta, PhD, and Robby Barbaro, MPH, rely on a century of research to show that advice is misguided. While it may improve short-term blood glucose control, such a diet also increases the long-term risk for chronic diseases like cancer, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, chronic kidney disease, and fatty liver disease. The revolutionary solution is to eat a low-fat plant-based whole-food diet, the most powerful way to reverse insulin resistance in all types of diabetes: type 1, type 1.5, type 2, prediabetes, and gestational diabetes. As the creators of the extraordinary and effective Mastering Diabetes Method, Khambatta and Barbaro lay out a step-by-step plan proven to reverse insulin resistance-the root cause of blood glucose variability- while improving overall health and maximizing life expectancy. Armed with more than 800 scientific references and drawing on more than 36 years of personal experience living with type 1 diabetes themselves, the authors show how to eat large quantities of carbohydrate-rich whole foods like bananas, potatoes, and quinoa while decreasing blood glucose, oral medication, and insulin requirements. They also provide life-changing advice on intermittent fasting and daily exercise and offer tips on eating in tricky situations, such as restaurant meals and family dinners. Perhaps best of all: On the Mastering Diabetes Method, you will never go hungry. With more than 30 delicious, filling, and nutrient-dense recipes and backed by cutting-edge nutritional science, Mastering Diabetes will help you maximize your insulin sensitivity, attain your ideal body weight, improve your digestive health, gain energy, live an active life, and feel the best you've felt in years. *Includes a PDF of recipes and illustrations. Cyrus Khambatta, Robby Barbaro Tue, 18 Feb 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390672 thebookvoice.com 14:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastering Diabetes: The Revolutionary Method to Reverse Insulin Resistance Permanently in Type 1, Type 1.5, Type 2, Prediabetes, and Gestational Diabetes Author: Cyrus Khambatta, Robby Barbaro Narrator: Robby Barbaro, Cyrus Khambatta, Neal Barnard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The instant New York Times bestseller. A groundbreaking method to master all types of diabetes by reversing insulin resistance. Current medical wisdom advises that anyone suffering from diabetes or prediabetes should eat a low-carbohydrate, high-fat diet. But in this revolutionary book, Cyrus Khambatta, PhD, and Robby Barbaro, MPH, rely on a century of research to show that advice is misguided. While it may improve short-term blood glucose control, such a diet also increases the long-term risk for chronic diseases like cancer, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, chronic kidney disease, and fatty liver disease. The revolutionary solution is to eat a low-fat plant-based whole-food diet, the most powerful way to reverse insulin resistance in all types of diabetes: type 1, type 1.5, type 2, prediabetes, and gestational diabetes. As the creators of the extraordinary and effective Mastering Diabetes Method, Khambatta and Barbaro lay out a step-by-step plan proven to reverse insulin resistance-the root cause of blood glucose variability- while improving overall health and maximizing life expectancy. Armed with more than 800 scientific references and drawing on more than 36 years of personal experience living with type 1 diabetes themselves, the authors show how to eat large quantities of carbohydrate-rich whole foods like bananas, potatoes, and quinoa while decreasing blood glucose, oral medication, and insulin requirements. They also provide life-changing advice on intermittent fasting and daily exercise and offer tips on eating in tricky situations, such as restaurant meals and family dinners. Perhaps best of all: On the Mastering Diabetes Method, you will never go hungry. With more than 30 delicious, filling, and nutrient-dense recipes and backed by cutting-edge nutritional science, Mastering Diabetes will help you maximize your insulin sensitivity, attain your ideal body weight, improve your digestive health, gain energy, live an active life, and feel the best you've felt in years. *Includes a PDF of recipes and illustrations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastering Diabetes: The Revolutionary Method to Reverse Insulin Resistance Permanently in Type 1, Type 1.5, Type 2, Prediabetes, and Gestational Diabetes Author: Cyrus Khambatta, Robby Barbaro Narrator: Robby Barbaro, Cyrus Khambatta, Neal Barnard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: The instant New York Times bestseller. A groundbreaking method to master all types of diabetes by reversing insulin resistance. Current medical wisdom advises that anyone suffering from diabetes or prediabetes should eat a low-carbohydrate, high-fat diet. But in this revolutionary book, Cyrus Khambatta, PhD, and Robby Barbaro, MPH, rely on a century of research to show that advice is misguided. While it may improve short-term blood glucose control, such a diet also increases the long-term risk for chronic diseases like cancer, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, chronic kidney disease, and fatty liver disease. The revolutionary solution is to eat a low-fat plant-based whole-food diet, the most powerful way to reverse insulin resistance in all types of diabetes: type 1, type 1.5, type 2, prediabetes, and gestational diabetes. As the creators of the extraordinary and effective Mastering Diabetes Method, Khambatta and Barbaro lay out a step-by-step plan proven to reverse insulin resistance-the root cause of blood glucose variability- while improving overall health and maximizing life expectancy. Armed with more than 800 scientific references and drawing on more than 36 years of personal experience living with type 1 diabetes themselves, the authors show how to eat large quantities of carbohydrate-rich whole foods like bananas, potatoes, and quinoa while decreasing blood glucose, oral medication, and insulin requirements. They also provide life-changing advice on intermittent fasting and daily exercise and offer tips on eating in tricky situations, such as restaurant meals and family dinners. Perhaps best of all: On the Mastering Diabetes Method, you will never go hungry. With more than 30 delicious, filling, and nutrient-dense recipes and backed by cutting-edge nutritional science, Mastering Diabetes will help you maximize your insulin sensitivity, attain your ideal body weight, improve your digestive health, gain energy, live an active life, and feel the best you've felt in years. *Includes a PDF of recipes and illustrations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390662 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Out: A Revolutionary, Scientifically Proven Approach to Healing Chronic Pain Author: Alan Gordon, Alon Ziv Narrator: Alan Gordon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 14 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking mind-body protocol to heal chronic pain, backed by new research. Chronic pain is an epidemic. Fifty million Americans struggle with back pain, headaches, or some other pain that resists all treatment. Desperate pain sufferers are told again and again that there is no cure for chronic pain. Alan Gordon, a psychotherapist and the founder of the Pain Psychology Center in Los Angeles, was in grad school when he started experiencing chronic pain and it completely derailed his life. He saw multiple doctors and received many diagnoses, but none of the medical treatments helped. Frustrated with conventional pain management, he developed Pain Reprocessing Therapy (PRT), a mind-body protocol that eliminated his own chronic pain and has transformed the lives of thousands of his patients. PRT is rooted in neuroscience, which has shown that while chronic pain feels like it's coming from the body, in most cases it's generated by misfiring pain circuits in the brain. PRT is a system of psychological techniques that rewires the brain to break out of the cycle of chronic pain. The University of Colorado-Boulder recently conducted a large randomized controlled study on PRT, and the results are remarkable. By the end of the study, the majority of patients were pain-free or nearly pain-free. What's more, these dramatic changes held up over time. The Way Out brings PRT to readers. It combines accessible science with a concrete, step-by-step plan to teach sufferers how to heal their own chronic pain. Alan Gordon, Alon Ziv Tue, 24 Aug 2021 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390662 thebookvoice.com 4:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Out: A Revolutionary, Scientifically Proven Approach to Healing Chronic Pain Author: Alan Gordon, Alon Ziv Narrator: Alan Gordon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 14 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking mind-body protocol to heal chronic pain, backed by new research. Chronic pain is an epidemic. Fifty million Americans struggle with back pain, headaches, or some other pain that resists all treatment. Desperate pain sufferers are told again and again that there is no cure for chronic pain. Alan Gordon, a psychotherapist and the founder of the Pain Psychology Center in Los Angeles, was in grad school when he started experiencing chronic pain and it completely derailed his life. He saw multiple doctors and received many diagnoses, but none of the medical treatments helped. Frustrated with conventional pain management, he developed Pain Reprocessing Therapy (PRT), a mind-body protocol that eliminated his own chronic pain and has transformed the lives of thousands of his patients. PRT is rooted in neuroscience, which has shown that while chronic pain feels like it's coming from the body, in most cases it's generated by misfiring pain circuits in the brain. PRT is a system of psychological techniques that rewires the brain to break out of the cycle of chronic pain. The University of Colorado-Boulder recently conducted a large randomized controlled study on PRT, and the results are remarkable. By the end of the study, the majority of patients were pain-free or nearly pain-free. What's more, these dramatic changes held up over time. The Way Out brings PRT to readers. It combines accessible science with a concrete, step-by-step plan to teach sufferers how to heal their own chronic pain. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Out: A Revolutionary, Scientifically Proven Approach to Healing Chronic Pain Author: Alan Gordon, Alon Ziv Narrator: Alan Gordon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 14 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking mind-body protocol to heal chronic pain, backed by new research. Chronic pain is an epidemic. Fifty million Americans struggle with back pain, headaches, or some other pain that resists all treatment. Desperate pain sufferers are told again and again that there is no cure for chronic pain. Alan Gordon, a psychotherapist and the founder of the Pain Psychology Center in Los Angeles, was in grad school when he started experiencing chronic pain and it completely derailed his life. He saw multiple doctors and received many diagnoses, but none of the medical treatments helped. Frustrated with conventional pain management, he developed Pain Reprocessing Therapy (PRT), a mind-body protocol that eliminated his own chronic pain and has transformed the lives of thousands of his patients. PRT is rooted in neuroscience, which has shown that while chronic pain feels like it's coming from the body, in most cases it's generated by misfiring pain circuits in the brain. PRT is a system of psychological techniques that rewires the brain to break out of the cycle of chronic pain. The University of Colorado-Boulder recently conducted a large randomized controlled study on PRT, and the results are remarkable. By the end of the study, the majority of patients were pain-free or nearly pain-free. What's more, these dramatic changes held up over time. The Way Out brings PRT to readers. It combines accessible science with a concrete, step-by-step plan to teach sufferers how to heal their own chronic pain. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390634 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Undying: A Meditation on Modern Illness Author: Anne Boyer Narrator: Amy Finegan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A week after her forty-first birthday, Anne Boyer was diagnosed with highly aggressive triple-negative breast cancer. For a single mother living payslip to payslip who had always been the caregiver rather than the one needing care, the catastrophic condition was both a crisis and an initiation into new ideas about mortality and the gendered politics of illness. A twenty-first-century Illness as Metaphor, as well as a harrowing memoir of survival, The Undying explores the experience of illness as mediated by digital screens, weaving in ancient Roman dream diarists, cancer hoaxers and fetishists, cancer vloggers, corporate lies, John Donne, pro-pain 'dolorists', the ecological costs of chemotherapy, and the many little murders of capitalism. It excoriates the pharmaceutical industry and the bland hypocrisies of 'pink ribbon culture' while also diving into the long literary line of women writing about their own illnesses and ongoing deaths: Audre Lorde, Kathy Acker, Susan Sontag, and others. Genre-bending, angry, profoundly humane and deeply affecting, The Undying is an unmissably original book of heart, intellect and fierce insight into the sicknesses and, occasionally, the perverse glories of our contemporary world. Anne Boyer Tue, 17 Sep 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390634 thebookvoice.com 5:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Undying: A Meditation on Modern Illness Author: Anne Boyer Narrator: Amy Finegan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A week after her forty-first birthday, Anne Boyer was diagnosed with highly aggressive triple-negative breast cancer. For a single mother living payslip to payslip who had always been the caregiver rather than the one needing care, the catastrophic condition was both a crisis and an initiation into new ideas about mortality and the gendered politics of illness. A twenty-first-century Illness as Metaphor, as well as a harrowing memoir of survival, The Undying explores the experience of illness as mediated by digital screens, weaving in ancient Roman dream diarists, cancer hoaxers and fetishists, cancer vloggers, corporate lies, John Donne, pro-pain 'dolorists', the ecological costs of chemotherapy, and the many little murders of capitalism. It excoriates the pharmaceutical industry and the bland hypocrisies of 'pink ribbon culture' while also diving into the long literary line of women writing about their own illnesses and ongoing deaths: Audre Lorde, Kathy Acker, Susan Sontag, and others. Genre-bending, angry, profoundly humane and deeply affecting, The Undying is an unmissably original book of heart, intellect and fierce insight into the sicknesses and, occasionally, the perverse glories of our contemporary world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Undying: A Meditation on Modern Illness Author: Anne Boyer Narrator: Amy Finegan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A week after her forty-first birthday, Anne Boyer was diagnosed with highly aggressive triple-negative breast cancer. For a single mother living payslip to payslip who had always been the caregiver rather than the one needing care, the catastrophic condition was both a crisis and an initiation into new ideas about mortality and the gendered politics of illness. A twenty-first-century Illness as Metaphor, as well as a harrowing memoir of survival, The Undying explores the experience of illness as mediated by digital screens, weaving in ancient Roman dream diarists, cancer hoaxers and fetishists, cancer vloggers, corporate lies, John Donne, pro-pain 'dolorists', the ecological costs of chemotherapy, and the many little murders of capitalism. It excoriates the pharmaceutical industry and the bland hypocrisies of 'pink ribbon culture' while also diving into the long literary line of women writing about their own illnesses and ongoing deaths: Audre Lorde, Kathy Acker, Susan Sontag, and others. Genre-bending, angry, profoundly humane and deeply affecting, The Undying is an unmissably original book of heart, intellect and fierce insight into the sicknesses and, occasionally, the perverse glories of our contemporary world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390508 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Women's Guide to Overcoming Insomnia: Get a Good Night's Sleep Without Relying on Medication Author: Shelby Harris PsyD Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: For every woman who 'does it all' . . . except get a good night's sleep! More than 60 percent of American women have trouble sleeping—which isn't surprising, as they have a higher risk of developing sleeping problems. But addressing this issue is more nuanced for women than for men; pregnancy and menopause are just two factors that add complexity to an already difficult problem. At the risk of jeopardizing work, parenting, relationships, or overall health, no woman can afford to deal with sleep deprivation on her own. The Women's Guide to Overcoming Insomnia is a roadmap for those who experience anything from occasional bad nights to chronic insomnia. It outlines several methods to overcome these issues and improve physical and emotional well-being. From medical sleep aids to nonmedical approaches, the book looks beyond the basics of sleep hygiene, helping women to retrain their bodies and minds for a good night's sleep every night. Bonus material: This audiobook includes forms in printable PDF format. Shelby Harris PsyD Tue, 30 Jul 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390508 thebookvoice.com 6:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Women's Guide to Overcoming Insomnia: Get a Good Night's Sleep Without Relying on Medication Author: Shelby Harris PsyD Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: For every woman who 'does it all' . . . except get a good night's sleep! More than 60 percent of American women have trouble sleeping—which isn't surprising, as they have a higher risk of developing sleeping problems. But addressing this issue is more nuanced for women than for men; pregnancy and menopause are just two factors that add complexity to an already difficult problem. At the risk of jeopardizing work, parenting, relationships, or overall health, no woman can afford to deal with sleep deprivation on her own. The Women's Guide to Overcoming Insomnia is a roadmap for those who experience anything from occasional bad nights to chronic insomnia. It outlines several methods to overcome these issues and improve physical and emotional well-being. From medical sleep aids to nonmedical approaches, the book looks beyond the basics of sleep hygiene, helping women to retrain their bodies and minds for a good night's sleep every night. Bonus material: This audiobook includes forms in printable PDF format. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Women's Guide to Overcoming Insomnia: Get a Good Night's Sleep Without Relying on Medication Author: Shelby Harris PsyD Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: For every woman who 'does it all' . . . except get a good night's sleep! More than 60 percent of American women have trouble sleeping—which isn't surprising, as they have a higher risk of developing sleeping problems. But addressing this issue is more nuanced for women than for men; pregnancy and menopause are just two factors that add complexity to an already difficult problem. At the risk of jeopardizing work, parenting, relationships, or overall health, no woman can afford to deal with sleep deprivation on her own. The Women's Guide to Overcoming Insomnia is a roadmap for those who experience anything from occasional bad nights to chronic insomnia. It outlines several methods to overcome these issues and improve physical and emotional well-being. From medical sleep aids to nonmedical approaches, the book looks beyond the basics of sleep hygiene, helping women to retrain their bodies and minds for a good night's sleep every night. Bonus material: This audiobook includes forms in printable PDF format. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390473 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming Clean: A Story of Faith Author: Seth Haines Narrator: Liz Stanislawski, Seth Haines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Christianity Today Book Award Winner; ECPA Award Finalist Boldly honest, powerfully told, deeply moving - this is a story about finding yourself. Seth Haines' memoir holds up a mirror to all of our stories to show the peace that is possible when we release our addictions and receive the healing presence of God. Seth Haines was in the hospital with his wife, planning funeral songs for their not-yet two-year-old, when he made a very conscious decision: this was the last day he wanted to feel. That evening, he asked his sister to smuggle in a bottle of gin and gave in to addiction. But whether or not you've ever had a drop to drink in your life, this audiobook is for all who have sought ways to stop their pain. Like Seth, we're all seeking balms for the anxiety of what sometimes seems to be an absent, unresponsive God - whether it's through people-pleasing, social media likes, shopping, the internet, food, career highs, or even good works and elite theology. Too often we attempt to escape our anxiety through addiction - any old addiction. But it often leaves us feeling even more empty than before. In Coming Clean, Seth Haines writes a raw account of his first 90 days of sobriety, illuminating how to face the pain we'd rather avoid, and even more importantly, how an abiding God meets us in that pain. Seth shows us that true wholeness is found in facing our pain and anxieties with the tenacity and tenderness of Jesus, and only through Christ's passion can we truly come clean. Seth Haines Tue, 03 Dec 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390473 thebookvoice.com 6:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming Clean: A Story of Faith Author: Seth Haines Narrator: Liz Stanislawski, Seth Haines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Christianity Today Book Award Winner; ECPA Award Finalist Boldly honest, powerfully told, deeply moving - this is a story about finding yourself. Seth Haines' memoir holds up a mirror to all of our stories to show the peace that is possible when we release our addictions and receive the healing presence of God. Seth Haines was in the hospital with his wife, planning funeral songs for their not-yet two-year-old, when he made a very conscious decision: this was the last day he wanted to feel. That evening, he asked his sister to smuggle in a bottle of gin and gave in to addiction. But whether or not you've ever had a drop to drink in your life, this audiobook is for all who have sought ways to stop their pain. Like Seth, we're all seeking balms for the anxiety of what sometimes seems to be an absent, unresponsive God - whether it's through people-pleasing, social media likes, shopping, the internet, food, career highs, or even good works and elite theology. Too often we attempt to escape our anxiety through addiction - any old addiction. But it often leaves us feeling even more empty than before. In Coming Clean, Seth Haines writes a raw account of his first 90 days of sobriety, illuminating how to face the pain we'd rather avoid, and even more importantly, how an abiding God meets us in that pain. Seth shows us that true wholeness is found in facing our pain and anxieties with the tenacity and tenderness of Jesus, and only through Christ's passion can we truly come clean. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming Clean: A Story of Faith Author: Seth Haines Narrator: Liz Stanislawski, Seth Haines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Christianity Today Book Award Winner; ECPA Award Finalist Boldly honest, powerfully told, deeply moving - this is a story about finding yourself. Seth Haines' memoir holds up a mirror to all of our stories to show the peace that is possible when we release our addictions and receive the healing presence of God. Seth Haines was in the hospital with his wife, planning funeral songs for their not-yet two-year-old, when he made a very conscious decision: this was the last day he wanted to feel. That evening, he asked his sister to smuggle in a bottle of gin and gave in to addiction. But whether or not you've ever had a drop to drink in your life, this audiobook is for all who have sought ways to stop their pain. Like Seth, we're all seeking balms for the anxiety of what sometimes seems to be an absent, unresponsive God - whether it's through people-pleasing, social media likes, shopping, the internet, food, career highs, or even good works and elite theology. Too often we attempt to escape our anxiety through addiction - any old addiction. But it often leaves us feeling even more empty than before. In Coming Clean, Seth Haines writes a raw account of his first 90 days of sobriety, illuminating how to face the pain we'd rather avoid, and even more importantly, how an abiding God meets us in that pain. Seth shows us that true wholeness is found in facing our pain and anxieties with the tenacity and tenderness of Jesus, and only through Christ's passion can we truly come clean. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390195 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marching Toward Coverage: How Women Can Lead the Fight for Universal Healthcare Author: Rosemarie Day Narrator: Carol Jacobanis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: March 3, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A lively, clear explanation of the American healthcare reform movement from a noted expert—giving women the tools they need to demand fair and affordable coverage for all people Healthcare is one of America’s most dysfunctional and confusing industries, and women bear the brunt of the problem when it comes to both access and treatment. Women, who make 80 percent of healthcare decisions for their families, are disproportionately impacted by the complex nature of our healthcare system—but are also uniquely poised to fix it. Founder and CEO of Day Health Strategies Rosemarie Day wants women to recognize their trouble with accessing affordable care as part of a national emergency. Day encourages women throughout the country to share their stories and get involved, and she illustrates how a groundswell of activism, led by everyday women, could create the incentives our political leaders need to change course. Marching Toward Coverage gives women the clear information they need to move this agenda forward by breaking down complicated topics in an accessible manner, like the ACA (Affordable Care Act), preexisting conditions, and employer-sponsored plans. With more than 25 years working in healthcare strategy and related fields, Day helps the average American understand the business of national health reform and lays out a pragmatic path forward, one that recognizes healthcare as a fundamental human right. Rosemarie Day Tue, 03 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390195 thebookvoice.com 9:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marching Toward Coverage: How Women Can Lead the Fight for Universal Healthcare Author: Rosemarie Day Narrator: Carol Jacobanis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: March 3, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A lively, clear explanation of the American healthcare reform movement from a noted expert—giving women the tools they need to demand fair and affordable coverage for all people Healthcare is one of America’s most dysfunctional and confusing industries, and women bear the brunt of the problem when it comes to both access and treatment. Women, who make 80 percent of healthcare decisions for their families, are disproportionately impacted by the complex nature of our healthcare system—but are also uniquely poised to fix it. Founder and CEO of Day Health Strategies Rosemarie Day wants women to recognize their trouble with accessing affordable care as part of a national emergency. Day encourages women throughout the country to share their stories and get involved, and she illustrates how a groundswell of activism, led by everyday women, could create the incentives our political leaders need to change course. Marching Toward Coverage gives women the clear information they need to move this agenda forward by breaking down complicated topics in an accessible manner, like the ACA (Affordable Care Act), preexisting conditions, and employer-sponsored plans. With more than 25 years working in healthcare strategy and related fields, Day helps the average American understand the business of national health reform and lays out a pragmatic path forward, one that recognizes healthcare as a fundamental human right. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marching Toward Coverage: How Women Can Lead the Fight for Universal Healthcare Author: Rosemarie Day Narrator: Carol Jacobanis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 1 minute Release date: March 3, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: A lively, clear explanation of the American healthcare reform movement from a noted expert—giving women the tools they need to demand fair and affordable coverage for all people Healthcare is one of America’s most dysfunctional and confusing industries, and women bear the brunt of the problem when it comes to both access and treatment. Women, who make 80 percent of healthcare decisions for their families, are disproportionately impacted by the complex nature of our healthcare system—but are also uniquely poised to fix it. Founder and CEO of Day Health Strategies Rosemarie Day wants women to recognize their trouble with accessing affordable care as part of a national emergency. Day encourages women throughout the country to share their stories and get involved, and she illustrates how a groundswell of activism, led by everyday women, could create the incentives our political leaders need to change course. Marching Toward Coverage gives women the clear information they need to move this agenda forward by breaking down complicated topics in an accessible manner, like the ACA (Affordable Care Act), preexisting conditions, and employer-sponsored plans. With more than 25 years working in healthcare strategy and related fields, Day helps the average American understand the business of national health reform and lays out a pragmatic path forward, one that recognizes healthcare as a fundamental human right. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390172 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390172]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attention: A Love Story Author: Casey Schwartz Narrator: Casey Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'A rich inquiry into what it means to pay (and maintain) attention in a world increasingly permeated with distraction and interference.” —Publisher’s Weekly Combining expert storytelling with genuine self-scrutiny, Casey Schwartz details the decade she spend taking Adderall to help her pay attention (or so she thought) and then considers the role of attention in defining our lives as it has been understood by thinkers such as William James, David Foster Wallace, and Simone Weil. From our craving for distraction to our craving for a cure, from Silicon Valley consultants and psychedelic researchers to the findings of trauma expert Dr. Gabor Maté, Schwartz takes us on an eye-opening tour of the modern landscape of attention.   Blending memoir, biography, and original reporting, Schwarz examines her attempts to preserve her authentic life and decide what is most important in it. Attention: A Love Story will resonate with readers who want to determine their own minds, away from the siren call of their screens. Casey Schwartz Tue, 07 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390172 thebookvoice.com 8:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390172]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attention: A Love Story Author: Casey Schwartz Narrator: Casey Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'A rich inquiry into what it means to pay (and maintain) attention in a world increasingly permeated with distraction and interference.” —Publisher’s Weekly Combining expert storytelling with genuine self-scrutiny, Casey Schwartz details the decade she spend taking Adderall to help her pay attention (or so she thought) and then considers the role of attention in defining our lives as it has been understood by thinkers such as William James, David Foster Wallace, and Simone Weil. From our craving for distraction to our craving for a cure, from Silicon Valley consultants and psychedelic researchers to the findings of trauma expert Dr. Gabor Maté, Schwartz takes us on an eye-opening tour of the modern landscape of attention.   Blending memoir, biography, and original reporting, Schwarz examines her attempts to preserve her authentic life and decide what is most important in it. Attention: A Love Story will resonate with readers who want to determine their own minds, away from the siren call of their screens. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390172]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attention: A Love Story Author: Casey Schwartz Narrator: Casey Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'A rich inquiry into what it means to pay (and maintain) attention in a world increasingly permeated with distraction and interference.” —Publisher’s Weekly Combining expert storytelling with genuine self-scrutiny, Casey Schwartz details the decade she spend taking Adderall to help her pay attention (or so she thought) and then considers the role of attention in defining our lives as it has been understood by thinkers such as William James, David Foster Wallace, and Simone Weil. From our craving for distraction to our craving for a cure, from Silicon Valley consultants and psychedelic researchers to the findings of trauma expert Dr. Gabor Maté, Schwartz takes us on an eye-opening tour of the modern landscape of attention.   Blending memoir, biography, and original reporting, Schwarz examines her attempts to preserve her authentic life and decide what is most important in it. Attention: A Love Story will resonate with readers who want to determine their own minds, away from the siren call of their screens. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387996 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not About the Sex: Moving From Isolation to Intimacy after Sexual Addiction Author: Cgp Sep Lcsw Andrew Susskind Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Ending compulsive sexual behavior is just the beginning. Drawing on personal and professional experience, psychotherapist Andrew Susskind examines issues such as shame, grief, narcissism, and codependency to demonstrate how people use out-of-control sexual behavior to cope with brokenheartedness. He offers strategies to cultivate sustainable sexual sobriety, sharing his own healing narrative, as well as those of others who've chosen to bear their truths. No one is ever too hurt or isolated to achieve reliable relationships and emotional intimacy. This is a guidebook for every person seeking long-term healing from sex addiction. Cgp Sep Lcsw Andrew Susskind Thu, 04 Jul 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387996 thebookvoice.com 7:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not About the Sex: Moving From Isolation to Intimacy after Sexual Addiction Author: Cgp Sep Lcsw Andrew Susskind Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Ending compulsive sexual behavior is just the beginning. Drawing on personal and professional experience, psychotherapist Andrew Susskind examines issues such as shame, grief, narcissism, and codependency to demonstrate how people use out-of-control sexual behavior to cope with brokenheartedness. He offers strategies to cultivate sustainable sexual sobriety, sharing his own healing narrative, as well as those of others who've chosen to bear their truths. No one is ever too hurt or isolated to achieve reliable relationships and emotional intimacy. This is a guidebook for every person seeking long-term healing from sex addiction. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not About the Sex: Moving From Isolation to Intimacy after Sexual Addiction Author: Cgp Sep Lcsw Andrew Susskind Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Ending compulsive sexual behavior is just the beginning. Drawing on personal and professional experience, psychotherapist Andrew Susskind examines issues such as shame, grief, narcissism, and codependency to demonstrate how people use out-of-control sexual behavior to cope with brokenheartedness. He offers strategies to cultivate sustainable sexual sobriety, sharing his own healing narrative, as well as those of others who've chosen to bear their truths. No one is ever too hurt or isolated to achieve reliable relationships and emotional intimacy. This is a guidebook for every person seeking long-term healing from sex addiction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387992 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alcoholics Anonymous - Big Book - Original Edition Author: Alcaholics Anonymous Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: First published in 1939, Alcoholics Anonymous sets forth cornerstone concepts of recovery from alcoholism and tells the stories of men and women who have overcome the disease. This is the most widely used resource for millions of individuals in recovery. Alcaholics Anonymous Thu, 04 Jul 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387992 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alcoholics Anonymous - Big Book - Original Edition Author: Alcaholics Anonymous Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: First published in 1939, Alcoholics Anonymous sets forth cornerstone concepts of recovery from alcoholism and tells the stories of men and women who have overcome the disease. This is the most widely used resource for millions of individuals in recovery. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alcoholics Anonymous - Big Book - Original Edition Author: Alcaholics Anonymous Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: First published in 1939, Alcoholics Anonymous sets forth cornerstone concepts of recovery from alcoholism and tells the stories of men and women who have overcome the disease. This is the most widely used resource for millions of individuals in recovery. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387984 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Little Red Book Author: Anonymous Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This is the original study guide to the Big Book, Alcoholics Anonymous. Filled with practical information for those first days of sober living, this little book: offers newcomers advice about the program, how long it takes, and what to look for in a sponsor provides in-depth discussions of each of the Twelve Steps and related character defects poses common questions about AA and helping others, identifying where to find answers in the Big Book features non-sexist language. Anonymous Thu, 04 Jul 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387984 thebookvoice.com 2:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Little Red Book Author: Anonymous Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This is the original study guide to the Big Book, Alcoholics Anonymous. Filled with practical information for those first days of sober living, this little book: offers newcomers advice about the program, how long it takes, and what to look for in a sponsor provides in-depth discussions of each of the Twelve Steps and related character defects poses common questions about AA and helping others, identifying where to find answers in the Big Book features non-sexist language. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Little Red Book Author: Anonymous Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This is the original study guide to the Big Book, Alcoholics Anonymous. Filled with practical information for those first days of sober living, this little book: offers newcomers advice about the program, how long it takes, and what to look for in a sponsor provides in-depth discussions of each of the Twelve Steps and related character defects poses common questions about AA and helping others, identifying where to find answers in the Big Book features non-sexist language. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387841 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mayo Clinic Guide to Fibromyalgia: Strategies to Take Back Your Life Author: Barbara K. Bruce, Andy Abril Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Fibromyalgia can be hard to live with and difficult to understand, and decades ofmystery and misconceptions haven’t helped. Finding solid answers and strategies toease the symptoms of fibromyalgia has been difficult—until now!Mayo Clinic Guide to Fibromyalgia dispels myths and provides empoweringanswers about fibromyalgia. But it doesn’t stop there.Drawing on decades of experience and research, this compelling, how-to resourceoffers effective, practical approaches that can help anyone with fibromyalgia managethe condition successfully and return to a life that’s meaningful and enjoyable.If you or a loved one has fibromyalgia, relief is closer than you think. Inside thisempowering book, you’ll discover a comprehensive program that offers the latestadvances in treatment, along with proven, easy-to-follow steps for reducing pain andother symptoms. Page by page, you’ll find tools, techniques and hope to help anyonewith fibromyalgia not only live well but thrive. Barbara K. Bruce, Andy Abril Tue, 24 Sep 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387841 thebookvoice.com 7:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mayo Clinic Guide to Fibromyalgia: Strategies to Take Back Your Life Author: Barbara K. Bruce, Andy Abril Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Fibromyalgia can be hard to live with and difficult to understand, and decades ofmystery and misconceptions haven’t helped. Finding solid answers and strategies toease the symptoms of fibromyalgia has been difficult—until now!Mayo Clinic Guide to Fibromyalgia dispels myths and provides empoweringanswers about fibromyalgia. But it doesn’t stop there.Drawing on decades of experience and research, this compelling, how-to resourceoffers effective, practical approaches that can help anyone with fibromyalgia managethe condition successfully and return to a life that’s meaningful and enjoyable.If you or a loved one has fibromyalgia, relief is closer than you think. Inside thisempowering book, you’ll discover a comprehensive program that offers the latestadvances in treatment, along with proven, easy-to-follow steps for reducing pain andother symptoms. Page by page, you’ll find tools, techniques and hope to help anyonewith fibromyalgia not only live well but thrive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mayo Clinic Guide to Fibromyalgia: Strategies to Take Back Your Life Author: Barbara K. Bruce, Andy Abril Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Fibromyalgia can be hard to live with and difficult to understand, and decades ofmystery and misconceptions haven’t helped. Finding solid answers and strategies toease the symptoms of fibromyalgia has been difficult—until now!Mayo Clinic Guide to Fibromyalgia dispels myths and provides empoweringanswers about fibromyalgia. But it doesn’t stop there.Drawing on decades of experience and research, this compelling, how-to resourceoffers effective, practical approaches that can help anyone with fibromyalgia managethe condition successfully and return to a life that’s meaningful and enjoyable.If you or a loved one has fibromyalgia, relief is closer than you think. Inside thisempowering book, you’ll discover a comprehensive program that offers the latestadvances in treatment, along with proven, easy-to-follow steps for reducing pain andother symptoms. Page by page, you’ll find tools, techniques and hope to help anyonewith fibromyalgia not only live well but thrive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387452 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Victoria Grace - Living with victory through childhood cancer Author: Wendy Robinson Narrator: Wendy Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 26, 2018 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This book is about Wendy's journey with a child with brain cancer and a resulting physical disability - hemiplegia. The book is written from her perspective as the mother of a child who was diagnosed with a brain tumour at age three. Her daughter, Victoria underwent eight and half hours of surgery for a partial resection of the tumour. Eighteen months later the tumour grew again requiring fifteen months of weekly chemotherapy treatment at John Hunter Hospital, NSW, Australia. The book, 'Victoria Grace - living with victory through childhood cancer,' includes both Wendy's story and practical information for families in similar situations or people who have been struggling with traumatic on-going life circumstances. The book includes information such as how to set up your home when you have a child receiving chemotherapy treatment; caring for the carer - coping with depression; being creative with strategies for physical therapy; helping siblings understand and process grief; and an example information pack she gave to our daughter's school teachers to assist them to understand what was happening. Throughout the book there is the underlying theme of persistent faith and relying on God's strength to get them through the tough times in life. One of the charities that greatly helped Wendy and her family on this journey is Redkite. Redkite is an Australian cancer charity providing essential support to children and young people (0-24 years) with cancer, and the family and support network who care for them. One of the Redkite Senior Social workers wrote the following review of Wendy's book. "This book is a very helpful guide for parents who gather strength through their religion in times of severe challenge to assist them to maintain hope and sustain the energy needed to manage the treatment journey. It may also be helpful to those who might struggle with their faith during these times - particularly with relevant quotations from psalms. "For those parents who prefer to find other ways to assist in staying strong, this book is full of lists of practical suggestions and plans which will save time and energy - both usually very scarce for most families. Wendy also lists the support resources available to all families to support their children through brain cancer both through the text and in all appendices at the end of the book based on her own lived experience (including the mention of Redkite's telegroup program which is how I came to know her). Support strategies for siblings and for the child with cancer are there too. "Victoria Grace" is also a very well written story of human strength and resilience - I couldn't put it down even though I knew the story. Thank you Wendy for providing so much meaningful assistance to other parents, extended family and support networks!" Linda Brown, Senior Social Worker - Redkite Please Note: Redkite is an Australian charity that helps families with children with cancer Wendy Robinson Mon, 26 Nov 2018 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387452 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Victoria Grace - Living with victory through childhood cancer Author: Wendy Robinson Narrator: Wendy Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 26, 2018 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This book is about Wendy's journey with a child with brain cancer and a resulting physical disability - hemiplegia. The book is written from her perspective as the mother of a child who was diagnosed with a brain tumour at age three. Her daughter, Victoria underwent eight and half hours of surgery for a partial resection of the tumour. Eighteen months later the tumour grew again requiring fifteen months of weekly chemotherapy treatment at John Hunter Hospital, NSW, Australia. The book, 'Victoria Grace - living with victory through childhood cancer,' includes both Wendy's story and practical information for families in similar situations or people who have been struggling with traumatic on-going life circumstances. The book includes information such as how to set up your home when you have a child receiving chemotherapy treatment; caring for the carer - coping with depression; being creative with strategies for physical therapy; helping siblings understand and process grief; and an example information pack she gave to our daughter's school teachers to assist them to understand what was happening. Throughout the book there is the underlying theme of persistent faith and relying on God's strength to get them through the tough times in life. One of the charities that greatly helped Wendy and her family on this journey is Redkite. Redkite is an Australian cancer charity providing essential support to children and young people (0-24 years) with cancer, and the family and support network who care for them. One of the Redkite Senior Social workers wrote the following review of Wendy's book. "This book is a very helpful guide for parents who gather strength through their religion in times of severe challenge to assist them to maintain hope and sustain the energy needed to manage the treatment journey. It may also be helpful to those who might struggle with their faith during these times - particularly with relevant quotations from psalms. "For those parents who prefer to find other ways to assist in staying strong, this book is full of lists of practical suggestions and plans which will save time and energy - both usually very scarce for most families. Wendy also lists the support resources available to all families to support their children through brain cancer both through the text and in all appendices at the end of the book based on her own lived experience (including the mention of Redkite's telegroup program which is how I came to know her). Support strategies for siblings and for the child with cancer are there too. "Victoria Grace" is also a very well written story of human strength and resilience - I couldn't put it down even though I knew the story. Thank you Wendy for providing so much meaningful assistance to other parents, extended family and support networks!" Linda Brown, Senior Social Worker - Redkite Please Note: Redkite is an Australian charity that helps families with children with cancer Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Victoria Grace - Living with victory through childhood cancer Author: Wendy Robinson Narrator: Wendy Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 26, 2018 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This book is about Wendy's journey with a child with brain cancer and a resulting physical disability - hemiplegia. The book is written from her perspective as the mother of a child who was diagnosed with a brain tumour at age three. Her daughter, Victoria underwent eight and half hours of surgery for a partial resection of the tumour. Eighteen months later the tumour grew again requiring fifteen months of weekly chemotherapy treatment at John Hunter Hospital, NSW, Australia. The book, 'Victoria Grace - living with victory through childhood cancer,' includes both Wendy's story and practical information for families in similar situations or people who have been struggling with traumatic on-going life circumstances. The book includes information such as how to set up your home when you have a child receiving chemotherapy treatment; caring for the carer - coping with depression; being creative with strategies for physical therapy; helping siblings understand and process grief; and an example information pack she gave to our daughter's school teachers to assist them to understand what was happening. Throughout the book there is the underlying theme of persistent faith and relying on God's strength to get them through the tough times in life. One of the charities that greatly helped Wendy and her family on this journey is Redkite. Redkite is an Australian cancer charity providing essential support to children and young people (0-24 years) with cancer, and the family and support network who care for them. One of the Redkite Senior Social workers wrote the following review of Wendy's book. "This book is a very helpful guide for parents who gather strength through their religion in times of severe challenge to assist them to maintain hope and sustain the energy needed to manage the treatment journey. It may also be helpful to those who might struggle with their faith during these times - particularly with relevant quotations from psalms. "For those parents who prefer to find other ways to assist in staying strong, this book is full of lists of practical suggestions and plans which will save time and energy - both usually very scarce for most families. Wendy also lists the support resources available to all families to support their children through brain cancer both through the text and in all appendices at the end of the book based on her own lived experience (including the mention of Redkite's telegroup program which is how I came to know her). Support strategies for siblings and for the child with cancer are there too. "Victoria Grace" is also a very well written story of human strength and resilience - I couldn't put it down even though I knew the story. Thank you Wendy for providing so much meaningful assistance to other parents, extended family and support networks!" Linda Brown, Senior Social Worker - Redkite Please Note: Redkite is an Australian charity that helps families with children with cancer https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387271 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Without Diabetes: The Definitive Guide to Understanding and Reversing Type 2 Diabetes Author: Roy Taylor Narrator: Roy Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: THE US EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER  A momentous medical breakthrough —a scientifically proven program for managing and reversing Type 2 Diabetes at any stage of health. The fastest growing disease in the world, Type 2 diabetes has long been regarded as an incurable, lifelong condition that becomes progressively worse over time, resulting in pain, loss of vision, amputation, and even premature death. But there is hope. For more than four decades, Dr. Roy Taylor has been studying the causes of diabetes. In 2017, he had a breakthrough: he found scientific proof that Type 2 diabetes is not only reversible, but that anyone following a simple regimen can prevent and cure it. Dr. Taylor’s research shows that Type 2 diabetes is caused by too much fat in the liver and pancreas, which interferes with both organs’ normal functioning. By losing less than 1 gram of fat, the liver and organ can begin to perform as they were designed to once again—thus beginning the reversal process.  The most efficient way to shed fat from the liver and pancreas is to lose weight as quickly as possible. Life Without Diabetes makes it easy for people to cut back on their daily calorie intake and avoid the two big problems of dieting—hunger and choice—and lose up to 35 pounds in just eight weeks. Thanks to Dr. Taylor, we can now fundamentally change how we treat and prevent this debilitating and all-too-common disease forever. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Roy Taylor Tue, 17 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387271 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Without Diabetes: The Definitive Guide to Understanding and Reversing Type 2 Diabetes Author: Roy Taylor Narrator: Roy Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: THE US EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER  A momentous medical breakthrough —a scientifically proven program for managing and reversing Type 2 Diabetes at any stage of health. The fastest growing disease in the world, Type 2 diabetes has long been regarded as an incurable, lifelong condition that becomes progressively worse over time, resulting in pain, loss of vision, amputation, and even premature death. But there is hope. For more than four decades, Dr. Roy Taylor has been studying the causes of diabetes. In 2017, he had a breakthrough: he found scientific proof that Type 2 diabetes is not only reversible, but that anyone following a simple regimen can prevent and cure it. Dr. Taylor’s research shows that Type 2 diabetes is caused by too much fat in the liver and pancreas, which interferes with both organs’ normal functioning. By losing less than 1 gram of fat, the liver and organ can begin to perform as they were designed to once again—thus beginning the reversal process.  The most efficient way to shed fat from the liver and pancreas is to lose weight as quickly as possible. Life Without Diabetes makes it easy for people to cut back on their daily calorie intake and avoid the two big problems of dieting—hunger and choice—and lose up to 35 pounds in just eight weeks. Thanks to Dr. Taylor, we can now fundamentally change how we treat and prevent this debilitating and all-too-common disease forever. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Without Diabetes: The Definitive Guide to Understanding and Reversing Type 2 Diabetes Author: Roy Taylor Narrator: Roy Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: THE US EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER  A momentous medical breakthrough —a scientifically proven program for managing and reversing Type 2 Diabetes at any stage of health. The fastest growing disease in the world, Type 2 diabetes has long been regarded as an incurable, lifelong condition that becomes progressively worse over time, resulting in pain, loss of vision, amputation, and even premature death. But there is hope. For more than four decades, Dr. Roy Taylor has been studying the causes of diabetes. In 2017, he had a breakthrough: he found scientific proof that Type 2 diabetes is not only reversible, but that anyone following a simple regimen can prevent and cure it. Dr. Taylor’s research shows that Type 2 diabetes is caused by too much fat in the liver and pancreas, which interferes with both organs’ normal functioning. By losing less than 1 gram of fat, the liver and organ can begin to perform as they were designed to once again—thus beginning the reversal process.  The most efficient way to shed fat from the liver and pancreas is to lose weight as quickly as possible. Life Without Diabetes makes it easy for people to cut back on their daily calorie intake and avoid the two big problems of dieting—hunger and choice—and lose up to 35 pounds in just eight weeks. Thanks to Dr. Taylor, we can now fundamentally change how we treat and prevent this debilitating and all-too-common disease forever. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Alcoholicos Anonimos [Alcoholics Anonymous] Author: Alcoholicos Anonimos Narrator: Marcelo Russo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Quienes conformamos Alcohólicos Anónimos, somos más de cien mujeres y hombres que hemos logrado restablecernos de una condición de salud aparentemente sin esperanzas de cura, tanto de nuestra mente como de nuestro cuerpo. Es así que el propósito principal de este libro es informar a otras personas alcohólicas, en una manera detallada, la forma en que hemos podido restablecernos. Abrigamos la esperanza de que estas páginas le resulten al lector afectado de alcoholismo lo suficientemente convincentes, a modo de que no busque una mayor certitud sobre el tema. Compartimos la idea de que esta comunicación de nuestras experiencias, asimismo, ayudarán a las demás personas a comprender mejor al alcohólico. Hay muchos que aun no alcanzan a entender que el alcohólico es una persona muy enferma. Por otro lado, estamos seguros de que nuestra nueva forma de vida representa ventajas para todos. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. Alcoholicos Anonimos Wed, 26 Jun 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387023 thebookvoice.com 7:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Alcoholicos Anonimos [Alcoholics Anonymous] Author: Alcoholicos Anonimos Narrator: Marcelo Russo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Quienes conformamos Alcohólicos Anónimos, somos más de cien mujeres y hombres que hemos logrado restablecernos de una condición de salud aparentemente sin esperanzas de cura, tanto de nuestra mente como de nuestro cuerpo. Es así que el propósito principal de este libro es informar a otras personas alcohólicas, en una manera detallada, la forma en que hemos podido restablecernos. Abrigamos la esperanza de que estas páginas le resulten al lector afectado de alcoholismo lo suficientemente convincentes, a modo de que no busque una mayor certitud sobre el tema. Compartimos la idea de que esta comunicación de nuestras experiencias, asimismo, ayudarán a las demás personas a comprender mejor al alcohólico. Hay muchos que aun no alcanzan a entender que el alcohólico es una persona muy enferma. Por otro lado, estamos seguros de que nuestra nueva forma de vida representa ventajas para todos. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Alcoholicos Anonimos [Alcoholics Anonymous] Author: Alcoholicos Anonimos Narrator: Marcelo Russo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Quienes conformamos Alcohólicos Anónimos, somos más de cien mujeres y hombres que hemos logrado restablecernos de una condición de salud aparentemente sin esperanzas de cura, tanto de nuestra mente como de nuestro cuerpo. Es así que el propósito principal de este libro es informar a otras personas alcohólicas, en una manera detallada, la forma en que hemos podido restablecernos. Abrigamos la esperanza de que estas páginas le resulten al lector afectado de alcoholismo lo suficientemente convincentes, a modo de que no busque una mayor certitud sobre el tema. Compartimos la idea de que esta comunicación de nuestras experiencias, asimismo, ayudarán a las demás personas a comprender mejor al alcohólico. Hay muchos que aun no alcanzan a entender que el alcohólico es una persona muy enferma. Por otro lado, estamos seguros de que nuestra nueva forma de vida representa ventajas para todos. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386613 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386613]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Opposite of Certainty: Fear, Faith, and Life in Between Author: Janine Urbaniak Reid Narrator: Ginny Welsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This gripping memoir about what it means to face uncertainty details the plans Janine had for her family and her life that were gutted by her then 10-year-old son Mason’s diagnosis of a cancerous brain tumor, only to be followed by her own cancer diagnosis. All Janine Urbaniak Reid ever wanted was for everyone she loved to be okay so she might relax and maybe be happy. Her life strategy was simple: do everything right. This included trying to be the perfect mother to her three kids so they would never experience the kind of pain she pretended not to feel growing up. What she didn’t expect was the chaos of an out-of-control life that begins when her young son’s hand begins to shake and he is diagnosed with a brain tumor at age 10. This moving memoir is the story of Janine’s reluctant journey beyond easy answers and platitudes. She searches for a source of strength bigger than her circumstances, only to have her circumstances become even thornier when she is diagnosed with breast cancer. Drawn deeply and against her will into herself, she discovers hidden reserves of strength, humor, and a no-matter-what faith that looks nothing like she thought it would. The Opposite of Certainty is: - Brilliant, breathtakingly honest, and sometimes very funny account of marriage, motherhood, and the unfathomable salvation we find in God  - An unvarnished look at defying the gravity of challenging life circumstances - The recognition that anyone can tap a source of strength inside themselves to walk through the impossible Beautifully written and deeply hopeful, Janine shows us how we can come through impossible times transformed and yet more ourselves than we’ve ever allowed ourselves to be. Janine Urbaniak Reid Tue, 12 May 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386613 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386613]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Opposite of Certainty: Fear, Faith, and Life in Between Author: Janine Urbaniak Reid Narrator: Ginny Welsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This gripping memoir about what it means to face uncertainty details the plans Janine had for her family and her life that were gutted by her then 10-year-old son Mason’s diagnosis of a cancerous brain tumor, only to be followed by her own cancer diagnosis. All Janine Urbaniak Reid ever wanted was for everyone she loved to be okay so she might relax and maybe be happy. Her life strategy was simple: do everything right. This included trying to be the perfect mother to her three kids so they would never experience the kind of pain she pretended not to feel growing up. What she didn’t expect was the chaos of an out-of-control life that begins when her young son’s hand begins to shake and he is diagnosed with a brain tumor at age 10. This moving memoir is the story of Janine’s reluctant journey beyond easy answers and platitudes. She searches for a source of strength bigger than her circumstances, only to have her circumstances become even thornier when she is diagnosed with breast cancer. Drawn deeply and against her will into herself, she discovers hidden reserves of strength, humor, and a no-matter-what faith that looks nothing like she thought it would. The Opposite of Certainty is: - Brilliant, breathtakingly honest, and sometimes very funny account of marriage, motherhood, and the unfathomable salvation we find in God  - An unvarnished look at defying the gravity of challenging life circumstances - The recognition that anyone can tap a source of strength inside themselves to walk through the impossible Beautifully written and deeply hopeful, Janine shows us how we can come through impossible times transformed and yet more ourselves than we’ve ever allowed ourselves to be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386613]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Opposite of Certainty: Fear, Faith, and Life in Between Author: Janine Urbaniak Reid Narrator: Ginny Welsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This gripping memoir about what it means to face uncertainty details the plans Janine had for her family and her life that were gutted by her then 10-year-old son Mason’s diagnosis of a cancerous brain tumor, only to be followed by her own cancer diagnosis. All Janine Urbaniak Reid ever wanted was for everyone she loved to be okay so she might relax and maybe be happy. Her life strategy was simple: do everything right. This included trying to be the perfect mother to her three kids so they would never experience the kind of pain she pretended not to feel growing up. What she didn’t expect was the chaos of an out-of-control life that begins when her young son’s hand begins to shake and he is diagnosed with a brain tumor at age 10. This moving memoir is the story of Janine’s reluctant journey beyond easy answers and platitudes. She searches for a source of strength bigger than her circumstances, only to have her circumstances become even thornier when she is diagnosed with breast cancer. Drawn deeply and against her will into herself, she discovers hidden reserves of strength, humor, and a no-matter-what faith that looks nothing like she thought it would. The Opposite of Certainty is: - Brilliant, breathtakingly honest, and sometimes very funny account of marriage, motherhood, and the unfathomable salvation we find in God  - An unvarnished look at defying the gravity of challenging life circumstances - The recognition that anyone can tap a source of strength inside themselves to walk through the impossible Beautifully written and deeply hopeful, Janine shows us how we can come through impossible times transformed and yet more ourselves than we’ve ever allowed ourselves to be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386351 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ASMR For Your Bedtime: Quiet Your Mind In A Busy World Author: Emma Whispersred Narrator: Emma Whispersred Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Penguin Audio presents this unique audio experience by ASMRtist Emma WhispersRed. ASMR For Bedtime is a must for anyone looking to tune out the noise of the day and find comfort and relaxation before bed. Using bespoke sounds and meditative techniques Emma will guide you through your bedtime cleansing ritual, right through to tucking you in. ASMR For Bedtime is a must have for ASMR fans, beginners and those searching for deep, joyful and meditative ways to relax. Emma Whispersred Thu, 25 Jul 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386351 thebookvoice.com 0:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ASMR For Your Bedtime: Quiet Your Mind In A Busy World Author: Emma Whispersred Narrator: Emma Whispersred Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Penguin Audio presents this unique audio experience by ASMRtist Emma WhispersRed. ASMR For Bedtime is a must for anyone looking to tune out the noise of the day and find comfort and relaxation before bed. Using bespoke sounds and meditative techniques Emma will guide you through your bedtime cleansing ritual, right through to tucking you in. ASMR For Bedtime is a must have for ASMR fans, beginners and those searching for deep, joyful and meditative ways to relax. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ASMR For Your Bedtime: Quiet Your Mind In A Busy World Author: Emma Whispersred Narrator: Emma Whispersred Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Penguin Audio presents this unique audio experience by ASMRtist Emma WhispersRed. ASMR For Bedtime is a must for anyone looking to tune out the noise of the day and find comfort and relaxation before bed. Using bespoke sounds and meditative techniques Emma will guide you through your bedtime cleansing ritual, right through to tucking you in. ASMR For Bedtime is a must have for ASMR fans, beginners and those searching for deep, joyful and meditative ways to relax. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385513 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trying Game: Get Through Fertility Treatment and Get Pregnant Without Losing Your Mind Author: Amy Klein Narrator: Amy Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From the author of “Fertility Diary” for the New York Times Motherlode blog comes a reassuring, no-nonsense guide to both the emotional and practical process of trying to get pregnant, written with the smarts, warmth, and honesty of a woman who has been in the trenches.   “A compassionate, often funny, well-researched, and ultimately empowering guide.”—Lori Gottlieb, New York Times bestselling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone There are so many ways to be Not Pregnant: You can be young, old, partnered, or unpartnered. Maybe you have endometriosis. Maybe you don’t have enough eggs or your partner doesn’t have enough sperm. Or maybe there’s nothing wrong except you’re Just. Not. Pregnant.   Amy Klein has been there. Faced with fertility obstacles, she quickly became an expert. After nine rounds of IVF, four miscarriages, three acupuncturists, two rabbis, and one reproductive immunologist, she finally became a mother. And she wrote about it all for the New York Times Motherlode blog in her “Fertility Diary” column.   Now, Amy has written the book she wishes she’d had when she was trying to get pregnant. With advice from medical experts as well as real women, she outlines your options every step of the way, from questions you should ask to advice on getting your mother-in-law to mind her own beeswax. In this comprehensive road map to infertility, you’ll find topics such as:   • whether to freeze your eggs • finding (and affording) a clinic  • what to expect during your first IVF cycle • baby envy—aka it’s okay to skip your friend’s shower • whether the alternative route—acupuncture, herbs, supplements—is for you • helpful tips and more!   Empowering, compassionate, and down-to-earth, The Trying Game will show you what to expect when you’re not expecting with heart and humanity when you need it the most. Amy Klein Tue, 07 Apr 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385513 thebookvoice.com 11:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trying Game: Get Through Fertility Treatment and Get Pregnant Without Losing Your Mind Author: Amy Klein Narrator: Amy Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From the author of “Fertility Diary” for the New York Times Motherlode blog comes a reassuring, no-nonsense guide to both the emotional and practical process of trying to get pregnant, written with the smarts, warmth, and honesty of a woman who has been in the trenches.   “A compassionate, often funny, well-researched, and ultimately empowering guide.”—Lori Gottlieb, New York Times bestselling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone There are so many ways to be Not Pregnant: You can be young, old, partnered, or unpartnered. Maybe you have endometriosis. Maybe you don’t have enough eggs or your partner doesn’t have enough sperm. Or maybe there’s nothing wrong except you’re Just. Not. Pregnant.   Amy Klein has been there. Faced with fertility obstacles, she quickly became an expert. After nine rounds of IVF, four miscarriages, three acupuncturists, two rabbis, and one reproductive immunologist, she finally became a mother. And she wrote about it all for the New York Times Motherlode blog in her “Fertility Diary” column.   Now, Amy has written the book she wishes she’d had when she was trying to get pregnant. With advice from medical experts as well as real women, she outlines your options every step of the way, from questions you should ask to advice on getting your mother-in-law to mind her own beeswax. In this comprehensive road map to infertility, you’ll find topics such as:   • whether to freeze your eggs • finding (and affording) a clinic  • what to expect during your first IVF cycle • baby envy—aka it’s okay to skip your friend’s shower • whether the alternative route—acupuncture, herbs, supplements—is for you • helpful tips and more!   Empowering, compassionate, and down-to-earth, The Trying Game will show you what to expect when you’re not expecting with heart and humanity when you need it the most. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trying Game: Get Through Fertility Treatment and Get Pregnant Without Losing Your Mind Author: Amy Klein Narrator: Amy Klein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: From the author of “Fertility Diary” for the New York Times Motherlode blog comes a reassuring, no-nonsense guide to both the emotional and practical process of trying to get pregnant, written with the smarts, warmth, and honesty of a woman who has been in the trenches.   “A compassionate, often funny, well-researched, and ultimately empowering guide.”—Lori Gottlieb, New York Times bestselling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone There are so many ways to be Not Pregnant: You can be young, old, partnered, or unpartnered. Maybe you have endometriosis. Maybe you don’t have enough eggs or your partner doesn’t have enough sperm. Or maybe there’s nothing wrong except you’re Just. Not. Pregnant.   Amy Klein has been there. Faced with fertility obstacles, she quickly became an expert. After nine rounds of IVF, four miscarriages, three acupuncturists, two rabbis, and one reproductive immunologist, she finally became a mother. And she wrote about it all for the New York Times Motherlode blog in her “Fertility Diary” column.   Now, Amy has written the book she wishes she’d had when she was trying to get pregnant. With advice from medical experts as well as real women, she outlines your options every step of the way, from questions you should ask to advice on getting your mother-in-law to mind her own beeswax. In this comprehensive road map to infertility, you’ll find topics such as:   • whether to freeze your eggs • finding (and affording) a clinic  • what to expect during your first IVF cycle • baby envy—aka it’s okay to skip your friend’s shower • whether the alternative route—acupuncture, herbs, supplements—is for you • helpful tips and more!   Empowering, compassionate, and down-to-earth, The Trying Game will show you what to expect when you’re not expecting with heart and humanity when you need it the most. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384448 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Medical Tourism - Surgery for Sale!: How to Have Surgery Abroad Without It Costing Your Life Author: Janet Bristeir Narrator: Janet Bristeir Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: When people speak of Medical Tourism, they are usually discussing the practice of going outside of the country they live and paying for a surgical procedure to be performed. When thinking of planning surgery abroad, what you don't know CAN hurt you. You want to get a good deal and the highest quality care. You're fearful and overwhelmed by all the choices you must make. You want to make the process to be seamless and stress-free. In this cutting-edge book, you will learn critical information that will make the difference between glowing and dismal results, plus fifty questions you'll want to be answered before you decide to go. Janet Bristeir Tue, 04 Jun 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384448 thebookvoice.com 2:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Medical Tourism - Surgery for Sale!: How to Have Surgery Abroad Without It Costing Your Life Author: Janet Bristeir Narrator: Janet Bristeir Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: When people speak of Medical Tourism, they are usually discussing the practice of going outside of the country they live and paying for a surgical procedure to be performed. When thinking of planning surgery abroad, what you don't know CAN hurt you. You want to get a good deal and the highest quality care. You're fearful and overwhelmed by all the choices you must make. You want to make the process to be seamless and stress-free. In this cutting-edge book, you will learn critical information that will make the difference between glowing and dismal results, plus fifty questions you'll want to be answered before you decide to go. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Medical Tourism - Surgery for Sale!: How to Have Surgery Abroad Without It Costing Your Life Author: Janet Bristeir Narrator: Janet Bristeir Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: When people speak of Medical Tourism, they are usually discussing the practice of going outside of the country they live and paying for a surgical procedure to be performed. When thinking of planning surgery abroad, what you don't know CAN hurt you. You want to get a good deal and the highest quality care. You're fearful and overwhelmed by all the choices you must make. You want to make the process to be seamless and stress-free. In this cutting-edge book, you will learn critical information that will make the difference between glowing and dismal results, plus fifty questions you'll want to be answered before you decide to go. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384274 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat for Life: The Breakthrough Nutrient-Rich Program for Longevity, Disease Reversal, and Sustained Weight Loss Author: Joel Fuhrman Narrator: Joel Fuhrman, Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Add years to your life and life to your years with #1 New York Times bestselling author Dr. Joel Fuhrman no-nonsense, results-driven nutrition plan that will help you look and feel your best inside and out. Eat for Life is the first book to showcase Dr. Joel Fuhrman’s Nutritarian Diet in full—the most practical, balanced, and focused way to eat, lose weight, and live longer. Emphasizing high-nutrient, whole plant foods that supply abundant amounts of micronutrients, it can broken down into a simple equation: H = N/C. Or, Health= Nutrient intake per Calorie consumed. Most Americans are deficient in micronutrients (vitamins and minerals) and consume too many macronutrients (calories). Natural, colorful plant foods contain the largest assortment of micronutrients, including anti-cancer phytochemicals. When consumed in large quantities every day, these plant foods are proven to decrease cravings, reverse the symptoms of nearly every disease, and maintain ideal weight. The Nutrarian Diet helps you shed more pounds, reach lower cholesterol and blood pressure levels, reverse diabetes better, and reduce hunger and cravings more than any other program available. Combining Dr. Fuhrman’s wise food and lifestyle advice with his famously straightforward, practical recipes, Eat for Life is a daily guide to eating well, a healthy cookbook and meal plan, and a blunt kick-in-the-butt to help you take control of your health destiny. All people—sick or healthy, overweight or slim, young or old—can benefit from this plan. Eat for Life will help our bodies to thrive and experience a modern miracle: a long, disease-free life without heart disease, strokes, dementia, or even cancer.” Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Joel Fuhrman Tue, 03 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384274 thebookvoice.com 9:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat for Life: The Breakthrough Nutrient-Rich Program for Longevity, Disease Reversal, and Sustained Weight Loss Author: Joel Fuhrman Narrator: Joel Fuhrman, Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Add years to your life and life to your years with #1 New York Times bestselling author Dr. Joel Fuhrman no-nonsense, results-driven nutrition plan that will help you look and feel your best inside and out. Eat for Life is the first book to showcase Dr. Joel Fuhrman’s Nutritarian Diet in full—the most practical, balanced, and focused way to eat, lose weight, and live longer. Emphasizing high-nutrient, whole plant foods that supply abundant amounts of micronutrients, it can broken down into a simple equation: H = N/C. Or, Health= Nutrient intake per Calorie consumed. Most Americans are deficient in micronutrients (vitamins and minerals) and consume too many macronutrients (calories). Natural, colorful plant foods contain the largest assortment of micronutrients, including anti-cancer phytochemicals. When consumed in large quantities every day, these plant foods are proven to decrease cravings, reverse the symptoms of nearly every disease, and maintain ideal weight. The Nutrarian Diet helps you shed more pounds, reach lower cholesterol and blood pressure levels, reverse diabetes better, and reduce hunger and cravings more than any other program available. Combining Dr. Fuhrman’s wise food and lifestyle advice with his famously straightforward, practical recipes, Eat for Life is a daily guide to eating well, a healthy cookbook and meal plan, and a blunt kick-in-the-butt to help you take control of your health destiny. All people—sick or healthy, overweight or slim, young or old—can benefit from this plan. Eat for Life will help our bodies to thrive and experience a modern miracle: a long, disease-free life without heart disease, strokes, dementia, or even cancer.” Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat for Life: The Breakthrough Nutrient-Rich Program for Longevity, Disease Reversal, and Sustained Weight Loss Author: Joel Fuhrman Narrator: Joel Fuhrman, Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Add years to your life and life to your years with #1 New York Times bestselling author Dr. Joel Fuhrman no-nonsense, results-driven nutrition plan that will help you look and feel your best inside and out. Eat for Life is the first book to showcase Dr. Joel Fuhrman’s Nutritarian Diet in full—the most practical, balanced, and focused way to eat, lose weight, and live longer. Emphasizing high-nutrient, whole plant foods that supply abundant amounts of micronutrients, it can broken down into a simple equation: H = N/C. Or, Health= Nutrient intake per Calorie consumed. Most Americans are deficient in micronutrients (vitamins and minerals) and consume too many macronutrients (calories). Natural, colorful plant foods contain the largest assortment of micronutrients, including anti-cancer phytochemicals. When consumed in large quantities every day, these plant foods are proven to decrease cravings, reverse the symptoms of nearly every disease, and maintain ideal weight. The Nutrarian Diet helps you shed more pounds, reach lower cholesterol and blood pressure levels, reverse diabetes better, and reduce hunger and cravings more than any other program available. Combining Dr. Fuhrman’s wise food and lifestyle advice with his famously straightforward, practical recipes, Eat for Life is a daily guide to eating well, a healthy cookbook and meal plan, and a blunt kick-in-the-butt to help you take control of your health destiny. All people—sick or healthy, overweight or slim, young or old—can benefit from this plan. Eat for Life will help our bodies to thrive and experience a modern miracle: a long, disease-free life without heart disease, strokes, dementia, or even cancer.” Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384147 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joe & Charlie - Big Book Study - Live Recordings Author: Anonymous Narrator: Joe Charlie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This time you and your group are going to be taken through the Big Book thoroughly as Joe & Charlie, Joe H., and Don P. did in the days of the old. This workbook and workshop format helps to systematically lead you and your group through all 12 steps thoroughly in trying to create such an experience within you that you feel a spiritual shift occur in your being. The sole purpose of this is workshop is to fit ourselves to be of maximum service to God and to our fellows. We feel that we are doing such a service by presenting to you this material. You only need go through it and then share this process with others who would care so much as to have it. We pray there are many, because we see there are many who need it. So our advice can only be to go through this as thoroughly as you will need in order to prepare yourself to save the live of others who are dying by the thousands as we speak. 'We are more than a thousand men and women who have recovered from a seemingly hopeless state of mind and body. And we are here to present you with precise instructions for you to recover as well.' Anonymous Tue, 28 May 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384147 thebookvoice.com 7:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joe & Charlie - Big Book Study - Live Recordings Author: Anonymous Narrator: Joe Charlie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This time you and your group are going to be taken through the Big Book thoroughly as Joe & Charlie, Joe H., and Don P. did in the days of the old. This workbook and workshop format helps to systematically lead you and your group through all 12 steps thoroughly in trying to create such an experience within you that you feel a spiritual shift occur in your being. The sole purpose of this is workshop is to fit ourselves to be of maximum service to God and to our fellows. We feel that we are doing such a service by presenting to you this material. You only need go through it and then share this process with others who would care so much as to have it. We pray there are many, because we see there are many who need it. So our advice can only be to go through this as thoroughly as you will need in order to prepare yourself to save the live of others who are dying by the thousands as we speak. 'We are more than a thousand men and women who have recovered from a seemingly hopeless state of mind and body. And we are here to present you with precise instructions for you to recover as well.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joe & Charlie - Big Book Study - Live Recordings Author: Anonymous Narrator: Joe Charlie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: This time you and your group are going to be taken through the Big Book thoroughly as Joe & Charlie, Joe H., and Don P. did in the days of the old. This workbook and workshop format helps to systematically lead you and your group through all 12 steps thoroughly in trying to create such an experience within you that you feel a spiritual shift occur in your being. The sole purpose of this is workshop is to fit ourselves to be of maximum service to God and to our fellows. We feel that we are doing such a service by presenting to you this material. You only need go through it and then share this process with others who would care so much as to have it. We pray there are many, because we see there are many who need it. So our advice can only be to go through this as thoroughly as you will need in order to prepare yourself to save the live of others who are dying by the thousands as we speak. 'We are more than a thousand men and women who have recovered from a seemingly hopeless state of mind and body. And we are here to present you with precise instructions for you to recover as well.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383853 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hello I Want to Die Please Fix Me: Depression in the First Person Author: Anna Mehler Paperny Narrator: Tess Degenstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER SHORTLISTED FOR THE HILARY WESTON WRITERS' TRUST PRIZE FOR NONFICTION Award-winning journalist Anna Mehler Paperny's stunning memoir chronicles with courageous honesty and uncommon eloquence her experience of depression and her quest to explore what we know and don't know about this disease that afflicts almost a fifth of the population--providing an invaluable guide to a system struggling to find solutions. As fascinating as it is heartrending, as outrageously funny as it is serious, it is a must-read for anyone impacted by depression--and that's pretty much everybody. Depression is a havoc-wreaking illness that masquerades as personal failing and hijacks your life. After a major suicide attempt in her early twenties, Anna Mehler Paperny resolved to put her reporter's skills to use to get to know her enemy, setting off on a journey to understand her condition, the dizzying array of medical treatments on offer and a medical profession in search of answers. Charting the way depression wrecks so many, she maps competing schools of therapy, pharmacology, cutting-edge medicine, the pill-popping pitfalls of long-term treatment, the glaring unknowns and the institutional shortcomings that both patients and practitioners are up against. She interviews leading medical experts across Canada and the US, from psychiatrists to neurologists, brain-mapping pioneers to family practitioners, and others dabbling in strange hypotheses--and shares compassionate conversations with fellow sufferers. Hello I Want to Die Please Fix Me tracks Anna's quest for knowledge and her desire to get well. Impeccably reported, it is a profoundly compelling story about the human spirit and the myriad ways we treat (and fail to treat) the disease that accounts for more years swallowed up by disability than any other in the world. Anna Mehler Paperny Tue, 06 Aug 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383853 thebookvoice.com 11:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hello I Want to Die Please Fix Me: Depression in the First Person Author: Anna Mehler Paperny Narrator: Tess Degenstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER SHORTLISTED FOR THE HILARY WESTON WRITERS' TRUST PRIZE FOR NONFICTION Award-winning journalist Anna Mehler Paperny's stunning memoir chronicles with courageous honesty and uncommon eloquence her experience of depression and her quest to explore what we know and don't know about this disease that afflicts almost a fifth of the population--providing an invaluable guide to a system struggling to find solutions. As fascinating as it is heartrending, as outrageously funny as it is serious, it is a must-read for anyone impacted by depression--and that's pretty much everybody. Depression is a havoc-wreaking illness that masquerades as personal failing and hijacks your life. After a major suicide attempt in her early twenties, Anna Mehler Paperny resolved to put her reporter's skills to use to get to know her enemy, setting off on a journey to understand her condition, the dizzying array of medical treatments on offer and a medical profession in search of answers. Charting the way depression wrecks so many, she maps competing schools of therapy, pharmacology, cutting-edge medicine, the pill-popping pitfalls of long-term treatment, the glaring unknowns and the institutional shortcomings that both patients and practitioners are up against. She interviews leading medical experts across Canada and the US, from psychiatrists to neurologists, brain-mapping pioneers to family practitioners, and others dabbling in strange hypotheses--and shares compassionate conversations with fellow sufferers. Hello I Want to Die Please Fix Me tracks Anna's quest for knowledge and her desire to get well. Impeccably reported, it is a profoundly compelling story about the human spirit and the myriad ways we treat (and fail to treat) the disease that accounts for more years swallowed up by disability than any other in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hello I Want to Die Please Fix Me: Depression in the First Person Author: Anna Mehler Paperny Narrator: Tess Degenstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER SHORTLISTED FOR THE HILARY WESTON WRITERS' TRUST PRIZE FOR NONFICTION Award-winning journalist Anna Mehler Paperny's stunning memoir chronicles with courageous honesty and uncommon eloquence her experience of depression and her quest to explore what we know and don't know about this disease that afflicts almost a fifth of the population--providing an invaluable guide to a system struggling to find solutions. As fascinating as it is heartrending, as outrageously funny as it is serious, it is a must-read for anyone impacted by depression--and that's pretty much everybody. Depression is a havoc-wreaking illness that masquerades as personal failing and hijacks your life. After a major suicide attempt in her early twenties, Anna Mehler Paperny resolved to put her reporter's skills to use to get to know her enemy, setting off on a journey to understand her condition, the dizzying array of medical treatments on offer and a medical profession in search of answers. Charting the way depression wrecks so many, she maps competing schools of therapy, pharmacology, cutting-edge medicine, the pill-popping pitfalls of long-term treatment, the glaring unknowns and the institutional shortcomings that both patients and practitioners are up against. She interviews leading medical experts across Canada and the US, from psychiatrists to neurologists, brain-mapping pioneers to family practitioners, and others dabbling in strange hypotheses--and shares compassionate conversations with fellow sufferers. Hello I Want to Die Please Fix Me tracks Anna's quest for knowledge and her desire to get well. Impeccably reported, it is a profoundly compelling story about the human spirit and the myriad ways we treat (and fail to treat) the disease that accounts for more years swallowed up by disability than any other in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383706 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under Construction: Navigating the Detours on the Road to Recovery Author: Dug Mcguirk Narrator: Aaron Shedlock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: One of Dug McGuirk's key principles centers on the concept of State, i.e. your state of mind, how you feel. State is the emotional fuel you want to fill up on—the things or experiences that make you feel good. Most people have been fueling up the wrong way their entire life and their state is not what it ought to be. One of the worst things people fill up on is alcohol and drugs—sure, it helps temporarily, but it doesn't take long before they're coughing and sputtering on the exit ramp and nothing works for them any more—they're feeling guilty, unfulfilled, empty. Fueling up the right way is what successful people do—they fill up with it first thing in the morning, every day of their lives. They create their own happiness because they know that by feeling great, it will be easier to attain the abundance and success they really want. For the millions of people fueled on desperation, broken down and in need of repair, Under Construction is a shop. It is the place to learn how to give yourself a tune-up. McGuirk provides all the tools you need to keep from struggling on the road, but ultimately, it's your shop—you are the mechanic. If you're ready and willing to turn your world around and start really enjoying your life journey, Under Construction is the perfect guide. Dug Mcguirk Tue, 11 Jun 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383706 thebookvoice.com 3:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under Construction: Navigating the Detours on the Road to Recovery Author: Dug Mcguirk Narrator: Aaron Shedlock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: One of Dug McGuirk's key principles centers on the concept of State, i.e. your state of mind, how you feel. State is the emotional fuel you want to fill up on—the things or experiences that make you feel good. Most people have been fueling up the wrong way their entire life and their state is not what it ought to be. One of the worst things people fill up on is alcohol and drugs—sure, it helps temporarily, but it doesn't take long before they're coughing and sputtering on the exit ramp and nothing works for them any more—they're feeling guilty, unfulfilled, empty. Fueling up the right way is what successful people do—they fill up with it first thing in the morning, every day of their lives. They create their own happiness because they know that by feeling great, it will be easier to attain the abundance and success they really want. For the millions of people fueled on desperation, broken down and in need of repair, Under Construction is a shop. It is the place to learn how to give yourself a tune-up. McGuirk provides all the tools you need to keep from struggling on the road, but ultimately, it's your shop—you are the mechanic. If you're ready and willing to turn your world around and start really enjoying your life journey, Under Construction is the perfect guide. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under Construction: Navigating the Detours on the Road to Recovery Author: Dug Mcguirk Narrator: Aaron Shedlock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: One of Dug McGuirk's key principles centers on the concept of State, i.e. your state of mind, how you feel. State is the emotional fuel you want to fill up on—the things or experiences that make you feel good. Most people have been fueling up the wrong way their entire life and their state is not what it ought to be. One of the worst things people fill up on is alcohol and drugs—sure, it helps temporarily, but it doesn't take long before they're coughing and sputtering on the exit ramp and nothing works for them any more—they're feeling guilty, unfulfilled, empty. Fueling up the right way is what successful people do—they fill up with it first thing in the morning, every day of their lives. They create their own happiness because they know that by feeling great, it will be easier to attain the abundance and success they really want. For the millions of people fueled on desperation, broken down and in need of repair, Under Construction is a shop. It is the place to learn how to give yourself a tune-up. McGuirk provides all the tools you need to keep from struggling on the road, but ultimately, it's your shop—you are the mechanic. If you're ready and willing to turn your world around and start really enjoying your life journey, Under Construction is the perfect guide. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383601 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La solución de los telómeros: Un acercamiento revolucionario para vivir mas joven, mas sano y mas tiempo Author: Elizabeth Blackburn, Elissa Epel Narrator: Alondra García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Un acercamiento revolucionario para vivir más joven, más sano y más tiempo. Por Elizabeth Blackburn, Premio Nobel de medicina. ¿Por qué algunas personas de 40 años se ven de 60, mientras que otras de 60 años se ven de 40? La doctora Elizabeth Blackburn descubrió un indicador biológico llamado telomerasa, la enzima que reabastece los telómeros -los extremos de los cromosomas encargados de proteger nuestro patrimonio genético. Las investigaciones de Elizabeth Blackburn y Elissa Epel demuestran que la longitud y la salud de los telómeros de cada persona son la base biológica de la conexión mente-cuerpo, por lo que los cambios que hagamos en nuestros hábitos cotidianos pueden proteger nuestros telómeros e incrementar nuestros intervalos de salud (el número de años que permanecemos sanos, activos y libres de enfermedades). La solución de los telómeros demuestra cómo la calidad del sueño, el ejercicio, la alimentación, incluso ciertos productos químicos afectan a nuestros telómeros y cómo el estrés crónico, los pensamientos negativos, las relaciones tensas o los lugares peligrosos pueden acortarlos. Partiendo de una amplia investigación, comparten listas de alimentos, tipos de ejercicios saludables para nuestros telómeros, trucos mentales para reducir el estrés e información sobre cómo proteger a nuestros hijos contra el desarrollo de telómeros cortos y cómo mejorar nuestros espacios saludables a nivel comunitario -relaciones de confianza, espacios verdes y calles seguras. La solución de los telómeros te hará reevaluar cómo llevas tu vida en el día a día. Es el primer libro que explica cómo envejecemos a nivel celular y cómo hacer cambios sencillos para mantener nuestros cromosomas y células saludables, permitiéndonos permanecer sanos y tener vidas más vitales y significativas. La crítica ha opinado: 'Blackburn y Epel demuestran que la manera en que vivimos cada día tiene un efecto profundo, no sólo en nuestra salud y bienestar, también en cómo envejecemos; este libro es un manual para vivir más y más.' -Arianna Huffington 'Este libro emocionante se convertirá en un clásico. Explica cómo podemos disminuir la forma en que envejecemos en el nivel celular más elemental.' -Eric Kandel, premio Nobel y autor de In Search of Memory 'Revolucionario, transforma la forma en que nuestro mundo piensa sobre la salud, la enfermedad y la muerte.' -Dean Ornish, fundador y presidente del Instituto de Investigación de Medicina Preventiva, autor de seis libros, incluyendo The Spectrum, bestseller del New York Times 'Una síntesis extraordinaria e iluminadora de factores biológicos y psicosociales que aumentan la longevidad saludable por sus efectos sobre los telómeros. Este nivel de entendimiento permite a las personas alcanzar vidas más saludables.' -Albert Bandura, profesor emérito de la Universidad de Stanford, Premio Nacional de la Medalla de la Ciencia de los Estados Unidos. Elizabeth Blackburn, Elissa Epel Thu, 30 May 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383601 thebookvoice.com 11:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La solución de los telómeros: Un acercamiento revolucionario para vivir mas joven, mas sano y mas tiempo Author: Elizabeth Blackburn, Elissa Epel Narrator: Alondra García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Un acercamiento revolucionario para vivir más joven, más sano y más tiempo. Por Elizabeth Blackburn, Premio Nobel de medicina. ¿Por qué algunas personas de 40 años se ven de 60, mientras que otras de 60 años se ven de 40? La doctora Elizabeth Blackburn descubrió un indicador biológico llamado telomerasa, la enzima que reabastece los telómeros -los extremos de los cromosomas encargados de proteger nuestro patrimonio genético. Las investigaciones de Elizabeth Blackburn y Elissa Epel demuestran que la longitud y la salud de los telómeros de cada persona son la base biológica de la conexión mente-cuerpo, por lo que los cambios que hagamos en nuestros hábitos cotidianos pueden proteger nuestros telómeros e incrementar nuestros intervalos de salud (el número de años que permanecemos sanos, activos y libres de enfermedades). La solución de los telómeros demuestra cómo la calidad del sueño, el ejercicio, la alimentación, incluso ciertos productos químicos afectan a nuestros telómeros y cómo el estrés crónico, los pensamientos negativos, las relaciones tensas o los lugares peligrosos pueden acortarlos. Partiendo de una amplia investigación, comparten listas de alimentos, tipos de ejercicios saludables para nuestros telómeros, trucos mentales para reducir el estrés e información sobre cómo proteger a nuestros hijos contra el desarrollo de telómeros cortos y cómo mejorar nuestros espacios saludables a nivel comunitario -relaciones de confianza, espacios verdes y calles seguras. La solución de los telómeros te hará reevaluar cómo llevas tu vida en el día a día. Es el primer libro que explica cómo envejecemos a nivel celular y cómo hacer cambios sencillos para mantener nuestros cromosomas y células saludables, permitiéndonos permanecer sanos y tener vidas más vitales y significativas. La crítica ha opinado: 'Blackburn y Epel demuestran que la manera en que vivimos cada día tiene un efecto profundo, no sólo en nuestra salud y bienestar, también en cómo envejecemos; este libro es un manual para vivir más y más.' -Arianna Huffington 'Este libro emocionante se convertirá en un clásico. Explica cómo podemos disminuir la forma en que envejecemos en el nivel celular más elemental.' -Eric Kandel, premio Nobel y autor de In Search of Memory 'Revolucionario, transforma la forma en que nuestro mundo piensa sobre la salud, la enfermedad y la muerte.' -Dean Ornish, fundador y presidente del Instituto de Investigación de Medicina Preventiva, autor de seis libros, incluyendo The Spectrum, bestseller del New York Times 'Una síntesis extraordinaria e iluminadora de factores biológicos y psicosociales que aumentan la longevidad saludable por sus efectos sobre los telómeros. Este nivel de entendimiento permite a las personas alcanzar vidas más saludables.' -Albert Bandura, profesor emérito de la Universidad de Stanford, Premio Nacional de la Medalla de la Ciencia de los Estados Unidos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La solución de los telómeros: Un acercamiento revolucionario para vivir mas joven, mas sano y mas tiempo Author: Elizabeth Blackburn, Elissa Epel Narrator: Alondra García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Un acercamiento revolucionario para vivir más joven, más sano y más tiempo. Por Elizabeth Blackburn, Premio Nobel de medicina. ¿Por qué algunas personas de 40 años se ven de 60, mientras que otras de 60 años se ven de 40? La doctora Elizabeth Blackburn descubrió un indicador biológico llamado telomerasa, la enzima que reabastece los telómeros -los extremos de los cromosomas encargados de proteger nuestro patrimonio genético. Las investigaciones de Elizabeth Blackburn y Elissa Epel demuestran que la longitud y la salud de los telómeros de cada persona son la base biológica de la conexión mente-cuerpo, por lo que los cambios que hagamos en nuestros hábitos cotidianos pueden proteger nuestros telómeros e incrementar nuestros intervalos de salud (el número de años que permanecemos sanos, activos y libres de enfermedades). La solución de los telómeros demuestra cómo la calidad del sueño, el ejercicio, la alimentación, incluso ciertos productos químicos afectan a nuestros telómeros y cómo el estrés crónico, los pensamientos negativos, las relaciones tensas o los lugares peligrosos pueden acortarlos. Partiendo de una amplia investigación, comparten listas de alimentos, tipos de ejercicios saludables para nuestros telómeros, trucos mentales para reducir el estrés e información sobre cómo proteger a nuestros hijos contra el desarrollo de telómeros cortos y cómo mejorar nuestros espacios saludables a nivel comunitario -relaciones de confianza, espacios verdes y calles seguras. La solución de los telómeros te hará reevaluar cómo llevas tu vida en el día a día. Es el primer libro que explica cómo envejecemos a nivel celular y cómo hacer cambios sencillos para mantener nuestros cromosomas y células saludables, permitiéndonos permanecer sanos y tener vidas más vitales y significativas. La crítica ha opinado: 'Blackburn y Epel demuestran que la manera en que vivimos cada día tiene un efecto profundo, no sólo en nuestra salud y bienestar, también en cómo envejecemos; este libro es un manual para vivir más y más.' -Arianna Huffington 'Este libro emocionante se convertirá en un clásico. Explica cómo podemos disminuir la forma en que envejecemos en el nivel celular más elemental.' -Eric Kandel, premio Nobel y autor de In Search of Memory 'Revolucionario, transforma la forma en que nuestro mundo piensa sobre la salud, la enfermedad y la muerte.' -Dean Ornish, fundador y presidente del Instituto de Investigación de Medicina Preventiva, autor de seis libros, incluyendo The Spectrum, bestseller del New York Times 'Una síntesis extraordinaria e iluminadora de factores biológicos y psicosociales que aumentan la longevidad saludable por sus efectos sobre los telómeros. Este nivel de entendimiento permite a las personas alcanzar vidas más saludables.' -Albert Bandura, profesor emérito de la Universidad de Stanford, Premio Nacional de la Medalla de la Ciencia de los Estados Unidos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383490 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lady's Handbook for Her Mysterious Illness: A Memoir Author: Sarah Ramey Narrator: Sarah Ramey, Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'A best memoir of 2020' —BookPage The darkly funny memoir of Sarah Ramey’s years-long battle with a mysterious illness that doctors thought was all in her head—but wasn’t. A revelation and an inspiration for millions of women whose legitimate health complaints are ignored. In her harrowing, defiant, and unforgettable memoir, Sarah Ramey recounts the decade-long saga of how a seemingly minor illness in her senior year of college turned into a prolonged and elusive condition that destroyed her health but that doctors couldn't diagnose or treat. Worse, as they failed to cure her, they hinted that her devastating symptoms were psychological.      The Lady's Handbook for Her Mysterious Illness is a memoir with a mission: to help the millions of (mostly) women who suffer from unnamed or misunderstood conditions--autoimmune illnesses, fibromyalgia and chronic fatigue syndrome, chronic Lyme disease, chronic pain, and many more. Ramey's pursuit of a diagnosis and cure for her own mysterious illness becomes a page-turning medical mystery that reveals a new understanding of today's chronic illnesses as ecological in nature, driven by modern changes to the basic foundations of health, from the quality of our sleep, diet, and social connections to the state of our microbiomes. Her book will open eyes, change lives, and, ultimately, change medicine. Sarah Ramey Tue, 17 Mar 2020 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383490 thebookvoice.com 13:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lady's Handbook for Her Mysterious Illness: A Memoir Author: Sarah Ramey Narrator: Sarah Ramey, Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'A best memoir of 2020' —BookPage The darkly funny memoir of Sarah Ramey’s years-long battle with a mysterious illness that doctors thought was all in her head—but wasn’t. A revelation and an inspiration for millions of women whose legitimate health complaints are ignored. In her harrowing, defiant, and unforgettable memoir, Sarah Ramey recounts the decade-long saga of how a seemingly minor illness in her senior year of college turned into a prolonged and elusive condition that destroyed her health but that doctors couldn't diagnose or treat. Worse, as they failed to cure her, they hinted that her devastating symptoms were psychological.      The Lady's Handbook for Her Mysterious Illness is a memoir with a mission: to help the millions of (mostly) women who suffer from unnamed or misunderstood conditions--autoimmune illnesses, fibromyalgia and chronic fatigue syndrome, chronic Lyme disease, chronic pain, and many more. Ramey's pursuit of a diagnosis and cure for her own mysterious illness becomes a page-turning medical mystery that reveals a new understanding of today's chronic illnesses as ecological in nature, driven by modern changes to the basic foundations of health, from the quality of our sleep, diet, and social connections to the state of our microbiomes. Her book will open eyes, change lives, and, ultimately, change medicine. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lady's Handbook for Her Mysterious Illness: A Memoir Author: Sarah Ramey Narrator: Sarah Ramey, Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: 'A best memoir of 2020' —BookPage The darkly funny memoir of Sarah Ramey’s years-long battle with a mysterious illness that doctors thought was all in her head—but wasn’t. A revelation and an inspiration for millions of women whose legitimate health complaints are ignored. In her harrowing, defiant, and unforgettable memoir, Sarah Ramey recounts the decade-long saga of how a seemingly minor illness in her senior year of college turned into a prolonged and elusive condition that destroyed her health but that doctors couldn't diagnose or treat. Worse, as they failed to cure her, they hinted that her devastating symptoms were psychological.      The Lady's Handbook for Her Mysterious Illness is a memoir with a mission: to help the millions of (mostly) women who suffer from unnamed or misunderstood conditions--autoimmune illnesses, fibromyalgia and chronic fatigue syndrome, chronic Lyme disease, chronic pain, and many more. Ramey's pursuit of a diagnosis and cure for her own mysterious illness becomes a page-turning medical mystery that reveals a new understanding of today's chronic illnesses as ecological in nature, driven by modern changes to the basic foundations of health, from the quality of our sleep, diet, and social connections to the state of our microbiomes. Her book will open eyes, change lives, and, ultimately, change medicine. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383358 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook: A Drug-Free Program to Build Healthy Habits and Achieve Restful Sleep Author: Sara Dittoe Barrett Narrator: Vivienne Leheny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Put insomnia to bed in just 4 weeks. If you’re reading this, you’ve probably figured out that counting sheep, doing a headstand, or wearing socks won’t get you to sleep. Good news―addressing the root causes of your insomnia can. This book will get you from stressed to sleep in just four weeks with a range of proven drug-free strategies. With The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook as your guide, you’ll learn the latest CBT-I (Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia) and mindfulness practices to get to the bottom of your sleepless nights. Throughout this program, you’ll tackle the thoughts and feelings that keep you up at night and establish a sleep-hygiene routine that works for you. The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook includes: The science of sleep―Learn everything you need to know about insomnia, including the primary types and common causes.A 4-week program―Start with a personal assessment and progressively build habits for better sleep week after week. By the time you finish this workbook, you’ll have a sleep hygiene routine that works for you.Proven strategies―Try stimulus control therapy, designate a specific worry time, meditate, and much more―this book is filled with CBT-I, mindfulness, and lifestyle techniques to give you the drug-free rest you want and need.Understand the underlying causes of insomnia and overcome them―with The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook. Sara Dittoe Barrett Tue, 25 Jun 2019 04:51:58 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383358 thebookvoice.com 2:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook: A Drug-Free Program to Build Healthy Habits and Achieve Restful Sleep Author: Sara Dittoe Barrett Narrator: Vivienne Leheny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Put insomnia to bed in just 4 weeks. If you’re reading this, you’ve probably figured out that counting sheep, doing a headstand, or wearing socks won’t get you to sleep. Good news―addressing the root causes of your insomnia can. This book will get you from stressed to sleep in just four weeks with a range of proven drug-free strategies. With The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook as your guide, you’ll learn the latest CBT-I (Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia) and mindfulness practices to get to the bottom of your sleepless nights. Throughout this program, you’ll tackle the thoughts and feelings that keep you up at night and establish a sleep-hygiene routine that works for you. The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook includes: The science of sleep―Learn everything you need to know about insomnia, including the primary types and common causes.A 4-week program―Start with a personal assessment and progressively build habits for better sleep week after week. By the time you finish this workbook, you’ll have a sleep hygiene routine that works for you.Proven strategies―Try stimulus control therapy, designate a specific worry time, meditate, and much more―this book is filled with CBT-I, mindfulness, and lifestyle techniques to give you the drug-free rest you want and need.Understand the underlying causes of insomnia and overcome them―with The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook: A Drug-Free Program to Build Healthy Habits and Achieve Restful Sleep Author: Sara Dittoe Barrett Narrator: Vivienne Leheny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Disorders & Diseases Publisher's Summary: Put insomnia to bed in just 4 weeks. If you’re reading this, you’ve probably figured out that counting sheep, doing a headstand, or wearing socks won’t get you to sleep. Good news―addressing the root causes of your insomnia can. This book will get you from stressed to sleep in just four weeks with a range of proven drug-free strategies. With The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook as your guide, you’ll learn the latest CBT-I (Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia) and mindfulness practices to get to the bottom of your sleepless nights. Throughout this program, you’ll tackle the thoughts and feelings that keep you up at night and establish a sleep-hygiene routine that works for you. The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook includes: The science of sleep―Learn everything you need to know about insomnia, including the primary types and common causes.A 4-week program―Start with a personal assessment and progressively build habits for better sleep week after week. By the time you finish this workbook, you’ll have a sleep hygiene routine that works for you.Proven strategies―Try stimulus control therapy, designate a specific worry time, meditate, and much more―this book is filled with CBT-I, mindfulness, and lifestyle techniques to give you the drug-free rest you want and need.Understand the underlying causes of insomnia and overcome them―with The 4-Week Insomnia Workbook.